Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 13, 2015

Registration No. 333-202298

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 4

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   451211   46-0599018

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

120 Mountain View Blvd

Basking Ridge, NJ 07920

(908) 991-2665

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive office)

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

120 Mountain View Blvd

Basking Ridge, NJ 07920

(908) 991-2665

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

With a copy to:

Kris Heinzelman

Andrew R. Thompson

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

Worldwide Plaza

825 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10019

(212) 474-1000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (check one)

 

Large Accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not issue these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED JULY 13 , 2015

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

Common Stock

(par value $0.01)

 

 

This Prospectus is being furnished to you as a stockholder of Barnes & Noble, Inc. (“Barnes & Noble”) in connection with the planned distribution (the “Spin-Off” or the “Distribution”) by Barnes & Noble to its stockholders of all the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (the “Company”) held by Barnes & Noble immediately prior to the Spin-Off. Immediately prior to the time of the Distribution, Barnes & Noble will hold 100% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. On May 1, 2015, we distributed to Barnes & Noble all of the membership interests in NOOK Digital LLC (formerly known as barnesandnoble.com llc), which owns the digital business and which will continue to be owned by Barnes & Noble. At such time, we ceased to own any interest in the digital business.

At the time of the Spin-Off, Barnes & Noble will distribute all the outstanding shares of Common Stock held by it on a pro rata basis to holders of Barnes & Noble’s common stock. Each share of Barnes & Noble’s common stock outstanding as of 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2015, the record date for the Spin-Off (the “Record Date”), will entitle the holder thereof to receive 0.632 shares of Common Stock. The Distribution will be made in book-entry form by a distribution agent. Fractional shares of Common Stock will not be distributed in the Spin-Off. The distribution agent will aggregate fractional shares into whole shares, sell the whole shares in the open market at prevailing market prices and distribute the aggregate cash proceeds of the sales, net of brokerage fees and other costs, pro rata to each holder (net of any required withholding for taxes applicable to each holder) who would otherwise have been entitled to receive a fractional share in the distribution.

The Spin-Off will be effective after the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) on                     , 2015 (the “Distribution Date”). Immediately after the Spin-Off, the Company will be an independent publicly-traded company.

Barnes & Noble’s stockholders are not required to vote on or take any other action in connection with the Spin-Off. We are not asking you for a proxy, and we request that you do not send us a proxy. Barnes & Noble stockholders will not be required to pay any consideration for the Common Stock they receive in the Spin-Off, and they will not be required to surrender or exchange their shares of Barnes & Noble’s common stock or take any other action in connection with the Spin-Off.

Barnes & Noble currently owns all the outstanding shares of Common Stock. Accordingly, there is currently no public market for the Common Stock. We anticipate, however, that trading in the Common Stock will begin on a “when-issued” basis as early as two trading days prior to the Record Date for the Distribution and will continue up to and including the Distribution Date. “When-issued” trades generally settle within four trading days after the Distribution Date. On the first trading day following the Distribution Date, any “when-issued” trading of the Common Stock will end and “regular-way” trading will begin. The Common Stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “BNED.”

 

 

In reviewing this Prospectus, you should carefully consider the matters described in the section titled “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 13 of this Prospectus.

 

 

NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

This Prospectus is not an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any securities.

 

 

The date of this Prospectus is                     , 2015.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE SPIN-OFF

     i   

SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     13   

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     24   

THE SPIN-OFF

     26   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE SPIN-OFF

     32   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     35   

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

     35   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     35   

CAPITALIZATION

     35   

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

     36   

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     39   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     43   

BUSINESS

     58   

MANAGEMENT

     70   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     78   

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     104   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     107   

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

     112   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     117   

LEGAL MATTERS

     118   

EXPERTS

     118   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     118   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   


Table of Contents

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE SPIN-OFF

The following questions and answers briefly address some commonly asked questions about the Spin-Off. They may not include all the information that is important to you. We encourage you to read carefully this entire Prospectus and the other documents to which we have referred you. We have included references in certain parts of this section to direct you to a more detailed discussion of each topic presented in this section.

 

Q: What is the Spin-Off?

 

A: The Spin-Off is the method by which we will separate from Barnes & Noble. In the Spin-Off, Barnes & Noble will distribute to holders of its common stock all the outstanding shares of our Common Stock. Following the Spin-Off, we will be an independent publicly-traded company, and Barnes & Noble will not retain any ownership interest in us.

 

Q: Will the number of Barnes & Noble shares of common stock I own change as a result of the Spin-Off?

 

A: No, the number of shares of Barnes & Noble common stock you own will not change as a result of the Spin-Off.

 

Q: What are the reasons for the Spin-Off?

 

A: The Barnes & Noble board of directors considered the following potential benefits in deciding to pursue the Spin-Off:

 

    The opportunities and challenges we expect to arise in the immediate future of the Barnes & Noble retail business differ markedly from those of our business. For Barnes & Noble, increasing foot traffic in existing locations, adapting offerings to shifting consumer tastes and patterns and harmonizing the in-store, online and digital experiences will require a fully engaged board of directors and management team that has a different skill set and experience than those required to execute our goals and strategic initiatives. We believe the Spin-Off will enhance the ability of Barnes & Noble and the Company to focus on their respective strategies.

 

    Our near-term goals for our business include the expansion of both the scale and the scope of the historic business model and also pursuing growth opportunities more broadly in the education sector, including by enhancing and expanding our digital assets. Achieving these goals will likely require acquisitions or mergers funded, in part, with capital raises and strategic alliances with other companies. Our business will be separate and distinct from Barnes & Noble’s business and, accordingly, we believe that pursuing such growth opportunities will be greatly facilitated with a capital structure that is tailored for the Company’s needs, separate from those of Barnes & Noble.

 

    The Spin-Off will establish the Company as an independent publicly traded corporation, which we believe will meaningfully enhance its industry market perception, thereby providing greater growth opportunities for us than our consolidated operation as a division of Barnes & Noble.

 

Q: Why is the separation of the Company structured as a spin-off?

 

A: Barnes & Noble believes that a tax-free distribution of our Common Stock is the most efficient way to separate our business from Barnes & Noble in a manner that will achieve the above benefits.

 

Q: What will I receive in the Spin-Off?

 

A:

As a holder of Barnes & Noble common stock, you will receive a dividend of 0.632 shares of our Common Stock for every share of Barnes & Noble common stock you hold on the Record Date (as defined below). The distribution agent will distribute only whole shares of our Common Stock in the Spin-Off. See “Questions and Answers About the Spin-Off—How will fractional shares be treated in the Spin-Off?” for

 

i


Table of Contents
  more information on the treatment of the fractional share you may be entitled to receive in the Spin-Off. Your proportionate interest in Barnes & Noble will not change as a result of the Spin-Off. For a more detailed description, see “The Spin-Off.”

 

Q: What is being distributed to holders of Barnes & Noble common stock in the Spin-Off?

 

A: Barnes & Noble will distribute approximately 48.2 million shares of our Common Stock in the Spin-Off, based on the approximately 76.2 million shares of Barnes & Noble common stock outstanding as of the close of business on July 9, 2015 (which total includes the approximately 12.1 million New Barnes & Noble Shares that have been or will be issued by Barnes & Noble prior to the Distribution in connection with the conversion of all outstanding shares of Barnes & Noble’s Senior Convertible Redeemable Series J Preferred Stock (“Series J Preferred Stock”) into shares of Barnes & Noble common stock, as described further under “Summary—Recent Developments”). The actual number of shares of our Common Stock that Barnes & Noble will distribute will depend on the number of shares of Barnes & Noble common stock outstanding on the Record Date. The shares of our Common Stock that Barnes & Noble distributes will constitute all of the issued and outstanding shares of our Common Stock immediately prior to the Spin-Off. For more information on the shares being distributed in the Spin-Off, see “Description of Our Capital Stock—Common Stock.”

 

Q: What is the record date for the Distribution?

 

A: Barnes & Noble will designate 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2015, which we refer to as the “Record Date”, as the record ownership date for the Distribution.

 

Q: When will the Distribution to holders of Barnes & Noble common stock occur?

 

A: The Distribution will be effective as of                      on                     , 2015, which we refer to as the “Distribution Date.” On or shortly after the Distribution Date, the whole shares of our Common Stock will be credited in book-entry accounts for stockholders entitled to receive those shares in the Distribution. See “Questions and Answers About the Spin-Off—How will Barnes & Noble distribute shares of our Common Stock?” for more information on how to access your book-entry account or your bank, brokerage or other account holding the Common Stock you will receive in the Distribution.

 

Q: What do I have to do to participate in the Distribution?

 

A: You are not required to take any action, but we urge you to read this Prospectus carefully. Holders of Barnes & Noble common stock on the Record Date will not need to pay any cash or deliver any other consideration, including any shares of Barnes & Noble common stock, in order to receive shares of our Common Stock in the Distribution. No stockholder approval of the Distribution is required. We are not asking you for a vote, and we request that you do not send us a proxy card.

 

Q: If I sell my shares of Barnes & Noble common stock on or before the Distribution Date, will I still be entitled to receive shares of the Common Stock in the Distribution?

 

A: If you hold shares of Barnes & Noble common stock on the Record Date and decide to sell them on or before the Distribution Date, you may choose to sell your Barnes & Noble common stock with or without your entitlement to our Common Stock. You should discuss these alternatives with your bank, broker or other nominee. See “The Spin-Off—Trading Prior to the Distribution Date” for more information.

 

Q: How will Barnes & Noble distribute shares of our Common Stock?

 

A:

Registered stockholders: If you are a registered stockholder (meaning you own your shares of Barnes & Noble common stock directly through Barnes & Noble’s transfer agent, Computershare), our distribution agent will credit the whole shares of our Common Stock you receive in the Distribution to a new book-entry

 

ii


Table of Contents
  account with our transfer agent on or shortly after the Distribution Date. Our distribution agent will mail you a book-entry account statement that reflects the number of whole shares of our Common Stock you own. You will be able to access information regarding your book-entry account holding our Common Stock at Computershare.

“Street name” or beneficial stockholders: If you own your shares of Barnes & Noble common stock beneficially through a bank, broker or other nominee, your bank, broker or other nominee will credit your account with the whole shares of our Common Stock you receive in the Distribution on or shortly after the Distribution Date. Please contact your bank, broker or other nominee for further information about your account.

We will not issue any physical stock certificates to any stockholders, even if requested. See “The Spin-Off—When and How You Will Receive Company Common Stock” for a more detailed explanation.

 

Q: How will fractional shares be treated in the Distribution?

 

A: The distribution agent will not distribute any fractional shares of our Common Stock in connection with the Spin-Off. Instead, the distribution agent will aggregate all fractional shares into whole shares and sell the whole shares in the open market at prevailing market prices on behalf of Barnes & Noble stockholders entitled to receive a fractional share. The distribution agent will then distribute the aggregate cash proceeds of the sales, net of brokerage fees and other costs, pro rata to these holders (net of any required withholding for taxes applicable to each holder). We anticipate that the distribution agent will make these sales in the “when-issued” market, and “when-issued” trades will generally settle within four trading days following the Distribution Date. See “Questions and Answers About the Spin-Off—How will the Common Stock trade?” for additional information regarding “when-issued” trading and “The Spin-Off—Treatment of Fractional Shares” for a more detailed explanation of the treatment of fractional shares.

 

Q: What are the U.S. federal income tax consequences to me of the Distribution?

 

A: For U.S. federal income tax purposes, no gain or loss should be recognized by, or be includible in the income of, a U.S. Holder (as defined in “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off”) as a result of the Distribution, except with respect to any cash received by Barnes & Noble stockholders in lieu of fractional shares. In addition, the aggregate tax basis of the Barnes & Noble common stock and our Common Stock held by each U.S. Holder immediately after the Distribution will be the same as the aggregate tax basis of the Barnes & Noble common stock held by the U.S. Holder immediately before the Distribution, allocated between the Barnes & Noble common stock and our Common Stock in proportion to their relative fair market values on the Distribution Date (subject to certain adjustments).

See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off” for more information regarding the potential tax consequences to you of the Spin-Off.

 

Q: Does the Company intend to pay cash dividends?

 

A: Following the Spin-Off, we do not anticipate paying any dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy” for more information.

 

Q: How will the Common Stock trade?

 

A: Currently, there is no public market for our Common Stock. Our Common Stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “BNED.”

We anticipate that trading in our Common Stock will begin on a “when-issued” basis as early as two trading days prior to the Record Date for the Distribution and will continue up to and including the Distribution Date. “When-issued” trading in the context of a spin-off refers to a sale or purchase made conditionally on or before the Distribution Date because the securities of the spun-off entity have not yet been distributed.

 

iii


Table of Contents

“When-issued” trades generally settle within four trading days after the Distribution Date. On the first trading day following the Distribution Date, any “when-issued” trading of our Common Stock will end and “regular-way” trading will begin. Regular-way trading refers to trading after the security has been distributed and typically involves a trade that settles on the third full trading day following the date of the trade. See “The Spin-Off—Trading Prior to the Distribution Date” for more information. We cannot predict the trading prices for our Common Stock before, on or after the Distribution Date.

 

Q: Will the Spin-Off affect the trading price of my Barnes & Noble common stock?

 

A: We expect the trading price of shares of Barnes & Noble common stock immediately following the Spin-Off to be lower than immediately prior to the Spin-Off because the trading price will no longer reflect the value of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and our subsidiaries. Furthermore, until the market has fully analyzed the value of Barnes & Noble without the Company, the trading price of shares of Barnes & Noble common stock may fluctuate. We cannot assure you that, following the Spin-Off, the combined trading prices of the Barnes & Noble common stock and our Common Stock will equal or exceed what the trading price of Barnes & Noble common stock would have been in the absence of the Spin-Off. It is possible that after the Spin-Off, the combined equity value of Barnes & Noble and the Company will be less than Barnes & Noble’s equity value before the Spin-Off.

 

Q: Do I have appraisal rights in connection with the Spin-Off?

 

A: No. Holders of Barnes & Noble common stock are not entitled to appraisal rights in connection with the Spin-Off.

 

Q: Who is the transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock?

 

A: Computershare is the transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock.

 

Q: Are there risks associated with owning shares of the Common Stock?

 

A: Yes. Our business faces both general and specific risks and uncertainties. Our business also faces risks relating to the Spin-Off. Following the Spin-Off, we will also face risks associated with being an independent publicly-traded company. Accordingly, you should read carefully the information set forth in the section titled “Risk Factors” in this Prospectus.

 

Q: Are there any conditions to completing the Spin-Off?

 

A: Yes. The Spin-Off is conditional upon a number of matters, including the authorization and approval of the board of directors of Barnes & Noble, the consent of the lenders to Barnes & Noble under its existing credit agreement and the declaration of effectiveness of our Registration Statement on Form S-1, of which this Prospectus is a part, by the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Summary of the Spin-Off— Conditions to the Spin-Off” for a more detailed explanation of the conditions to completing the Spin-Off.

 

Q: Could there be any other classes of capital stock of the Company outstanding after the Spin-Off?

 

A: No. After giving effect to the Spin-Off, the only class of our capital stock then outstanding will be our Common Stock

 

Q: What is happening to the NOOK digital business?

 

A: On May 1, 2015, the NOOK digital business was transferred to Barnes & Noble. Therefore, the digital business will continue to be owned by Barnes & Noble after the Spin-Off.

 

iv


Table of Contents
Q: Where can I get more information?

 

A: Before the Spin-Off, if you have any questions relating to the Spin-Off, you should contact:

Investor Relations

Barnes & Noble, Inc.

122 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10011

Andy Milevoj

amilevoj@bn.com

After the Spin-Off, if you have any questions relating to the Company, you should contact:

Investor Relations

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

120 Mountain View Blvd.

Basking Ridge, NJ 07920

Thomas D. Donohue

tdonohue@bncollege.com

 

v


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary of certain information contained in this Prospectus may not include all the information that is important to you. To understand fully and for a more complete description of the terms and conditions of the Spin-Off, you should read this Prospectus in its entirety and the documents to which you are referred. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

In this Prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

    “Barnes & Noble” refers to Barnes & Noble, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries other than, for all periods following the Spin-Off, Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.,

 

    “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries,

 

    “our business” and “the college business” refers to our college bookstore business operated through our subsidiary Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC, and

 

    The “NOOK digital business” and “digital business” refer to our historical digital business that is operated through NOOK Digital LLC (formerly known as barnesandnoble.com llc) but prior to the Spin-Off will no longer be owned by us.

 

    Our fiscal year is comprised of 52 or 53 weeks, ending on the Saturday closest to the last day of April. “Fiscal 2015” means the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015, “Fiscal 2014” means the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014, “Fiscal 2013” means the 52 weeks ended April 27, 2013, “Fiscal 2012” means the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2012, and “Fiscal 2011” means the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2011.

 

    Any reference to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws give effect to the proposed amendments thereto which will not become effective until immediately prior to the Distribution.

Unless otherwise indicated, market and industry information contained in this Prospectus is based on information provided by the National Association of College Stores (NACS) and management estimates of market shares.

Overview

On February 26, 2015, Barnes & Noble announced plans for the complete legal and structural separation of the Company from Barnes & Noble. Barnes & Noble will distribute all of our Common Stock to Barnes & Noble’s common stockholders. Thereupon, we will be an independent publicly traded company.

Our Company

We are one of the largest contract operators of bookstores on college and university campuses in the United States. We create and operate campus stores that are focal points for college life and learning, enhancing the educational mission of the institution, enlivening campus culture and delivering an important revenue stream to our partner colleges and universities. We typically operate our stores under multi-year management service agreements granting us the right to operate the official bookstore on campus. In turn, we pay the school a percentage of store sales and, in certain cases, a minimum fixed guarantee.

As of May 2, 2015, we operated 724 stores nationwide, which reach 24% of the total United States college and university student enrolled population. Our stores are operated under 453 contracts, some of which cover multiple store locations, and 154 of our college and university affiliated bookstores are co-branded with the

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Barnes & Noble name. We build relationships and derive sales by actively engaging and marketing to over 5 million students and their faculty on the campuses we serve and offer a full assortment of items in our campus stores, including course-related materials, which include new and used print textbooks and digital textbooks, all of which are available for sale or rent, emblematic apparel and gifts, trade books, computer products, school and dorm supplies, convenience and café items and graduation products. We are a multi-channel marketer, and our largest growth area is sales through the school-branded e-commerce sites we operate for each store, allowing students and faculty to purchase textbooks, course materials and other products online.

 

LOGO

* Organizational charts show our simplified capital structure, giving effect to the distribution of the digital business and the Spin-Off. Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. was formerly known as NOOK Media Inc. NOOK Digital LLC was formerly known as barnesandnoble.com llc.

Market Opportunity

We are positioned for growth based on both the strength of the current traditional campus bookstore business and current competitive dynamics in the market for digital distribution of course materials.

 

    A Majority of Traditional Campus Bookstores Have Yet to be Outsourced : Approximately 52% of college and university affiliated bookstores in the United States are operated by their respective institutions. This presents a significant opportunity to increase market share and to continue to expand our store footprint.

 

    Third-Party Operators Are Better Able to Manage the Increasingly Complex Operations of Campus Bookstores : It takes an increasing amount of technological and operational expertise to operate a modern campus bookstore that meets the needs of today’s students and faculty. As the delivery of educational materials continues to evolve, driven in large part by the growth of rentals and digital content, during the current fiscal year there has been an increasing trend towards outsourcing of bookstore operations to third party operators (including operators who have not traditionally operated campus bookstores).

 

 

2


Table of Contents
    Direct Relationship with a Coveted Demographic : Due to their disproportionate impact on trendsetting and early adoption, marketing to college students is important for many brands as they seek more effective methods of engaging this audience. The importance of this demographic provides a significant opportunity to further monetize our direct relationship with more than 5 million students, both during and beyond their college years.

 

    Increased Use of Online and Digital Platforms : Students and faculty are increasingly relying on online and digital platforms as a means to discover, consume and share educational content. We benefit from our direct relationship with students and faculty and expect the adoption of our developing Yuzu TM digital education platform and its innovative solutions to increase significantly as students and faculty become more reliant on online and digital platforms.

 

    Ability to Deliver Non-Traditional Educational Content : Rising educational costs and changing market dynamics are driving demand for non-traditional educational content, including online coursework and supplemental materials. We believe our experience, understanding of customer needs and trends and strong customer and publisher relationships position us well to meet this demand.

 

    Highly-Fragmented Educational Content Market Presents Opportunity for Consolidation : As the market for educational content evolves, we believe there will be a significant opportunity to increase our market share.

Our National Campus Footprint

Beyond the anticipated growth of the traditional campus bookstore business, we have made, and will continue to make, significant investments in digital education, including the launch of Yuzu TM , our digital education platform that provides access to a wide range of rich, engaging content, including one of the largest catalogs of digital textbooks and consumer titles applicable to the higher education market.

 

LOGO

Our Ecosystem

We leverage our physical bookstores, e-commerce sites and digital platform to serve and interact with the key constituents in our business ecosystem.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

We work with colleges and universities to transform the campus bookstore into a destination that enhances social and academic experiences. We offer students a customized retail experience, including, we believe, the largest inventory of used and rental titles, as well as a number of other affordable textbook solutions, including digital textbooks and our Flexible Course Fee Solution. We also operate and manage our schools’ websites for course materials and general merchandise which includes emblematic apparel and gifts and school supplies. We provide faculty with valuable tools, resources and insights that allow them to gain a deeper understanding of student needs and higher education trends. We also offer over 7,000 publishers access to one of the largest distribution networks of college education materials in the United States, which includes access to Yuzu TM , the next generation digital content distribution platform that we are developing.

 

LOGO

Strengths

We are more than just a provider of course materials and merchandise; we work as a true partner with colleges and universities, acting as a valuable support system for students and faculty. We deliver an attractive retail and digital learning experience driven by innovation, advanced technologies and a deep understanding of the evolving needs and behaviors of our customers. We believe our competitive strengths to be:

 

    Large Footprint with Well-Recognized Brand : We are one of the largest operators of bookstores on college and university campuses in the United States, with 724 stores in 42 states and the District of Columbia as of May 2, 2015, which reach 24% of the total United States college and university student enrolled population. Our brand, Barnes & Noble, is virtually synonymous with bookselling, and we believe it is one of the most widely recognized and respected brands in the United States. Our large footprint and well-known brand not only support our marketing efforts to universities, students and faculty but it is also important for leading publishers who value and rely on us as one of their primary distribution channels.

 

   

Stable, Long-Term Contracts: We operate our stores under management contracts with colleges and universities that are typically for five year terms with renewal options. From Fiscal 2013 through Fiscal 2015, 93% of these contracts were renewed or extended, often before their termination dates. In

 

 

4


Table of Contents
 

addition, these contracts are financially beneficial to us as we typically pay the college or university a percentage of our sales, including certain contracts with minimum guarantee payments. Therefore, the occupancy costs for each space are primarily a function of how successful each store is. This arrangement is also beneficial to the colleges and universities, providing them with an incentive to encourage their students and faculty to shop at our affiliated stores.

 

    Well-Established Relationships : We have strong partnerships with college and university administrators, which are reflected by our average relationship tenure of 15 years. We generate value for our college and university partners, and our relationships are supported by innovative engagement programs and educational initiatives together with a decentralized management structure that empowers local teams to make decisions based on the local campus needs and foster collaborative working relationships. We have long term relationships with over 7,000 publishers as well as a unique strategic partnership with Pearson Education, Inc., the largest publisher of higher educational course material. In addition, our stores serve as social hubs for over 5 million students and their faculty that we serve, allowing us to forge deep customer relationships and incorporate systems that seamlessly link bookstore technology with most student and faculty facing platforms.

 

    Attractive Business Model : We have a flexible business model with excellent visibility based on a deep understanding of our customers and their needs, minimal sensitivity to the economic cycle and ability to typically achieve profitability within the first year of operation. As the official, contracted provider for bookstore services, we have an established position with direct access to the students and faculty on the campuses we serve. This translates into relatively modest customer acquisition costs and high customer conversion and retention rates, unlike an online-only competitor that typically invests millions of dollars to gain access to its target customers, and then increases its customer retention costs to convert and retain those customers. Millennials (born between 1981 and 2000) are our core student customer, representing over $170 billion of purchasing power per year, according to comScore, and are just forming brand loyalties.

 

    Agile Technologies : Our highly-adaptable technology platforms allow us to effectively address the ever-changing landscape of course materials and formats and to be responsive to emerging sales trends and changing customer behaviors.

 

    Track Record of Innovation: Our flexible research channels help us stay ahead of the rapidly changing needs and behaviors of our customers and proactively respond with dynamic solutions to the needs of the customer constituency we serve. This commitment fuels our innovation and leadership in areas such as digital education with Yuzu TM , affordable course materials and student engagement.

 

    Seasoned Management Team : We have an experienced senior management team with a proven track record, an expertise in college bookstore outsourcing and content distribution and demonstrated marketing and retail operational expertise.

Strategies

Our primary business strategies to grow our business are as follows:

 

    Increase Sales at Existing Bookstores : We intend to increase sales at our existing bookstores through new product offerings, enhanced marketing efforts using mobile and other technologies, increased local social and promotional offerings and expanded sales channels to both new customers and alumni. We expect sales growth at our existing bookstores will be a driver for growth in our business.

 

   

Increase Market Share with New Accounts : Historically, new store openings have been an important driver of growth in our business. For example, we increased our number of stores from 636 at the beginning of Fiscal 2012 to 724 as of May 2, 2015. Looking forward, approximately 52% of college and university affiliated bookstores in the United States are operated by their respective institutions.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
 

Moreover, we operate bookstores representing only 18% of all college and university affiliated bookstores in the United States. As more and more universities decide to outsource the management of their bookstores, we intend to aggressively pursue these opportunities and bid on these contracts. Based on the continuing trend towards outsourcing in the campus bookstore market, we expect awards of new accounts resulting in new store openings will continue to be an important driver of future growth in our business. We are in a unique position to offer academic superstores to colleges and universities.

 

    Grow digital sales by accelerating marketing, product development efforts and the acquisition of content to support the Yuzu TM digital education product: Yuzu TM , our digital education platform, offers not only electronic reading and note-taking functionality but also engaging supplemental content that we provide in conjunction with strategic publisher partners. Accelerating our product development and content acquisition efforts for Yuzu TM will enable us to access the growing educational technology market on a national level by leveraging our existing campus relationships with faculty and students. We believe that as textbooks continue to convert to digital and students and faculty demand increased functionality and content from their online platforms, the digital solutions we offer through Yuzu TM will help grow digital sales both on a school-by-school basis in the institutions we serve and on a national basis.

 

    Expand opportunities through acquisitions and strategic partnerships : We believe that acquisitions and strategic partnerships will be a pillar of our growth strategy in the future. We intend to pursue strategic relationships with companies that enhance our educational services or distribution platform or that create compelling content offerings. For example, our recently announced strategic investment in Flashnotes.com, an online marketplace for college students to buy and sell student created, course-specific study materials, aligns with one of the key objectives of the separation, which is to pursue opportunities in the growing educational services market. We will promote Flashnotes.com at partner schools to help improve academic outcomes and drive the power of peer to peer learning. We may also expand our current suite of digital content offerings and platform through acquisitions, internal or third party software development and strategic partnerships. Expansion into new educational verticals and markets, such as K-12, vocational and international markets, will be opportunistically evaluated.

Our History

On September 30, 2009, Barnes & Noble acquired Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC from Leonard and Louise Riggio. From that date until October 4, 2012, Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC was owned by Barnes & Noble Booksellers, Inc. In July 2012, NOOK Media Inc. was incorporated to hold Barnes & Noble’s college and digital businesses. On October 4, 2012, Microsoft Corporation (“Microsoft”) acquired a 17.6% preferred membership interest in our subsidiary NOOK Media LLC (the “LLC”), and through us, Barnes & Noble continued to own 82.4% of the businesses.

On January 22, 2013, Pearson Education, Inc. (“Pearson”) acquired a 5% preferred membership interest in the LLC, entered into a commercial agreement with the LLC relating to the college business and received warrants to purchase an additional preferred membership interest in the LLC.

On December 4, 2014, we re-acquired Microsoft’s interest in the LLC in exchange for cash and common stock of Barnes & Noble. On December 22, 2014, we also re-acquired Pearson’s interest in the LLC and the related warrants for cash and Barnes & Noble common stock. In connection with these transactions, Barnes & Noble entered into contingent payment agreements with Microsoft and Pearson providing for additional payments to them upon the occurrence of certain events, including upon a sale of the digital business. As a result of these transactions, Barnes & Noble owns, and expects to own prior to the Spin-Off, 100% of our stock.

In February 2015, we changed our name from NOOK Media Inc. to Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and the LLC’s name to B&N Education, LLC.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

On May 1, 2015, we distributed to Barnes & Noble all of the membership interests in NOOK Digital LLC (formerly known as barnesandnoble.com llc), which owns the digital business and which will continue to be owned by Barnes & Noble. At such time, we ceased to own any interest in the digital business.

Recent Developments

On June 5, 2015, Barnes & Noble entered into conversion agreements with certain beneficial owners of the Series J Preferred Stock, pursuant to which such beneficial owners agreed to convert an aggregate of 103,995 shares of Series J Preferred Stock into 6,117,342 shares of Barnes & Noble common stock (the “Voluntary Conversion”). The Voluntary Conversion took place on July 9, 2015, at which time the 103,995 shares of Series Preferred Stock subject to the Voluntary Conversion were retired by Barnes & Noble.

On July 10, 2015, Barnes & Noble gave notice of its exercise of the right to force the conversion of all 100,005 remaining outstanding shares of Series J Preferred Stock into approximately 6.0 million shares of Barnes & Noble common stock (the “Forced Conversion”). The Forced Conversion will take place on July 24, 2015, at which time such remaining 100,005 shares of Series J Preferred Stock subject to the Forced Conversion will be retired.

The Voluntary Conversion and the Forced Conversion, representing together the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series J Preferred Stock into Barnes & Noble common stock, are referred to in this Prospectus as the “Conversions”. The approximately 12.1 million shares of Barnes & Noble common stock issued or to be issued in connection with the Conversions are referred to in this Prospectus as the “New Barnes & Noble Shares”.

Other Information

We are a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 120 Mountain View Blvd., Basking Ridge, NJ 07920. Our telephone number is (908) 991-2665. Our website address is www.bncollege.com , but after the Spin-Off, information relevant to investors may be accessed at www.bned.com . Information contained on, or connected to, our website or Barnes & Noble’s website does not and will not constitute part of this Prospectus or the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of which this Prospectus is a part.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Summary of the Spin-Off

 

Distributing Company

Barnes & Noble, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which holds all of our Common Stock issued and outstanding prior to the Distribution. After the Distribution, Barnes & Noble will not own any shares of our Common Stock or our preferred stock.

 

Distributed Company

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Barnes & Noble. At the time of the Distribution, we will hold, directly or through our wholly owned subsidiaries, the assets and liabilities of the college business. After the Distribution, we will be an independent publicly traded company.

 

Distributed Securities

All of the shares of our Common Stock owned by Barnes & Noble, which will be 100% of our Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Distribution. Based on the approximately 76.2 million shares of Barnes & Noble common stock outstanding as of the close of business on July 9, 2015 (after giving effect to the New Barnes & Noble Shares), and applying the Distribution Ratio of 0.632 shares of Common Stock for every share of Barnes & Noble common stock, approximately 48.2 million shares of our Common Stock will be distributed. The actual number of shares of our Common Stock distributed will depend on the number of shares of Barnes & Noble common stock outstanding on the Record Date.

 

Record Date

The Record Date is 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2015.

 

Distribution Date

The Distribution Date is                     , 2015.

 

Distribution Ratio

Each holder of Barnes & Noble common stock will receive 0.632 shares of our Common Stock for every share of Barnes & Noble common stock it holds on the Record Date. The distribution agent will distribute only whole shares of our Common Stock in the Spin-Off. See “The Spin-Off—Treatment of Fractional Shares” for more detail. Please note that if you sell your shares of Barnes & Noble common stock on or before the Distribution Date, the buyer of those shares may in some circumstances be entitled to receive the shares of our Common Stock to be distributed in respect of the Barnes & Noble shares that you sold. See “The Spin-Off—Trading Prior to the Distribution Date” for more detail.

 

The Distribution

On the Distribution Date, Barnes & Noble will release the shares of our Common Stock to the distribution agent to distribute to Barnes & Noble stockholders. Barnes & Noble will distribute our shares in book-entry form, and thus we will not issue any physical stock certificates. We expect that it will take the distribution agent up to two weeks to electronically issue shares of our Common Stock to you or your bank or brokerage firm on your behalf by way of direct registration in book-entry form. You will not be required to make any

 

 

8


Table of Contents
 

payment, surrender or exchange your shares of Barnes & Noble common stock or take any other action to receive your shares of our Common Stock.

 

Fractional Shares

The distribution agent will not distribute any fractional shares of our Common Stock to Barnes & Noble stockholders. Instead, the distribution agent will first aggregate fractional shares into whole shares, then sell the whole shares in the open market at prevailing market prices on behalf of Barnes & Noble stockholders entitled to receive a fractional share, and finally distribute the aggregate cash proceeds of the sales, net of brokerage fees and other costs, pro rata to these holders (net of any required withholding for taxes applicable to each holder). See “The Spin-Off—Treatment of Fractional Shares” for more detail. If you receive cash in lieu of fractional shares, you will not be entitled to any interest on the payments. The cash you receive in lieu of fractional shares generally will, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, be taxable as described under “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off.”

 

Conditions to the Spin-Off

The Spin-Off is subject to the satisfaction, or the Barnes & Noble board of directors’ waiver, of the following conditions:

 

    the Barnes & Noble board of directors shall have authorized and approved the Spin-Off and not withdrawn such authorization and approval, and shall have declared the dividend of our Common Stock to Barnes & Noble stockholders;

 

    the Separation Agreement and the ancillary agreements contemplated by the Separation Agreement shall have been executed by each party thereto;

 

    we shall have entered into a credit facility and any other financing we determine to be necessary or advisable, in each case, on terms and conditions acceptable to us;

 

    Barnes & Noble shall have obtained an amendment to or replacement of its Credit Agreement, dated April 29, 2011, among Barnes & Noble, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender and other lenders party thereto (the “B&N Credit Facility”) permitting the Spin-Off;

 

    the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) shall have declared effective our Registration Statement on Form S-1, of which this Prospectus is a part, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of our Registration Statement shall be in effect and no proceedings for that purpose shall be pending before or threatened by the SEC;

 

    our Common Stock shall have been accepted for listing on the NYSE or another national securities exchange approved by Barnes & Noble, subject to official notice of issuance;

 

 

9


Table of Contents
    Barnes & Noble shall have received the written opinions of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP and KPMG LLP, which shall remain in full force and effect, that, subject to the accuracy of and compliance with certain representations, warranties and covenants, the Spin-Off will qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss to Barnes & Noble and its stockholders;

 

    the Barnes & Noble board of directors shall have received a solvency opinion from a financial advisor, in form and substance acceptable to the board of directors, which shall opine that, among other things and subject to certain customary qualifications and assumptions, immediately prior to and after giving effect to the Spin-Off, the Company and Barnes & Noble will each be solvent;

 

    no order, injunction or decree issued by any governmental authority of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing consummation of the Spin-Off shall be in effect, and no other event outside the control of Barnes & Noble shall have occurred or failed to occur that prevents the consummation of the Spin-Off;

 

    no other events or developments shall have occurred prior to the Distribution Date that, in the judgment of the Barnes & Noble board of directors, would result in the Spin-Off having a material adverse effect on Barnes & Noble or its stockholders;

 

    prior to the Distribution Date, this Prospectus shall have been mailed to the holders of Barnes & Noble common stock;

 

    Barnes & Noble shall have duly elected the individuals to be listed as members of our post-Spin-Off board of directors in this Prospectus, and such individuals shall be the members of our board of directors, which we refer to as our “Board,” immediately after the Spin-Off; provided that our current directors shall appoint at least one independent director to serve on our Board and Audit and Finance Committee prior to the date on which “when-issued” trading of our Common Stock commences;

 

    immediately prior to the Distribution Date, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws, each in substantially the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, of which this Prospectus is a part, shall be in effect; and

 

    Barnes & Noble shall have received a certificate signed by our Chief Financial Officer, dated as of the Distribution Date, certifying the satisfaction of certain conditions.

 

 

The fulfillment of the foregoing conditions will not create any obligation on the part of Barnes & Noble to effect the Spin-Off. We are not aware of any material federal, foreign or state regulatory requirements with which we must comply, other than SEC rules and

 

 

10


Table of Contents
 

regulations, or any material approvals that we must obtain, other than the approval for listing of our Common Stock and the SEC’s declaration of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, in connection with the Spin-Off. Barnes & Noble has the right not to complete the Spin-Off if, at any time, the Barnes & Noble board or directors determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the Spin-Off is not in the best interests of Barnes & Noble or its stockholders or is otherwise not advisable. For a more detailed description, see “The Spin-Off—Conditions to the Spin-Off.”

 

Trading Market and Symbol

Our Common Stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “BNED.” We anticipate that, as early as two trading days prior to the Record Date, trading of shares of our Common Stock will begin on a “when-issued” basis and will continue up to and including the Distribution Date, and we expect that “regular-way” trading of our Common Stock will begin the first trading day after the Distribution Date.

 

  We also anticipate that, as early as two trading days prior to the Record Date, there will be two markets in Barnes & Noble common stock: (i) a “regular-way” market on which shares of Barnes & Noble common stock will trade with an entitlement for the purchaser of Barnes & Noble common stock to receive shares of our Common Stock to be distributed in the Distribution, and (ii) an “ex-distribution” market on which shares of Barnes & Noble common stock will trade without an entitlement for the purchaser of Barnes & Noble common stock to receive shares of our Common Stock. See “The Spin-Off—Trading Prior to the Distribution Date.”

 

Tax Consequences to Barnes & Noble Stockholders

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, no gain or loss should be recognized by, or be includible in the income of, a U.S. Holder (as defined in “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off”) as a result of the Distribution, except with respect to any cash received in lieu of a fractional share. In addition, the aggregate tax basis of the Barnes & Noble common stock and our Common Stock held by each U.S. Holder immediately after the Distribution will be the same as the aggregate tax basis of the Barnes & Noble common stock held by the U.S. Holder immediately before the Distribution, allocated between the Barnes & Noble common stock and our Common Stock in proportion to their relative fair market values on the date of the Distribution (subject to certain adjustments). See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off.”

 

  We urge you to consult your tax advisor as to the specific tax consequences of the Distribution to you, including the effect of any U.S. federal, state, local or foreign tax laws and of changes in applicable tax laws.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Relationship with Barnes & Noble after the Spin-Off

We intend to enter into several agreements with Barnes & Noble related to the Spin-Off, which will govern the relationship between Barnes & Noble and us up to and after completion of the Spin-Off and allocate between Barnes & Noble and us various assets, liabilities, rights and obligations. These agreements include:

 

    a Separation Agreement that will set forth Barnes & Noble’s and our agreements regarding the principal actions that both parties will take in connection with the Spin-Off and aspects of our relationship following the Spin-Off;

 

    a Transition Services Agreement pursuant to which Barnes & Noble and we will provide each other specified services on a transitional basis to help ensure an orderly transition following the Spin-Off;

 

    a Tax Matters Agreement that will govern the respective rights, responsibilities and obligations of Barnes & Noble and us after the Spin-Off with respect to all tax matters and will include restrictions to preserve the tax-free status of the Spin-Off;

 

    an Employee Matters Agreement that will address employment, compensation and benefits matters, including the allocation and treatment of assets and liabilities arising out of employee compensation and benefits programs in which our employees participated prior to the Spin-Off; and

 

    a Trademark License Agreement pursuant to which Barnes & Noble will grant us an exclusive license to use in our business certain licensed trademarks and a non-exclusive license to use in our business other licensed trademarks.

 

  We describe these arrangements in greater detail under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Barnes & Noble,” and describe some of the risks of these arrangements under “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Spin-Off.”

 

Dividend Policy

Following the Spin-Off, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy” for more information.

 

Transfer Agent

Computershare.

 

Risk Factors

Our business faces both general and specific risks and uncertainties. Our business also faces risks relating to the Spin-Off. Following the Spin-Off, we will also face risks associated with being an independent publicly-traded company. Accordingly, you should read carefully the information set forth under “Risk Factors.”

 

 

12


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider all of the information in this Prospectus and each of the risks described below, which we believe are the principal risks that we face. Some of the risks relate to our business, others to the Spin-Off. Some risks relate principally to the securities markets and ownership of our Common Stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones faced by us. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known or that are currently deemed immaterial also may impair our business operations. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows and the trading price of our Common Stock could be materially adversely affected.

Risks Relating to Our Business

We face significant competition in our business, and we expect such competition to increase.

The market for course materials, including textbooks and supplemental materials, is intensely competitive and subject to rapid change. We are experiencing growing competition from alternative media and alternative sources of textbooks and course-related materials, such as websites that sell textbooks, eBooks, digital content and other merchandise directly to students; online resources; publishers bypassing the bookstore distribution channel by selling directly to students and educational institutions; print-on-demand textbooks; textbook rental companies; and student-to-student transactions over the Internet. We also have competition from other college bookstore operators and educational content providers, including Follett Corporation, a contract operator of campus bookstores, which recently acquired Nebraska Book Company, a contract operator of on-campus and off-campus bookstores; Amazon.com, an e-commerce operator and a provider of contract services to colleges and universities, BBA Solutions, a college textbook retailer; Chegg.com, an online textbook rental company; CourseSmart, a digital course materials provider; Akademos, a virtual bookstore and marketplace for academic institutions; Rafter, a course materials management solution for higher educational institutions; bn.com, the e-commerce platform of Barnes & Noble and MBS Direct, an online bookstore provider; providers of eTextbooks, such as Apple iTunes, CourseSmart, Blackboard, Rafter and Google; and various private textbook rental websites. In addition, Amazon, Akademos and Rafter have recently begun to develop relationships with colleges and universities to provide online bookstore solutions. Many students purchase from multiple textbook providers, are highly price sensitive and can easily shift spending from one provider or format to another. As a consequence, in addition to being competitive in the service we provide to our customers, our textbook business faces significant price competition. Some of our competitors have adopted, and may continue to adopt, aggressive pricing policies and devote substantial resources to marketing, website and systems development. In addition, a variety of business models are being pursued for the provision of print textbooks, some of which may be more profitable or successful than our business model.

We may not be able to enter into new contracts and contracts for existing or additional college and university affiliated bookstores may not be profitable.

An important part of our business strategy is to expand sales for our college bookstore operations by being awarded additional contracts to manage bookstores for colleges and universities. Our ability to obtain those additional contracts is subject to a number of factors that we are not able to control. In addition, the anticipated strategic benefits of new and additional college and university bookstores may not be realized at all or may not be realized within the time frames contemplated by management. In particular, contracts for additional managed stores may involve a number of special risks, including adverse short-term effects on operating results, diversion of management’s attention and other resources, standardization of accounting systems, dependence on retaining, hiring and training key personnel, unanticipated problems or legal liabilities, and actions of our competitors and customers. Because certain terms of any contract are generally fixed for the initial term of the contract and involve judgments and estimates that may not be accurate, including for reasons outside of our control, we have contracts that are not profitable and may have such contracts in the future. Even if we have the right to terminate a contract, we may be reluctant to do so even when a contract is unprofitable due to, among other factors, the potential effect on our reputation.

 

13


Table of Contents

We may not be able to successfully retain or renew our managed bookstore contracts on profitable terms.

We face significant competition in retaining existing store contracts and when renewing those contracts as they expire. Our contracts are typically for five years with renewal options but can range from two to 15 years, and most contracts are cancelable by either party without penalty, typically with 120 days’ notice. We may not be successful in retaining our current contracts, renewing our current contracts or renewing our current contracts on terms that provide us the opportunity to improve or maintain the profitability of managing the store.

Our business is dependent on the overall economic environment, college enrollment and consumer spending patterns.

A deterioration of the current economic environment could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results, as well as our ability to fund our growth and strategic business initiatives. Our business is affected by funding levels at colleges and universities and by changes in enrollments at colleges and universities, changes in student enrollments and lower spending on textbooks and general merchandise. The growth of our business depends on our ability to attract new students and to increase the level of engagement by existing students. To the extent we are unable to attract new students or students spend less generally, our business could be adversely affected.

We face the risk of disruption of supplier relationships and/or supply chain and/or inventory surplus.

The products that we sell originate from a wide variety of domestic and international vendors. During Fiscal 2015, our four largest suppliers accounted for approximately 47% of our merchandise purchased, with the largest supplier accounting for approximately 19% of our merchandise purchased. While we believe that our relationships with our suppliers are good, suppliers may modify the terms of these relationships due to general economic conditions or otherwise.

We do not have long-term arrangements with most of our suppliers to guarantee availability of merchandise, content or services, particular payment terms or the extension of credit limits. If our current suppliers were to stop selling merchandise, content or services to us on acceptable terms, including as a result of one or more supplier bankruptcies due to poor economic conditions, we may be unable to procure the same merchandise, content or services from other suppliers in a timely and efficient manner and on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, our business is dependent on the continued supply of textbooks. The publishing industry generally has suffered recently due to, among other things, changing consumer preferences away from the print medium and the economic climate. A significant disruption in this industry generally or a significant unfavorable change in our relationships with key suppliers could adversely impact our business. In addition, any significant change in the terms that we have with our key suppliers including, payment terms, return policies, the discount or margin on products or changes to the distribution model of textbooks, could adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity. Furthermore, certain of our merchandise is sourced indirectly from outside the United States. Political or financial instability, merchandise quality issues, product safety concerns, trade restrictions, work stoppages, tariffs, foreign currency exchange rates, transportation capacity and costs, inflation, civil unrest, natural disasters, outbreaks of pandemics and other factors relating to foreign trade are beyond our control and could disrupt our supply of foreign-sourced merchandise.

In addition, we have significantly increased our textbook rental business, offering students a lower cost alternative to purchasing textbooks, which is also subject to certain inventory risks such as textbooks not being resold or re-rented due to delayed returns or poor condition, or faculty members not continuing to adopt or use certain textbooks.

Our business relies on certain key personnel.

Management believes that our continued success will depend to a significant extent upon the efforts and abilities of certain of our key personnel. The loss of the services of any of these key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business. We do not maintain “key man” life insurance on any of our officers or other employees.

 

14


Table of Contents

Our business is seasonal.

Our business is seasonal, with sales generally highest in the second and third fiscal quarters, when college students generally purchase textbooks for the upcoming semesters, and lowest in the first and fourth fiscal quarters. Less than satisfactory net sales during our peak fiscal quarters could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or operating results for the year, and our results of operations from those quarters may not be sufficient to cover any losses that may be incurred in the other fiscal quarters of the year.

Our results also depend on the successful implementation of our strategic initiatives. We may not be able to implement these strategies successfully, on a timely basis or at all.

Our ability to grow depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to implement our strategic initiatives to retain and expand existing customer relationships, acquire new accounts, expand sales channels and marketing efforts, develop and market Yuzu TM and other higher education digital products and adapt to changing industry trends. While we believe we have the capital resources, experience, management resources and internal systems to successfully operate our business, we may not be successful in implementing these strategies. Further, even if successfully implemented, our business strategy may not ultimately produce positive results.

We face data security risks with respect to personal information.

Our business involves the receipt, storage, processing and transmission of personal information about customers and employees. We may share information about such persons with vendors and third parties that assist with certain aspects of our business. Also, in connection with our student financial aid platform and the processing of university debit cards, we secure and have access to certain student personal information that has been provided to us by the universities we serve. Our handling and use of personal information is regulated at the international, federal and state levels. Privacy and information security laws, regulations, and standards such as the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard change from time to time, and compliance with them may result in cost increases due to necessary systems changes and the development of new processes and may be difficult to achieve. If we fail to comply with these laws, regulations and standards, we could be subjected to legal risk. In addition, even if we fully comply with all laws, regulations and standards and even though we have taken significant steps to protect personal information, we could experience a data security breach, and our reputation could be damaged, possibly resulting in lost future sales or decreased usage of credit and debit card products. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. A party that is able to circumvent our security measures could misappropriate our or our users’ proprietary information and cause interruption in our operations. Any compromise of our data security could result in a violation of applicable privacy and other laws or standards, significant legal and financial exposure beyond the scope or limits of insurance coverage, increased operating costs associated with remediation, equipment acquisitions or disposal and added personnel, and a loss of confidence in our security measures, which could harm our business or affect investor confidence. Data security breaches may also result from non-technical means, for example, actions by an employee.

Our business could be impacted by changes in federal, state, local or international laws, rules or regulations.

We are subject to general business regulations and laws relating to all aspects of our business. These regulations and laws may cover taxation, privacy, data protection, our access to student financial aid, pricing and availability of educational materials, competition and/or antitrust, content, copyrights, distribution, college distribution, mobile communications, electronic contracts and other communications, consumer protection, the provision of online payment services, unencumbered Internet access to our services, the design and operation of websites, digital content (including governmental investigations and litigation relating to the agency pricing model for digital content distribution), the characteristics and quality of products and services and employee benefits (including the costs associated with complying with the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act). Changes in federal, state, local or international laws, rules or regulations relating to these matters could increase our costs of doing business or otherwise impact our business.

 

15


Table of Contents

Changes in tax laws and regulations might adversely impact our businesses or financial performance.

We collected sales tax on the majority of the products and services that we sold in our respective prior fiscal years that were subject to sales tax, and we generally have continued the same policies for sales tax within the current fiscal year. While management believes that the financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus reflect management’s best current estimate of any potential additional sales tax liability based on current discussions with taxing authorities, we cannot assure you that the outcome of any discussions with any taxing authority will not result in the payment of sales taxes for prior periods or otherwise, or that the amount of any such payments will not be materially in excess of any liability currently recorded. In the future, our businesses may be subject to claims for not collecting sales tax on the products and services we currently sell for which sales tax is not collected. In addition, our provision for income taxes and our obligation to pay income tax is based on existing federal, state and local tax laws. Changes to these laws, in particular as they relate to depreciation, amortization and cost of goods sold, could have a significant impact on our income tax provision, our projected cash tax liability, or both.

Our expansion into new products, services and technologies subjects us to additional business, legal, financial and competitive risks.

We may require additional capital in the future to sustain or grow our business. Our gross profits and margins in our newer activities may be lower than in our traditional activities, and we may not be successful enough in these newer activities to recoup our investments in them. In addition, we may have limited or no experience in our newer products and services, and our customers may not adopt our new product or service offerings. Some of these offerings, such as our commercial digital agreement with Pearson, may present new and difficult technological challenges, and we may be subject to claims if customers of these offerings experience service disruptions or failures or other quality issues.

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property rights or may be accused of infringing upon intellectual property rights of third parties.

We regard our trademarks, service marks, copyrights, patents, trade dress, trade secrets, proprietary technology and similar intellectual property as important to our success, and we rely on trademark, copyright and patent law, domain name regulations, trade secret protection and confidentiality or license agreements to protect our proprietary rights, including our use of the Barnes & Noble trademark. Laws and regulations may not adequately protect our trademarks and similar proprietary rights. We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that are similar to, infringe upon or diminish the value of our trademarks and other proprietary or licensed rights.

We may not be able to discover or determine the extent of any unauthorized use of our proprietary rights. The protection of our intellectual property may require the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. Moreover, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may not adequately protect our rights or prevent third parties from infringing or misappropriating our proprietary rights. We also cannot be certain that others will not independently develop or otherwise acquire equivalent or superior technology or other intellectual property rights.

Other parties also may claim that we infringe their proprietary rights. Because of the changes in Internet commerce and digital content businesses, current extensive patent coverage, and the rapid rate of issuance of new patents, it is possible that certain components of our products and business methods may unknowingly infringe existing patents or intellectual property rights of others.

Our digital content offerings depend in part on effective digital rights management technology to control access to digital content. If the digital rights management technology that we use is compromised or otherwise malfunctions, we could be subject to claims, and content providers may be unwilling to include their content in our service.

 

16


Table of Contents

We do not own the Barnes & Noble trademark and instead rely on a license of that trademark and certain other trademarks, which license imposes limits on what those trademarks can be used to do.

In connection with the Spin-Off, Barnes & Noble will grant to us an exclusive, perpetual, fully paid up, non-transferable and non-assignable license to use the trademarks “Barnes & Noble College,” “B&N College,” “Barnes & Noble Education” and “B&N Education” and the non-exclusive, perpetual, fully paid up, non-transferable and non-assignable license to use the marks “Barnes & Noble,” “B&N” and “BN,” solely in connection with the contract management of college and university bookstores and other bookstores associated with academic institutions and related websites as well as education products and services (including digital education products and services) and related websites. These restrictions may materially limit our ability use the licensed marks in the expansion of our operations in the future. In addition, we are reliant on Barnes & Noble to maintain the licensed trademarks.

We rely on third-party digital content and applications, which may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

We contract with certain third-parties to offer their digital content. Our licensing arrangements with these third-parties do not guarantee the continuation or renewal of these arrangements on reasonable terms, if at all. Some third-party content providers currently or in the future may offer competing products and services, and could take action to make it more difficult or impossible for us to license our content in the future. Other content owners, providers or distributors may seek to limit our access to, or increase the total cost of, such content. If we are unable to offer a wide variety of content at reasonable prices with acceptable usage rules, our business may be materially adversely affected.

Risks Relating to the Spin-Off

The Spin-Off could result in significant tax liability to Barnes & Noble and its stockholders.

The Spin-Off is conditioned on Barnes & Noble’s receipt of written opinions of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP and KPMG LLP to the effect that the Distribution will qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss to Barnes & Noble and its stockholders.

These opinions do not address any U.S. state or local or foreign tax consequences of the Spin-Off. The opinion assumes that the Spin-Off will be completed according to the terms of the Separation Agreement and rely on the facts as stated in the Separation Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement, the other ancillary agreements, this Prospectus and a number of other documents. In addition, the opinion is based on certain representations as to factual matters and certain covenants. The opinions cannot be relied on if any of the assumptions, representations or covenants are incorrect, incomplete or inaccurate or are violated in any material respect.

The opinions are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or the courts, and we cannot assure you that the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position.

If the Spin-Off were determined not to qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss, U.S. Holders could be subject to tax. In this case, each U.S. Holder who receives our Common Stock in the Spin-Off would generally be treated as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of our Common Stock received, which would generally result in (i) a taxable dividend to the U.S. Holder to the extent of that U.S. Holder’s pro rata share of Barnes & Noble’s current and accumulated earnings and profits; (ii) a reduction in the U.S. Holder’s basis (but not below zero) in Barnes & Noble common stock to the extent the amount received exceeds the stockholder’s share of Barnes & Noble’s earnings and profits; and (iii) a taxable gain from the exchange of Barnes & Noble common stock to the extent the amount received exceeds the sum of the U.S. Holder’s share of Barnes & Noble’s earnings and profits and the U.S. Holder’s basis in its Barnes & Noble common stock.

If the Spin-Off were determined not to qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss, then Barnes & Noble would recognize gain in an amount up to the fair market value of our stock held by it immediately before the

 

17


Table of Contents

Spin-Off. Under certain circumstances, we could have an indemnification obligation to Barnes & Noble with respect to tax on any such gain. See below and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off” for more information.

We could have an indemnification obligation to Barnes & Noble if the Spin-Off were determined not to qualify for non-recognition treatment.

If, due to any of our covenants in the Tax Matters Agreement being breached, it were determined that the Spin-Off did not qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss, we could be required to indemnify Barnes & Noble for the resulting taxes and related expenses. In addition, Section 355(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), generally creates a presumption that the Spin-Off would be taxable to Barnes & Noble, but not to holders, if we or our stockholders were to engage in transactions that result in a 50% or greater change by vote or value in the ownership of our stock during the four-year period beginning on the date that begins two years before the date of the Spin-Off, unless it were established that such transactions and the Spin-Off were not part of a plan or series of related transactions giving effect to such a change in ownership. If the Spin-Off were taxable to Barnes & Noble due to such 50% or greater change in the ownership of our stock Barnes & Noble would recognize gain in an amount up to the fair market value of our stock held by it immediately before the Spin-Off, and we generally would be required to indemnify Barnes & Noble for the tax on such gain and related expenses. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Barnes & Noble—Tax Matters Agreement” for more information.

We intend to agree to numerous restrictions to preserve the non-recognition treatment of the Spin-Off, which may reduce our strategic and operating flexibility.

We intend to agree in the Tax Matters Agreement to covenants and indemnification obligations that address compliance with Section 355(e) of the Code. These covenants and indemnification obligations may limit our ability to pursue strategic transactions or engage in new businesses or other transactions that might maximize the value of our business, and could discourage or delay a strategic transaction that our stockholders may consider favorable. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Barnes & Noble—Tax Matters Agreement” for more information.

We may be unable to achieve some or all of the benefits that we expect to achieve from the Spin-Off.

We believe that, as an independent publicly-traded company, we will be able to, among other things, better focus our financial and operational resources on our specific business, implement and maintain a capital structure designed to meet our specific needs, design and implement corporate strategies and policies that are targeted to our business, more effectively respond to industry dynamics and create effective incentives for our management and employees that are more closely tied to our business performance. However, by separating from Barnes & Noble, we may be more susceptible to market fluctuations and have less leverage with suppliers, and we may experience other adverse events. In addition, we may be unable to achieve some or all of the benefits that we expect to achieve as an independent company in the time we expect, if at all. The completion of the Spin-Off will also require significant amounts of our management’s time and effort, which may divert management’s attention from operating and growing our business.

We may be unable to make, on a timely or cost-effective basis, the changes necessary to operate as an independent publicly-traded company, and we may experience increased costs after the Spin-Off.

Barnes & Noble has provided us with various corporate services. Following the Spin-Off, Barnes & Noble will have no obligation to provide us with assistance other than the transition services described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Barnes & Noble.” These services do not include every service that we have received from Barnes & Noble in the past, and Barnes & Noble is only obligated to provide these services for limited periods from the date of the Spin-Off. Accordingly, following the Spin-Off, we will need to provide internally or obtain from unaffiliated third parties the services we currently

 

18


Table of Contents

receive from Barnes & Noble. We may be unable to replace these services in a timely manner or on terms and conditions as favorable as those we receive from Barnes & Noble. We may be unable to successfully establish the infrastructure or implement the changes necessary to operate independently or may incur additional costs. If we fail to obtain the services necessary to operate effectively or if we incur greater costs in obtaining these services, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We have no operating history as an independent publicly-traded company, and our historical financial information is not necessarily representative of the results we would have achieved as an independent publicly-traded company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.

We derived the historical financial information included in this Prospectus from Barnes & Noble’s consolidated financial statements, and this information does not necessarily reflect the results of operations and financial position we would have achieved as an independent publicly-traded company during the periods presented or those that we will achieve in the future. This is primarily because of the following factors:

 

    Prior to the Spin-Off, we operated as part of Barnes & Noble’s broader corporate organization, and Barnes & Noble performed various corporate functions for us. Our historical financial information reflects allocations of corporate expenses from Barnes & Noble for these and similar functions. These allocations may not reflect the costs we will incur for similar services in the future as an independent publicly-traded company.

 

    We will enter into transactions with Barnes & Noble that did not exist prior to the Spin-Off or modify our existing agreements with Barnes & Noble, such as Barnes & Noble’s provision of transition services, which will cause us to incur new costs.

 

    Our historical financial information does not reflect changes that we expect to experience in the future as a result of our separation from Barnes & Noble, including changes in our cost structure, personnel needs, tax structure, financing and business operations. As part of Barnes & Noble, we enjoyed certain benefits from Barnes & Noble’s operating diversity, size, purchasing power, borrowing leverage and available capital for investments, and we will lose these benefits after the Spin-Off. As an independent entity, we may be unable to purchase goods, services and technologies, such as insurance and health care benefits and computer software licenses or access capital markets on terms as favorable to us as those we obtained as part of Barnes & Noble prior to the Spin-Off.

Following the Spin-Off, we will also be responsible for the additional costs associated with being an independent publicly-traded company, including costs related to corporate governance, investor and public relations and public reporting. In addition, certain costs incurred by Barnes & Noble, including executive oversight, accounting, treasury, tax, legal, human resources, occupancy, procurement, information technology and other shared services, have historically been allocated to us by Barnes & Noble; but these allocations may not reflect the future level of these costs to us as we begin to provide these services ourselves. Therefore, our historical financial statements may not be indicative of our future performance as an independent publicly-traded company. We cannot assure you that our operating results will continue at a similar level when we are an independent publicly-traded company. For additional information about our past financial performance and the basis of presentation of our financial statements, see “Selected Historical Financial Data”, “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

We may not be able to access the credit and capital markets at the times and in the amounts needed on acceptable terms.

From time to time we may need to access the long-term and short-term capital markets to obtain financing. Although we believe that the sources of capital in place at the time of the Spin-Off will permit us to finance our operations for the foreseeable future on acceptable terms and conditions, we have not previously accessed the capital markets as an independent public company, and our access to, and the availability of, financing on

 

19


Table of Contents

acceptable terms and conditions in the future will be impacted by many factors, including our financial performance, our credit ratings or absence thereof, the liquidity of the overall capital markets and the state of the economy. We cannot assure you that we will have access to the capital markets at the times and in the amounts needed or on terms acceptable to us.

Some of our contracts contain provisions requiring the consent of third parties in connection with the Spin-Off. If these consents are not obtained, we may be unable to enjoy the benefit of these contracts in the future.

Some of our contracts contain provisions that require the consent of third parties to the Spin-Off. Failure to obtain such consents on commercially reasonable and satisfactory terms may impair our entitlement to the benefit of these contracts in the future.

We may have been able to receive better terms from unaffiliated third parties than the terms we receive in our agreements with Barnes & Noble.

We will enter into agreements with Barnes & Noble related to our separation from Barnes & Noble, including the Separation Agreement, Transition Services Agreement, Tax Matters Agreement, the Trademark License Agreement and Employee Matters Agreement, while we are still part of Barnes & Noble. Accordingly, these agreements may not reflect terms that would have resulted from arms-length negotiations between unaffiliated parties. The terms of the agreements being negotiated relate to, among other things, allocations of assets, liabilities, rights, indemnifications and other obligations between Barnes & Noble and us. We may have received better terms from third parties because third parties may have competed with each other to win our business. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for more information.

Risks Relating to our Common Stock and the Securities Market

No market for the Common Stock currently exists, and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained after the Spin-Off. Following the Spin-Off, our stock price may fluctuate significantly.

There is currently no public market for the Common Stock. Our Common Stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE. We anticipate that before the Distribution Date, trading of shares of the Common Stock will begin on a “when-issued” basis and this trading will continue up to and including the Distribution Date. However, an active trading market for the Common Stock may not develop as a result of the Spin-Off or may not be sustained in the future. The lack of an active market may make it more difficult for stockholders to sell our shares and could lead to our share price being depressed or volatile.

We cannot predict the prices at which the Common Stock may trade after the Spin-Off. The market price of the Common Stock may fluctuate widely, depending on many factors, some of which may be beyond our control, including:

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results due to factors related to our businesses;

 

    success or failure of our business strategies, including our digital education initiative;

 

    our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industries;

 

    our ability to obtain financing as needed;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions or dispositions;

 

    changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

 

    the failure of securities analysts to cover the Common Stock after the Spin-Off;

 

    changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates;

 

    the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies;

 

    investor perception of our company and the college bookstore industry;

 

    overall market fluctuations;

 

20


Table of Contents
    results from any material litigation or government investigation;

 

    changes in laws and regulations (including tax laws and regulations) affecting our business;

 

    changes in capital gains taxes and taxes on dividends affecting stockholders; and

 

    general economic conditions and other external factors.

Furthermore, our business profile and market capitalization may not fit the investment objectives of some Barnes & Noble stockholders and, as a result, these Barnes & Noble stockholders may sell their shares of our Common Stock after the Spin-Off. See “Risk Factors—Substantial sales of our Common Stock may occur in connection with the Spin-Off, which could cause our stock price to decline.” Low trading volume for our Common Stock, which may occur if an active trading market does not develop, among other reasons, would amplify the effect of the above factors on our stock price volatility.

Stock markets in general have experienced volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of a particular company. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the trading price of the Common Stock.

Substantial sales of the Common Stock may occur in connection with the Spin-Off, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Barnes & Noble stockholders receiving shares of Common Stock in the Spin-Off generally may sell those shares immediately in the public market. Although we have no actual knowledge of any plan or intention of any significant stockholder to sell our Common Stock following the Spin-Off, it is likely that some Barnes & Noble stockholders, possibly including some of its larger stockholders, will sell their shares received in the Spin-Off if, for reasons such as our business profile or market capitalization as an independent company, we do not fit their investment objectives, or, in the case of index funds, we are not a participant in the index in which they are investing. The sales of significant amounts of our Common Stock or the perception in the market that this will occur may decrease the market price of our Common Stock.

The concentration of our capital stock ownership may limit our stockholders’ ability to influence corporate matters and may involve other risks.

Leonard Riggio, the founder of Barnes & Noble, is currently the beneficial owner of an aggregate of approximately 18.8% of Barnes & Noble’s outstanding common stock as of May 30, 2015 (or approximately 15.8% after giving effect to the New Barnes & Noble Shares). Upon completion of the Spin-Off, it is expected that Leonard Riggio would hold the same percentage of our outstanding Common Stock.

This significant ownership may limit the ability of our other stockholders to influence corporate matters and, as a result we may take actions with which its other stockholders do not agree. In addition, there may be risks related to the relationships Leonard Riggio and other members of the Riggio family have with the various entities with which we have related party transactions.

We do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future and, therefore, any return on your investment in our Common Stock must come from increases in the fair market value and trading price of our Common Stock.

We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. We expect to retain future earnings, if any, for reinvestment in our business. Also, any credit agreements, which we may enter into, may restrict our ability to pay dividends. Whether we pay cash dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board and will be dependent upon our financial condition, results of operations, cash requirements, future prospects and any other factors our Board deems relevant. Therefore, any return on your investment in our Common Stock must come from increases in the fair market value and trading price of our Common Stock. For more information, see “Dividend Policy.”

 

21


Table of Contents

Your percentage ownership in the Company may be diluted in the future.

Your percentage ownership in the Company may be diluted in the future because of equity awards that we expect to grant to our directors, officers and other employees. Prior to the Spin-Off, we expect to approve an incentive plan that will provide for the grant of Common Stock-based equity awards to our directors, officers and other employees. In addition, we may issue equity as all or part of the consideration paid for acquisitions and strategic investments that we may make in the future or as necessary to finance our ongoing operations.

Provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws and of Delaware law may prevent or delay an acquisition of the Company, which could affect the trading price of the Common Stock.

Prior to the Spin-Off, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and by-laws. Those amended and restated documents will contain provisions, which together with applicable Delaware law, may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that our stockholders consider favorable, including provisions that:

 

    divide our Board into three staggered classes of directors that are each elected to three-year terms;

 

    prohibit stockholder action by written consent;

 

    authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our Board to increase the number of outstanding shares of capital stock, making a takeover more difficult and expensive;

 

    provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by or at the direction of a majority of our Board or the chairman of our Board; and

 

    require advance notice to be given by stockholders for any stockholder proposals or director nominations.

In addition, Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, may affect the ability of an “interested stockholder” to engage in certain business combinations, for a period of three years following the time that the stockholder becomes an “interested stockholder”.

These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent certain types of transactions involving an actual or a threatened acquisition or change in control of the Company, including unsolicited takeover attempts, even though the transaction may offer our stockholders the opportunity to sell their Common Stock at a price above the prevailing market price. See “Description of Our Capital Stock—Certain Provisions of Delaware Law, Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws” for more information.

Our Amended and Restated By-laws will designate courts in the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our Amended and Restated By-laws will provide that, subject to limited exceptions, the state and federal courts of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or our Amended and Restated By-laws or (d) any other action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to these provisions. This provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees.

 

22


Table of Contents

Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our Amended and Restated By-laws inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions.

 

23


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Prospectus contains certain forward-looking statements and information relating to our business that are based on the beliefs of our management as well as assumptions made by and information currently available to our management. When used in this communication, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “forecasts,” “projections,” and similar expressions, as they relate to us or our management, identify forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this Prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

Such statements reflect our current views with respect to future events, the outcome of which is subject to certain risks, including, among others:

 

    general competitive conditions, including actions our competitors may take to grow their businesses;

 

    trends and challenges to our business and in the locations in which we have stores;

 

    decisions by colleges and universities to outsource their bookstore operations or change the operation of their bookstores;

 

    non-renewal of contracts;

 

    the general economic environment, college enrollment and consumer spending patterns, including decreases in university spending;

 

    decreased consumer demand for our products, low growth or declining sales;

 

    disruptions to our computer systems, data lines, telephone systems or supply chain, including the loss of suppliers;

 

    changes to payment terms, return policies, the discount or margin on products or other terms with our suppliers;

 

    risks associated with data privacy, information security and intellectual property;

 

    work stoppages or increases in labor costs;

 

    our ability to attract and retain employees;

 

    possible increases in shipping rates or interruptions in shipping service, effects of competition;

 

    obsolete or excessive inventory;

 

    product shortages;

 

    our ability to successfully implement our strategic initiatives;

 

    the performance of our online, digital and other initiatives, including possible delays in the deployment of, and further enhancements to, Yuzu TM and any future higher education digital products;

 

    technological changes;

 

    risk that digital sales growth is less than expectations and the risk that it does not exceed the rate of investment spend;

 

    higher-than-anticipated store closings;

 

24


Table of Contents
    changes in law or regulation;

 

    the amount of our indebtedness and ability to comply with covenants applicable to any future debt financing;

 

    our ability to satisfy future capital and liquidity requirements;

 

    our ability to access the credit and capital markets at the times and in the amounts needed and on acceptable terms;

 

    adverse results from litigation, governmental investigations or tax-related proceedings or audits;

 

    changes in accounting standards;

 

    the potential adverse impact on our business resulting from the Spin-Off; and

 

    the other risks and uncertainties detailed in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results or outcomes may vary materially from those described as anticipated, believed, estimated, expected, intended or planned. Subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements in this paragraph. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise after the date of this Prospectus except to the extent required by law.

 

25


Table of Contents

THE SPIN-OFF

Background

On February 26, 2015, Barnes & Noble announced plans for the complete legal and structural separation of the Company from Barnes & Noble. Barnes & Noble will distribute all of its equity interest in us, consisting of all of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock, to Barnes & Noble’s stockholders on a pro rata basis. Following the Spin-Off, Barnes & Noble will not own any equity interest in us, and we will operate independently from Barnes & Noble. No approval of Barnes & Noble’s common stockholders is required in connection with the Spin-Off, and Barnes & Noble’s common stockholders will not have any appraisal rights in connection with the Spin-Off.

The Spin-Off is subject to the satisfaction, or the Barnes & Noble board of directors’ waiver, of a number of conditions. In addition, Barnes & Noble has the right not to complete the Spin-Off if, at any time, the Barnes & Noble Board determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the Spin-Off is not in the best interests of Barnes & Noble or its stockholders or is otherwise not advisable. For a more detailed description, see “The Spin-Off—Conditions to the Spin-Off.”

Reasons for the Spin-Off

The Barnes & Noble board of directors considered the following potential benefits in deciding to pursue the Spin-Off:

 

    The opportunities and challenges we expect to arise in the immediate future of the Barnes & Noble retail business differ markedly from those of our business. For Barnes & Noble, increasing foot traffic in existing locations, adapting offerings to shifting consumer tastes and patterns and harmonizing the in-store, online and digital experiences will require a fully engaged board of directors and management team that has a different skill set and experience than those required to execute our goals and strategic initiatives. We believe the Spin-Off will enhance the ability of Barnes & Noble and the Company to focus on their respective strategies.

 

    Our near-term goals for our business include the expansion of both the scale and the scope of the historic business model and also pursuing growth opportunities more broadly in the education sector, including by enhancing and expanding our digital assets. Achieving these goals will likely require acquisitions or mergers funded, in part, with capital raises and strategic alliances with other companies. Our business will be separate and distinct from Barnes & Noble’s business and, accordingly, we believe that pursuing such growth opportunities will be greatly facilitated with a capital structure that is tailored for the Company’s needs, separate from those of Barnes & Noble.

 

    The Spin-Off will establish the Company as an independent publicly traded corporation, which we believe will meaningfully enhance its industry market perception, thereby providing greater growth opportunities for us than our consolidated operation as a division of Barnes & Noble.

Guided by input from business units and strategy, tax and legal teams, as well as outside advisors, the Barnes & Noble board of directors considered, among other factors, the college business’ history as a standalone company prior to 2009, each business’ historic ownership and usage of assets, incurrence of liabilities, relationships with other entities and accounting treatment, as well as administrative costs and efficiencies, to determine the terms of the separation of the Company and Barnes & Noble. The Distribution Ratio was set by the Barnes & Noble board of directors, taking into account advice from its advisors, primarily to target a desired trading range for our Common Stock based on an expected valuation range for the Company and the number of shares that will be outstanding after the Distribution.

When and How You Will Receive Company Shares

Barnes & Noble will distribute to its stockholders, as a pro rata dividend, 0.632 shares of our Common Stock for every share of Barnes & Noble common stock outstanding as of 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2015, the Record Date of the Distribution.

 

26


Table of Contents

Prior to the Spin-Off, Barnes & Noble will deliver all of the issued and outstanding shares of our Common Stock to the distribution agent. Computershare will serve as distribution agent in connection with the Distribution and as transfer agent and registrar for our Common Stock.

If you own Barnes & Noble common stock as of 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2015, the shares of our Common Stock that you are entitled to receive in the Distribution will be issued to your account as follows:

 

    Registered stockholders . If you own your shares of Barnes & Noble common stock directly through Barnes & Noble’s transfer agent, Computershare, you are a registered stockholder. In this case, the distribution agent, Computershare, will credit the whole shares of our Common Stock you receive in the Distribution by way of direct registration in book-entry form to a new account with our transfer agent. Registration in book-entry form refers to a method of recording share ownership where no physical stock certificates are issued to stockholders, as is the case in the Distribution. You will be able to access information regarding your book-entry account holding our shares at Computershare. Commencing on or shortly after the Distribution Date, the distribution agent will mail to you an account statement that indicates the number of whole shares of our Common Stock that have been registered in book-entry form in your name. We expect it will take the distribution agent up to two weeks after the Distribution Date to complete the distribution of the shares of our Common Stock and mail statements of holding to all registered stockholders.

 

    Street name or beneficial stockholders . Most Barnes & Noble stockholders own their shares of Barnes & Noble common stock beneficially through a bank, broker or other nominee. In these cases, the bank, broker or other nominee holds the shares in “street name” and records your ownership on its books. If you own your shares of Barnes & Noble common stock through a bank, broker or other nominee, your bank, broker or other nominee will credit your account with the whole shares of our Common Stock that you receive in the Distribution on or shortly after the Distribution Date. We encourage you to contact your bank, broker or other nominee if you have any questions concerning the mechanics of having shares held in “street name.”

If you sell any of your shares of Barnes & Noble common stock on or before the Distribution Date, the buyer of those shares may in some circumstances be entitled to receive the shares of our Common Stock to be distributed in respect of the Barnes & Noble shares you sold. See “The Spin-Off—Trading Prior to the Distribution Date” for more information.

We are not asking Barnes & Noble stockholders to take any action in connection with the Spin-Off. No approval of the holders of Barnes & Noble common stock is required for the Spin-Off. We are not asking you for a proxy and request that you not send us a proxy. We are also not asking you to make any payment or surrender or exchange any of your shares of Barnes & Noble common stock for shares of our Common Stock. The number of outstanding shares of Barnes & Noble common stock will not change as a result of the Spin-Off.

Number of Shares You Will Receive

On the Distribution Date, you will receive 0.632 shares of our Common Stock for every share of Barnes & Noble common stock you hold on the Record Date.

Treatment of Fractional Shares

The distribution agent will not distribute any fractional shares of our Common Stock in connection with the Spin-Off. Instead, the distribution agent will aggregate all fractional shares into whole shares and sell the whole shares in the open market at prevailing market prices on behalf of Barnes & Noble stockholders entitled to receive a fractional share. The distribution agent will then distribute the aggregate cash proceeds of the sales, net of brokerage fees and other costs, pro rata to these holders (net of any required withholding for taxes applicable to each holder). We anticipate that the distribution agent will make these sales in the “when-issued” market, and

 

27


Table of Contents

“when-issued” trades will generally settle within four trading days following the Distribution Date. See “The Spin-Off—Trading Prior to the Distribution Date” for additional information regarding “when-issued” trading. The distribution agent will, in its sole discretion, without any influence by Barnes & Noble or us, determine when, how, through which broker-dealer and at what price to sell the whole shares. The distribution agent is not, and any broker-dealer used by the distribution agent will not be, an affiliate of either Barnes & Noble or us.

The distribution agent will send to each registered holder of Barnes & Noble common stock entitled to a fractional share a check in the cash amount deliverable in lieu of that holder’s fractional share as soon as practicable following the Distribution Date. We expect the distribution agent to take about 15 business days after the Distribution Date to complete the distribution of cash in lieu of fractional shares to Barnes & Noble stockholders. If you hold your shares through a bank, broker or other nominee, your bank, broker or nominee will receive, on your behalf, your pro rata share of the aggregate net cash proceeds of the sales. No interest will be paid on any cash you receive in lieu of a fractional share. The cash you receive in lieu of a fractional share will generally be taxable to you for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off” for more information.

Results of the Spin-Off

After the Spin-Off, we will be an independent publicly-traded company. Immediately following the Spin-Off, we expect to have approximately 1,800 holders of shares of our Common Stock and approximately 48.2 million shares of our Common Stock outstanding, based on the number of Barnes & Noble stockholders and shares of Barnes & Noble common stock outstanding on July 9, 2015 after giving effect to the New Barnes & Noble Shares. The actual number of shares of our Common Stock Barnes & Noble will distribute in the Spin-Off will depend on the actual number of shares of Barnes & Noble common stock outstanding on the Record Date, which will reflect any issuance of new shares or exercises of outstanding options pursuant to Barnes & Noble’s equity plans, and any repurchase of Barnes & Noble shares by Barnes & Noble under its common stock repurchase program, on or prior to the Record Date. The Spin-Off will not affect the number of outstanding shares of Barnes & Noble common stock or any rights of Barnes & Noble stockholders, although we expect the trading price of shares of Barnes & Noble common stock immediately following the Distribution to be lower than immediately prior to the Distribution because the trading price of Barnes & Noble common stock will no longer reflect the value of the Company. Furthermore, until the market has fully analyzed the value of Barnes & Noble without the Company, the trading price of shares of Barnes & Noble common stock may fluctuate.

Before our separation from Barnes & Noble, we intend to enter into a Separation Agreement and several other agreements with Barnes & Noble related to the Spin-Off. These agreements will govern the relationship between us and Barnes & Noble up to and after completion of the Spin-Off and allocate between us and Barnes & Noble various assets, liabilities, rights and obligations, including employee benefits, intellectual property and tax-related assets and liabilities. We describe these arrangements in greater detail under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Barnes & Noble.”

Listing and Trading of the Common Stock

As of the date of this Prospectus, we are a wholly owned subsidiary of Barnes & Noble. Accordingly, no public market for our Common Stock currently exists, although a “when-issued” market in the Common Stock may develop prior to the Spin-Off. See “The Spin-Off—Trading Prior to the Distribution Date” below for an explanation of a “when-issued” market. Our Common Stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “BNED.” Following the Spin-Off, Barnes & Noble common stock will continue to trade on the NYSE under the symbol “BKS.”

Neither we nor Barnes & Noble can assure you as to the trading price of Barnes & Noble common stock or our Common Stock after the Spin-Off, or as to whether the combined trading prices of our Common Stock and the Barnes & Noble common stock after the Spin-Off will be less than, equal to or greater than the trading prices

 

28


Table of Contents

of Barnes & Noble common stock prior to the Spin-Off. The trading price of our Common Stock may fluctuate significantly following the Spin-Off. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and the Securities Market” for more detail.

The shares of our Common Stock distributed to Barnes & Noble stockholders will be freely transferable, except for shares received by individuals who are our affiliates. Individuals who may be considered our affiliates after the Spin-Off include individuals who control, are controlled by or are under common control with us, as those terms generally are interpreted for federal securities law purposes. These individuals may include some or all of our directors and executive officers. Individuals who are our affiliates will be permitted to sell their shares of our Common Stock only pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as those afforded by Section 4(1) of the Securities Act or Rule 144 thereunder.

Trading Prior to the Distribution Date

We anticipate that trading in the Common Stock will begin on a “when-issued” basis as early as two trading days prior to the Record Date for the Distribution and continue up to and including the Distribution Date. “When-issued” trading in the context of a spin-off refers to a sale or purchase made conditionally on or before the Distribution Date because the securities of the spun-off entity have not yet been distributed. If you own shares of Barnes & Noble common stock at the close of business on the Record Date, you will be entitled to receive shares of the Common Stock in the Distribution. You may trade this entitlement to receive shares of our Common Stock, without the shares of Barnes & Noble common stock you own, on the “when-issued” market. We expect “when-issued” trades of the Common Stock to settle within four trading days after the Distribution Date. On the first trading day following the Distribution Date, we expect that “when-issued” trading of the Common Stock will end and “regular-way” trading will begin.

We also anticipate that, as early as two trading days prior to the Record Date and continuing up to and including the Distribution Date, there will be two markets in Barnes & Noble common stock: a “regular-way” market and an “ex-distribution” market. Shares of Barnes & Noble common stock that trade on the regular-way market will trade with an entitlement to receive shares of our Common Stock in the Distribution. Shares that trade on the ex-distribution market will trade without an entitlement to receive shares of the Common Stock in the Distribution. Therefore, if you sell shares of Barnes & Noble common stock in the regular-way market up to and including the Distribution Date, you will be selling your right to receive shares of our Common Stock in the Distribution. However, if you own shares of Barnes & Noble common stock at the close of business on the Record Date and sell those shares on the ex-distribution market up to and including the Distribution Date, you will still receive the shares of our Common Stock that you would otherwise be entitled to receive in the Distribution.

Following the Distribution Date, shares of our Common Stock will be listed on the NYSE under the trading symbol “BNED.” If “when-issued” trading occurs, the listing for our Common Stock is expected to be under a trading symbol different from our regular-way trading symbol. We will announce our “when-issued” trading symbol when and if it becomes available. If the Spin-Off does not occur, all “when-issued” trading will be null and void.

Conditions to the Spin-Off

We expect that the separation will be effective on the Distribution Date, provided that the following conditions shall have been satisfied or waived by Barnes & Noble:

 

    the Barnes & Noble board of directors shall have authorized and approved the Distribution and not withdrawn such authorization and approval, and shall have declared the dividend of our Common Stock to Barnes & Noble stockholders;

 

29


Table of Contents
    the Separation Agreement and the ancillary agreements contemplated by the Separation Agreement shall have been executed by each party to those agreements;

 

    we shall have entered into a credit facility and any other financing we determine to be necessary or advisable, in each case, on terms and conditions acceptable to us;

 

    Barnes & Noble shall have obtained an amendment to or replacement of the B&N Credit Facility permitting the Spin-Off;

 

    the SEC shall have declared effective our Registration Statement on Form S-1, of which this Prospectus is a part, under the Securities Act, and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of our Registration Statement shall be in effect and no proceedings for that purpose shall be pending before or threatened by the SEC;

 

    our Common Stock shall have been accepted for listing on the NYSE or another national securities exchange approved by Barnes & Noble, subject to official notice of issuance;

 

    Barnes & Noble shall have received the written opinions of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP and KPMG LLP, which shall remain in full force and effect, that, subject to the accuracy of and compliance with certain representations, warranties and covenants, the Distribution will qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss to Barnes & Noble and its stockholders;

 

    the Barnes & Noble board of directors shall have received a solvency opinion from a financial advisor, in form and substance acceptable to the board of directors, which shall opine that, among other things and subject to certain customary qualifications and assumptions, immediately prior to and after giving effect to the Spin-Off, the Company and Barnes & Noble will each be solvent.

 

    no order, injunction or decree issued by any governmental authority of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing consummation of the Distribution shall be in effect, and no other event outside the control of Barnes & Noble shall have occurred or failed to occur that prevents the consummation of the Distribution;

 

    no other events or developments shall have occurred prior to the Distribution Date that, in the judgment of the Barnes & Noble board of directors, would result in the Spin-Off having a material adverse effect on Barnes & Noble or its stockholders;

 

    prior to the Distribution Date, this Prospectus shall have been mailed to the holders of Barnes & Noble common stock;

 

    Barnes & Noble shall have duly elected the individuals to be listed as members of our post-Distribution board of directors in this Prospectus, and such individuals shall be the members of our board of directors, which we refer to as our “Board,” immediately after the Distribution; provided that our current directors shall appoint at least one independent director to serve on our Board and each of our Audit, Compensation and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committees prior to the date on which “when-issued” trading of our Common Stock commences;

 

    immediately prior to the Distribution Date, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws, each in substantially the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, of which this Prospectus is a part, shall be in effect; and

 

    Barnes & Noble shall have received a certificate signed by our Chief Financial Officer, dated as of the Distribution Date, certifying the satisfaction of certain conditions.

Barnes & Noble shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine the Record Date, the Distribution Date and all terms of the Distribution, including the form, structure and terms of any transactions and/or offerings to effect the Distribution and the timing of and conditions to the consummation thereof. In addition and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Prospectus, Barnes & Noble may at any time and from time to time until the Distribution decide to abandon the Distribution including by accelerating or delaying the

 

30


Table of Contents

timing of the consummation of all or part of the Distribution or modifying or changing the terms of the Distribution if, at any time, the Barnes & Noble board of directors determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the Distribution is not in the best interests of Barnes & Noble or its stockholders or is otherwise not advisable.

Reasons for Furnishing this Prospectus

We are furnishing this Prospectus solely to provide information to Barnes & Noble’s stockholders who will receive shares of our Common Stock in the Distribution. You should not construe this Prospectus as an inducement or encouragement to buy, hold or sell any of our securities or any securities of Barnes & Noble. We believe that the information contained in this Prospectus is accurate as of the date set forth on the cover. Changes to the information contained in this Prospectus may occur after that date, and neither we nor Barnes & Noble undertakes any obligation to update the information except in the normal course of our and Barnes & Noble’s public disclosure obligations and practices and except as required by applicable law.

 

31


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE SPIN-OFF

Consequences to U.S. Holders of Barnes & Noble Common Stock

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders of Barnes & Noble common stock in connection with the Distribution. This summary is based on the Code, the Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code and judicial and administrative interpretations of those laws, in each case as in effect and available as of the date of this Prospectus and all of which are subject to change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect. Any such change could affect the tax consequences described below.

This summary is limited to holders of Barnes & Noble common stock that are U.S. Holders, as defined immediately below, that hold their Barnes & Noble common stock as a capital asset. A “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of Barnes & Noble common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or a resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or, in the case of a trust that was treated as a domestic trust under law in effect before 1997, a valid election is in place under applicable Treasury Regulations.

This summary does not discuss all tax considerations that may be relevant to stockholders in light of their particular circumstances, nor does it address the consequences to stockholders subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as:

 

    dealers or traders in securities or currencies;

 

    tax-exempt entities;

 

    banks, financial institutions or insurance companies;

 

    real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies or grantor trusts;

 

    persons who acquired Barnes & Noble common stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation;

 

    stockholders who own, or are deemed to own, 10% or more, by voting power or value, of Barnes & Noble equity;

 

    stockholders owning Barnes & Noble common stock as part of a position in a straddle or as part of a hedging, conversion or other risk reduction transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

    certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

    stockholders who are subject to the alternative minimum tax; or

 

    persons who own Barnes & Noble common stock through partnerships or other pass-through entities.

This summary does not address any U.S. state or local or foreign tax consequences or any estate, gift or other non-income tax consequences.

If a partnership, or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds Barnes & Noble common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in that partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such a partner or partnership should consult its own tax advisor as to its tax consequences.

 

32


Table of Contents

YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION.

General

Subject to the qualifications and limitations set forth herein (including the discussion below relating to the receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares), Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel to Barnes & Noble, and KPMG LLP, tax advisor to Barnes & Noble, are of the opinion that for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    no gain or loss will be recognized by, or be includible in the income of, a U.S. Holder as a result of the Distribution, except with respect to any cash received in lieu of fractional shares;

 

    the aggregate tax basis of the Barnes & Noble common stock and Common Stock held by each U.S. Holder immediately after the Distribution will be the same as the aggregate tax basis of the Barnes & Noble common stock held by the U.S. Holder immediately before the Distribution, allocated between the Barnes & Noble common stock and our Common Stock in proportion to their relative fair market values on the date of the Distribution (subject to reduction upon the deemed sale of any fractional shares); and

 

    the holding period of our Common Stock received by each U.S. Holder will include the holding period of their Barnes & Noble common stock, provided that such Barnes & Noble common stock is held as a capital asset on the date of the Distribution.

U.S. Holders that have acquired different blocks of Barnes & Noble common stock at different times or at different prices should consult their tax advisors regarding the allocation of their aggregate adjusted tax basis among, and the holding period of, shares of our Common Stock distributed with respect to such blocks of Barnes & Noble common stock.

If a U.S. Holder receives cash in lieu of a fractional share of Common Stock as part of the Distribution, the U.S. Holder will be treated as though it first received a distribution of the fractional share in the Distribution and then sold it for the amount of cash actually received. Provided the fractional share is considered to be held as a capital asset on the date of the Distribution, the U.S. Holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss measured by the difference between the cash received for such fractional share and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in that fractional share, as determined above. Such capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Barnes & Noble common stock is more than one year on the date of the Distribution.

The opinions do not address any U.S. state or local or foreign tax consequences of the Spin-Off. The opinions assume that the Spin-Off will be completed according to the terms of the Separation Agreement and rely on the facts as stated in the Separation Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement, the other ancillary agreements, this Prospectus and a number of other documents. In addition, the opinions are based on certain representations as to factual matters and certain covenants. The opinions cannot be relied on if any of the assumptions, representations or covenants are incorrect, incomplete or inaccurate or are violated in any material respect.

The opinions are not binding on the IRS or the courts, and we cannot assure you that the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position.

If the Distribution were determined not to qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss, the above consequences would not apply and U.S. Holders could be subject to tax. In this case, each U.S. Holder who receives our Common Stock in the Distribution would generally be treated as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of our Common Stock received, which would generally result in:

 

    a taxable dividend to the U.S. Holder to the extent of that U.S. Holder’s pro rata share of Barnes & Noble’s current and accumulated earnings and profits;

 

33


Table of Contents
    a reduction in the U.S. Holder’s basis (but not below zero) in Barnes & Noble common stock to the extent the amount received exceeds the stockholder’s share of Barnes & Noble’s earnings and profits; and

 

    a taxable gain from the exchange of Barnes & Noble common stock to the extent the amount received exceeds the sum of the U.S. Holder’s share of Barnes & Noble’s earnings and profits and the U.S. Holder’s basis in its Barnes & Noble common stock.

Backup Withholding and Information Statement

Payments of cash in lieu of a fractional share of our Common Stock may, under certain circumstances, be subject to “backup withholding,” unless a U.S. Holder provides proof of an applicable exemption or a correct taxpayer identification number, and otherwise complies with the requirements of the backup withholding rules. Corporations will generally be exempt from backup withholding, but may be required to provide a certification to establish their entitlement to the exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and it may be refunded or credited against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability if the required information is timely supplied to the IRS.

Treasury Regulations require each Barnes & Noble stockholder that, immediately before the Distribution, owned 5% or more (by vote or value) of the total outstanding stock of Barnes & Noble to attach to such stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax return for the year in which the Distribution occurs a statement setting forth certain information related to the Distribution.

Consequences to Barnes & Noble

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Barnes & Noble in connection with the Spin-Off that may be relevant to holders of Barnes & Noble common stock.

Subject to the qualifications and limitations set forth herein, Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel to Barnes & Noble, and KPMG LLP, tax advisor to Barnes & Noble, are of the opinion that the Distribution will qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The opinions are subject to the same qualifications and limitations as are set forth above in relation to the opinion of counsel regarding consequences to U.S. Holders.

If the Distribution were determined not to qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss, then Barnes & Noble would recognize gain in an amount up to the fair market value of our stock held by it immediately before the Distribution.

Indemnification Obligation

If, due to any of our covenants in the Tax Matters Agreement being breached, it were determined that the Distribution did not qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss we could be required to indemnify Barnes & Noble for taxes resulting from the recognition of gain described above and related expenses. In addition, current tax law generally creates a presumption that the Distribution would be taxable to Barnes & Noble, but not to Barnes & Noble’s stockholders, if we or our stockholders were to engage in transactions that result in a 50% or greater change by vote or value in the ownership of our stock during the four-year period beginning on the date that begins two years before the date of the Distribution, unless it were established that such transactions and the Distribution were not part of a plan or series of related transactions giving effect to such a change in ownership. If the Distribution were taxable to Barnes & Noble due to such a 50% or greater change in ownership of our stock, Barnes & Noble would recognize gain in an amount up to the fair market value of our Common Stock held by it immediately before the Distribution and we generally would be required to indemnify Barnes & Noble for the tax on such gain and related expenses.

 

34


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any proceeds from the Distribution of the Common Stock in the Spin-Off.

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

No consideration will be paid for the shares of Common Stock distributed in the Spin-Off.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We do not intend, following the Spin-Off, to pay cash dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. We expect to retain future earnings, if any, for reinvestment in our business. Any credit agreements which we may enter into, including the New Credit Facility, may restrict our ability to pay dividends. The payment of dividends in the future will be subject to the discretion of our Board and will depend, among other things, on our financial condition, results of operations, cash requirements, future prospects and any other factors our Board deems relevant.

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of May 2, 2015 on an actual basis and on a pro forma basis to give effect to the cash settlement of certain related party receivables in connection with the Spin-Off. The following table should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Financial Data”, “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

 

     As of May 2, 2015  

(In thousands)

   As Reported      Pro Forma  

Cash and cash equivalents (a)

   $ 59,714       $ 95,105   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

$ —      $ —     

Preferred membership interests

  —        —     

Parent company investment (b)

  790,128      790,128   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Capitalization

$ 790,128    $ 790,128   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Represents the cash settlement with Barnes & Noble of related party receivable net against the upfront fees paid for the new revolving credit facility.
(b) Represents the elimination of Barnes & Noble net investment in us and the distribution of our Common Stock to Barnes & Noble shareholders.

 

35


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

The following historical financial data should be read in conjunction with “Risk Factors”, “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussions and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. Our fiscal year is comprised of 52 or 53 weeks, ending on the Saturday closest to the last day of April. Our statement of operations data for the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 (Fiscal 2015), 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014 (Fiscal 2014) and 52 weeks ended April 27, 2013 (Fiscal 2013), and the balance sheet data as of May 2, 2015 and May 3, 2014 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are included elsewhere in this Prospectus. Our balance sheet data as of April 27, 2013 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included elsewhere in this Prospectus. Our statement of operations data for the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2012 (Fiscal 2012) and 52 weeks ended April 30, 2011 (Fiscal 2011) and the balance sheet data as of April 28, 2012 and April 30, 2011 are derived from our consolidated financial statements not included elsewhere in this Prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future periods.

 

  Fiscal Year  
(In thousands of dollars except for share amounts) 2015   2014   2013   2012   2011  

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:

Sales:

Product sales and other (a)

$ 1,544,975    $ 1,536,180    $ 1,631,454    $ 1,647,014    $ 1,744,062   

Rental income (b)

  228,023      211,742      131,793      96,161      34,097   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total sales

  1,772,998      1,747,922      1,763,247      1,743,175      1,778,159   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales and occupancy:

Product and other cost of sales and occupancy

  1,198,300      1,180,727      1,270,381      1,284,691      1,374,731   

Rental cost of sales and occupancy

  131,125      130,430      88,250      64,046      24,388   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales and occupancy

  1,329,425      1,311,157      1,358,631      1,348,737      1,399,119   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

  443,573      436,765      404,616      394,438      379,040   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling and administrative expenses

  359,504      330,426      302,902      283,215      287,851   

Depreciation and amortization

  50,509      48,014      46,849      45,343      43,148   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

  33,560      58,325      54,865      65,880      48,041   

Interest expense, net

  210      385      4,871      5,684      10,576   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings before taxes

  33,350      57,940      49,994      60,196      37,465   

Income taxes

  14,218      22,834      19,820      23,771      14,799   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings

$ 19,132    $ 35,106    $ 30,174    $ 36,425    $ 22,666   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income per common share

Basic (c)

$ 0.33    $ 0.88    $ 0.78    $ 0.99    $ 0.63   

Diluted (d)

$ 0.33    $ 0.88    $ 0.78    $ 0.99    $ 0.63   

Weighted average common shares (thousands)

Basic (c)

  38,452      37,270      36,812      36,237      35,764   

Diluted (d)

  38,493      37,275      36,812      36,237      35,764   

OTHER OPERATING DATA:

EBITDA (e)

$ 84,069    $ 106,339    $ 101,714    $ 111,223    $ 91,189   

Comparable store sales increase (decrease) (f)

  0.1 %   (2.7 )%   (1.2 )%   (0.3 )%   (0.8 )%

Number of stores at period end

  724      700      686      647      636   

Capital expenditures

$ 48,452    $ 38,253    $ 38,760    $ 40,479    $ 35,004   

BALANCE SHEET DATA (at period end):

Total assets

$ 1,129,924    $ 1,143,760    $ 1,026,460    $ 974,858    $ 1,185,055   

Total liabilities

  339,796      335,825      315,938      302,323      280,861   

Long-term debt (g)

  —        —        —        —        —     

Preferred membership interests

  —        383,397      381,627      —        —     

Parent company equity

  790,128      424,538      328,895      672,535      904,194   

 

36


Table of Contents
(a) Product sales and other revenue include sales of new and used physical and digital textbooks, emblematic apparel and gifts, trade books, computer products, school and dorm supplies, convenience and café items, graduation products and other.
(b) Rental income includes the rental of physical and digital textbooks.
(c) Basic earnings per share and weighted-average basic shares outstanding are based on the number of shares of Barnes & Noble common stock outstanding on May 2, 2015, adjusted for an assumed distribution ratio of 0.632 share of our Common Stock for every one share of Barnes & Noble common stock held on the record date for the Spin-Off.
(d) Diluted earnings per share and weighted-average diluted shares outstanding reflect potential common shares from Barnes & Noble equity plans in which our employees participate based on the distribution ratio. While the actual future impact will depend on various factors, including employees who may change employment from one company to another, we believe the estimate yields a reasonable approximation of the future dilutive impact of our equity plans.
(e) To supplement our consolidated financial statements presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) included in this Prospectus, we use the non-GAAP financial measure of EBITDA. We define EBITDA as net earnings plus (1) depreciation and amortization; (2) interest expense and (3) income taxes. We believe that EBITDA is a useful performance measure, and it is used by us to facilitate a comparison of our operating performance on a consistent basis from period-to-period and to provide for a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business than measures under GAAP can provide alone. Our Board and management also use EBITDA as one of the primary methods for planning and forecasting overall expected performance and for evaluating on a quarterly and annual basis actual results against such expectations. We review this non-GAAP measure internally to evaluate our performance and manage our operations. We believe that the inclusion of EBITDA results provide investors useful and important information regarding our operating results.

EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results reported under GAAP. The limitations of EBITDA include: (i) it does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments; (ii) it does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (iii) it does not reflect income tax payments we may be required to make; and (iv) although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized often will have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA does not reflect any requirements for such replacements.

To properly and prudently evaluate our business, we encourage you to review our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus and the reconciliation from EBITDA to net earnings, the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with GAAP, set forth in the table below. All of the items included in the reconciliation from EBITDA to net earnings are either (i) non-cash items or (ii) items that management does not consider in assessing our on-going operating performance.

 

     Fiscal Year  

(In thousands of dollars)

   2015      2014      2013      2012      2011  

EBITDA

   $ 84,069       $ 106,339       $ 101,714       $ 111,223       $ 91,189   

Subtract:

        

Depreciation and amortization

     50,509         48,014         46,849         45,343         43,148   

Interest expense, net (h)

     210         385         4,871         5,684         10,576   

Income taxes

     14,218         22,834         19,820         23,771         14,799   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net earnings

$ 19,132    $ 35,106    $ 30,174    $ 36,425    $ 22,666   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(f)

Comparable store sales increase (decrease) is calculated on a 52-week basis, including sales from stores that have been open for at least 15 months and does not include sales from closed stores for all periods presented. In Fiscal 2012 through Fiscal 2014, as we developed our textbook rental business, comparable store sales reflected the retail selling price of a new or used textbook when rented, rather than solely the

 

37


Table of Contents
  rental fees received, to provide a more representative comparable store sales figure. Beginning with the 26 weeks ended November 1, 2014, as a result of the significant expansion of the textbook rental business as compared to prior periods, our comparable store sales are determined based upon the actual revenue received from textbook rentals and are no longer adjusted to reflect the equivalent textbook retail selling price.
(g) We are party to an amended and restated credit facility with Barnes & Noble, as the Lead Borrower, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender, and other lenders, dated as of April 29, 2011 (as amended and modified to date, the “B&N Credit Facility”). The B&N Credit Facility provides for up to $1.0 billion in aggregate commitments under a five-year asset-backed revolving credit facility expiring on April 29, 2016. The B&N Credit Facility is secured by eligible inventory and accounts receivable with the ability to include eligible real estate and related assets. We are currently a borrower and co-guarantor of all amounts owing under the B&N Credit Facility. Prior to or at the time of the Spin-Off, we will be released from all obligations, including as a borrower and a co-guarantor, under the B&N Credit Facility. In connection with the Spin-Off, we expect to enter into a new credit facility (the “New Credit Facility”) to fund working capital and other liquidity needs. The New Credit Facility is expected to provide (subject to availability under a borrowing base) for aggregate maximum commitments of approximately $400.0 million. We expect the New Credit Facility will be undrawn at the time of the Spin-Off.
(h) All outstanding debt under the B&N Credit Facility was recorded on Barnes & Noble’s balance sheet. Currently, we do not believe that our cash flow is needed to service any Barnes & Noble debt now or in the foreseeable future.

 

38


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following tables present our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements and reflect adjustments to our historical consolidated financial statements to give effect to our separation from Barnes & Noble, the distribution of our shares of Common Stock and related financing transactions. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of May 2, 2015 has been prepared as though the separation, distribution and related financing transactions occurred on May 2, 2015. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended May 2, 2015 has been prepared as though the separation, distribution and related financing transactions occurred on May 4, 2014. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and assumptions that we believe are reasonable.

The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information, preliminary estimates and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable based on information currently available, and are described in the accompanying notes. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements are for informational purposes only and do not purport to represent or be indicative of actual results that would have been achieved had the transactions described above been consummated on the dates indicated and do not purport to indicate or project results of operations for any future period. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and assumptions that management believes are reasonable, that reflect the expected impacts of events directly attributable to the Distribution and related transaction agreements and that are factually supportable and, for purposes of the statement of operations, that are expected to have a continuing impact on us. However, such adjustments are subject to change based on the finalization of the terms of the Distribution and related agreements and such changes could be material.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Financial and Other Data,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Prospectus. All dollar amounts are presented in thousands except per share amounts.

Our historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form S-1 Registration Statement include intercompany charges for corporate shared services. After the Distribution, certain services will continue to be provided by Barnes & Noble under transition services agreements. These agreements are more fully described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” included elsewhere in this Registration Statement on Form S-1.

The operating expenses reported in our historical consolidated statements of operations include allocations of certain Barnes & Noble costs. These costs include allocation of Barnes & Noble corporate costs, shared services and other operating and administration costs that benefit us. As a stand-alone public company, we expect our recurring costs to approximate the expenses historically allocated to us from Barnes & Noble.

 

39


Table of Contents

PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

 

     Fiscal 2015       
     As Reported      Pro Forma
Adjustments
         Pro Forma       

(In thousands, except per share data)

             

Sales

   $ 1,772,998       $ —           $ 1,772,998      

Cost of sales and occupancy

     1,329,425         —             1,329,425      
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Gross profit

  443,573      —        443,573   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Selling and administrative expenses

  359,504      (2,449 (a)   357,055   

Depreciation and amortization

  50,509      —        50,509   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Operating income

  33,560      2,449      36,009   

Interest expense, net

  210      570    (b)   780   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Income before income taxes (benefit)

  33,350      1,879      35,229   

Income taxes (benefit)

  14,218      729    (c)   14,947   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Net income

$ 19,132    $ 1,150    $ 20,282   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Earnings Per Share:

Basic

$ 0.33    $ 0.30    (d)

Diluted

$ 0.33    $ 0.30    (e)

Weighted-Average Shares Outstanding

Basic

  38,452      46,101    (d)

Diluted

  38,493      46,142    (e)

 

 

See accompanying Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

 

40


Table of Contents

PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(Unaudited)

 

     As of May 2, 2015  

(In thousands)

   As Reported      Pro Forma
Adjustments
         Pro Forma  

Assets

          

Current assets:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 59,714       $ 35,391      (f)(g)    $ 95,105   

Receivables, net

     76,551         (38,241   (g)      38,310   

Merchandise inventories, net

     297,424         —             297,424   

Textbook rental inventories

     47,550         —             47,550   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     4,625         570      (f)      5,195   

Short-term deferred taxes

     24,358         —             24,358   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total current assets

  510,222      (2,280   507,942   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Property and equipment:

Buildings and leasehold improvements

  149,065      —        149,065   

Fixtures and equipment

  335,403      —        335,403   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 
  484,468      —        484,468   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

  376,911      —        376,911   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net property and equipment

  107,557      —        107,557   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Goodwill

  274,070      —        274,070   

Intangible assets, net

  198,190      —        198,190   

Other noncurrent assets

  39,885      2,280    (f)   42,165   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total assets

$ 1,129,924    $ —      $ 1,129,924   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

$ 170,101    $ —      $ 170,101   

Accrued liabilities

  97,575      —        97,575   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  267,676      —        267,676   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes

  66,091      —        66,091   

Other long-term liabilities

  6,029      —        6,029   

Parent company investment

  790,128      —        790,128   

Commitments and contingencies

  —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

$ 1,129,924    $ —      $ 1,129,924   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

 

41


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(a) The adjustment to selling and administration expenses removes $2.4 million of expenses incurred during the year ended May 2, 2015 that are directly related to the separation. These costs were primarily related to tax, accounting and other professional fees. As these costs represent material, nonrecurring costs directly related to the separation, a pro forma adjustment was performed to reverse the costs.

 

(b) We expect to enter into a five year revolving credit facility for $400.0 million and incur debt issuance costs of $2.9 million which will be amortized over the life of the facility. The amortization expense of $0.6 million is reflected as a pro forma adjustment in interest expense.

 

(c) The provision for income taxes related to the pro forma adjustments have been estimated based on Barnes & Noble’s historic effective tax rate for the period. The effective tax rate of Barnes & Noble Education could be different (either higher or lower) depending on activities subsequent to the Distribution.

 

(d) Pro forma basic earnings per share and pro forma weighted-average basic shares outstanding are based on the number of Barnes & Noble common shares outstanding on July 9, 2015 (after giving effect to the New Barnes & Noble Shares), adjusted for an assumed Distribution Ratio of 0.632 shares of our Common Stock for each share of Barnes & Noble common stock held on the record date.

 

(e) Pro forma diluted earnings per share and pro forma weighted-average diluted shares outstanding reflect potential common shares from Barnes & Noble, Inc. equity plans in which our employees participate based on the Distribution Ratio. While the actual future impact will depend on various factors, including employees who may change employment from one company to another, we believe the estimate yields a reasonable approximation of the future dilutive impact of our equity plans after the Distribution.

 

(f) We expect to enter into a five year revolving credit facility for $400.0 million and incur debt issuance costs of $2.9 million which will be amortized over the life of the facility. The current portion of the debt issuance costs of $0.6 million were recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets. The long term portion of the debt issuance costs of $2.3 million were recorded in other non-current assets.

 

(g) Represents the cash settlement of $38.2 million of related party receivables due from Barnes & Noble.

 

42


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Our fiscal year is comprised of 52 or 53 weeks, ending on the Saturday closest to the last day of April. As used in this section, “Fiscal 2015” represents the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015, “Fiscal 2014” represents the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014 and “Fiscal 2013” represents the 52 weeks ended April 27, 2013.

Overview

On February 26, 2015, Barnes & Noble announced plans for the complete legal and structural separation of the Company from Barnes & Noble (the “Spin-Off”). Barnes & Noble will distribute all of its equity interest in us, consisting of all of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock, to Barnes & Noble’s stockholders on a pro rata basis. Following the Spin-Off, Barnes & Noble will not own any equity interest in us, and we will operate independently from Barnes & Noble.

The Spin-Off is subject to the satisfaction, or the Barnes & Noble board of directors’ waiver, of a number of conditions. In addition, Barnes & Noble has the right not to complete the Spin-Off if, at any time, the Barnes & Noble Board determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the Spin-Off is not in the best interests of Barnes & Noble or its stockholders or is otherwise not advisable.

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a stand-alone basis and are derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Barnes & Noble. Our consolidated financial statements reflect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows as we were historically managed, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). Our consolidated financial statements include certain assets and liabilities that have historically been held at the Barnes & Noble corporate level but are specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to us.

All intercompany transactions between us and Barnes & Noble have been included in our financial statements and are considered to be effectively settled for cash in our consolidated financial statements at the time the Spin-Off becomes effective. The total net effect of the settlement of these intercompany transactions is reflected in our consolidated statements of cash flow as a financing activity and in our consolidated balance sheets as “Parent company investment.”

The historical costs and expenses reflected in our financial statements include an allocation for certain corporate shared service functions historically provided by Barnes & Noble, including, but not limited to, executive oversight, accounting, treasury, tax, legal, human resources, occupancy, procurement, information technology and other shared services. These expenses have been allocated to us on the basis of direct usage when identifiable, with the remainder allocated on a pro rata basis of consolidated sales, headcount, tangible assets or other measures considered to be a reasonable reflection of the historical utilization levels of these services.

Our management believes the assumptions underlying our financial statements, including the assumptions regarding the allocation of general corporate expenses from Barnes & Noble, are reasonable. Nevertheless, our financial statements may not include all of the actual expenses that would have been incurred had we operated as a stand-alone company during the periods presented and may not reflect our consolidated results of operations, financial position and cash flows had we operated as a stand-alone company during the periods presented. Actual costs that would have been incurred if we had operated as a stand-alone company would depend on multiple factors, including organizational structure and strategic decisions made in various areas, including information technology and infrastructure. Following the Spin-Off, we will perform these functions using our own resources or contracted services. Upon execution of a Transition Services Agreement with Barnes & Noble, we expect some of these functions will continue to be provided by Barnes & Noble.

We are one of the largest contract operators of bookstores on college and university campuses in the United States. We create and operate campus stores that are focal points for college life and learning, enhancing the

 

43


Table of Contents

educational mission of the institution, enlivening campus culture and delivering an important revenue stream to partner schools. We typically operate our stores under multi-year management service agreements granting us the right to operate the official school bookstore on campus. In turn, we pay the school a percentage of store sales and, in some cases, a minimum fixed guarantee.

As of May 2, 2015, we operated 724 stores nationwide, which reach 24% of the total United States college and university student enrolled population. Our stores are operated under 453 contracts, some of which cover multiple store locations, and 154 of our college and university affiliated bookstores are co-branded with the Barnes & Noble name. We build relationships and derive sales by actively engaging and marketing to over 5 million students and their faculty on the campuses we serve and offer a full assortment of items in our campus stores, including course-related materials, which include new and used print textbooks and digital textbooks, all of which are available for sale or rent, emblematic apparel and gifts, trade books, computer products, school and dorm supplies, convenience and café items and graduation products. We are a multi-channel marketer, and our largest growth area is sales through the school-branded e-commerce sites we operate for each store, allowing students and faculty to purchase textbooks, course materials and other products online.

Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Business

Sales trends are primarily impacted by new store openings, increasing the students and faculty served, as well as changes in comparable store sales. We are awarded additional contracts for stores as colleges and universities decide to outsource their bookstore, and we also obtain new contracts for stores that were previously operated by others. We close stores at the end of their contract terms due to low profitability or because the new contract has been awarded to a competitor. As we expanded our textbook rental offerings, students have been shifting away from higher priced textbook purchases to lower priced rental options, which has resulted in lower textbook sales and increasing rental income. After several years of comparable store sales declines, primarily on lower textbook unit volume, during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015, our comparable store sales trends have improved for both textbook and general merchandise. Over the last three years, we have consistently opened new stores increasing our total number of stores open from 647 at April 29, 2012 to 724 as of May 2, 2015.

Occupancy costs, which are primarily the payments we make to the colleges and universities to operate their official bookstores, have increased as a percentage of sales during all the reported periods, driven by increased competition for renewals and new store contracts.

Selling and administrative expenses have increased primarily as a result of our continuing investments in Yuzu TM , our digital education platform and increased infrastructure costs to support growth through all reported periods.

Elements of Results of Operations

Our sales are primarily derived from the sale of course materials (which include new and used textbooks and digital textbooks), emblematic apparel and gifts, trade books, computer products, school and dorm supplies, convenience and café items and graduation products. Our rental income is primarily derived from the rental of physical and digital textbooks.

Our cost of sales and occupancy primarily includes costs such as merchandise costs, textbook rental amortization and management service agreement costs related to our college and university contracts and by other facility related expenses.

Our selling and administrative expenses consist primarily of store payroll and store operating expenses. Selling and administrative expenses also include general office expenses, such as executive oversight, merchandising, field support, finance, human resources, benefits, training, legal and information technology, as well as our investments in Yuzu TM .

 

44


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

 

Financial Period (in thousands of dollars)

   Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  

Sales:

      

Product sales and other revenue

   $ 1,544,975      $ 1,536,180      $ 1,631,454   

Rental income

     228,023        211,742        131,793   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total sales

$ 1,772,998    $ 1,747,922    $ 1,763,247   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

$ 19,132    $ 35,106    $ 30,174   

EBITDA

$ 84,069    $ 106,339    $ 101,714   

Comparable store sales increase (decrease) (a)

  0.1 %   (2.7 )%   (1.2 )%

Stores opened

  48      30      49   

Stores closed

  24      16      10   

Number of stores open at end of period

  724      700      686   

 

(a) Comparable store sales increase (decrease) is calculated on a 52-week basis, including sales from stores that have been open for at least 15 months and does not include sales from closed stores for all periods presented. In Fiscal 2012 through Fiscal 2014, as we developed our textbook rental business, comparable store sales reflected the retail selling price of a new or used textbook when rented, rather than solely the rental fees received, to provide a more representative comparable store sales figure. Beginning with the 26 weeks ended November 1, 2014, as a result of the significant expansion of the textbook rental business as compared to prior periods, our comparable store sales are determined based upon the actual revenue received from textbook rentals, and are no longer adjusted to reflect the equivalent textbook retail selling price.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the percentage relationship that certain items bear to total sales of the Company:

 

Financial Period

   Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  

Sales:

      

Product sales and other revenue

     87.1 %     87.9 %     92.5 %

Rental income

     12.9        12.1        7.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total sales

  100.0      100.0      100.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales and occupancy:

Product and other cost of sales and occupancy (a)

  77.6      76.9      77.9   

Rental cost of sales and occupancy (a)

  57.5      61.6      67.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales and occupancy

  75.0      75.0      77.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

  25.0      25.0      22.9   

Selling and administrative expenses

  20.3      18.9      17.2   

Depreciation and amortization

  2.8      2.7      2.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

  1.9      3.3      3.1   

Interest expense, net

  0.0      0.0      0.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before taxes

  1.9      3.3      2.8   

Income taxes

  0.8      1.3      1.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  1.1 %   2.0 %   1.7 %
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Represents the percentage these costs bear to the related sales, instead of total sales.

 

45


Table of Contents

52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 compared with the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014

Sales

The following table summarizes our sales for the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 and the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014:

 

     52 weeks ended      53 weeks ended  

Dollars in thousands

   May 2,
2015
     May 3,
2014
 

Product sales and other

   $ 1,544,975       $ 1,536,180   

Rental income

     228,023         211,742   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Sales

$ 1,772,998    $ 1,747,922   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our sales increased $25.1 million, or 1.4%, to $1.773 billion during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 from $1.748 billion during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014. The inclusion of the 53 rd week in the prior year contributed $14.6 million of additional sales in Fiscal 2014. Excluding the 53 rd week, sales increased $39.7 million, or 2.3%, for the year. New store openings over the past year increased sales by $71.0 million, partially offset by closed stores, which decreased sales by $22.9 million.

Comparable store sales increased 0.1% for the comparable sales period with a decrease in comparable store sales dollars by $13.9 million, impacted by the 53 rd week. General merchandise sales increased $22.2 million, or 4.7%, primarily due to strong emblematic apparel sales, partially offset by $17.9 million in decreased textbook sales as students continued to shift to lower priced rentals. General merchandise sales have continued to increase as our product assortments continue to emphasize and reflect the changing consumer trends and we evolve our presentation concepts and merchandising of product in stores and online.

We added 48 new stores and closed 24 stores during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015, ending the period with a total of 724 stores.

Cost of Sales and Occupancy

 

     52 weeks ended     53 weeks ended  

Dollars in thousands

   May 2,
2015
     % of
Related Sales
    May 3,
2014
     % of
Related Sales
 

Product and other cost of sales and occupancy

   $ 1,198,300         77.6 %   $ 1,180,727         76.9 %

Rental cost of sales and occupancy

     131,125         57.5 %     130,430         61.6 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Cost of Sales and Occupancy

$ 1,329,425      75.0 % $ 1,311,157      75.0 %
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Our cost of sales and occupancy as a percentage of sales remained flat at 75.0% during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 compared to the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014. Higher occupancy costs resulting from contract renewals increased cost of sales and occupancy as a percentage of sales by 60 basis points and comparisons to a prior year’s favorable LIFO adjustment of $7.7 million, increased cost of sales and occupancy as a percentage of sales by 45 basis points.

These variances were offset by a favorable sales mix of higher margin textbook rentals and general merchandise, which decreased costs of goods sold and occupancy as a percentage of sales by 65 basis points and margin improvements, primarily on textbook rentals, which decreased costs of goods sold and occupancy as a percentage of sales by 40 basis points.

 

46


Table of Contents

Product and other cost of sales and occupancy increased by 70 basis points, primarily driven by the LIFO adjustment of 50 basis points and increased occupancy of 15 basis points. Rental cost of sales and occupancy decreased 410 basis points driven by higher rental margin of 740 basis points partially offset by increased occupancy of 330 basis points.

Gross Margin

 

     52 weeks ended     53 weeks ended  

Dollars in thousands

   May 2,
2015
     % of
Sales
    May 3,
2014
     % of
Sales
 

Total Gross Margin

   $ 443,573         25.0 %   $ 436,765         25.0 %
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Our gross margin increased $6.8 million, or 1.6%, to $443.6 million during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 from $436.8 million during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014. This increase was due to the matters discussed above.

Selling and Administrative Expenses

 

     52 weeks ended     53 weeks ended  

Dollars in thousands

   May 2,
2015
     % of
Sales
    May 3,
2014
     % of
Sales
 

Total Selling and Administrative Expenses

   $ 359,504         20.3 %   $ 330,426         18.9 %
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Selling and administrative expenses increased $29.1 million, or 8.8%, to $359.5 million during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 from $330.4 million during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014. Our selling and administrative expenses increased as a percentage of sales by 140 basis points to 20.3% from 18.9%. This rate increase included continued investments in Yuzu TM , our digital education platform, which increased $3.0 million, or 15 basis points, to $24.3 million for the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015, as compared to $21.3 million in the comparable period a year ago. Excluding Yuzu TM , our selling and administrative expenses increased as a percentage of sales by 120 basis points, due primarily to higher store payroll and operating expenses, including benefits and marketing, which increased selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales by 60 basis points, planned infrastructure costs to support business growth, which increased selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales by 40 basis points, and separation-related costs, which increased selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales by 15 basis points.

Depreciation and Amortization

 

     52 weeks ended     53 weeks ended  

Dollars in thousands

   May 2,
2015
     % of
Sales
    May 3,
2014
     % of
Sales
 

Total Depreciation and Amortization

   $ 50,509         2.8 %   $ 48,014         2.7 %
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Depreciation and amortization increased $2.5 million, or 5.2%, to $50.5 million during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 from $48.0 million during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014. This increase was primarily attributable to additional capital expenditures.

Operating Profit

 

     52 weeks ended     53 weeks ended  

Dollars in thousands

   May 2,
2015
     % of
Sales
    May 3,
2014
     % of
Sales
 

Total Operating Profit

   $ 33,560         1.9 %   $ 58,325         3.3 %
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

47


Table of Contents

Our operating profit decreased $24.8 million, or 42.2%, to $33.6 million during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 from $58.3 million during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014. This decrease was due to the matters discussed above.

Interest Expense, Net

 

     52 weeks ended      53 weeks ended  

Dollars in thousands

   May 2,
2015
     May 3,
2014
 

Interest Expense, Net

   $ 210       $ 385   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest expense decreased $0.2 million, or 45.5%, to $0.2 million during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 from $0.4 million during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014.

Income Taxes

 

     52 weeks ended     53 weeks ended  

Dollars in thousands

   May 2,
2015
     Effective
Rate
    May 3,
2014
     Effective
Rate
 

Income Taxes

   $ 14,218         42.6 %   $ 22,834         39.4 %
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

We recorded an income tax provision of $14.2 million during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 compared with an income tax provision of $22.8 million during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014. Our effective tax rate was 42.6% for the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 compared with an effective tax rate of 39.4% during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014.

Net Income

 

     52 weeks ended      53 weeks ended  

Dollars in thousands

   May 2,
2015
     May 3,
2014
 

Net Income

   $ 19,132       $ 35,106   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As a result of the factors discussed above, we reported net income of $19.1 million during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015, compared with net income of $35.1 million during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014.

53 weeks ended May 3, 2014 compared with the 52 weeks ended April 27, 2013

Sales

The following table summarizes our sales for the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014 and the 52 weeks ended April 27, 2013:

 

     53 weeks ended      52 weeks ended  

Dollars in thousands

   May 3,
2014
     April 27,
2013
 

Product sales and other revenue

   $ 1,536,180       $ 1,631,454   

Rental income

     211,742         131,793   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Sales

$ 1,747,922    $ 1,763,247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

48


Table of Contents

Our sales decreased $15.3 million, or 0.9%, to $1.748 billion during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014, from $1.763 billion during the 52 weeks ended April 27, 2013. The inclusion of the 53 rd week contributed $14.6 million in additional comparable store sales in Fiscal 2014. New store openings increased sales by $63.2 million, partially offset by closed stores, which decreased sales by $21.2 million. Comparable store sales decreased sales by 2.7% or $73.5 million. Recognition of previously deferred rental revenues increased sales by $2.0 million for the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014.

The comparable store sales decline of 2.7% was primarily attributable to lower product and other sales of $143.4 million driven by lower textbook sales, which decreased sales by $150.0 million as students continued to shift to lower priced textbook rentals, partially offset by higher general merchandise sales, which increased sales by $14.3 million. General merchandise sales have continued to increase as our product assortments continue to emphasize and reflect the changing consumer trends and we evolve our presentation concepts and merchandising of product in stores and on the web. Rental income increased by $79.9 million, impacted by an $11.8 million decrease as students shifted to lower priced used textbook rentals.

While comparable store sales percentages are adjusted for the impact of textbook rentals, sales dollars are negatively impacted by the continued growth of textbook rentals, which have a lower price than new or used textbooks, and a portion of rental sales are deferred over the rental period. As we expanded our textbook rental offerings, students have been shifting away from higher priced textbook purchases to lower priced rental options.

We added 30 new stores and closed 16 stores during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014, ending the period with a total of 700 stores.

Cost of Sales and Occupancy

 

     53 weeks ended     52 weeks ended  

Dollars in thousands

   May 3,
2014
     % of
Related Sales
    April 27,
2013
     % of
Related Sales
 

Product and other cost of sales and occupancy

   $ 1,180,727         76.9 %   $ 1,270,381         77.9 %

Rental cost of sales and occupancy

     130,430         61.6 %     88,250         67.0 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Cost of Sales and Occupancy

$ 1,311,157      75.0 % $ 1,358,631      77.1 %
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Our cost of sales and occupancy decreased as a percentage of sales to 75.0% during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014, from 77.1% during the 52 weeks ended April 27, 2013. This decrease was primarily due to a favorable sales mix of higher margin textbook rentals and a favorable LIFO adjustment, partially offset by higher occupancy costs as a percentage of sales resulting from contract renewals. Product and other cost of sales and occupancy decreased by 100 basis points, primarily driven by a 64 basis point decrease due to a $7.7 million favorable LIFO adjustment in Fiscal 2014 compared to a $(2.2) million unfavorable LIFO adjustment in Fiscal 2013. Rental cost of sales and occupancy decreased by 540 basis points, driven by a 694 basis point decrease due to increased rental margin and a favorable mix of used rentals, partially offset by a 157 basis point increase due to higher occupancy costs.

Gross Margin

 

     53 weeks ended     52 weeks ended  

Dollars in thousands

   May 3,
2014
     % of
Sales
    April 27,
2013
     % of
Sales
 

Total Gross Margin

   $ 436,765         25.0 %   $ 404,616         22.9 %
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

49


Table of Contents

Our consolidated gross margin increased $32.1 million, or 7.9%, to $436.8 million during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014 from $404.6 million during the 52 weeks ended April 27, 2013. This increase was due to the matters discussed above.

Selling and Administrative Expenses

 

     53 weeks ended     52 weeks ended  

Dollars in thousands

   May 3,
2014
     % of
Sales
    April 27,
2013
     % of
Sales
 

Total Selling and Administrative Expenses

   $ 330,426         18.9 %   $ 302,902         17.2 %
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Selling and administrative expenses increased $27.5 million, or 9.1%, to $330.4 million during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014 from $302.9 million during the 52 weeks ended April 27, 2013. Our selling and administrative expenses increased as a percentage of sales by 170 basis points to 18.9% from 17.2%. This increase was primarily due to increased infrastructure costs to support growth of the business of 69 basis points as well as a 126 basis points increase due to continued investments in Yuzu TM . We invested $23.8 million in Yuzu TM in Fiscal 2014, including $21.4 million of expenses, as compared to $7.4 million of expenses in the prior year.

Depreciation and Amortization

 

     53 weeks ended     52 weeks ended  

Dollars in thousands

   May 3,
2014
     % of
Sales
    April 27,
2013
     % of
Sales
 

Total Depreciation and Amortization

   $ 48,014         2.7 %   $ 46,849         2.7 %
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Depreciation and amortization increased $1.2 million, or 2.5%, to $48.0 million during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014, from $46.8 million during the 52 weeks ended April 27, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to additional capital expenditures.

Operating Profit

 

     53 weeks ended     52 weeks ended  

Dollars in thousands

   May 3,
2014
     % of
Sales
    April 27,
2013
     % of
Sales
 

Total Operating Profit

   $ 58,325         3.3 %   $ 54,865         3.1 %
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Our consolidated operating profit increased $3.5 million, or 6.3%, to an operating profit of $58.3 million during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014 from an operating profit of $54.9 million during the 52 weeks ended April 27, 2013. This increase was due to the matters discussed above.

Interest Expense, Net

 

     53 weeks
ended
     52 weeks
ended
 

Dollars in thousands

   May 3,
2014
     April 27,
2013
 

Interest Expense, Net

   $ 385       $ 4,871   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest expense decreased $4.5 million, or 92.1%, to $0.4 million during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014 from $4.9 million during the 52 weeks ended April 27, 2013. This decrease was attributable to Barnes & Noble capital contributions, which lowered average intercompany balances and the related interest expense.

 

50


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

 

     53 weeks ended     52 weeks ended  

Dollars in thousands

   May 3,
2014
     Effective
Rate
    April 27,
2013
     Effective
Rate
 

Income Taxes

   $ 22,834         39.4 %   $ 19,820         39.6 %
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

We recorded an income tax provision of $22.8 million during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014, compared with an income tax provision of $19.8 million during the 52 weeks ended April 27, 2013. Our effective tax rate was 39.4% and 39.6% for the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014 and the 52 weeks ended April 27, 2013, respectively.

Net Income

 

     53 weeks
ended
     52 weeks
ended
 

Dollars in thousands

   May 3,
2014
     April 27,
2013
 

Net Income

   $ 35,106       $ 30,174   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As a result of the factors discussed above, we reported consolidated net income of $35.1 million during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014, compared with consolidated net income of $30.2 million during the 52 weeks ended April 27, 2013.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historically, our primary sources of cash are net cash flows from operating activities, funds available under the B&N Credit Facility and short-term vendor financing.

 

Financial Period

   Fiscal 2015      Fiscal 2014      Fiscal 2013  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   $ 144,269       $ 55,420       $ 38,246   

Net cash flows provided by operating activities

     13,520         65,804         59,488   

Net cash flows used in investing activities

     (58,185      (37,445 )      (49,108 )

Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities

     (39,890      60,490         6,794   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$ 59,714    $ 144,269    $ 55,420   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

Our business is highly seasonal. Cash flows from operating activities are typically a source of cash in the second and third fiscal quarters, when students generally purchase and rent textbooks for the upcoming semesters. Cash flows from operating activities are typically a use of cash in the first and fourth fiscal quarters, when sales volumes are materially lower than the other quarters. Our quarterly cash flows also may fluctuate depending on the timing of the start of the various school’s semesters, as well as shifts in fiscal calendar dates. These shifts in timing may affect the comparability of our results across periods.

Cash flows provided by operating activities during Fiscal 2015 were $13.5 million compared to $65.8 million during Fiscal 2014. This decrease of $52.3 million was primarily due to a $38.2 million receivable from Barnes & Noble which will be paid at the time of the Spin-Off.

Cash flows provided from operating activities during Fiscal 2014 were $65.8 million compared to $59.5 million during Fiscal 2013. This increase of $6.3 million was primarily due to timing differences created by the fiscal year end date, which ended May 3, 2014 in Fiscal 2014, as compared to April 27, 2013 in Fiscal 2013.

 

51


Table of Contents

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

Our investing activities consist principally of capital expenditures for contractual capital investments associated with renewing existing contracts, new store construction, digital initiatives and enhancements to internal systems and our website.

Cash flows used in investing activities during Fiscal 2015 were $(58.2) million compared to $(37.4) million during Fiscal 2014. Capital expenditures totaled $48.5 million and $38.3 million during Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, respectively.

Cash flows used in investing activities during Fiscal 2014 were $(37.4) million compared to $(49.1) million during Fiscal 2013. Capital expenditures totaled $38.3 million and $38.8 million during Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively.

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

Cash flows used in financing activities during Fiscal 2015 were $(39.9) million compared to inflows of $60.5 million during Fiscal 2014. During Fiscal 2015, we acquired the preferred membership interests from Microsoft and Pearson, resulting in a $76.2 million payment. The receipts in Fiscal 2014 represent net transfers from Barnes & Noble, including NOOK Media partnership activities.

Cash flows provided from financing activities during Fiscal 2014 were $60.5 million compared to $6.8 million during Fiscal 2013. The receipts in Fiscal 2014 represent net transfers from Barnes & Noble, including $41.4 million in corporate allocations and $20.4 million in capital contributions. The receipts in Fiscal 2013 include proceeds from Microsoft and Pearson for the issuance of the preferred membership interests, with the balance representing net transfers to Barnes & Noble, including $34.5 million in corporate allocations and $26.7 million in dividends.

Impact of Distribution from Barnes & Noble on our Financial Statements

Following the Spin-Off, we may incur additional costs associated with being an independent company in connection with establishing, or expanding, and maintaining our own stand-alone corporate functions, including finance, human resources, information technology, facilities, and legal for which we currently receive expense allocations from Barnes & Noble. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.” These allocations are included in operating expenses and totaled $23.1 million, $19.1 million and $14.7 million for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively. See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus for further details related to Barnes & Noble corporate allocations.

Management considers the expense allocation methodology and results to be reasonable for all periods presented. However, our financial statements do not necessarily include all of the expenses that would have been incurred had we been a separate, stand-alone entity and may not necessarily reflect our results of operations, financial position and cash flows had we been a stand-alone company during the periods presented. Furthermore, we may also incur additional costs associated with being a stand-alone publicly listed company that were not included in the expense allocations and, therefore, would result in additional costs that are not reflected our historical results of operations, financial position and cash flows. Nevertheless, we believe that cash flow from operations will be sufficient to fund the anticipated increases in corporate expenses.

Financing Arrangements

We are party to the B&N Credit Facility. The B&N Credit Facility provides for up to $1.0 billion in aggregate commitments under a five-year asset-backed revolving credit facility expiring on April 29, 2016. The B&N Credit Facility is secured by eligible inventory and accounts receivable with the ability to include eligible real estate and related assets. We are currently a borrower and co-guarantor of all amounts owing under the B&N

 

52


Table of Contents

Credit Facility. Prior to or at the time of the Spin-Off, we will be released from all obligations, including as a borrower and a co-guarantor, under the B&N Credit Facility.

In connection with the Spin-Off, we expect to enter into a new five year revolving credit facility (the “New Credit Facility”) to fund working capital and other liquidity needs. The New Credit Facility is expected to provide (subject to availability under a borrowing base) for aggregate maximum commitments of approximately $400.0 million. We expect the New Credit Facility will be undrawn at the time of the Spin-Off.

We and certain of our subsidiaries will be permitted to borrow under the New Credit Facility. The New Credit Facility will be secured by substantially all of the inventory and accounts receivable and related assets of the borrowers and guarantors under the New Credit Facility (collectively, the “Loan Parties”), but excluding the equity interests in the Company and its subsidiaries, intellectual property, equipment and certain other property. The Company has the option to request the increase in commitments under the New Credit Facility by up to $100.0 million subject to certain restrictions. Interest under the New Credit Facility will accrue, at the election of the Company, at Base Rate or LIBO Rate, plus, in each case, an applicable interest rate margin, which is determined by reference to the level of excess availability under the New Credit Facility. Loans will initially bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.000% per annum, in the case of LIBO Rate borrowings, or at the alternate base rate plus 1.000%, in the alternative, and thereafter the interest rate will fluctuate between LIBOR plus 2.000% per annum and LIBOR plus 1.750% per annum (or between the alternate base rate plus 1.000% per annum and the alternate base rate plus 0.750% annum), based upon the excess availability under the New Credit Facility at such time. The New Credit Facility limits the our ability to, subject to customary exceptions, incur additional indebtedness, create liens, make investments, make restricted payments or specified payments and merge or acquire assets, among other things. In addition, if excess availability under the New Credit Facility were to fall below certain specified levels, certain additional covenants (including fixed charge coverage ratio requirements) would be triggered and the lenders will assume dominion and control over the Loan Parties’ cash.

We believe that our future cash from operations, access to borrowings under the New Credit Facility and short-term vendor financing will provide adequate resources to fund our operating and financing needs for the foreseeable future. Our access to, and the availability of, financing in the future will be impacted by many factors, including our credit rating, the liquidity of the overall capital markets and the current state of the economy. There can be no assurances that we will have access to capital markets on acceptable terms.

All outstanding debt under the B&N Credit Facility was recorded on Barnes & Noble’s balance sheet. Currently, we do not believe that our cash flow is needed to service any Barnes & Noble debt now or in the foreseeable future.

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of May 2, 2015 (in millions):

 

Contractual Obligations

   Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
     More Than
5 Years
 

Capital lease obligations

   $ 0.3       $ 0.2       $ 0.1       $ —        $ —    

School management contract and other lease obligations (a)

     733.5         119.7         227.0         192.3         194.5   

Purchase obligations (b)

     5.0         4.7         0.3         —          —    

Other long-term liabilities reflected on the balance sheet under GAAP (c)

     —          —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 738.8    $ 124.6    $ 227.4    $ 192.3    $ 194.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

Excludes obligations under store leases for property insurance and real estate taxes, which totaled approximately 2.8% of the minimum rent payments under those leases.

 

53


Table of Contents
 
(b) Includes information technology contracts.
(c) Excludes $0.2 million of unrecognized tax benefits, for which we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate of the amount and period of payment. See Note 13 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of May 2, 2015, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303 of Regulation S-K.

Critical Accounting Policies

This “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” analysis discusses our carve-out financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions in certain circumstances that affect amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related footnotes. In preparing these financial statements, management has made its best estimates and judgments with respect to certain amounts included in the financial statements, giving due consideration to materiality. We do not believe there is a great likelihood that materially different amounts would be reported related to the accounting policies described below. However, application of these accounting policies involves the exercise of judgment and use of assumptions as to future uncertainties and, as a result, actual results could differ from these estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from sales of our products is recognized at the time of sale or shipment. Revenue from sales of products ordered through our websites is recognized upon delivery and receipt of the shipment by our customers. Sales taxes collected from our customers are excluded from reported revenues. All of our sales are recognized as revenue on a “net” basis, including sales in connection with any periodic promotions offered to customers. We do not treat any promotional offers as expenses.

We rent both physical and digital textbooks. Revenue from the rental of physical textbooks is deferred and recognized over the rental period commencing at point of sale. Revenue from the rental of digital textbooks is recognized at time of sale. A software feature is imbedded within the content of our digital textbooks, such that upon expiration of the rental term the customer is no longer able to access the content. While the digital rental allows the customer to access digital content for a fixed period of time, once the digital content is delivered to the customer our performance obligation is complete. The Company offers a buyout option to allow the purchase of a rented book at the end of the semester. The Company records the buyout purchase when the customer exercises and pays the buyout option price. In these instances, the Company would accelerate any remaining deferred rental revenue at the point of sale.

Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories, which consist of finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined primarily by the retail inventory method. Our textbook and trade book inventories are valued using the last-in first-out, or LIFO, method, where the related reserve was not material to the recorded amount of our inventories. There were no LIFO adjustments in Fiscal 2015 compared to a favorable LIFO adjustment of $7.7 million in Fiscal 2014 and an unfavorable LIFO adjustment of $(2.2) million in Fiscal 2013 recorded through the cost of goods sold.

Market value of our inventory is determined based on its estimated net realizable value, which is generally the selling price. Reserves for non-returnable inventory are based on our history of liquidating non-returnable

 

54


Table of Contents

inventory. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions used to calculate the non-returnable inventory reserve. However, if assumptions based on our history of liquidating non-returnable inventory are incorrect, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. A 10% change in actual non-returnable inventory would have affected pre-tax earnings by approximately $5.4 million in Fiscal 2015.

We also estimate and accrue shortage for the period between the last physical count of inventory and the balance sheet date. Shortage rates are estimated and accrued based on historical rates and can be affected by changes in merchandise mix and changes in actual shortage trends. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions used to calculate shortage rates. However, if our estimates regarding shortage rates are incorrect, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. A 10 basis point change in actual shortage rates would have affected pre-tax earnings by approximately $1.1 million in Fiscal 2015.

Rental Cost of Goods Sold

Physical textbooks out on rent are categorized as textbook rental inventories. At the time a rental transaction is consummated, the book is removed from merchandise inventories and moved to textbook rental inventories at cost. The cost of the book is amortized down to its estimated residual value over the rental period. The related amortization expense is included in cost of goods sold. At the end of the rental period, upon return, the book is removed from textbook rental inventories and recorded in merchandise inventories at its amortized cost. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions used to calculate rental cost of goods sold. However, if our estimates regarding residual value are incorrect, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. A 1% change in rental cost of goods sold would have affected pre-tax earnings by approximately $1.3 million in Fiscal 2015.

Research and Development Costs for Software Products

We follow the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 985-20, Cost of Software to Be Sold, Leased or Marketed, regarding software development costs to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed. Capitalization of software development costs begins upon the establishment of technological feasibility and is discontinued when the product is available for sale. A certain amount of judgment and estimation is required to assess when technological feasibility is established, as well as the ongoing assessment of the recoverability of capitalized costs. Our products reach technological feasibility shortly before the products are available for sale and therefore research and development costs are generally expensed as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

Barnes & Noble sponsors the share-based incentive plans in which certain of our employees participate. The calculation of stock-based employee compensation expense involves estimates that require Barnes & Noble management’s judgment. These estimates include the fair value of each of the stock option awards granted, which is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. There are two significant inputs into the Black-Scholes option pricing model: (1) expected volatility and (2) expected term. Barnes & Noble estimates expected volatility based on traded option volatility of Barnes & Noble’s stock over a term equal to the expected term of the option granted. The expected term of stock option awards granted is derived from historical exercise experience under Barnes & Noble’s stock option plans and represents the period of time that stock option awards granted are expected to be outstanding. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based payment awards represent Barnes & Noble management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of Barnes & Noble management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. In addition, Barnes & Noble is required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate, and only recognize expense for those shares expected to vest. If their actual forfeiture rate is materially different from their estimate,

 

55


Table of Contents

our stock-based compensation expense could be significantly different from what we recorded in the current period. See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of Barnes & Noble’s stock-based incentive plans.

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions used to determine stock-based compensation expense. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to changes in stock-based compensation expense that could be material. If actual results are not consistent with the assumptions used, the stock-based compensation expense reported in our financial statements may not be representative of the actual economic cost of the stock-based compensation. A 10% change in our stock-based compensation expense would have affected pre-tax earnings by approximately $0.5 million in Fiscal 2015.

Other Long-Lived Assets

Our other long-lived assets include property and equipment and amortizable intangibles. We had $198.2 million and $208.4 million of amortizable intangible assets, net of amortization, at May 2, 2015 and May 3, 2014, respectively. These amortizable intangible assets relate to our customer relationships with our colleges and university clients. We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable and consider market participants in accordance with ASC 360-10, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets . We evaluate long-lived assets for impairment at the school contract combined store level, which is the lowest level at which individual cash flows can be identified. When evaluating long-lived assets for potential impairment, we first compare the carrying amount of the assets to the school contract combined store level’s estimated future undiscounted cash flows. If the estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the assets, an impairment loss calculation is prepared. The impairment loss calculation compares the carrying amount of the assets to the school contract combined store level’s fair value based on its estimated discounted future cash flows. If required, an impairment loss is recorded for that portion of the asset’s carrying value in excess of fair value. Impairment losses included in selling and administrative expenses totaled $0.01 million, $0.01 million and $0.2 million during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate long-lived asset impairment losses. However, if actual results are not consistent with estimates and assumptions used in estimating future cash flows and asset fair values, we may be exposed to losses that could be material. A 10% decrease in our estimated discounted cash flows would not have materially affected the results of our operations in Fiscal 2015.

Goodwill and Unamortizable Intangible Assets

The costs in excess of net assets of businesses acquired are carried as goodwill in the accompanying balance sheet.

We had $274.1 million of goodwill and no unamortizable intangible assets (those with an indefinite useful life) at May 2, 2015 and May 3, 2014. ASC 350-30, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , requires that goodwill and other unamortizable intangible assets no longer be amortized, but instead be tested for impairment at least annually or earlier if there are impairment indicators. We perform a two-step process for impairment testing of goodwill as required by ASC 350-30. The first step of this test, used to identify potential impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting unit with our carrying amount. The second step (if necessary) measures the amount of the impairment. We completed our annual goodwill impairment test as of the first day of the third quarter. In performing the valuations, we used cash flows that reflected management’s forecasts and discount rates that included risk adjustments consistent with the current market conditions. Based on the results of the step one testing, our fair value as of that date exceeded their carrying values; therefore, the second step of the impairment test was not required to be performed and no goodwill impairment was recognized. Goodwill is subject to risk of impairment if our digital projections fall short of expectations. A 10% decrease in our estimated discounted cash

 

56


Table of Contents

flows in the evaluation of goodwill and unamortizable intangible assets would result in the failure of the first step in our goodwill impairment test. The second step related to our goodwill testing would then need to be performed to determine the potential impact, if any, on the results of operations.

Income Taxes

Judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes and related accruals, deferred tax assets and liabilities. In the ordinary course of business, tax issues may arise where the ultimate outcome is uncertain. Additionally, our tax returns are subject to audit by various tax authorities. Consequently, changes in our estimates for contingent tax liabilities may materially impact our results of operations or financial position. A 1% variance in our effective tax rate would have affected our results of operations in Fiscal 2015 by $0.3 million.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued the Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). The standard provides companies with a single model for use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific revenue guidance. The core principle of the model is to recognize revenue when control of the goods or services transfers to the customer, as opposed to recognizing revenue when the risks and rewards transfer to the customer under the existing revenue guidance. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. The guidance permits companies to either apply the requirements retrospectively to all prior periods presented, or apply the requirements in the year of adoption, through a cumulative adjustment. We have not yet selected a transition method nor have we determined the impact of adoption on our consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We limit our interest rate risk by investing certain of our excess cash balances in short-term, highly-liquid instruments with an original maturity of one year or less. We do not expect any material losses from our invested cash balances and we believe that our interest rate exposure is modest. As of May 2, 2015, our cash and cash equivalents totaled approximately $59.7 million. A 25 basis point increase in interest rates would have increased our interest income by $0 million in Fiscal 2015. Conversely, a 25 basis point decrease in interest rates would have reduced interest income by $0 million in Fiscal 2015.

We may from time to time borrow money under the B&N Credit Facility at various interest rate options based on the Base Rate or LIBO Rate (each term as defined therein) depending upon certain financial tests. Accordingly, we may be exposed to interest rate risk on borrowings under Barnes & Noble’s credit facility. We had no borrowings under B&N Credit Facility at May 2, 2015 and May 3, 2014. A 25 basis point increase in interest rates would have increased our interest expense by $0 million in Fiscal 2015. Conversely, a 25 basis point decrease in interest rates would have reduced interest expense by $0 million in Fiscal 2015.

We do not have any material foreign currency exposure as nearly all of our business is transacted in United States currency.

 

57


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Mission

Our mission is to enhance the academic and social purpose of educational institutions. We do this by delivering essential educational content and tools within a dynamic retail environment. We improve academic outcomes, provide value and support to students and create loyalty and retention, while supporting the financial goals of the colleges and universities we serve.

Industry Overview

The market for educational materials is undergoing unprecedented change. Overall spending on education, including tuition, continues to increase dramatically. As tuition and other costs rise, colleges and universities face increasing pressure to attract and retain students and provide them with innovative, affordable educational content and tools that support their educational development. The demand for alternative forms of educational materials, including digital, media-rich content and study aids, is growing rapidly as educational platforms continue to evolve.

Students and faculty can now choose from a wider variety of educational content and tools than ever before, delivered across both traditional and digital platforms. In addition to the campus bookstore, course materials are sold through off-campus bookstores, e-commerce outlets, digital platform companies, publishers’ direct sales to institutions and students and student-to-student marketplaces. The evolving market for educational content is increasingly competitive, with a broad array of content providers, digital content delivery platforms, educational enterprise providers and campus store operators that compete to serve this approximately $13 billion market in educational books alone. Our efforts are aimed at providing solutions that can help students achieve success in their coursework. For example, adaptive texts and resources, which seek to improve student outcomes by personalizing the learning experience, are increasingly popular, as are multimedia materials. Whereas some companies are creating digital delivery systems that would seek to make traditional textbooks obsolete, others are developing new technologies to complement traditional offerings.

The traditional college bookstore market is very fragmented, with approximately 4,500 college and university affiliated bookstores nationwide, according to the National Association of College Stores (NACS). Approximately 52% of college and university affiliated bookstores are owned and operated by the college or university (institutional stores). The campus store continues to be the main source for books, course materials and general merchandise such as school-branded apparel and gifts, computer products, school and dormitory supplies, café and convenience items. According to NACS, college and university store sales totaled approximately $10.3 billion during 2012.

Historically, increasing enrollment has been a significant driver of sales growth at campus bookstores, a trend that is expected to continue. According to the National Center for Education Statistics of the U.S. Department of Education (NCES), total enrollment in post-secondary degree-granting institutions is expected to increase 13.9%, from 21.0 million in 2012 to 23.9 million in 2022 driven by increased demand for educational services.

 

58


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Source: U.S. Department of Education, 2013

The way course materials are distributed and consumed is changing significantly, a trend that is expected to continue. Whether it is a start-up promoting free online textbooks and generating revenue from related services, institutions licensing digital materials and providing them to students for a fee or the surge of textbook rental programs in campus bookstores and online platforms, it is clear that significant change in the distribution of course materials is already underway. However, today, traditional print textbooks sold remain the first choice of students, according to the Student Monitor LLC, with 77% preferring a physical textbook (whether new, used, purchased or rented) over other options. In addition, printed course materials are the primary instructional resource for most courses and the highest revenue generator for most higher education publishers.

Market Opportunity

We are positioned for growth based on both the strength of the current traditional campus bookstore business and current competitive dynamics in the market for digital distribution of course materials.

 

    A Majority of Traditional Campus Bookstores Have Yet to be Outsourced : Approximately 52% of college and university affiliated bookstores in the United States are operated by their respective institutions. This presents a significant opportunity to increase market share and to continue to expand our store footprint.

 

    Third-Party Operators Are Better Able to Manage the Increasingly Complex Operations of Campus Bookstores : It takes an increasing amount of technological and operational expertise to operate a modern campus bookstore that meets the needs of today’s students and faculty. As the delivery of educational materials continues to evolve, driven in large part by the growth of rentals and digital content, during the current fiscal year there has been an increasing trend towards outsourcing of bookstore operations to third party operators (including operators who have not traditionally operated campus bookstores).

 

    Direct Relationship with a Coveted Demographic : Due to their disproportionate impact on trendsetting and early adoption, marketing to college students is important for many brands as they seek more effective methods of engaging this audience. The importance of this demographic provides a significant opportunity to further monetize our direct relationship with more than 5 million students, both during and beyond their college years.

 

    Increased Use of Online and Digital Platforms : Students and faculty are increasingly relying on online and digital platforms as a means to discover, consume and share educational content. We benefit from our direct relationship with students and faculty and expect the adoption of our developing Yuzu TM digital education platform and its innovative solutions to increase significantly as students and faculty become more reliant on online and digital platforms.

 

59


Table of Contents
    Ability to Deliver Non-Traditional Educational Content : Rising educational costs and changing market dynamics are driving demand for non-traditional educational content, including online coursework and supplemental materials. We believe our experience, understanding of customer needs and trends and strong customer and publisher relationships positions us well to meet this demand.

 

    Highly-Fragmented Educational Content Market Presents Opportunity for Consolidation : As the market for educational content evolves, we believe there will be a significant opportunity to increase our market share.

Business Overview

We are one of the largest contract operators of bookstores on college and university campuses in the United States. We create and operate campus stores that are focal points for college life and learning, enhancing the educational mission of the institution, enlivening campus culture and delivering an important revenue stream to partners. We typically operate our stores under multi-year management service agreements granting us the right to operate the official college or university bookstore on campus. In turn, we pay the school a percentage of store sales and, in certain cases, a minimum fixed guarantee.

As of May 2, 2015, we operated 724 stores nationwide, which reach 24% of the total United States college and university student enrolled population. Our stores are operated under 453 contracts, some of which cover multiple store locations, and 154 of our college and university affiliated bookstores are co-branded with the Barnes & Noble name. We build relationships and derive sales by actively engaging and marketing to over 5 million students and their faculty on the campuses we serve and a full assortment of items in our campus stores, including course-related materials, which include new and used print textbooks and digital textbooks, all of which are available for sale or rent, emblematic apparel and gifts, trade books, computer products, school and dorm supplies, convenience and café items and graduation products. We are a multi-channel marketer, and our largest growth area is sales through the school-branded e-commerce sites we operate for each store, allowing students and faculty to purchase textbooks, course materials and other products online.

Our operating philosophy is to cement the campus bookstore as the students’ first choice for course materials and merchandise and deliver a dynamic and relevant retail social hub for students, faculty and the entire campus community that is a significant financial asset for our school partners.

Fiscal 2015 was a very strong year for new store signings, and we continue to have a strong pipeline of prospective new business. During the year ended May 2, 2015, we opened 48 new stores with estimated first year annual sales of $90 million. In addition, as of June 18, 2015, we have signed additional contracts for another 24 new stores with estimated first year annual sales of $48 million. We expect these new stores to open during our fiscal year 2016.

Beyond the anticipated growth of the traditional campus bookstore business, we have made, and will continue to make, significant investments in digital education, including the launch of Yuzu TM , our digital education platform that provides access to a wide range of rich, engaging content, including one of the largest catalogs of digital textbooks and consumer titles applicable to the higher education market.

Our Ecosystem

We leverage our physical bookstores, e-commerce sites and digital platform to serve and interact with the key constituents in our business ecosystem.

We work with colleges and universities to transform the campus bookstore into a destination that enhances social and academic experiences. We offer students a customized retail experience, including, we believe, the largest inventory of used and rental titles, as well as a number of other affordable textbook solutions, including digital textbooks and our Flexible Course Fee Solution. We also operate and manage our schools’ websites for

 

60


Table of Contents

course materials and general merchandise which includes emblematic apparel and gifts and school supplies. We provide faculty with valuable tools, resources and insights that allow them to gain a deeper understanding of student needs and higher education trends. We also offer over 7,000 publishers access to one of the largest distribution networks of college education materials in the United States, which includes access to Yuzu TM , the next generation digital content distribution platform that we are developing.

Strengths

We are more than just a provider of course materials and merchandise; we work as a true partner with colleges and universities, acting as a valuable support system for students and faculty. We deliver an attractive retail and digital learning experience driven by innovation, advanced technologies and a deep understanding of the evolving needs and behaviors of our customers. We believe our competitive strengths to be:

 

    Large Footprint with Well-Recognized Brand : We are one of the largest operators of bookstores on college and university campuses in the United States, with 724 stores in 42 states and the District of Columbia as of May 2, 2015, which reach 24% of the total United States college student enrolled population. Our brand, Barnes & Noble, is virtually synonymous with bookselling, and we believe it is one of the most widely recognized and respected brands in the United States. Our large footprint and well-known brand not only support our marketing efforts to universities, students and faculty but it is also important for leading publishers who value and rely on us as one of their primary distribution channels.

 

    Stable, Long-Term Contracts: We operate our stores under management contracts with colleges and universities that are typically for five year terms with renewal options. From Fiscal 2013 through Fiscal 2015, 93% of these contracts were renewed or extended, often before their termination dates. In addition, these contracts are financially beneficial to us as we typically pay the college or university a percentage of our sales, including certain contracts with minimum guarantee payments. Therefore, the occupancy costs for each space are primarily a function of how successful each store is. This arrangement is also beneficial to the colleges and universities, providing them with an incentive to encourage their students and faculty to shop at our affiliated stores.

 

    Well-Established Relationships : We have strong partnerships with college and university administrators, which are reflected by our average relationship tenure of 15 years. We generate value for our college and university partners, and our relationships are supported by innovative engagement programs and educational initiatives together with a decentralized management structure that empowers local teams to make decisions based on the local campus needs and foster collaborative working relationships. We have long term relationships with over 7,000 publishers as well as a unique strategic partnership with Pearson Education, Inc. In addition, our stores serve as social hubs for over 5 million students and their faculty that we serve, allowing us to forge deep customer relationships and incorporate systems that seamlessly link bookstore technology with most student and faculty facing platforms.

 

    Attractive Business Model : We have a flexible business model with excellent visibility based on a deep understanding of our customers and their needs, minimal sensitivity to the economic cycle and ability to typically achieve profitability within the first year of operation. As the official, contracted provider for bookstore services, we have an established position with direct access to the students and faculty on the campuses we serve. This translates into relatively modest customer acquisition costs and high customer conversion and retention rates, unlike an online-only competitor that typically invests millions of dollars to gain access to its target customers, and then increases its customer retention costs to convert and retain those customers. Millennials (born between 1981 and 2000) are our core student customer, representing over $170 billion of purchasing power per year, according to comScore, and are just forming brand loyalties.

 

    Agile Technologies : Our highly-adaptable technology platforms allow us to effectively address the ever-changing landscape of course materials and formats and to be responsive to emerging sales trends and changing customer behaviors.

 

61


Table of Contents
    Track Record of Innovation: Our flexible research channels help us stay ahead of the rapidly changing needs and behaviors of our customers and pro-actively respond with dynamic solutions to the needs of the customer constituency we serve. This commitment fuels our innovation and leadership in areas such as digital education with Yuzu TM , affordable course materials and student engagement.

 

    Seasoned Management Team : We have an experienced senior management team with a proven track record, an expertise in college bookstore outsourcing and content distribution and demonstrated marketing and retail operational expertise.

Strategies

Our primary business strategies to grow our business are as follows:

 

    Increase Sales at Existing Bookstores : We intend to increase sales at our existing bookstores through new product offerings, enhanced marketing efforts using mobile and other technologies, increased local social and promotional offerings and expanded sales channels to both new customers and alumni. We expect sales growth at our existing bookstores will be a driver for growth in our business.

 

    Increase Market Share with New Accounts : Historically, new store openings have been an important driver of growth in our business. For example, we increased our number of stores from 636 at the beginning of Fiscal 2012 to 724 as of May 2, 2015. Looking forward, approximately 52% of college and university affiliated bookstores in the United States are operated by their respective institutions. Moreover, we operate bookstores representing only 18% of all college and university affiliated bookstores in the United States. As more and more universities decide to outsource the management of their bookstores, we intend to aggressively pursue these opportunities and bid on these contracts. Based on the continuing trend towards outsourcing in the campus bookstore market, we expect awards of new accounts resulting in new store openings will continue to be an important driver of future growth in our business. We are in a unique position to offer academic superstores to colleges and universities.

 

    Grow digital sales by accelerating marketing, product development efforts and the acquisition of content to support the Yuzu digital education product: Yuzu , our digital education platform, offers not only electronic reading and note-taking functionality but also engaging supplemental content that we provide in conjunction with strategic publisher partners. Accelerating our product development and content acquisition efforts for Yuzu will enable us to access the growing educational technology market on a national level by leveraging our existing campus relationships with faculty and students. We believe that as textbooks continue to convert to digital and students and faculty demand increased functionality and content from their online platforms, the digital solutions we offer through Yuzu will help grow digital sales both on a school-by-school basis in the institutions we serve and on a national basis.

 

    Expand opportunities through acquisitions and strategic partnerships : We believe that acquisitions and strategic partnerships will be a pillar of our growth strategy in the future. We intend to pursue strategic relationships with companies that enhance our educational services or distribution platform or that create compelling content offerings. For example, our recently announced strategic investment in Flashnotes.com, an online marketplace for college students to buy and sell student created, course-specific study materials, aligns with one of the key objectives of the separation, which is to pursue opportunities in the growing educational services market. We will promote Flashnotes.com at partner schools to help improve academic outcomes and drive the power of peer to peer learning. We may also expand our current suite of digital content offerings and platform through acquisitions, internal or third party software development and strategic partnerships. Expansion into new educational verticals and markets, such as K-12, vocational and international markets, will be opportunistically evaluated.

Products & Services

We currently serve the academic and social needs of approximately 24% of the students enrolled in U.S. higher education.

 

62


Table of Contents

Traditional Products and Services

 

    Textbook and Course Material Sales : Textbooks continue to be a core product offering of our business. We work directly with faculty to insure the correct textbooks are available in required formats before the start of classes. We provide students with affordable textbook solutions and educate them about each format through e-mail, social media engagement and new student orientation programs and in our stores.

 

    Textbook and Course Material Rentals : We are an industry leader in textbook rentals. An increasing number of students now rent from our robust title list. The majority of all titles are available for rent. These include custom course packs and adaptive learning materials, along with traditional textbooks. In addition, during Fiscal 2014, we began offering a convenient buyout option to allow the customer to purchase the rented book at the end of the semester, thereby enhancing our revenue and improving our inventory management processes.

 

    General Merchandise : General merchandise sales are generated in-store, as well as online through school-branded e-commerce sites. Our stores feature collegiate and athletic apparel relating to a school and/or its athletic programs and other custom-branded school spirit products, technology, supplies and convenience items. We offer a comprehensive athletic merchandise program that leverages innovative promotional campaigns and showcases the apparel industry’s top selling performance apparel categories from leading brands including Under Armour and Nike. Other merchandise, such as laptops and other technology products, notebooks, backpacks, school and dormitory supplies and related items are also offered. In addition, we operate 78 customized cafés and 17 stand-alone convenience stores featuring Starbucks coffee as well as diverse grab-and-go options including organic, vegan and gluten-free, and ethnic fare for students on the move. These offerings increase traffic and the amount of time customers spend in our stores.

 

    Trade : We carry an extensive selection of trade, academic and reference books along with education toys and games and schedule store events, such as author signings, that extend to the entire community. The majority of our bookstores carry the most popular campus bestsellers along with academically relevant titles.

Technology Platform and Services

 

    Digital Education Platform (Yuzu™) : Launched in the spring of 2014, the Yuzu TM digital education platform is our innovative cloud-based approach to digital learning and content delivery that may be accessed via the web or mobile app. Built by a team drawn from many of the best technology companies, Yuzu™ is focused on enabling educational content that was “born digital” to reach its fullest potential. For students, Yuzu™ combines an electronic reading and note-taking experience in a simple app, with access to a rich, engaging catalog of content. It allows students to replace or supplement multiple textbooks with an app that holds and organizes all their digital content, by course and term, annotate and highlight text, add bookmarks and “sticky notes” to important pages and use a keyword search function to find a desired passage or annotation using an interface that is simple and easy to use. Using the same platform educators will be able to share their own content more easily. Yuzu’s self-authoring and publishing tool will allow educators to create and publish custom texts reflecting course-specific needs and objectives, granting students more flexibility in their course material options. Students, faculty, institutions and their communities have access to the cloud-based Yuzu™ platform wherever they have internet access. Yuzu™ product offerings also are integrated into the campus bookstore experience. The product is enriched by our strategic partnership with Pearson Education, the largest higher education publisher, who provides content and contributes strategic insights.

 

   

e-Commerce Platform : With an active digital community of over 4.4 million customers, our custom-branded school websites drove over $360 million of sales in Fiscal 2015, with transactions up over 14% over the prior fiscal year. Designed to appeal to students, parents and alumni, the school-branded

 

63


Table of Contents
 

sites offer simple and seamless textbook purchasing with free in-store pick up or shipping to any location, general merchandise promotions and collections that are customized to the individual user, as well as faculty course material adoption tools and customer service support. Our segmentation strategy has allowed us to connect and personalize our promotions directly to new students, parents and alumni, helping drive our online general merchandise sales. Additionally, our access to alumni through university alumni offices, including over 615,000 alumni with existing customer accounts, allows us to leverage our digital marketing strategies focused on athletic Game Day and other milestone events for further general merchandise penetration in school-spirit apparel and related items.

 

    FacultyEnlight TM : Our proprietary online platform enhances content search, discovery and adoption (i.e., textbook selection) by faculty on each campus. Faculty members using FacultyEnlight TM are able to:

 

    compare and contrast key decision-making factors, such as cost to students and format availability;

 

    read peer product reviews; and

 

    contribute fresh perspectives and experiences and see what textbooks are being used by colleagues at other colleges and universities.

This wealth of available information enables faculty to find and select the course materials that are both relevant to their subject matter and affordable to their students.

 

    Campus Connect Technologies TM : We enhance the academic and social purpose of higher education institutions by integrating our technology and systems with the school’s technology and organizational infrastructure, to forge a bond with the school and its constituencies. Our customizable technology delivers a seamless experience that enables faculty to research and select, and enables students to find and purchase, the most affordable course materials, maximizing savings and sales Campus Connect Technologies TM platform includes:

 

    Simple Registration Integration : By linking the online course registration process to the bookstore’s e-commerce site, students can easily find their specific required course materials and purchase those materials immediately. They can view the list of necessary course materials and select their preferred format, delivery and payment method.

 

    Seamless LMS Integration : By tying directly into the school’s Learning Management System (LMS), faculty and students are able to easily purchase their course materials and leverage our single-sign on functionality. This enables stronger connection between student and faculty as well as the campus bookstore.

 

    Real-Time Financial Aid Platform : To help simplify financial aid transactions, we provide a sophisticated, Student Financial Aid (SFA) platform that works in real-time and is fully-integrated with any college or university’s financial aid systems and point-of-sale technology. This integration provides a direct and simple way for students to use their financial aid dollars in our stores and online.

 

    Dynamic Point of Sale (POS) Platform : We deliver a fast and streamlined checkout experience, greatly expediting and simplifying a student’s shopping experience. Campus debit cards, financial aid and all major forms of tender are fully integrated, allowing students to check out from any register, regardless of the form of payment.

 

    Flexible Course Fee Solution: Through this model, all required course materials for a particular course or program are included in the cost of tuition. Students are guaranteed the course materials they need in the format they prefer. Course materials can be picked up at the campus store, shipped directly to the student or delivered digitally.

 

64


Table of Contents

Stores

As of May 2, 2015, we managed 724 bookstores nationwide across 42 states and the District of Columbia, serving over 5 million students and their faculty. During the period of April 2012 through May 2015, the number of stores we operated increased by 77, or approximately 12%, from 647 to 724, as a result of the increased demand for outsourcing in this market and the awarding of contracts for stores previously run by our competitors.

 

LOGO

 

Store Count Over Time

 
                                
     Fiscal Year  
     2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  

Stores open at beginning of period

     700        686        647        636        637   

Stores opened during the period

     48        30        49        32        15   

Stores closed during the period

     (24     (16     (10     (21     (16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stores open at end of period

  724      700      686      647      636   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Formats

As of May 2, 2015, we operated 688 bookstores in our traditional format on campuses of state universities, private universities and community colleges of various sizes. Our typical bookstore is located on campus in a location convenient to students and faculty. We also operate 36 academic superstores at select major campuses, including the Harvard Coop, University of Pennsylvania, Yale University, the College of William and Mary, Boston University, DePaul University, Vanderbilt University and Georgia Institute of Technology. Our academic superstores include a café and carry a large selection of trade and reference books, as well as our campus bookstore offerings of course-required textbooks, supplies, emblematic clothing and gifts. Our academic superstores are positioned in locations that attract customers from the neighborhood community as well as students and faculty from the college or university. They are open extended hours and have ongoing events such as author signings. These stores differ from our traditional-format stores because the majority has a customer base that includes the general public and sales which are less dependent on course-required materials.

Contracts

Our stores are typically operated under management agreements with the college or university to be the official university bookstore and the exclusive seller of course materials and supplies, including physical and

 

65


Table of Contents

digital products sold in-store, online or through learning management systems. Agreements are typically five years with renewal options, but can range from one to 15 years, and are typically cancelable by either party with 90-120 days’ notice. We pay the school a percentage of sales for the right to be the official college or university bookstore and the use of the premises; more than half of our agreements do not have a minimum guaranteed amount to be paid to our partners. In addition we have the non-exclusive right to sell all items typically sold in a college bookstore both in-store and on the web, including emblematic apparel and gifts, computer products, school and dorm supplies, café and convenience items and graduation products. We also have the ability to integrate our systems with the university’s systems in order to accept student financial aid, university debit cards and other forms of payment. We are able to obtain student and faculty email lists for direct communication which provide for seamless integration into the university community.

Over the past three years, we have renewed 93% of our agreements, with the majority of the agreements being renewed before their expiration dates and without going through a formal bid process.

Staffing

Our management team includes experts in marketing, merchandising and store operations and tenure that is unique in our industry. Field management includes territory vice presidents and regional managers supervising multiple store locations. Our store and marketing vice presidents have been with us for an average of 26 years, while our regional managers’ average tenure is 15 years and our store managers’ average tenure is 10 years.

Each of our stores generally employs a store manager and assistant store manager, a textbook manager and a range of full- and part-time booksellers, with the larger stores staffed with up to approximately 200 employees during peak seasons. The large employee base provides us with experienced booksellers to fill positions in new stores. We maintain a dynamic industry leading management development program, Leadership Edge, which delivers multi-platform training to support continuous growth and development of all positions in our field leadership and store teams. In addition, over 200 student employees were selected to participate in The Bestseller Management Program, which generates a steady stream of knowledgeable retail professionals who are critical to support our growth strategies. We anticipate that a significant percentage of the talent required to manage our new stores will continue to come from within our existing operations.

Field management for all of our stores, including territory vice presidents, regional managers and store managers, participate in an incentive program tied to store productivity. We believe that the compensation of our field management is competitive with that offered by other specialty retailers of comparable size.

Merchandising and Supply Chain Management

Our purchasing procedures vary by product type (textbooks, general merchandise or trade books). Purchases are made at the store level based on the relationships our managers have with the faculty, with strategic corporate oversight, while maintaining appropriate inventory levels. After titles are adopted for an upcoming term, we determine how much inventory we will need to purchase based on several factors, including student enrollment and the previous term’s textbook sales history. We first use our automated sourcing systems to determine if our stores have the necessary new or used books on hand and may transfer the inventory to the appropriate store. After internal sourcing, we purchase books from outside suppliers. As part of our contracts with institutions, we guarantee that we will order textbooks for all courses.

Our primary suppliers of new textbooks include Pearson Education, Cengage Learning, McGraw-Hill, MPS, MBS Textbook Exchange, Inc. (“MBS”), and John Wiley & Sons. Our primary suppliers of used textbooks are students, through returns of previously rented books, and MBS. The stores offer a Cash for Books program in which students can sell their books back to the store at the end of the semester. Buybacks are heaviest in December and May. Students typically receive 50% of the price they originally paid for the book if it has been adopted for a future class or the current wholesale price if it has not. Both unsold textbooks and trade books are generally returnable to publishers for full credit. For textbook sales and rentals, we utilize our sophisticated inventory management platforms to manage pricing and inventory across all our stores.

 

66


Table of Contents

The larger stores feature an expanded selection of trade books and use the Barnes & Noble Book Master system, a proprietary merchandising system licensed from Barnes & Noble. Our home office merchants meet with publishers on a regular basis to identify new titles and trends to support this changing business. In the smaller stores, trade (general reading) book purchasing is controlled at the store level.

General merchandise vendors and products are initially selected by our home office merchants using the analytics and insights from our planning and allocation systems. This data is used to establish benchmarks across school type, region and the socio-economics of each of our partner institution’s student base to help local store management team forecast sales and trends. Recommended assortments are provided to the stores, and stores then make selections based on the perceived needs of each campus, reaching back out to the home office merchants with their recommendations on any additional campus specific needs.

Marketing

Students

Our expertise in millennial marketing is supported by our active digital community of over 4.4 million, which includes engaged email subscribers and our continuous dialogue with customers on our school-customized social media channels, including Facebook, Instagram and Twitter, as well as our student blog, The College Juice. Our exclusive Student POV online panel, consisting of thousands of students nationwide, helps us understand their attitudes, values and behaviors. Using a marketing automation platform, we segment students based on demographics and purchasing behavior to ensure the right audience receives the relevant message and experience. Our dynamic email campaigns educate students on format and affordability options as well as ongoing promotions from game day to graduation. Through our search engine marketing strategies, we have been able to grow online textbook and apparel sales significantly.

One example of our commitment to turning our research insights into action is our Igniting the New Student Connection initiative. We connect with new students starting with their acceptance letters, allowing us to capture textbook sales from day one and building loyalty with new students, and their parents, that continues over the lifecycle of their academic experience.

As rewarding and helpful as our connections are for new students, they also drive revenue. Nationwide, during the current fiscal year, we have built more than 650,000 connections with incoming students and their parents, resulting in increased revenue for our campus partners. These efforts have also significantly slowed the decline in textbooks sales for the first time in the last four fiscal years as students return to shop our campus bookstores. We also form the same personal connections with the alumni base, creating a customized loyalty program that builds and enhances relationships with them while driving revenue for the bookstore. We have connected with over 615,000 new alumni customers since Fiscal 2013 who helped drive our biggest online general merchandise sales day in our history on CyberMonday 2014.

Faculty

As a partner and year-round support system for faculty, we conduct extensive research, gaining insights into what faculty need and want from the campus store. These insights lay the foundation to develop and nurture collaborative, productive relationships with faculty, providing valuable tools and resources, including education and training materials, as well as relevant and up-to-date information on industry trends.

A key component of our Igniting the Faculty Connection initiative is our FacultyEnlight TM online platform, which enhances the adoption experience while ensuring course material revenue remains on campus. As with all of our strategies, we began development of FacultyEnlight TM by conducting extensive, nationwide research, gathering feedback on faculty preferences, needs and challenges when it comes to the textbook adoption process. FacultyEnlight TM provides us a direct line to faculty to deliver our affordability message, effectively minimizing publisher disintermediation and further enhancing our relationships.

 

67


Table of Contents

Brand Partnerships

As an official partner to the colleges and universities we serve, we are in a unique position to provide leading brands the ability to directly access our 5 million students. Our partnership marketing team, Barnes & Noble College Marketing (“BNCM”), builds and maintains partnerships with companies such as Adobe, zipcar, Verizon and Sony PlayStation. BNCM is a full-service youth marketing agency that works in partnership with our network of 724 college and university affiliated bookstores and e-commerce sites to deliver a portfolio of marketing capabilities for brands looking to connect with the college consumer. It supports our mission to be a social hub and destination on campus with offerings and events geared toward the student audience.

Technology

We use technology from a variety of leading industry providers. This approach reduces the risk of being dependent on a single supplier for our technology needs.

Store technology is focused on the customer experience and connects into our main data centers for backend processing and reporting. Our store technologies integrate with the colleges’ and universities’ technology ecosystem, including their student financial aid systems, student information system, learning management system and faculty material discovery/adoptions to provide a seamless on-campus experience. Beyond our brick and mortar stores, our websites fulfill needs of students, faculty, administration and alumni by offering textbooks and general merchandise at all times. Additionally, our agile technology allows for “pop-up” stores to be quickly operational in support of sporting events and peak busy seasons. These pop-up stores utilize the same technologies as our traditional stores in order to maintain data security and the overall customer experience.

Technologies supporting all stores reside within our production data centers. These data centers are leased space within global co-location provider facilities. Our two primary production co-location spaces are located in New Jersey and Georgia. In addition to this co-location space, Cloud services are leveraged from leading providers to allow for flexible on-demand capacity and increased resiliency. We continuously monitor all environments and leverage outside consultants to perform security and integrity validation of our locations and data.

Competition

Approximately 52% of college and university affiliated bookstores in the United States are operated by the educational institutions themselves. The following companies compete directly with us: Follett Corporation, a contract operator of campus bookstores, which recently acquired Nebraska Book Company, a contract operator of on-campus and off-campus bookstores; Amazon.com, an e-commerce operator and a provider of contract services to colleges and universities; BBA Solutions, a college textbook retailer; Chegg.com, an online textbook rental company; CourseSmart, a digital course materials provider; Akademos, a virtual bookstore and marketplace for academic institutions; Rafter, a course materials management solution for higher educational institutions; bn.com, the e-commerce platform of Barnes & Noble and MBS Direct, an online bookstore provider.

Publishers are increasing efforts to sell directly to students, and technology companies, such as Apple, Google and Blackboard, are also increasing their digital offerings to students. In addition, student-to-student transaction are taking place on campuses and over the Internet.

Employees

As of May 2, 2015, we had approximately 5,300 full time and regularly scheduled part-time employees. In addition, we typically hire approximately 10,000 or more additional temporary employees during peak periods. Our employees are not represented by unions, with the exception of 30 employees, and we believe that our relationship with our employees is good.

 

68


Table of Contents

Facilities

We lease approximately 74,000 square feet of space for our corporate headquarters in Basking Ridge, New Jersey pursuant to a lease that expires in October 2020. We also lease approximately 34,000 square feet of space in Mountain View, CA pursuant to a lease that expires in December 2019.

Legal Proceedings

We are involved in a variety of claims, suits, investigations and proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of its business, including actions with respect to contracts, intellectual property, taxation, employment, benefits, securities, personal injuries and other matters.

The litigation matter described below is the only material legal proceeding in which we are involved. Under the Separation Agreement, Barnes & Noble will indemnify us against any expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with the matter.

Adrea LLC v. Barnes & Noble, Inc., NOOK Digital LLC (formerly known as barnesandnoble.com llc) and NOOK Media LLC

On June 14, 2013, Adrea LLC (“Adrea”) filed a complaint against Barnes & Noble, NOOK Digital LLC (formerly known as barnesandnoble.com llc) and NOOK Media LLC (“Barnes & Noble”) in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York alleging that various Barnes & Noble NOOK products and related online services infringe U.S. Patent Nos. 7,298,851, 7,299,501 and 7,620,703. Barnes & Noble filed its Answer on August 9, 2013, denying infringement and asserting several affirmative defenses. At the same time, Barnes & Noble filed counterclaims seeking declaratory judgments of non-infringement and invalidity with respect to each of the patents-in-suit. Following the claim construction hearing held on November 1, 2013 (as to which the Court issued a claim construction order on December 1, 2013), the Court set a further amended case management schedule, under which fact discovery was to be (and has been) substantially completed by November 20, 2013, and concluded by December 9, 2013; and expert disclosures and discovery were to be (and have been) completed by January 17, 2014. According to the amended case management schedule, summary judgment motion briefing was to have been, and has now been completed as of February 21, 2014. The final pretrial conference, originally scheduled to be held on February 28, 2014, was adjourned by the Court until April 10, 2014. On that date the summary judgment motions were orally argued to the Court, and the Court reserved decision on such motions until a later date. The parties then discussed various pretrial proceedings with the Court, and the Court set the date of October 6, 2014 for trial. Subsequently, on July 1, 2014, the Court issued a decision granting partial summary judgment in Barnes & Noble’s favor, and in particular granting Barnes & Noble’s motion to dismiss one of Adrea’s infringement claims, and granting Barnes & Noble’s motion to limit any damages award with respect to another of Adrea’s infringement claims.

Beginning October 7, 2014, through and including October 22, 2014, the case was tried to a jury in the Southern District of New York. The jury returned its verdict on October 27, 2014. The jury found no infringement with respect to the ‘851 patent, and infringement with respect to the ‘501 and ‘703 patents. It awarded damages in the amount of $1.3 million. The jury further found no willful infringement with respect to any patent.

To date, the Court has yet to enter judgment, as it has requested post-trial briefing with respect to certain legal issues raised by the parties. Once it determines those issues and enters judgment, it is anticipated that the parties will file post-judgment motions, including, on Barnes & Noble’s part, a motion for judgment in its favor as a matter of law, notwithstanding the jury’s verdict.

 

69


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Board of Directors Following the Spin-Off

The following sets forth information regarding individuals who are currently expected to serve as directors after the Spin-Off (ages as of June 25, 2015):

 

Name

   Age

Michael Huseby – Executive Chairman

   60

Daniel A. DeMatteo*

   67

Jerry Sue Thornton*

   68

David G. Golden*

   56

Max J. Roberts

   62

John R. Ryan*

   68

David A. Wilson*

   73

 

* Expected to be independent for purposes of the SEC and NYSE corporate governance listing standards

Prior to or at the time of the Spin-Off, each current Barnes & Noble director and/or officer listed below will resign as a director and/or officer of Barnes & Noble.

Michael P. Huseby will serve as our Executive Chairman. He has served as the Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Barnes & Noble since January 2014. Previously, Mr. Huseby was appointed Chief Executive Officer of NOOK Media LLC and President of the Company in July 2013, and Chief Financial Officer of the Company in March 2012. From 2004 to 2011, Mr. Huseby served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Cablevision Systems Corporation, a leading telecommunications and media company. He served on the Cablevision Systems Corporation Board in 2000 and 2001. Prior to joining Cablevision, Mr. Huseby served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Charter Communications, Inc., the fourth largest cable operator in the United States. Mr. Huseby was appointed to the Board of Directors of Charter Communications in May 2013. From 1999 to 2002, Mr. Huseby served as Executive Vice President, Finance and Administration, of AT&T Broadband, a provider of cable television services. In addition, Mr. Huseby spent over 20 years at Arthur Andersen, LLP and Andersen Worldwide, S.C., where he held the position of Global Equity Partner.

Qualifications, Experience, Attributes and Skills . Mr. Huseby has more than 15 years of financial and executive experience, having served as a senior executive at the Company, Cablevision Systems Corporation and AT&T Broadband. Mr. Huseby’s experience also includes his service as a director and audit committee member of Charter Communications and as a member of Cablevision Systems Corporation’s Board. This experience allows Mr. Huseby to bring to the Board substantial knowledge and a wide range and depth of insights in telecommunications, technology, retail, financial and business matters.

Daniel A. DeMatteo will serve on our Board. Mr. DeMatteo has served as Gamestop, Inc.’s Director and Executive Chairman since June 2010, and previously held other roles with Gamestop including Chief Executive Officer from August 2008 to June 2010, Vice Chairman and Chief Operating Officer from March 2005 to August 2008, and President and Chief Operating Officer of Gamestop or its predecessor companies since November 1996. Mr. DeMatteo has served as an executive officer in the video game industry since 1988.

Qualifications, Experience, Attributes and Skills . Mr. DeMatteo brings to the Board over 25 years of experience as an executive officer, including 19 years of experience growing GameStop and its predecessor companies into the world’s largest multichannel video game retailer. As one of the founders of GameStop, Mr. DeMatteo has demonstrated a record of leadership, innovation and achievement. With his experience in the

 

70


Table of Contents

roles of Executive Chairman, Vice Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Operating Officer, Mr. DeMatteo provides the Board a unique and valuable perspective on corporate operations, strategy and business, including his perspective on the formula for success that has brought Gamestop to its current industry-leading position. The Board also benefits from Mr. DeMatteo’s entrepreneurial spirit and his extensive network of contacts and relationships within the video game industry.

Jerry Sue Thornton will serve on our Board. Dr. Thornton currently serves as Chief Executive Officer of Dream Catcher Educational Consulting, a consulting firm that provides coaching and professional development for newly selected college and university presidents. She also serves as a director of FirstEnergy Corp., Applied Industrial Technologies, Inc. and RPM, Inc. Dr. Thornton previously served as President of Cuyahoga Community College from 1992 to 2013 (for which she is now President Emeritus), and as a director of American Greetings Corporation from 2000 to 2013.

Qualifications, Experience, Attributes and Skills . Dr. Thornton has extensive executive management and board experience, including her board service for other public companies and her participation on numerous key board committees. She is a recognized leader in the Northeast Ohio community. Dr. Thornton brings to the Board broad leadership and business skills, together with her extensive board service for public companies and community organizations.

David G. Golden will serve on our Board. Mr. Golden has served as a director of Barnes & Noble since October 2010. Mr. Golden currently serves on the Audit and Compensation Committees of Barnes & Noble. Mr. Golden has been a Managing Partner at Revolution Ventures, an early-stage venture affiliate of Revolution LLC, since January 2013. From March 2006 until December 2011, Mr. Golden was a Partner, Executive Vice President and Strategic Advisor at Revolution LLC, a private investment company. Mr. Golden also served as Executive Chairman of Code Advisors, a private merchant bank focused on the intersections of technology and media from its founding in 2010 through 2012. Previously, Mr. Golden served in various senior positions over an 18-year period at JPMorgan Chase & Co. (“JPMorgan”), a financial services firm, and a predecessor company, Hambrecht & Quist Capital Management LLC (“Hambrecht & Quist”). Prior to that, Mr. Golden worked as a corporate attorney at Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP. Mr. Golden is a member of the boards of Blackbaud, Inc. and Everyday Health Inc., where he currently serves on their respective Audit Committees. Mr. Golden also is a member of the advisory boards of Granite Ventures LLC, a technology venture capital firm, and Partners for Growth LLC, a venture lending firm, and a member of the board of Vinfolio, Inc.

Qualifications, Experience, Attributes and Skills. Mr. Golden has over 20 years of technology and finance experience as an investment banker specializing in the technology sector at JPMorgan, Hambrecht & Quist and Allen & Company Incorporated, and more recently as a partner and executive of Revolution LLC and Executive Chairman of Code Advisors LLC, a next-generation investment bank focused on the intersection of technology and media. Mr. Golden’s technology experience also includes his service as a director and Advisory Board member of several technology companies including Blackbaud, Inc., a global provider of software services specifically designed for nonprofit organizations. Mr. Golden’s finance experience at Hambrecht & Quist and JPMorgan included significant work with mergers, capital markets and principal investing, and he has participated as lead merger advisor, equity underwriter or investor on over 150 transactions. Mr. Golden’s prior public company board directorships include CFI ProServices, Inc., Tocor II, Inc., Gaiam, Inc. and Vanguard Airlines Incorporated. Given this experience, Mr. Golden brings to the Board substantial knowledge of the technology sector and meaningful insight into the financial, strategic and capital-related issues technology companies face.

John R. Ryan will serve on our Board. Vice Admiral Ryan has served as director of Barnes & Noble since July 2014. Vice Admiral Ryan joined the Center for Creative Leadership’s Board of Governors in 2002 and has served as its President since 2007. From 2005 to 2007, he served as Chancellor of the State University of New York. Previously, Vice Admiral Ryan served as President of the State University of New York Maritime College from 2002 to 2005, Interim President of the State University of New York at Albany from 2004 to 2005 and

 

71


Table of Contents

Superintendent of the United States Naval Academy, Annapolis, Maryland from 1998 to 2002. Vice Admiral Ryan served in the United States Navy from 1967 to his retirement in 2002, including as Commander of the Fleet Air Mediterranean from 1995 to 1998, Commander of the Patrol Wings for the United States Pacific Fleet from 1993 to 1995 and Director of Logistics for the South Pacific Command from 1991 to 1993. Vice Admiral Ryan is also Lead Director of CIT Group, Inc., a Director of Cablevision Systems Corporation (“Cablevision”) and Chairman of the U.S. Naval Academy Foundation Board.

Qualifications, Experience, Attributes and Skills . Vice Admiral Ryan has a total of more than 35 years in military service, more than 12 years as a leader at major universities, and over a decade of executive and board-level experience, including his service as Lead Director of CIT Group. Vice Admiral Ryan has substantial experience serving on public company boards undergoing strategic transactions such as separations, including serving as a director of Cablevision during its 2010 spinoff of Madison Square Garden, L.P. its 2011 spinoff of AMC Networks, Inc., and its 2013 sales of Clearview Cinemas and Optimum West to Bow Tie Cinemas and Charter Communications, respectively. This experience allows Vice Admiral Ryan to bring to the Board leadership and expertise in managing large complex organizations, and in particular the environment in which the Company operates.

David A. Wilson will serve on our Board. Dr. Wilson has served as a director of the Barnes & Noble since October 2010. Dr. Wilson currently serves as Chair of Barnes & Noble’s Audit Committee. From 1995 to December 2013, Dr. Wilson served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Graduate Management Admission Council, a not-for-profit education association dedicated to creating access to graduate management and professional education that provides the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT). From 2009 to 2010, Dr. Wilson was a Director of Terra Industries Inc., a producer and marketer of nitrogen products, where he was a member of the Audit Committee. From 2002 to 2007, Dr. Wilson was a Director of Laureate Education, Inc. (formerly Sylvan Learning Systems, Inc.), an operator of an international network of licensed campus-based and online universities and higher education institutions, where he was Chairman of the Audit Committee beginning in 2003. From 1978 to 1994, Dr. Wilson was employed by Ernst & Young LLP (and its predecessor, Arthur Young & Company), serving as an Audit Principal through 1981, as an Audit Partner from 1981 to 1983 and thereafter in various capacities including Managing Partner, National Director of Professional Development, Chairman of Ernst & Young’s International Professional Development Committee and as a Director of the Ernst & Young Foundation. From 1968 to 1978, Dr. Wilson served as a faculty member at Queen’s University (1968-1970), the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign (1970-1972), the University of Texas (1972-1978), where he was awarded tenure, and Harvard Business School (1976-1977). Dr. Wilson is also Director of CoreSite Realty Corporation and the chair of its Audit Committee.

Qualifications, Experience, Attributes and Skills . Dr. Wilson has a total of more than 30 years of executive and board-level experience, including serving on the boards of Terra Industries Inc. and Laureate Education, Inc. while those companies were involved in strategic transactions, as well as serving as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Graduate Management Admission Council. Dr. Wilson also has more than 16 years of financial and accounting expertise, including as an Audit Partner at Ernst & Young LLP (and its predecessor, Arthur Young & Company). This experience allows Dr. Wilson to bring to the Board substantial financial and accounting knowledge and valuable insights.

Upon completion of the Spin-Off, our Board will be divided into three classes. The directors designated as Class I directors will have terms expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the Spin-Off, which will be held in 2016. The directors designated as Class II directors will have terms expiring at the 2017 annual meeting of stockholders, and the directors designated as Class III directors will have terms expiring at the 2018 annual meeting of stockholders. Messrs. Huseby and Wilson will be designated as Class I directors, Messrs. Golden and Roberts and Dr. Thornton will be designated as Class II directors and Mr. DeMatteo and Vice Admiral Ryan will be designated as Class III directors. Commencing with the first annual meeting of stockholders following the Spin-Off, directors for each class will be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the year in which the term for that class expires and thereafter will serve for a term of three years.

 

72


Table of Contents

Executive Officers Following the Spin-Off

The following sets forth information regarding individuals who are currently expected to serve as our executive officers after the Spin-Off, including their positions (ages as of June 25, 2015):

Name

   Age     

Position

Michael Huseby

     60       Executive Chairman

Max J. Roberts

     62       Chief Executive Officer

Patrick Maloney

     59       Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

William Maloney

     66       Executive Vice President

Barry Brover

     54       Chief Financial Officer

Lisa Malat

     55       Vice President, Operations and Chief Consumer Marketing Officer

Joel Friedman

     64       Vice President, Chief Merchandising Officer

Stephen Culver

     50       Vice President, Chief Information Officer

JoAnn Magill

     61       Vice President, Human Resources

Kanuj Malhotra

     48       Chief Strategy and Development Officer

Thomas D. Donohue

     45       Vice President, Investor Relations and Treasurer

Philip O’Reilly

     47       Vice President, Tax

Max J. Roberts, age 62, will serve as our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Roberts joined our company in 1996 as President and has served as Chief Executive Officer of Barnes & Noble College since August of 2013. Prior to joining Barnes & Noble, Mr. Roberts held senior executive positions at Petrie Retail, R.H. Macy & Company and May Department Stores. Mr. Roberts started his professional career at the global public accounting firm of Touche Ross & Company (currently Deloitte). Mr. Roberts is a Certified Public Accountant and graduated cum laude with a degree in Accounting from Oklahoma Christian University.

Qualifications, Experience, Attributes and Skills . Mr. Roberts has been the President/CEO of Barnes & Noble College for nearly 20 years. In this capacity, Mr. Roberts has executive oversight for all strategic, operational strategies as well as full P&L responsibilities. In addition, having served in senior management positions at R. H. Macy & Company and Petrie Retail for 15 years, Mr. Roberts brings extensive experience in technology, consumer marketing, senior financial management and strategic initiatives. These combined experiences allow Mr. Roberts to bring to the Board substantial knowledge and a wide range and depth of insights in education, technology, retail, financial and business matters.

Patrick Maloney , age 59, will serve as our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Maloney has served as Executive Vice President since 2002 and Chief Operating Officer of Barnes & Noble College since May 2007. In that role he oversees operations at all bookstores nationwide, including bookstore e-commerce, store design & construction, internal operations, learning and development, and book and general merchandising departments. Mr. Maloney began his career at Barnes & Noble in 1974 as a student and assistant manager at SUNY Stony Brook University.

William Maloney , age 66, will serve as our Executive Vice President. Mr. Maloney has served as Executive Vice President of Barnes & Noble College since 2002. In that role he oversees campus relations activities, builds partnerships and handles strategic planning and corporate marketing activities. Mr. Maloney began his career at Barnes & Noble in 1971 as a Regional Manager and Operations Director.

Barry Brover , age 54, will serve as our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Brover has served as Chief Financial Officer of Barnes & Noble College since 2006. In that role he oversees all financial functions including accounting, financial reporting, inventory control, accounts payable, internal audit, tax, financial planning and analysis. Mr. Brover joined Barnes & Noble College in 1986 and has held various executive positions with increasing responsibility. Prior to joining Barnes & Noble College, Mr. Brover started his career at KPMG where he earned his CPA and was supervising audits. He has a B.B.A from Hofstra University in New York.

 

73


Table of Contents

Lisa Malat , age 55, will serve as our Vice President, Operations and Chief Consumer Marketing Officer. Lisa provides strategic direction and executive oversight to Barnes & Noble College’s campus stores in the areas of consumer and corporate marketing, learning and development and in-store and eCommerce strategy and operational efficiencies. Prior to joining Barnes & Noble College in 1996, Lisa held several senior-level management positions at Macy’s, including roles in Store Operations, Process Re-Engineering, Distribution, Customer Service, and Learning and Development.

Joel Friedman , age 64, will serve as our Vice President, Chief Merchandising Officer. During Joel’s 17 years at Barnes & Noble College, he has managed the non-book sales, developed store concepts and directed the planning, design and interior build outs of the company’s many store renovations and new store projects. He joined B&N in 1998 after a 20 year career in department store merchandising of Men’s Wear apparel in Boston with Federated based Filene’s and Jordan Marsh, a five year stint in product development and sourcing of Men’s Wear & Children’s Wear with Fredrick Atkins and a one year term with Capital Mercury, a wholesale importer, running their product development and design department.

Stephen Culver , age 50, will serve as our Vice President, Chief Information Officer and will be responsible for overseeing the company’s IT operations and strategic development. Prior to joining Barnes & Noble College in 2005, Stephen held leadership positions in both the private and public sectors. He owned and presided over an IT consulting company, which specialized in the retail and wholesale industries. As CIO of Giorgio Armani Corporation, he lead the IT operations during the development and expansion of their North American operations.

JoAnn Magill , age 61, will serve as our Vice President, Human Resources. During her 12 years with Barnes & Noble College, JoAnn has been responsible for the development, implementation, and coordination of policies, practices and programs to include employee relations, recruitment, benefits, payroll and compensation for the bookstores, Home Office and Yuzu Team. She joined the company in 2003 after a five year career as the Vice President of Human Resources for the AT&T Broadband Media Services Team. Prior to that she had an extensive 25 year career with Pathmark Supermarkets, where she held a variety of Field and Corporate leadership roles after initially entering the organization as a part-time employee.

Kanuj Malhotra, age 48, will serve as our Chief Strategy and Development Officer. Mr. Malhotra was appointed Chief Financial Officer of NOOK Media in July 2013. He joined Barnes & Noble as Vice President of Corporate Development in May 2012. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Malhotra was Vice President and Finance Head for Kaplan Test Prep, a division of The Washington Post Company, from 2011 to 2012. At Kaplan, he led a business transformation from physical test centers to a digital online learning platform. From 2008 to 2010, Mr. Malhotra was Chief Financial Officer of Sloane Square Partners LLC. Between 2005 and 2007, he was the Chief Financial Officer for the International Division of the Cendant Marketing Group and Affinion International, which was divested by Cendant Corporation to Apollo Management. Mr. Malhotra began his career in Mergers and Acquisitions at Lehman Brothers. Mr. Malhotra earned his MBA in Finance and his BA in Economics from New York University.

Thomas D. Donohue , age 45, will serve as our Vice President, Investor Relations and Treasurer. Mr. Donohue has served as Treasurer of Barnes & Noble since June 2012. In that role he was responsible for the leadership and direction of all treasury activities including corporate finance, capital structure, cash management, financial risk management, international finance, debt management and relationships with financial institutions. Prior to joining Barnes & Noble, he worked at The Interpublic Group of Companies for 12 years, a global provider of advertising and marketing services, where he served as Vice President, Assistant Treasurer, International. He graduated from Loyola University in Maryland and received his MBA from the University of Notre Dame.

Philip O’Reilly , age 47, will serve as our Vice President, Tax and will be responsible for overseeing all aspects of the income, sales, use and other taxes to which we are subject. Phil has been the Vice President, Global Taxes for Barnes & Noble, Inc. since September 2013. He joined Barnes & Noble, Inc., after serving as

 

74


Table of Contents

the Global Head of Tax for MF Global Holdings Inc. for more than five years. Prior to that, Phil was a partner in the New York office of McDermott, Will & Emery, LLP, where he advised clients on the tax aspects of a wide range of operational structuring, acquisitions, dispositions and reorganizations.

Director Independence

It is anticipated that a majority of the members of our Board following the Spin-Off will meet the criteria for independence as defined by the listing standards of the NYSE and the corporate governance guidelines to be adopted by our Board.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Effective upon the completion of the Spin-Off, our Board will have the following committees, each of which will operate under a written charter.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee will be established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. The responsibilities of the Audit Committee will be more fully described in our Audit Committee Charter and will include, among other duties:

 

    oversee the quality and integrity of our financial statements, accounting practices and financial information we provide to the SEC or the public;

 

    review our annual and interim financial statements, the report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our annual financial statements, Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and the disclosures under Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;

 

    select and appoint an independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    pre-approve all services to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    review with our independent registered public accounting firm and our management the accounting firm’s significant findings and recommendations upon the completion of the annual financial audit and quarterly reviews;

 

    review and evaluate the qualification, performance, fees and independence of our registered public accounting firm;

 

    meet with our independent registered public accounting firm and our management regarding our internal controls, critical accounting policies and practices and other matters;

 

    discuss with our independent registered public accounting firm and our management earnings releases prior to their issuance;

 

    oversee our internal audit function; and

 

    oversee our compliance program, response to regulatory actions involving financial, accounting and internal control matters, internal controls and risk management policies.

The Audit Committee will consist entirely of independent directors, each of whom will meet the independence requirements set forth in the listing standards of the NYSE, Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and our Audit Committee Charter. Each member of the Audit Committee will be financially literate, and at least one member of the Audit Committee will have accounting and related financial management expertise and satisfy the criteria to be an “audit committee financial expert” under the rules and regulations of the SEC, as those qualifications are interpreted by our Board in its business judgment. The initial members of the Audit Committee will be determined prior to the Spin-Off.

 

75


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

The responsibilities of the Compensation Committee will be more fully described in our Compensation Committee Charter and will include, among other duties:

 

    setting and reviewing our general policy regarding executive compensation;

 

    determining the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers;

 

    approving employment agreements for our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers;

 

    reviewing the benefits provided to our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers;

 

    overseeing our overall compensation structure, practices and benefits plans;

 

    administering our executive bonus and equity-based incentive plans; and

 

    assessing the independence of compensation consultants, legal counsel and other advisors to the Compensation Committee and hiring, approving the fees and overseeing the work of, and terminating the services of such advisors.

The Compensation Committee will consist entirely of independent directors. The members of the Compensation Committee will be “non-employee directors” (within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act) and “outside directors” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code). The initial members of the Compensation Committee will be determined prior to the Spin-Off.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

The responsibilities of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will be more fully described in Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee Charter and will include, among other duties:

 

    overseeing our corporate governance practices;

 

    reviewing and recommending to our Board amendments to our committee charters and other corporate governance guidelines;

 

    reviewing and making recommendations to our Board regarding the structure of our various board committees;

 

    identifying, reviewing and recommending to our Board individuals for election to the board;

 

    adopting and reviewing policies regarding the consideration of board candidates proposed by stockholders and other criteria for board membership; and

 

    overseeing our board’s annual self-evaluation.

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will consist entirely of independent directors, each of whom will meet the independence requirements set forth in the listing standards of the NYSE and our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee Charter. The initial members of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will be determined prior to the Spin-Off.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

Prior to the completion of the Spin-Off, we will adopt written corporate governance guidelines to assist the board in implementing effective corporate governance practices. The guidelines will be reviewed regularly by the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee in the light of changing circumstances in order to continue serving our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders.

 

76


Table of Contents

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Prior to the completion of the Spin-Off, we will adopt a written code of ethics that is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote, among other things:

 

    honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

 

    the protection of the confidentiality of our non-public information;

 

    the responsible use of and control over our assets and resources;

 

    full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that we file with the SEC and other regulators and in our other public communications;

 

    compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations; and

 

    accountability for adherence to the code and prompt internal reporting of any possible violation of the code.

 

77


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Introduction

The following Compensation Discussion and Analysis summarizes the material elements of our compensation programs for our named executive officers (“NEOs”). For Fiscal 2015, our NEOs were:

 

Executive

  

Position

Max J. Roberts    Chief Executive Officer
Barry Brover    Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Patrick Maloney    Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer
William Maloney    Executive Vice President
Joel Friedman    Vice President, General Merchandising

We are currently in the process of determining the composition of the Compensation Committee of our Board and the philosophy and design of our compensation plans and programs.

Background

We currently operate as a business segment of Barnes & Noble and will continue to do so until the completion of the Distribution. As a result, Barnes & Noble has determined the compensation of our employees, including our NEOs, and will continue to do so until the completion of the Spin-Off. Accordingly, except as otherwise indicated, the compensation arrangements discussed in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis are those of Barnes & Noble. References to “College” in this section refer to Barnes & Noble’s existing College business segment.

Barnes & Noble Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Barnes & Noble Strives to Attract, Incentivize and Retain Talented Individuals . It is imperative that Barnes & Noble attract, incentivize and retain individuals whose skills are critical to the current and long-term success of Barnes & Noble.

 

    Barnes & Noble pays competitively . The compensation program is designed to be competitive relative to the compensation provided by peer group companies. Barnes & Noble generally considers market median compensation for its peer group and from certain competitive survey data when preparing offers of employment and assessing the competitiveness of executive compensation levels.

 

    Retention is a key objective of the compensation program . Because the implementation of Barnes & Noble’s business strategy requires long-term commitments on the part of our executives, and because competition for top talent is intense in our industry, retention is a key objective of the compensation program.

Barnes & Noble Pays for Performance . Barnes & Noble firmly believes that pay should be tied to performance. Superior performance enhances stockholder value and is a fundamental objective of Barnes & Noble’s compensation program.

 

    Barnes & Noble rewards attainment of established goals . The compensation program is designed to reward our executives for attaining established goals that require the dedication of their time, effort, skills and business experience to the success of Barnes & Noble and the maximization of stockholder value.

 

   

Performance-based annual incentive compensation is a key component of Barnes & Noble’s compensation program . Annual performance is rewarded through performance-based annual incentive compensation and is based on Barnes & Noble’s and College’s financial results in the applicable fiscal

 

78


Table of Contents
 

year measured principally by Barnes & Noble’s consolidated EBIT (earnings before interest and taxes) and Barnes & Noble’s and College’s EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), each as adjusted as described below, if applicable, as well as each individual executive’s contribution to those results.

Barnes & Noble Aligns Pay to Business Objectives and Long-Term Strategy . The compensation program is designed to reward and motivate the executive’s individual and team performance in attaining business objectives and maximizing stockholder value. Compensation decisions are based on the principle that the long-term interests of the executives should be aligned with those of Barnes & Noble’s stockholders.

 

    Barnes & Noble grants incentive awards recognizing that Barnes & Noble is undergoing a transition . Barnes & Noble currently is undergoing significant transitions, and the Barnes & Noble stock price has experienced volatility relating to such transitions and the overall environment in its industry. The Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee therefore believes that awarding annual incentives with focused goals provides greater control over the incentives created for the executives (and employees generally) than would a regular annual long-term equity incentive program.

 

    Barnes & Noble’s practice has been to grant long-term equity incentive awards on a case-by-case basis . In recent years, Barnes & Noble primarily used equity incentive awards as a recruitment and retention incentive and to align the interests of executives with Barnes & Noble’s stockholders’ interests. In Fiscal 2015, Barnes & Noble’s compensation committee adopted an annual long-term equity incentive award program, but did not make any grants.

Pay Mix

Compensation for our executives is weighted towards at-risk variable compensation, where actual amounts earned may differ from target amounts. Each of our NEOs has a target performance-based annual incentive compensation opportunity that is assessed annually by the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee to ensure alignment with Barnes & Noble compensation objectives and market practice. In addition, each of our NEOs may, from time to time, receive long-term equity incentive compensation awards that ultimately deliver value based on the returns realized by Barnes & Noble stockholders, aligning the executive’s interests with those of Barnes & Noble’s stockholders.

Barnes & Noble’s Executive Compensation Framework

In support of its compensation philosophy, Barnes & Noble generally considers market median compensation of both a peer group of retail companies and a general industry comparator group to determine an appropriate total value and mix of pay for our executives. Barnes & Noble’s Compensation Committee reviews these peer and competitor groups on an annual basis.

However, market median compensation is just one factor that is considered in determining compensation levels for our executive officers. The following are additional considerations: (a) Barnes & Noble’s business performance; (b) each NEO’s job responsibilities, experience, prior performance and anticipated future performance; (c) relative compensation among our NEOs; (d) industry-wide business conditions; and (e) the recommendations of the Barnes & Noble Executive Chairman and the Barnes & Noble Chief Executive Officer (and our Chief Executive Officer, in the case of Messrs. Brover, P. Maloney, W. Maloney and Friedman).

Barnes & Noble’s peer group for Fiscal 2015 consisted of the following companies, which were selected based on their size and market capitalization and the complexity of their businesses, as well as the availability of comparative data. Additionally, the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee recognizes that Radio Shack has

 

79


Table of Contents

filed for bankruptcy and will not be included in the peer group for Fiscal 2016. Furthermore, if any of the companies below cease to be independent publicly traded companies they may be excluded from future peer groups.

Barnes & Noble’s Fiscal 2015 Peer Group

 

Adobe Systems Incorporated Intuit Inc.

Bed Bath & Beyond Inc.

L Brands, Inc.

Cabela’s Incorporated

Netflix, Inc.

Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc.

Office Depot Inc.

eBay Inc.

Priceline Group Inc.

Expedia, Inc.

Radio Shack, Corp.

GameStop Corp.

Williams-Sonoma, Inc.

The Gap, Inc.

Yahoo! Inc.

GNC Holdings, Inc.

Given the differences between the expected market capitalization of our company and Barnes & Noble, as well as other relevant factors that impact executive compensation, we expect that the group of peer companies selected by our Compensation Committee following completion of this Distribution will differ from Barnes & Noble’s peer group for Fiscal 2015, although some of Barnes & Noble’s peer companies may continue to serve as peer companies for us.

Process for Determining the Compensation of Our Named Executive Officers

Roles of the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee and Barnes & Noble’s Management

The Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee has responsibility for establishing, implementing and overseeing Barnes & Noble’s compensation program, and reviews and approves Barnes & Noble’s compensation philosophy and objectives. The Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee also annually reviews and approves the annual base salary levels, the performance-based annual incentive opportunity levels, the long-term incentive opportunity levels, the employment and severance agreements and any special or supplemental benefits, in each case, as, when and if appropriate, for each of the executive officers of Barnes & Noble (including Mr. Roberts) and any other executives of Barnes & Noble earning a base salary of $400,000 or more (including Messrs. Brover, P. Maloney, W. Maloney and Friedman). In addition, the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee annually reviews and makes recommendations to the Barnes & Noble board of directors with respect to the compensation programs and policies applicable to Barnes & Noble’s directors and officers, including incentive compensation plans and equity-based plans, and approves all new incentive plans and major benefit programs. The Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee also administers Barnes & Noble’s equity incentive plan.

The Barnes & Noble Executive Chairman and the Barnes & Noble Chief Executive Officer annually review the performance of each of our NEOs. In the case of Messrs. Brover, P. Maloney, W. Maloney and Friedman, Mr. Roberts also reviews their performance and makes compensation recommendations to the Barnes & Noble Executive Chairman and the Barnes & Noble Chief Executive Officer. The compensation recommendations from the Barnes & Noble Executive Chairman and Barnes & Noble Chief Executive Officer following their review are presented to the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee. The Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee considers all key elements of compensation separately and also reviews the full compensation package afforded by Barnes & Noble to our NEOs. In accordance with Barnes & Noble’s compensation philosophy and objectives, the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee considers the compensation package provided to each of our NEOs in light of: (a) Barnes & Noble’s business performance; (b) each NEO’s experience, prior performance and anticipated future performance; (c) relative compensation among our NEOs; (d) industry-wide business conditions and (e) compensation provided by Barnes & Noble’s peers. When approving equity awards, the

 

80


Table of Contents

Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee considers the size and vesting schedule of outstanding awards. Based on its judgment and expertise, the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee may exercise its judgment to modify any or all recommended elements of compensation or awards to our NEOs.

In connection with the Distribution, we will appoint a Compensation Committee that will operate under a written charter. The Compensation Committee will be responsible for establishing and reviewing policies governing salaries and benefits, annual performance awards, long-term incentive compensation and the terms and conditions of employment for the Chief Executive Officer and each of the other NEOs. The Board will examine the composition of the Compensation Committee to ensure that its members meet both the independence requirements set forth in the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange and the requirements of the Compensation Committee charter. See “Management—Committees of the Board of Directors—Compensation Committee” for more information.

Role of Barnes & Noble’s Compensation Consultant

The Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee has retained Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. (“Cook & Co.”), an independent nationally recognized compensation consulting firm, to provide information, analyses and advice regarding executive compensation and other matters. In order to ensure that the consultant’s advice to the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee remains objective and is not unduly influenced by Barnes & Noble’s management, the consultant reports to and takes direction from the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee itself and not from Barnes & Noble’s management. With the consent of the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee, the consultant may contact Barnes & Noble’s management for information necessary to fulfill its assignments, such as information regarding personnel responsibilities and salaries. The consultant may also, and frequently does, provide reports and presentations to and on behalf of the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee that Barnes & Noble management also receives. Barnes & Noble management’s contact with the compensation consultant in this regard is at the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee’s direction. All decisions with respect to the amount and form of director and executive compensation are made by the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee alone, subject to the approval of the full Barnes & Noble board of directors with respect to the compensation of the directors, and may reflect factors and considerations other than the information and advice provided by the compensation consultant.

During Fiscal 2015, Cook & Co. provided assistance on the operation of the performance-based annual incentive compensation program and grants of long-term equity incentive awards. Cook & Co. does not provide other services to Barnes & Noble in addition to providing compensation consulting services to the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee. The Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee has assessed the independence of Cook & Co., as required by both the SEC rules and the New York Stock Exchange Listing Standards, and concluded that no conflict of interest exists with respect to its services to the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee.

Overview of Barnes & Noble’s Compensation Program Design

The below section outlines the process by which Barnes & Noble determined the design of its Fiscal 2015 executive compensation program as it relates to our NEOs.

Elements of Pay

Consistent with the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee’s compensation philosophy and objectives, the following elements make up the compensation of our NEOs:

 

    Base Salary

 

    Performance-Based Annual Incentive Compensation

 

81


Table of Contents
    Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards

 

    Retirement, Other Benefits and Limited Perquisites

Base Salary

Barnes & Noble pays our NEOs a base salary to provide them with a guaranteed minimum compensation level for their annual services. An NEO’s base salary is determined by evaluating the responsibilities of the position held, the individual’s experience and the competitive marketplace for executive talent. The base salary is a component of total direct compensation, which is reviewed periodically for competitiveness relative to the total direct compensation paid to executives at peer group companies with comparable qualifications, experience and responsibilities, as discussed above. In Fiscal 2015, the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee approved merit-based salary increases for Messrs. Roberts, Brover, P. Maloney, W. Maloney and Friedman in connection with the performance of the College business.

The table below sets forth the base salaries of each NEO as of the end of Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2015.

 

Executive Name

   Final Base
Salary in

Fiscal 2014
     Final Base
Salary in

Fiscal 2015
 

Max J. Roberts

   $ 783,000       $ 850,000   

Barry Brover

   $ 460,000       $ 485,000   

Patrick Maloney

   $ 682,000       $ 732,000   

William Maloney

   $ 640,000       $ 660,000   

Joel Friedman

   $ 398,000       $ 410,000   

Performance-Based Annual Incentive Compensation

In Fiscal 2015, our NEOs were granted performance-based annual incentive compensation awards with a target payout opportunity expressed as a percentage of annual base salary under either the Amended and Restated Barnes & Noble, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan (the “Barnes & Noble Incentive Plan”), with respect to Mr. Roberts, or the Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC Incentive Compensation Plan (the “College Incentive Plan”), with respect to Messrs. Brover, P. Maloney, W. Maloney and Friedman.

Mr. Roberts was granted performance-based annual incentive compensation awards in the form of cash-settled performance units that vest over a one-year period, payable in accordance with the Barnes & Noble Incentive Plan. The cash-settled performance units were structured so that achievement of an Adjusted EBIT* target was required for eligibility for any payout of the awards, following the achievement of which actual payout levels were determined based on the achievement of other corporate and individual goals.

 

* “Adjusted EBIT” is defined as Barnes & Noble’s income from ongoing operations (excluding income on investments and foreign currency gains) on a consolidated basis, before deduction of interest payments and income taxes, as reported in Barnes & Noble’s income statement for Fiscal 2015, prior to accrual for any amounts for payment under the Fiscal 2015 performance unit awards, and adjusted to exclude the effects of charges for (a) restructurings, discontinued operations, acquisitions, divestitures, debt restructuring or early repayment, inventory or asset write-downs, severance costs incurred in connection with any restructuring, divestiture or reorganization, extraordinary items and other unusual on non-recurring items, (b) any event either not directly related to the operations of Barnes & Noble or not within reasonable control of Barnes & Noble’s management, (c) the cumulative effect of tax or accounting changes or restatement, (d) any costs or expenses related to any effort to prepare for or implement or resulting from, a partial or complete separation of one or more of Barnes & Noble’s businesses, (e) non-routine litigation expenses such as shareholder derivative actions and (f) the termination of the Barnes & Noble Employees’ Retirement Plan, in each case, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and identified in the Barnes & Noble financial statements, notes to the financial statements or management’s discussion and analysis with respect to the financial statements as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

82


Table of Contents

The Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee set the target payout percentage for Mr. Roberts at 150% of base salary, with a maximum payout of 117% of target. Given Mr. Roberts’ responsibility for the College business, including the scope of his duties and his individual capacity to affect the overall performance of the College business, Mr. Roberts’ performance-based annual incentive compensation was structured to be based, after achievement of the Adjusted EBIT target, 25% on Barnes & Noble Consolidated EBITDA, 50% on College Adjusted EBITDA and 25% on individual performance goals, each as described below.

Messrs. Brover, P. Maloney, W. Maloney and Friedman are responsible for more focused areas of the College business. For that reason, each of these NEOs participated in the College Incentive Plan for Fiscal 2015, which provides for a performance-based annual incentive payment to each executive, 75%, or solely in the case of Mr. Friedman, 50%, which was based on the College Adjusted EBITDA performance target and 25%, or solely in the case of Mr. Friedman, 50%, of which was based on each executive’s individual performance goals, each as described below.

Fiscal 2015 Performance-Based Incentive Compensation Metrics. For Fiscal 2015, the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee chose Barnes & Noble Consolidated EBITDA as the company-wide performance metric in order to incentivize the Barnes & Noble named executive officers (including Mr. Roberts) to work to advance Barnes & Noble’s continuing efforts to realize operational efficiencies and to provide a superior and seamless experience for customers . Additionally, to reflect the fact that Messrs. Roberts, Brover, P. Maloney, W. Maloney and Friedman maintain a primary focus in the College business during Fiscal 2015, the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee chose to allocate a percentage of such executive’s overall award opportunity to Adjusted EBITDA calculated with respect to the College business . The Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee established targets for the various performance metrics based on the prior-year performance of the Barnes & Noble and the College businesses, the Barnes & Noble board of directors’ expectations for future performance and the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee’s desire to appropriately motivate our NEOs . In addition, each of our NEO’s performance-based annual incentive compensation opportunity is subject to achievement of individual performance goals established by the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee at the beginning of Fiscal 2015.

Set forth below is a chart showing the various performance metrics that comprise each of our NEO’s performance-based annual incentive compensation award opportunity and their weighting relative to the NEO’s total award opportunity.

Percentage of Overall Award Opportunity

 

NEO

   Barnes &
Noble
Consolidated
EBITDA
    College
Adjusted
EBITDA
    Individual
Performance
Goals
 

Max J. Roberts

     25     50     25

Barry Brover

     0     75     25

Patrick Maloney

     0     75     25

William Maloney

     0     75     25

Joel Friedman

     0     50     50

“Barnes & Noble Consolidated EBITDA” is calculated by adding Depreciation and Amortization to Operating Income/(Loss) as reported in the Barnes & Noble’s audited financial statements.

“College Adjusted EBITDA” is defined and determined in the same manner as Barnes & Noble Consolidated EBITDA, but only with respect to the College operating segment, and adjusted to exclude the current year LIFO inventory adjustments.

 

83


Table of Contents

Threshold Performance Requirement for Cash-Settled Performance Units. During the first quarter of Fiscal 2015, the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee, in consultation with the Barnes & Noble Executive Chairman and Barnes & Noble’s compensation consultant, established a threshold Adjusted EBIT target of negative $145,749,000 with respect to performance-based annual incentive compensation awards granted under the Barnes & Noble Incentive Plan, which was set to ensure a minimum level of performance for payment of these annual incentives . The threshold level for Adjusted EBIT was a negative number because the Barnes & Noble Digital business was expected to have significant cash flow requirements in Fiscal 2015.

The Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee considers Adjusted EBIT to be an appropriate performance metric for annual incentives because it reflects the financial performance of Barnes & Noble and aligns performance-based annual incentive compensation with the interests of stockholders . Following the close of Fiscal 2015, the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee certified that Barnes & Noble had achieved the Adjusted EBIT goal, which enabled the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee to award annual incentive compensation to Mr. Roberts.

Application of the Fiscal 2015 Performance-Based Incentive Compensation Metrics to the Cash-Settled Performance Units. After the threshold Adjusted EBIT target was achieved, the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee then applied the Barnes & Noble Consolidated EBITDA and College Adjusted EBITDA goals and individual performance goals to determine the actual payment amounts . The process is illustrated in the diagram below.

 

LOGO

Fiscal 2015 Performance Targets and Results. Set forth below is a chart showing the payout scale on which the Barnes & Noble Consolidated EBITDA and College Adjusted EBITDA portion of annual incentive compensation was based.

 

Level of Achievement

of Barnes & Noble

Consolidated EBITDA

Target

   Payout
Percentage

(% of Target
Payout)
 

Level of Achievement

of College Adjusted
EBITDA Targets

   Payout
Percentage
(% of Target
Payout)

0% – less than 60%

   0%   0% – less than 84%    0%

60% – less than 75%

   25%   84% – less than 88%    50%

75% – less than 100%

   62.5%   88% – less than 92%    75%

100% – less than 112.5%

   100%   92% – less than 108%    100%

112.5% – less than 125%

   108.5%   108% – less than 112%    105%

125% or more

   117%   112% or more    117%

Set forth below is a chart showing the target and actual EBITDA or Adjusted EBITDA results for Barnes & Noble and the College business, respectively, for Fiscal 2015 . The chart also shows how the EBITDA or Adjusted EBITDA results correlate to a percentage of target and translate into a percentage of target pay.

 

EBITDA or

Adjusted EBITDA

   Target ($)
(in millions)
     Actual ($)
(in millions)
     % Target
Achieved
    % Target
Pay
 

Barnes & Noble Consolidated

   $ 226.0       $ 346.2         153.2     117

College

   $ 83.5       $ 93.6         112.1     117

 

84


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2015 Individual Performance Results. The Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee determined the accomplishment of Barnes & Noble’s strategic objectives with respect to Fiscal 2015, as well as the achievement of Barnes & Noble Consolidated EBITDA and the College Adjusted EBITDA goals at the maximum and above target levels, respectively, represented extraordinary work for Barnes & Noble executives. The Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee specifically determined that our NEOs had achieved the individual performance goals discussed below.

Mr. Roberts. The Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee noted that under Mr. Roberts’ leadership in Fiscal 2015 the College business had exceeded the College Adjusted EBITDA target, signed 19 new accounts and renewed 91 accounts (which translates into a client retention rate of 93%) and enhanced the Yuzu™ product line.

Mr. Brover. The Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee considered Mr. Brover’s contribution to exceeding the College Adjusted EBITDA target, leading the integration of the financial information of digital education into College systems and his participation in the executive team leading the General Merchandise system configuration.

Mr. P. Maloney. The Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee focused on Mr. P. Maloney’s contribution to exceeding the College Adjusted EBITDA target, increasing General Merchandise web sales by more than 35%, increasing rental conversion rate to 52.4% (an increase from the prior year) and achieving an increase in margin year over year from 67% to 72%.

Mr. W. Maloney. The Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee recognized Mr. W. Maloney’s contribution to exceeding the College Adjusted EBITDA and leadership in developing and carrying out the Company’s marketing strategy.

Mr. Friedman. The Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee noted Mr. Friedman’s contribution to increasing web sales of General Merchandise by more than 35%, increasing the rebate budget by 17% and improving comparable store gross margin by 0.6% over budget.

Fiscal 2015 Performance-Based Annual Incentive Compensation Payment Amounts. Set forth below is a chart showing target, maximum and actual Fiscal 2015 performance-based annual incentive compensation for our NEOs.

 

Name

   Target
Payout as a
% of Salary
    Payout
Range as a
% of Target
    Target Incentive
Compensation
Award
     Maximum
Award
     Actual
Award
     Actual
Award as a
% of Target
 

Max J. Roberts

     150     0-117   $ 1,275,000       $ 1,491,750       $ 1,437,563         112.75

Barry Brover

     75     0-117   $ 363,750       $ 425,588       $ 410,128         112.75

Patrick Maloney

     125     0-117   $ 915,000       $ 1,070,550       $ 1,031,663         112.75

William Maloney

     100     0-117   $ 660,000       $ 772,200       $ 744,150         112.75

Joel Friedman

     40     0-158.5   $ 164,000       $ 259,940       $ 218,940         133.50

The performance-based annual incentive awards earned by our NEOs under the annual incentive plans for Fiscal 2015 will be set forth in the “Summary Compensation Table” elsewhere in this Prospectus . The threshold, target and maximum incentive award opportunities for each of our NEOs for Fiscal 2015 are set forth in the “2015 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table” elsewhere in this Prospectus.

Long-Term Equity Incentives

The grant of long-term equity incentive awards under the Barnes & Noble Incentive Plan is an additional element of Barnes & Noble’s compensation program . In Fiscal 2015, none of our executives received equity awards under the Barnes & Noble Incentive Plan.

 

85


Table of Contents

Prior to the Distribution, the amounts, terms and conditions of the equity awards granted to our NEOs have been determined by the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee . Equity awards granted to our NEOs following the Distribution will be determined by our Compensation Committee . Additionally, all stock options held by the NEOs will vest as of the Distribution and each NEO may exercise such options during the 180-day period following the Distribution . All outstanding restricted stock units held by the NEOs payable in shares of Barnes & Noble common stock or the value of which is determined by reference to the value of shares of Barnes & Noble common stock will be converted into a restricted stock unit award payable in, or the value of which is determined by reference to, our Common Stock on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under such Barnes & Noble restricted stock unit immediately prior to the Distribution, with respect to a number of shares of Company common stock with a fair market value equal to the aggregate fair market value of Barnes & Noble restricted stock units as of immediately prior to the Distribution.

Other Components of Compensation

Barnes & Noble Savings Plan. Each of our NEOs is entitled to participate in Barnes & Noble’s tax-qualified defined contribution 401(k) plan on the same basis as all other eligible employees . The 401(k) plan provides Barnes & Noble employees, including our NEOs, with a means for accumulating tax-deferred savings for retirement purposes . Barnes & Noble matches the contributions of participants, subject to certain criteria . Under the terms of the 401(k) plan, as prescribed by the Code, the contribution of any participating employee is limited to the lesser of 75% of annual salary before taxes or a maximum dollar amount ($18,000 for 2015), subject to a $5,500 increase for participants who are age 50 or older . The amount of Barnes & Noble’s matching contributions for each of our NEOs is set forth in footnotes to the “Summary Compensation Table” elsewhere in this Prospectus.

Limited Perquisites and Other Compensation. Barnes & Noble does not have a formal program providing perquisites to our executives . Instead, certain of our executives are entitled to the limited perquisites set forth in their employment agreements.

Severance and Change of Control Payments and Benefits. The employment agreement that was effective during Fiscal 2015 (each, an “Old Employment Agreement”) for each of Messrs. Roberts, Brover, P. Maloney and W. Maloney provided for certain severance payments and benefits upon termination of employment by College without cause or by the NEO for good reason (including upon termination within two years following a change of control) . The triggering events that would have resulted in the severance payments and benefits and the amount of those payments and benefits were selected to provide our NEOs with financial protection upon loss of employment in order to support our executive retention goals and to enable our NEOs to focus on the interests of Barnes & Noble, the College business and Barnes & Noble’s stockholders in the event of a potential change of control . When the employment agreements of our NEOs were entered into, the triggering events and amounts were considered to be competitive with severance protection being offered by other companies with whom we compete for highly qualified executives . The compensation that could be received by each of our NEOs upon termination or change of control is set forth in the “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control Table” below. Mr. Friedman does not have an employment agreement.

Employment Agreements with our NEOs

For a summary of the material terms of the employment agreements with our NEOs that were effective during Fiscal 2015 and affect the amounts set forth in the tables following this Compensation Discussion and Analysis, see the discussion in the “Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table and the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Employment Agreements with our NEOs.”

Our Anticipated Compensation Program Following This Distribution

We are currently in the process of determining the compensation programs we anticipate implementing for our senior executives, including our NEOs following the Distribution.

 

86


Table of Contents

Amended and Restated Employment Agreements

Upon the Distribution, the amended and restated employment agreements for Messrs. Roberts, Brover, P. Maloney and W. Maloney will become effective (the “Amended Employment Agreements”). Messrs. Roberts, Brover, P. Maloney and W. Maloney entered into the Amended Employment Agreements in connection with the Distribution. The Amended Employment Agreements contain the following changes to the Old Employment Agreements:

 

    the NEOs will be eligible for awards under the Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan instead of the Amended and Restated Barnes & Noble, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan;

 

    the definition of “change of control” will reference the voting securities and directors of the Company instead of Barnes & Noble and will not contain an exception for acquisitions by Mr. Riggio and his affiliates;

 

    the definition of “good reason” will require relocation of College’s principal executive offices outside of both the New York City metropolitan area and the Basking Ridge, NJ area instead of solely the New York City metropolitan area; and

 

    the initial term of the Amended Employment Agreements will begin on the date the agreements are executed and will continue until the third anniversary of such date.

Huseby Employment Agreement

Mr. Huseby entered into an employment agreement on June 26, 2015 in connection with the Distribution, pursuant to which he will serve as our Executive Chairman. The employment agreement will continue for two years thereafter, and renew automatically for one year unless either party gives notice of non-renewal at least three months prior to automatic renewal. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Huseby’s annual base salary can be no less than $500,000 during the term of his employment. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Huseby is eligible for an annual incentive compensation award as determined by our Compensation Committee and grants of equity-based awards with an aggregate target value of 300% of his annual base salary at the same time and of the same type of such awards granted to other executive officers of the Company. Mr. Huseby is also entitled to all other benefits afforded to executive officers and employees of the Company. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Huseby is subject to certain restrictive covenants regarding competition, solicitation, confidentiality and disparagement, which apply during his employment and for the two-year period following the termination of his employment. The confidentiality and non-disparagement covenants apply during the term of his employment and at all times thereafter.

If Mr. Huseby’s employment is terminated by the Company without “cause” or by him for “good reason,” he is entitled, provided he signs a release of claims against the Company, to a lump-sum severance payment equal to two-times: (a) annual base salary, (b) the average annual incentive compensation paid to him with respect to the preceding three completed years (or such lesser number of completed fiscal years) and (c) the cost of benefits. Further, if Mr. Huseby’s employment is terminated by the Company without “cause” or by him for “good reason,” within two years (or the remainder of his term of employment under his employment agreement, whichever is longer) following a “change of control” of the Company, he is entitled, regardless of whether he signs a release of claims against the Company, to a lump-sum severance payment equal to three times: (a) annual base salary, (b) the average annual incentive compensation paid to him with respect to the preceding three completed years (or such lesser number of completed fiscal years) and (c) the cost of benefits. However, if such severance payments trigger the “golden parachute” excise tax under Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code, Mr. Huseby’s severance benefits would be reduced if such reduction would result in a greater after-tax benefit to him.

Our Compensation Committee

Following the Distribution, our Compensation Committee, which will be appointed by our Board, will determine the design of our executive compensation program . Our Compensation Committee will review and

 

87


Table of Contents

evaluate our executive compensation program to ensure that the program is aligned with our compensation philosophy . It is anticipated that our Compensation Committee will engage an independent compensation consultant to advise it in connection with its considerations and decisions.

Other Compensation Related Information

Unless otherwise stated, the compensation tables included in this section reflect amounts paid or payable or awards granted to our NEOs by Barnes & Noble under Barnes & Noble’s compensation plans and programs during Fiscal 2015, which ended May 2, 2015 . Following the completion of the Distribution, our NEOs will receive compensation and benefits under our compensation plans and programs.

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

  Fiscal
Year
    Salary (1)     Stock
Awards (2)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation (3)
    All Other
Compensation (4)
    Total  

Max J. Roberts

    2015      $ 840,981      $ —        $ 1,437,563      $ 47,452      $ 2,325,996   

Chief Executive Officer

    2014      $ 788,019      $ 2,952,000      $ 873,045      $ 31,119      $ 4,644,183   
    2013      $ 725,000      $ 583,450      $ 543,750      $ 29,990      $ 1,882,190   

Barry Brover

    2015      $ 481,154      $ —        $ 410,128      $ 41,411      $ 932,693   

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

    2014      $ 461,058      $ 664,200      $ 259,325      $ 31,450      $ 1,416,033   
    2013      $ 415,000      $ 200,040      $ 207,500      $ 29,988      $ 852,528   

Patrick Maloney

    2015      $ 724,308      $ —        $ 1,031,663      $ 35,743      $ 1,791,714   

Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer

    2014      $ 684,385      $ 738,000      $ 751,905      $ 32,260      $ 2,206,550   
    2013      $ 620,000      $ 200,040      $ 620,000      $ 30,248      $ 1,470,288   

William Maloney

    2015      $ 656,923      $ —        $ 744,150      $ 27,023      $ 1,428,096   

Executive Vice President

    2014      $ 648,846      $ —        $ 689,600      $ 26,860      $ 1,365,306   
    2013      $ 620,000      $ —        $ 620,000      $ 25,977      $ 1,265,977   

Joel Friedman

    2015      $ 408,154      $ —        $ 218,940      $ 20,882      $ 647,976   

Vice President,

General Merchandising

    2014      $ 403,923      $ 184,500      $ 200,592      $ 21,303      $ 810,318   
    2013      $ 385,989      $ 66,680      $ 139,680      $ 20,451      $ 612,800   

 

(1) This column represents base salary earned.
(2) This column represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock awards granted in Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”) . None of the NEOs received stock awards in Fiscal 2015 . The stock awards value is determined to be the fair market value of the underlying Barnes & Noble shares on the grant date, which is determined based on the closing price of Barnes & Noble’s common stock on the grant date . These amounts reflect an estimate of the grant date fair value and may not be equivalent to the actual value recognized by the NEO . For additional information, see the discussions in the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Overview of Barnes & Noble’s Compensation Program Design, Long-Term Equity Incentives” section of this Prospectus.
(3) This column represents the dollar value of performance-based annual incentive compensation earned for performance in Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively . Refer to the “2015 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table” for information on awards made in Fiscal 2015 . For additional information, see the discussions in the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Overview of Barnes & Noble’s Compensation Program Design, Performance-Based Annual Incentive Compensation” section of this Prospectus.

 

88


Table of Contents
(4) This column represents the value of all other compensation, as detailed in the table below:

All Other Compensation Table

 

Name

   Fiscal
Year
     Long-Term
Disability
Insurance (a)
     Life and
AD&D
Insurance (b)
     Car
Allowance
     401(k)
Company
Match
     Total Other
Income
 

Max J. Roberts

     2015       $ 12,874       $ 6,309       $ 18,000       $ 10,269       $ 47,452   
     2014       $ 1,560       $ 1,230       $ 18,000       $ 10,329       $ 31,119   
     2013       $ 1,645       $ 1,230       $ 18,000       $ 9,115       $ 29,990   

Barry Brover

     2015       $ 9,690       $ 2,975       $ 18,000       $ 10,746       $ 41,411   
     2014       $ 1,640       $ 348       $ 18,000       $ 11,462       $ 31,450   
     2013       $ 1,640       $ 348       $ 18,000       $ 10,000       $ 29,988   

Patrick Maloney

     2015       $ 6,295       $ 356       $ 18,000       $ 11,092       $ 35,743   
     2014       $ 1,900       $ 348       $ 18,000       $ 12,012       $ 32,260   
     2013       $ 1,900       $ 348       $ 18,000       $ 10,000       $ 30,248   

William Maloney

     2015       $ 1,560       $ 356       $ 18,000       $ 7,107       $ 27,023   
     2014       $ 1,620       $ 348       $ 18,000       $ 6,892       $ 26,860   
     2013       $ 1,560       $ 348       $ 18,000       $ 6,069       $ 25,977   

Joel Friedman

     2015       $ 1,560       $ 356       $ 8,400       $ 10,566       $ 20,882   
     2014       $ 1,620       $ 348       $ 8,400       $ 10,935       $ 21,303   
     2013       $ 1,560       $ 348       $ 8,400       $ 10,143       $ 20,451   

 

(a) This represents the premiums paid by Barnes & Noble for the long-term disability insurance.
(b) This represents the premiums paid by Barnes & Noble for life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance .

Barnes & Noble compensates Messrs. Roberts, Brover, P. Maloney and W. Maloney taking into account the terms of their respective employment agreements, and the information reported in the Summary Compensation Table reflects the terms of such agreements . Mr. Friedman does not have an employment agreement. Barnes & Noble compensates Mr. Friedman taking into account competitive survey data, business performance, industry-wide conditions and recommendations from Mr. Roberts. For more information about our NEOs’ employment agreements, see the discussion below in the “Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Employment Agreements with our NEOs—Old Employment Agreements—General Provisions” section of this Prospectus.

 

89


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

The following “2015 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table” provides additional information about non-equity incentive awards and long-term incentive awards granted to our NEOs by Barnes & Noble during Fiscal 2015.

2015 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

 

Name

   Grant Date      Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan

Awards  (1)
     All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock or
Units

(#)
     All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options

(#)
     Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
     Grant Date Fair
Value of Stock and
Option Awards

($)
 
            Target
($)
     Maximum (2)
($)
                      

Max J. Roberts

     07/16/2014       $ 1,275,000       $ 1,491,750         —           —           —           —     

Barry Brover

     07/16/2014       $ 363,750       $ 425,588         —           —           —           —     

Patrick Maloney

     07/16/2014       $ 915,000       $ 1,070,550         —           —           —           —     

William Maloney

     07/16/2014       $ 660,000       $ 772,200         —           —           —           —     

Joel Friedman

     07/16/2014       $ 164,000       $ 259,940         —           —           —           —     

 

(1) These columns represent the target payout level and maximum payout level for the performance-based incentive compensation awards under the Barnes & Noble Incentive Plan, in the case of Mr. Roberts, and under the College Incentive Plan, in the case of Messrs. Brover, P. Maloney, W. Maloney and Friedman. For additional information regarding the performance-based annual incentive compensation program, see the discussion in the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Overview of Barnes & Noble’s Compensation Program Design, Performance-Based Annual Incentive Compensation” section of this Prospectus.
(2) The maximum amounts shown in the column reflect values derived from each NEO’s target incentive compensation percentage of salary. For additional information regarding the performance-based annual incentive compensation program, see the discussion in the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Overview of Barnes & Noble’s Compensation Program Design, Performance-Based Annual Incentive Compensation” section of this Prospectus.

Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table and the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

Employment Agreements with our NEOs

The Old Employment Agreements with each of Messrs. Roberts, Brover, P. Maloney and W. Maloney provided for certain severance payments and benefits upon termination of employment by College without “cause” or by the NEO for “good reason” (including upon termination within two years following a change of control). As discussed above under “—Employment Agreements with our NEOs”, each of our NEOs entered into an Amended Employment Agreement after Fiscal 2015, but the terms of the Old Employment Agreements are described below because they affect the compensation tables in this section. Mr. Friedman does not have an employment agreement. The benefits he received in Fiscal 2015 are described below and are generally the same as those provided to other employees. He is entitled to be considered for severance, as other employees generally.

Old Employment Agreements—General Provisions

College has entered into an employment agreement with each of Messrs. Roberts, Brover, P. Maloney and W. Maloney, and the compensation of each of these NEOs is based on their respective employment agreement as well as their job responsibilities. The terms of the employment agreement with Mr. Roberts commenced on June 23, 2014, with each of Messrs. Brover and P. Maloney commenced on June 30, 2014 and with

 

90


Table of Contents

Mr. W. Maloney commenced on September 30, 2009, and will continue for three years or, solely in the case of Mr. W. Maloney, two years thereafter, and renew each year automatically for one year unless either party gives notice of non-renewal at least three months prior to automatic renewal.

Pursuant to their employment agreements, the annual base salaries of Messrs. Roberts, Brover, P. Maloney and W. Maloney can be no less than $850,000, $485,000, $732,000 and $600,000, respectively, during the terms of their employment. With respect to Messrs. Roberts, Brover, P. Maloney and W. Maloney, the NEO is eligible for a minimum target annual incentive compensation award of 150%, 75%, 125% and 100% of his base salary, respectively. The employment agreements also provide that the NEO is eligible for grants of equity-based awards under the Amended and Restated Barnes & Noble, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan, or solely in the case of Mr. W. Maloney, restricted stock awards under Barnes & Noble’s 2009 Incentive Plan, and provide for a $1,500 monthly car allowance. The employment agreements for Messrs. Roberts, Brover and P. Maloney also provide for $1,000,000 of life insurance and long-term disability (providing for monthly payments of $12,800) payable during the disability period through the earlier of death or the attainment of age 65. Each of our NEOs is entitled to all other benefits afforded to executive officers and employees of College.

Under their respective employment agreements with College, Messrs. Roberts, Brover, P. Maloney and W. Maloney are subject to certain restrictive covenants regarding competition, solicitation, confidentiality and disparagement. The non-competition and non-solicitation covenants apply during each of the employment of Messrs. Roberts, Brover, P. Maloney and W. Maloney and for the two-year period following the termination of employment of Messrs. Roberts, Brover, P. Maloney and W. Maloney. The confidentiality and non-disparagement covenants apply during the term of each respective employment agreement of Messrs. Roberts, Brover, P. Maloney and W. Maloney and at all times thereafter.

Old Employment Agreements—Severance and Change of Control Benefits

The employment agreements provide that the employment of Messrs. Roberts, Brover, P. Maloney and W. Maloney may be terminated by College upon death or disability or for “cause”, and by the NEO without “good reason”. If the employment of Messrs. Roberts, Brover, P. Maloney or W. Maloney is terminated by College upon death, disability or for “cause,” or by the NEO without “good reason”, the NEO is entitled to payment of base salary through the date of death, disability or termination of employment.

If the employment of Messrs. Roberts, Brover or P. Maloney is terminated by College without “cause” or by the executive for “good reason,” the NEO is entitled, provided he signs a release of claims against College, to a lump-sum severance payment equal to two-times (or, in the case of Messrs. Brover and P. Maloney, one times) (a) annual base salary, (b) the average annual incentive compensation paid to him with respect to the preceding three completed years and (c) the cost of benefits. Mr. W. Maloney is entitled to one times his annual base salary if his employment is terminated by the Company without “cause” or by him for “good reason”.

Further, if the employment of Messrs. Roberts, Brover or P. Maloney is terminated by the Company without “cause” or by the NEO for “good reason” within two years (or the remainder of his term of employment under his employment agreement, whichever is longer) following a “change of control” of Barnes & Noble, the NEO is entitled, regardless of whether he signs a release of claims against College, to a lump-sum severance payment equal to three times (or, in the case of Messrs. Brover and P. Maloney, two times) (a) annual base salary, (b) the average annual incentive compensation paid to him with respect to the preceding three completed years and (c) the cost of benefits. However, if such severance payments trigger the “golden parachute” excise tax under Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code, the severance benefits for Messrs. Roberts, Brover and P. Maloney would be reduced if such reduction would result in a greater after-tax benefit to him. Mr. W. Maloney is entitled to two times his annual base salary if his employment is terminated by the Company without “cause” or by him for “good reason” within two years (or the remainder of his term of employment under his employment agreement, whichever is longer) following a “change of control” of Barnes & Noble.

 

91


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise provided by the applicable award agreement, if the successor company assumes or substitutes for an outstanding equity award such award will continue in accordance with its applicable terms and will not be accelerated. Under the option award agreements, if the holder were terminated within 24 months following a change of control, then the unvested options underlying the award or substitute award would immediately vest. Furthermore, under the restricted stock unit award agreements, if the holder were terminated other than for “cause” at any time following a change of control, then the unvested restricted stock units underlying the award would immediately vest. Under the stock option and restricted stock unit award agreements executed under the Barnes & Noble 2009 Incentive Plan (prior to its amendment and restatement), “change of control” generally means any of the following: (a) a change in the ownership of Barnes & Noble; (b) a change in the effective control of Barnes & Noble; or (c) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of Barnes & Noble’s assets, in each case, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Under the stock option and restricted stock unit award agreements executed under the Barnes & Noble Incentive Plan, “change of control” generally means any of the following: (a) during any period of 24 consecutive months, a change in the composition of a majority of Barnes & Noble’s directors, as constituted on the first day of such period, that was not supported by a majority of the incumbent directors; (b) the consummation of certain mergers or consolidations of Barnes & Noble with any other corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of Barnes & Noble, following which Barnes & Noble’s then current stockholders cease to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity; or (c) the acquisition by a third party (other than Mr. Riggio and his affiliates) of 40% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of Barnes & Noble. Under the restricted stock unit award agreements, “cause” generally means (a) a material failure by the holder to perform his or her duties (other than as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness) during his or her employment with Barnes & Noble after written notice of such breach or failure and the holder failed to cure such breach or failure to Barnes & Noble’s reasonable satisfaction within five days after receiving such written notice; or (b) any act of fraud, misappropriation, misuse, embezzlement or any other material act of dishonesty in respect of Barnes & Noble or its funds, properties, assets or other employees.

The estimated payments to be made by College to our NEOs in the event of a change of control are set forth below in the “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control Table”.

Old Employment Agreements—Defined Terms

“cause”, for purposes of the employment agreements generally means any of the following: (a) the NEO engaging in intentional misconduct or gross negligence that, in either case, is injurious to College; (b) the NEO’s indictment, entry of a plea of nolo contendere or conviction by a court of competent jurisdiction with respect to any crime or violation of law involving fraud or dishonesty (with the exception of misconduct based in good faith on the advice of professional consultants, such as attorneys and accountants) or any felony (or equivalent crime in a non-U.S. jurisdiction); (c) any gross negligence, intentional acts or intentional omissions by the NEO that constitute fraud, dishonesty, embezzlement or misappropriation in connection with the performance of the NEO’s duties and responsibilities; (d) the NEO engaging in any act of intentional misconduct or moral turpitude reasonably likely to adversely affect College or its business; (e) the NEO’s abuse of or dependency on alcohol or drugs (illicit or otherwise) that adversely affects the NEO’s job performance; (f) the NEO’s willful failure or refusal to properly perform the duties, responsibilities or obligations of the NEO’s service for reasons other than disability or authorized leave, or to properly perform or follow any lawful direction by College; or (g) the NEO’s material breach of the agreement or of any other contractual duty to, written policy of, or written agreement with, College.

“change of control”, for purposes of the employment agreements generally means any of the following: (a) the acquisition by any person or group (other than the executive or his or her affiliates or Mr. Riggio or any of his heirs or affiliates) of 40% or more of Barnes & Noble’s voting securities; (b) Barnes & Noble’s directors immediately prior to a merger, consolidation, liquidation or sale of assets cease within two years thereafter to constitute a majority of the Barnes & Noble’s board of directors; or (c) Barnes & Noble’s directors immediately prior to a tender or exchange offer for Barnes & Noble’s voting securities cease within two years thereafter to constitute a majority of the Barnes & Noble board of directors.

 

92


Table of Contents

“good reason”, for purposes of the employment agreements, generally means any of the following: (a) a material diminution of authority, duties or responsibilities; (b) a greater than 10% reduction in base salary; (c) the relocation of College’s principal executive offices outside of the New York City metropolitan area; or (d) a failure by College to make material payments under the agreement.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table summarizes the equity awards Barnes & Noble made to our NEOs that were outstanding as of the end of Fiscal 2015. In accordance with the applicable SEC disclosure guidance, this table and the accompanying footnotes do not account for any awards that may have been exercised or have vested pursuant to their terms in the ordinary course since the end of Fiscal 2015.

2015 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

 

    Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name

  Option Grant Date     Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options (1)
    Option
Exercise
Price
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Stock Award
Grant Date
    Number of Shares
or Units of Stock
That Have Not
Vested (2)
    Market Value of
Shares or Units
of Stock That
Have Not
Vested (3)
 
          Exercisable     Unexercisable                                

Max J. Roberts

    11/15/2011        30,000        30,000      $ 15.78        11/14/2021        05/23/2011        10,834      $ 245,932   
              03/05/2013        26,250      $ 595,875   
              02/07/2014        133,333      $ 3,026,659   

Barry Brover

    11/15/2011        15,000        15,000      $ 15.78        11/14/2021        05/23/2011        5,834      $ 132,432   
              03/05/2013        9,000      $ 204,300   
              02/07/2014        30,000      $ 681,000   

Patrick Maloney

    11/15/2011        17,500        17,500      $ 15.78        11/14/2021        05/23/2011        7,500      $ 170,250   
              03/05/2013        9,000      $ 204,300   
              02/07/2014        33,333      $ 756,659   

William Maloney

    11/15/2011        17,500        17,500      $ 15.78        11/14/2021        05/23/2011        7,500      $ 170,250   
               

Joel Friedman

    —          —          —          —          —          03/05/2013        3,000      $ 68,100   
              02/07/2014        8,334      $ 189,182   

 

(1) This column represents outstanding grants of options. Set forth in the table below are the remaining vesting dates of all unvested options:

 

Name

  Option
Grant Date
    Number of
Shares or Units of
Stock That Have
Not Vested
   

Vesting Dates

Max J. Roberts

    11/15/11        30,000      50% on 11/15/15

Barry Brover

    11/15/11        15,000      50% on 11/15/15

Patrick Maloney

    11/15/11        17,500      50% on 11/15/15

William Maloney

    11/15/11        17,500      50% on 11/15/15

Joel Friedman

    —          —        —  

 

93


Table of Contents
(2) This column represents outstanding grants of shares of restricted stock units. Set forth in the table below are the remaining vesting dates of all unvested restricted stock unit awards:

 

Name

   Stock Award
Grant Date
     Number of
Shares or Units of
Stock That Have
Not Vested
     Vesting Dates

Max J. Roberts

     05/23/2011         10,834          25% on 05/23/14 and 50% on 05/23/15
     03/05/2013         26,250          25% on 03/05/16 and 50% on 03/05/17
     02/07/2014         133,333          33.3% on 02/07/16 and 33.4% on 02/07/17

Barry Brover

     05/23/2011         5,834          25% on 05/23/14 and 50% on 05/23/15
     03/05/2013         9,000          25% on 03/05/16 and 50% on 03/05/17
     02/07/2014         30,000          33.3% on 02/07/16 and 33.4% on 02/07/17

Patrick Maloney

     05/23/2011         7,500          25% on 05/23/14 and 50% on 05/23/15
     03/05/2013         9,000          25% on 03/05/16 and 50% on 03/05/17
     02/07/2014         33,333          33.3% on 02/07/16 and 33.4% on 02/07/17

William Maloney

     05/23/2011         7,500          25% on 05/23/14 and 50% on 05/23/15

Joel Friedman

     03/05/2013         3,000          25% on 03/05/16 and 50% on 03/05/17
     02/07/2014         8,334          33.3% on 02/07/16 and 33.4% on 02/07/17

 

(3) Market values have been calculated using a stock price of $22.70 (closing price of Barnes & Noble’s common stock on May 1, 2015, the last trading day of Fiscal 2015).

The following “2015 Option Exercises and Stock Vested” table provides additional information about the value realized by our NEOs on option award exercises and the vesting of stock or stock unit awards during the fiscal year ended May 2, 2015.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

2015 Option Exercises and Stock Vested

 

            Option Awards      Stock Awards  

Name

   Fiscal Year      Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise

(#)
     Value Realized
on Exercise

($)
     Number of
Shares
Acquired
on Vesting
(#)
     Value Realized
on Vesting (1)
($)
 

Max J. Roberts

     2015         —         $ —           80,833       $ 1,921,923   

Barry Brover

     2015         —         $ —           20,916       $ 486,708   

Patrick Maloney

     2015         —         $ —           23,416       $ 541,061   

William Maloney

     2015         —         $ —           3,750       $ 63,150   

Joel Friedman

     2015         —         $ —           5,166       $ 125,696   

 

(1) The amounts in this column are calculated by multiplying the number of shares vested by the closing price of Barnes & Noble’s common stock on the date of vesting.

 

94


Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control

The following table shows the estimated benefits payable upon a hypothetical termination of employment under the applicable employment agreement and under various termination scenarios as of the fiscal year ended May 2, 2015.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control Table (1)

 

Event

   Max J. Roberts      Barry Brover      Patrick Maloney      William Maloney      Joel Friedman  

Involuntary Termination or Voluntary Termination with Good Reason

              

Cash severance payment (2)

   $ 3,640,375       $ 817,943       $ 1,564,894       $ 660,000       $ —     

Accelerated equity-based awards (3)

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 3,640,375    $ 817,943    $ 1,564,894    $ 660,000    $ —     

Death

Cash severance payment (2)

$ —      $ 198,332    $ 220,369    $ —      $ 55,092   

Accelerated equity-based awards (3)

$ 3,868,466    $ 1,017,732    $ 1,131,209    $ 170,250    $ 257,282   

Health benefits (4)

$ 1,605    $ 5,011    $ 1,605    $ 3,404    $ 1,605   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 3,870,071    $ 1,221,075    $ 1,353,183    $ 173,654    $ 313,979   

Disability

Cash severance payment (2)

$ —      $ 198,332    $ 220,369    $ —      $ 55,092   

Accelerated equity-based awards (3)

$ 3,868,466    $ 1,017,732    $ 1,131,209    $ 170,250    $ 257,282   

Health benefits (5)

$ 6,047    $ 8,757    $ 6,047    $ 8,757    $ 6,047   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 3,874,513    $ 1,224,821    $ 1,357,625    $ 179,007    $ 318,421   

Change of Control with Involuntary Termination (without Cause) or Termination with Good Reason

Cash severance payment (2)

$ 5,460,563    $ 1,834,217    $ 3,350,156    $ 1,320,000    $ 55,092   

Accelerated equity-based awards (3)

$ 4,076,066    $ 1,121,532    $ 1,252,309    $ 291,350    $ 257,282   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 9,536,629    $ 2,955,749    $ 4,602,465    $ 1,611,350    $ 312,374   

 

(1) The values in this table reflect estimated payments associated with various termination scenarios, assume a stock price of $22.70 (closing price of Barnes & Noble’s common stock on May 1, 2015, the last trading day of Fiscal 2015) and include all outstanding grants through the assumed termination date of May 2, 2015. Actual value will vary based on changes in Barnes & Noble’s common stock price.
(2)

For Messrs. Roberts, Brover and P. Maloney, cash severance is equal to the sum of (i) the NEO’s annual base salary, (ii) the average of annual incentive compensation actually paid to the NEO with respect to the three completed years preceding the date of termination and (iii) the aggregate annual cost of benefits, times the named executive officer’s severance multiple as follows: two times (or, in the case of Messrs. Brover and P. Maloney, one times) for non- change of control and three times (or, in the case of Messrs. Brover and P. Maloney, two times) for change of control. Mr. W. Maloney is entitled to one times his annual base salary if his employment is terminated by the Company without “cause” or by him for “good reason” and two times his annual base salary if such termination is within two years (or the remainder of his term of employment under his employment agreement, whichever is longer) following a “change of control”. Messrs. Brover, P. Maloney and Friedman are parties to retention agreements that provide that upon a termination of the employment of each of Messrs. Brover, P. Maloney and Friedman without “Cause,” or

 

95


Table of Contents
  due to death or “Permanent and Total Disability” (in each case as defined in the retention agreement), the NEO will receive a pro-rata portion of 50% of the total retention bonus payable under such retention agreement. The amount of cash severance attributable to the amounts payable under the retention agreements of Messrs. Brover, P. Maloney and Friedman is $198,332, $220,369 and $55,092, respectively, assuming such a termination occurs on May 2, 2015.
(3) This row represents the value of restricted stock unit awards that would automatically vest upon a termination due to death or disability and the value of stock options and restricted stock unit awards upon a termination following a change of control. Except as provided below, in the event of a change of control, unless otherwise provided by the applicable award agreement, if the successor company assumes or substitutes for an outstanding equity award such award will continue in accordance with its applicable terms and not be accelerated. Absent a change of control, in the event of involuntary termination, termination for “cause” or resignation for any reason, each stock option and restricted stock unit award will be forfeited. Furthermore, except as provided below, in the event of (i) a termination within 24 months following a change of control, each stock option will immediately vest, (ii) a termination at any time following a change of control, also provided the termination is other than for “cause,” each restricted stock unit award will immediately vest and (iii) the holder’s death or disability, each restricted stock unit award will immediately vest and each option will be forfeited, unless otherwise determined by the Barnes & Noble Compensation Committee.
(4) Following the termination of employment for Messrs. Roberts, Brover and P. Maloney due to death, Barnes & Noble provides the NEO’s spouse three months of premiums for medical and dental insurance in accordance with the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”).
(5) Following the termination of employment for Messrs. Roberts, Brover and P. Maloney due to disability, Barnes & Noble provides the NEO a seven-month subsidy for premiums for medical and dental insurance in accordance with COBRA.

For the table above, the amount of potential payments to our NEOs in the event of a termination of their employment in connection with a change of control was calculated assuming that a change of control occurred on the last business day of Fiscal 2015 (May 1, 2015), each NEO’s employment terminated on that date due to involuntary termination without cause or for good reason and the successor company did not assume the NEO’s stock option and restricted stock unit awards.

For a summary of the provisions of the employment agreements with our NEOs that were effective as of May 2, 2015 and the outstanding equity awards that were held by our NEOs as of May 2, 2015, and therefore affect the amounts set forth in the table above in the event of involuntary termination without cause or for good reason or a change of control, see the discussions in the “Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Employment Agreements and Individual Arrangements with our NEOs—Old Employment Agreements—General Provisions” and “Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Employment Agreements and Individual Arrangements with our NEOs—Old Employment Agreements—Severance and Change of Control Benefits” sections of this Prospectus.

Director Compensation

Annual Retainer

We have not yet paid any compensation to our directors. Following the Spin-Off, each non-employee director will receive an annual Board retainer fee of $65,000, paid in quarterly installments. The Lead Director of the Board will receive an additional $25,000 annual cash retainer. Audit Committee members will receive an additional $15,000 annual cash retainer, and the Chair of the Audit Committee will receive an additional $30,000 annual cash retainer. Compensation Committee members will receive an additional $10,000 annual cash retainer, and the Chair of the Compensation Committee will receive an additional $20,000 annual cash retainer. Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee members will receive an additional $10,000 annual cash retainer, and the Chair of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will receive an additional $17,500 annual cash retainer. Directors who are our employees will not receive additional compensation for serving on our Board or its committees. All directors will also be reimbursed for travel, lodging and related expenses incurred in attending Board meetings.

 

96


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation

Each non-employee director will be eligible for equity award grants under the Company’s proposed incentive plan. These will be in the form of restricted stock awards with an aggregate grant date value of $120,000.

The Barnes & Noble Education Incentive Plan

A general description of the principal terms of the proposed Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) is set forth below. However, the summary does not purport to be a complete description of the Incentive Plan. The description is qualified in its entirety by the terms of the Incentive Plan, as proposed to be adopted, which will be filed as an exhibit to an amendment to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, of which this Prospectus is a part.

Purpose of the Incentive Plan

The purpose of the Incentive Plan is to assist the Company and its affiliates in attracting and retaining selected individuals to serve as non-employee directors, employees, consultants and/or advisors of the Company who are expected to contribute to the Company’s success and to achieve long-term objectives which will inure to the benefit of all stockholders of the Company through the additional incentives inherent in the awards granted under the Incentive Plan.

Effective Date

The Incentive Plan will become effective on the date of the approval of the Distribution and will terminate ten years from the date of such approval, unless sooner terminated by the Board.

Stock Limits

The maximum number of shares of the Company’s common stock available for grant under the Incentive Plan will be 5% of the shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding on the Distribution Date. Any stock that is the subject of an award under the Incentive Plan shall be counted against the limit as one share for every share issued. In general, stock is counted against the limit only to the extent that it is actually issued. Thus, stock subject to any award under the Incentive Plan which terminates by expiration, forfeiture, cancellation or otherwise is settled in cash in lieu of stock, or exchanged for awards not involving stock, shall again be available for grant. Awards that are required to be settled in cash will not reduce the number of shares of the Company’s common stock available for grant. Substitute awards shall not reduce the shares authorized for issuance under the Incentive Plan or authorized for grant to a participant in any calendar year. If shares issued upon vesting or settlement of an award other than an option or SAR, or shares owned by a participant, are surrendered or tendered to the Company in payment of any taxes required to be withheld in respect of such award, such surrendered or tendered shares shall again become available to be delivered pursuant to awards under the Incentive Plan.

Additionally, the Incentive Plan imposes certain per-participant award limits. In any fiscal year of the Company (subject to certain adjustments resulting from corporate transactions as discussed in the following paragraph), no participant may (i) be granted options or SARs with respect to more than 1.5 million shares or (ii) be paid more than 1.5 million shares (or the equivalent in cash) pursuant to restricted stock awards, performance awards or other stock unit awards, to the extent such awards are intended to be performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m). Additionally, the maximum dollar value payable to any participant in any fiscal year of the Company with respect to performance awards and/or other stock unit awards that are valued with reference to property other than stock (including cash) is $10 million to the extent such awards are intended to be performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m). Canceled awards will continue to be counted towards these limitations. The aggregate grant date fair value (computed as of the date of grant in

 

97


Table of Contents

accordance with applicable financial accounting rules) of all awards granted to any non-employee director during any single fiscal year (excluding awards made at the election of such director in lieu of all or a portion of annual and committee cash retainers) shall not exceed $500,000.

The number, class and kind of securities that may be issued, the number, class and kind of securities subject to outstanding awards, the option price or base price applicable to outstanding awards, the per-participant award limits, and other value determinations are subject to adjustment by the Compensation Committee of the board of directors of the Company (the “Compensation Committee”) to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits and other corporate events or transactions. The Compensation Committee may also make adjustments to reflect unusual or nonrecurring events such as mergers, recapitalizations, consolidations, spin-offs and other corporate reorganizations. However, the Compensation Committee cannot make any adjustments that would cause an award not otherwise “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 409A to become or create “deferred compensation” under Code Section 409A.

Other Company Plans

Stock available under the Incentive Plan may be used by the Company as a form of payment of performance-based compensation under other Company compensation plans, whether or not existing on the date hereof. To the extent any stock is used by the Company under its other compensation plans, this stock will reduce the then number of shares available under the Incentive Plan for future awards, but will not be subject to the fiscal year stock or dollar limitations referred to above.

Administration

The Compensation Committee is responsible for administering the Incentive Plan and has the discretionary power to interpret the terms and intent of the Incentive Plan and any Incentive Plan-related documentation. The Board may remove from, add members to, or fill vacancies on, the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee is also responsible for determining the eligibility for awards, the types, terms and conditions of awards (including when and under what circumstances awards will vest, become exercisable or be paid or settled, subject to limitations regarding the minimum period for vesting and the attainment of certain performance criteria), whether and how an award may be settled, deferred or canceled, subject to certain limitations applicable to awards subject to performance-based vesting, whether an award will have dividend equivalents, whether to accelerate the vesting or exercisability and whether to amend an outstanding award or grant a replacement award. The Compensation Committee may establish rules and regulations pertaining to the Incentive Plan and may make any determination and take any other action it deems necessary or desirable for administration of the Incentive Plan. Determinations of the Compensation Committee made under the Incentive Plan are final and binding. The Compensation Committee may delegate administrative duties and powers to a committee of one or more non-employee directors and, to the extent permitted by law, to one or more officers or a committee of officers the right to grant awards to employees who are not directors or officers of the Company and to cancel or suspend awards to employees who are not directors or officers of the Company, subject to the requirements of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and the rules of the NYSE. The full Board may at any time grant awards to non-employee directors or administer the Incentive Plan with respect to those awards.

Eligibility

Individuals eligible to receive awards under the Incentive Plan are employees and non-employee directors (including prospective employees and directors) of the Company or of any of its affiliates, and consultants and advisors (including prospective consultants and advisors) who provide services to the Company and any of its affiliates, as selected by the Compensation Committee.

Minimum Vesting Schedule

Except for awards subject to vesting in whole or part based on performance criteria or awards granted to non-employee directors, the award agreement for each award shall provide for full vesting no earlier than 12

 

98


Table of Contents

months after the applicable grant date, or, solely in the case of awards granted prior to the first annual meeting of the stockholders of the Distribution, such period as determined by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion, subject to any accelerated vesting and/or exercisability, as applicable, in such award agreement, the Incentive Plan or any other applicable arrangement to apply upon the occurrence of a specified event.

Options

The Compensation Committee may grant options under the Incentive Plan either alone or in addition to other awards granted under the Incentive Plan. The exercise price for options cannot be less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, which shall be the closing price of the stock as reported on the NYSE on the date of grant. The Compensation Committee may provide that an option will be automatically exercised, without further action by the holder, on the last day of such option’s exercise period if, on such day, the fair market value of the Company’s common stock to be acquired exceeds the aggregate exercise price. The Incentive Plan expressly prohibits repricing of options/canceling an option with an exercise price that exceeds the fair market value of the stock underlying such option in exchange for another award or cash (other than in connection with a change of control). The latest expiration date of an option cannot be later than the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. The exercise price may be paid with cash or its equivalent, with previously acquired stock, or by certain other means with the consent of the Compensation Committee. With respect to options intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” as defined in Code Section 422, the maximum number of shares with respect to which such options may be granted under the Incentive Plan will be 2.5% of the shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding on the Distribution Date.

Stock Appreciation Rights

The Compensation Committee may grant SARs under the Incentive Plan either alone or in addition to other awards granted under the Incentive Plan. Upon the exercise of an SAR, the holder will have the right to receive the excess of (i) the fair market value of one share on the date of exercise over (ii) the base price of the SAR on the date of grant, which will not be less than the fair market value of one share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The Compensation Committee may provide that an SAR will be automatically exercised, without further action by the holder, on the last day of such SAR’s exercise period, if on such day, the fair market value of the stock to which such SAR relates exceeds the aggregate base price. The latest expiration date of an SAR cannot be later than the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. Upon the exercise of an SAR, the Compensation Committee will determine, in its sole discretion, whether payment will be made in cash, stock or other property, or any combination thereof. The Incentive Plan expressly prohibits repricing of SARs/canceling an SAR with a base price that exceeds the fair market value of the stock underlying such SAR in exchange for another award or cash (other than in connection with a change of control).

Restricted Stock

The Compensation Committee may award restricted stock either alone or in addition to other awards under the Incentive Plan. Restricted stock awards consist of stock that is granted to a participant subject to restrictions that may result in forfeiture if specified conditions are not satisfied. A holder of restricted stock is generally treated as a stockholder of the Company (subject to certain restrictions) and has the right to vote such stock and the right to receive distributions made with respect to such stock. However, the Compensation Committee may require that any dividends otherwise payable with respect to a restricted stock award will not be paid currently but will be accumulated until the applicable restricted stock award has vested. In the case of restricted stock awards that are subject to vesting based on the achievement of performance goals, a participant will not be entitled to receive payment for any cash dividends with respect to such restricted stock awards unless, until and except to the extent that the applicable performance goals are achieved or are otherwise deemed to be satisfied.

Other Stock Unit Awards

Other awards of stock and other awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, stock or other property, may be granted to participants, either alone or in addition to other awards

 

99


Table of Contents

granted under the Incentive Plan. Unlike restricted stock awards, other stock unit awards result in the transfer of stock to the participant only after specified conditions and the holder of such an award is treated as a stockholder with respect to the award when the stock is delivered in the future. Other stock unit awards may be paid in cash, stock, other property, or any combination thereof, in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee at the time of payment. The Compensation Committee may require that any dividend equivalents otherwise payable with respect to any other stock unit award will not be paid currently but will be accumulated until the applicable other stock unit award has vested. In the case of other stock unit awards that are subject to vesting based on the achievement of performance goals, a participant will not be entitled to receive payment for any dividend equivalents with respect to such other stock unit awards unless, until and except to the extent that the applicable performance goals are achieved or are otherwise deemed to be satisfied.

Performance Awards

Performance awards may be granted under the Incentive Plan, either alone or in addition to other awards granted under the Incentive Plan. Performance awards will be earned only if the participant meets certain performance goals established by the Compensation Committee over a designated performance period. Performance awards may be paid in cash, stock, other property, or any combination thereof, in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee at the time of payment. The performance goals to be achieved for each performance period will be determined by the Compensation Committee and may be based upon the criteria described below the heading “Code Section 162(m) Provisions.” Performance periods will be established by the Compensation Committee for each performance award and except for performance awards granted prior to the first annual meeting of stockholders following the Distribution, shall not be less than 12 months. No participant will be entitled to receive payment for any dividend equivalents with respect to any performance awards unless, until and except to the extent that the performance goals applicable to

Code Section 162(m) Provisions

If the Compensation Committee determines at the time restricted stock, a performance award or other stock unit award is granted to a participant who is, or is likely to be, at the end of the tax year in which the Company would claim a tax deduction in connection with such award, a “covered employee” for purposes of Code Section 162(m), then the Compensation Committee may provide that the following provisions are applicable to such award (these awards are referred to as “Covered Awards” below):

Performance Criteria. Covered Awards will be subject to the achievement of one or more objective performance goals established by the Compensation Committee, which will be based on the attainment of specified levels of one or any combination of the following: sales (including same store or comparable sales); net sales; return on sales; cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow); cash flow per share (before or after dividends); cash flow return on investment; cash flow return on capital; pretax income before allocation of corporate overhead and bonus; earnings per share; net income; division, group or corporate financial goals or ratios including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage; return on stockholders’ equity; total stockholder return; return on assets; attainment of strategic and operational initiatives; appreciation in and/or maintenance of the price of the shares or any other publicly-traded securities of the Company; market share; customer satisfaction; customer growth; user time spent online; unique users; registered users; user frequency; user retention; web page views; employee satisfaction; employee turnover; productivity or productivity ratios; strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property); establishing relationships with commercial entities with respect to the marketing, distribution and sale of the Company’s products (including with group purchasing organizations, distributors and other vendors); supply chain achievements (including establishing relationships with manufacturers or suppliers of component materials and manufacturers of the Company’s products); co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture or other similar arrangements); gross profits; gross or net profit margin; operating margin; gross profit growth; year-end cash; cash margin; revenue; net revenue; product revenue or system-wide revenue (including growth of such revenue measures); operating earnings; operating income; earnings before taxes; earnings before interest and

 

100


Table of Contents

taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; economic value-added models; comparisons with various stock market indices; regulatory achievements (including submitting or filing applications or other documents with regulatory authorities or receiving approval of any such applications or other documents and passing pre-approval inspections (whether of the Company or the Company’s third-party manufacturer) and validation of manufacturing processes (whether the Company’s or the Company’s third-party manufacturer’s)); improvement in or attainment of expense levels or working capital levels, including cash, inventory and accounts receivable; general and administrative expense savings; inventory control; operating efficiencies; average inventory; inventory turnover; inventory shrinkage; cost of capital or assets under management; financing and other capital raising transactions (including sales of the Company’s equity or debt securities; debt level year-end cash position; book value; factoring transactions; competitive market metrics; timely completion of new product roll-outs; timely launch of new facilities (such as new store openings, gross or net); sales or licenses of the Company’s assets, including its intellectual property, whether in a particular jurisdiction or territory or globally; or through partnering transactions); royalty income; implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to research, development, manufacturing, commercialization, products or projects, production volume levels, acquisitions and divestitures, succession and hiring projects, reorganization and other corporate transactions, expansions of specific business operations and meeting divisional or project budgets; factoring transactions; and recruiting and maintaining personnel; debt reduction; reductions in costs, and/or return on invested capital of the Company or any affiliate, division or business unit of the Company for or within which the participant is primarily employed. Any performance criteria that are financial metrics may be determined in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), or may be adjusted when established to include or exclude any items otherwise includable or excludable under GAAP.

Additionally, the Compensation Committee may also exclude the impact of an event or occurrence that the Compensation Committee determines should appropriately be excluded, including (a) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, and other unusual or non-recurring charges or infrequently occurring items, (b) an event either not directly related to the operations of the Company or not within the reasonable control of the Company’s management, (c) a change in accounting standards required by generally accepted accounting principles, (d) asset write-downs, (e) litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (f) acquisitions or divestitures, (g) foreign exchange gains and losses, (h) a change in the fiscal year of the Company, (i) tax law changes, (j) costs associated with refinancing or repurchase of bank loans or debt securities, (k) unbudgeted capital expenditures or (l) a business interruption event.

Adjustments

To prevent the dilution or enlargement of benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Incentive Plan, the aggregate number, class and kind of securities that may be delivered under the Incentive Plan, including certain limitations under the Incentive Plan, the number, class and kind and option or base price of securities subject to outstanding awards, the per-participant award limits, and other value determinations are subject to adjustment by the Compensation Committee to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits and other corporate events or transactions, including a Change of Control (defined below). The Compensation Committee may also make adjustments to reflect unusual or nonrecurring events such as mergers, recapitalizations, consolidations, spin-offs and other corporate reorganizations.

Dividend Equivalents

The Compensation Committee may provide for the payment of dividend equivalents with respect to any stock subject to an award that has not actually been issued under the award. As mentioned above, no participant will be entitled to receive payment for any dividend equivalents with respect to other stock unit awards subject to performance-based vesting or any performance awards unless, until and except to the extent that the performance goals applicable to such awards are achieved or are otherwise deemed to be satisfied.

 

101


Table of Contents

Termination of Employment

The Compensation Committee will determine how each award will be treated following termination of the holder’s employment with, or service for, the Company, including the extent to which unvested portions of the award will be forfeited and the extent to which options, SARs or other awards requiring exercise will remain exercisable.

Treatment of Awards upon a Change of Control

One or more awards may be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a participant providing for different terms or provisions with respect to such awards upon a “Change of Control” (as defined in the Incentive Plan) of the Company. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, in the event of a Change of Control, if the successor company assumes or substitutes for an outstanding award, then such award will be continued in accordance with its applicable terms and vesting will not be accelerated. If an award is not assumed or substituted for, generally it will vest and become free of all restrictions and limitations, and if the award is a performance award then the Compensation Committee will determine the portion and level of the award considered to be earned and payable. For purposes of the Incentive Plan, “Change of Control” will generally have the meaning set forth in the applicable award agreement (subject to the limitations described below). If there is no definition set forth in the applicable award agreement, “Change of Control” will mean:

(i) during any period of 24 consecutive months, a change in the composition of a majority of the Board, as constituted on the first day of such period, that was not supported by a majority of the incumbent directors;

(ii) the consummation of certain mergers or consolidations of the Company with any other corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company, following which the Company’s then current stockholders cease to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity; or

(iii) the acquisition by a third party (other than Mr. Leonard Riggio and his affiliates) of 40% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company, which, for the avoidance of doubt does not include the Distribution.

Although award agreements may provide for a different definition of Change of Control than is provided for in the Incentive Plan, any definition of Change of Control set forth in any award agreement will provide that a Change of Control would not occur until consummation or effectiveness of a Change of Control of the Company, rather than upon the announcement, commencement, stockholder approval or other potential occurrence of any event or transaction that, if completed, would result in a change of control of the Company.

Amendments

The Board may at any time alter, amend, suspend or terminate the Incentive Plan, except that no amendment of the Incentive Plan will be made without stockholder approval if stockholder approval is required by applicable law or regulation. Stockholder approval is also generally required for any amendment that would: (i) increase the number of shares that may be the subject of awards; (ii) expand the types of awards available; (iii) materially expand the class of persons eligible to participate; (iv) permit options or SARs to be issued or repriced at option or base prices less than 100% of fair market value; (v) increase the maximum permissible term for options or SARs; (vi) modify the limitations on the number of shares or maximum dollar amounts that may be awarded to participants or (vii) permit awards to be transferred to third parties in exchange for value. No amendment to an award previously granted may materially impair the rights of any participant to whom such award was granted without such participant’s consent, provided, however, that the Board may amend, modify or terminate the Incentive Plan without the consent of such participant if it deems it necessary to comply with applicable law, tax rules, stock exchange rules or accounting rules, provided that all participants similarly situated are similarly affected.

 

102


Table of Contents

Transferability

Except to the participant’s spouse, domestic partner and/or children (and/or trusts and/or partnerships established for the benefit of the participant’s spouse, domestic partner or children or in which the participant is a beneficiary or partner) as approved by the Compensation Committee, awards are not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. No award is transferrable to a third party in exchange for value unless the transfer is specifically approved by the Company’s stockholders.

Clawback

The Compensation Committee may provide that an award shall be cancelled if the participant, without the consent of the Company, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any affiliate of the Company or after termination of such employment or service, (a) violates a non-competition, non-solicitation or non-disclosure covenant or agreement, (b) otherwise engages in activity that is in conflict with or adverse to the interest of the Company or any of its affiliates, including fraud, or conduct contributing to any financial restatements or irregularities, as determined by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion or (c) otherwise violates any policy adopted by the Company or any of its affiliates relating to the recovery of compensation granted, paid, delivered, awarded or otherwise provided to any participant by the Company or any of its affiliates as such policy is in effect on the date of grant of the applicable award or, to the extent necessary to address the requirements of applicable law (including Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, as codified in Section 10D of the Exchange Act, Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or any other applicable law), as may be amended from time to time. Additionally, the Compensation Committee may also provide that (i) a participant will forfeit any gain realized on the vesting or exercise of such award if the participant engages in such activities referred to in the preceding sentence, or (ii) a participant must repay the gain to the Company realized under a previously paid performance award if a financial restatement reduces the amount that would have been earned under such performance award.

 

103


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

All of our Common Stock is currently beneficially owned by Barnes & Noble. After the Spin-Off, Barnes & Noble will not own any of our Common Stock. The following table provides information with respect to the expected beneficial ownership of our Common Stock after giving effect to the Spin-Off by (i) each person or entity that we believe, based on the assumptions described below, will be a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding Common Stock following the Spin-Off, (ii) each person who we expect will serve as a director following the Spin-Off and each named executive officer and (iii) all our expected directors and executive officers following the Spin-Off as a group. Except as otherwise noted in the footnotes below, we based the share amounts on each person or entity’s beneficial ownership of Barnes & Noble common stock as of July 9, 2015, adjusted for the Distribution Ratio of 0.632 shares of our Common Stock for each share of Barnes & Noble common stock.

To the extent our directors and officers own Barnes & Noble common stock at the time of the Spin-Off, they will participate in the Spin-Off on the same terms as other holders of Barnes & Noble common stock.

Except as otherwise noted in the footnotes below, each person or entity identified below has sole voting and investment power with respect to such securities.

Following the Spin-Off, based on the approximately 76.2 million shares of Barnes & Noble common stock outstanding as of the close of business on July 9, 2015 (after giving effect to the New Barnes & Noble Shares), and applying the Distribution Ratio of 0.632 shares of Common Stock for each share of Barnes & Noble common stock, approximately 48.2 million shares of our Common Stock will be issued and outstanding. The actual number of shares of our Common Stock outstanding following the Spin-Off will depend on the number of shares of Barnes & Noble common stock outstanding on the Record Date.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner (1)

   Shares
Beneficially
Owned (2)
     Percent of
Class (2) (3)
 
Five Percent Stockholders      

Leonard Riggio (4)

     7,616,947         15.8

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (5)

     3,118,130         6.5

Daniel Tisch (6)

     3,091,523         6.4

Abrams Capital Management LP (7)

     2,600,294         5.4

The Vanguard Group, Inc. (8)

     2,466,112         5.1

BlackRock, Inc. (9)

     2,458,070         5.1
Directors and Named Officers (10)      

Michael P. Huseby

     132,641         *   

Daniel DeMatteo

     0         *   

Jerry Sue Thornton

     0         *   

David G. Golden (11)

     23,428         *   

David A. Wilson (12)

     23,428         *   

Max J. Roberts (13)

     53,546         *   

John R. Ryan (14)

     3,410         *   

Patrick Maloney (15 )

     24,925         *   

William Maloney (16 )

     25,585         *   

Barry Brover (17)

     23,476         *   

Joel Friedman

     2,075         *   

All directors and executive officers as a group (17 persons) (18)

     320,904         *   

 

104


Table of Contents

 

* Less than 1%.

(1) The address of all of the officers and directors listed above are in the care of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., 120 Mountain View Blvd., Basking Ridge, NJ 07920. The address of Leonard Riggio is in the care of Barnes & Noble, Inc., 122 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10011.
(2) Shares of our Common Stock that an individual or group has a right to acquire within 60 days after May 30, 2015 pursuant to the exercise of options, warrants or other rights are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such individual or group, but are not deemed to be outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person or group shown in the table.
(3) We expect that, immediately following the Spin-Off, each individual director and named officer, as well as our directors and executive officers as a group, will beneficially own less than 1% of our issued and outstanding Common Stock as of such time.
(4) We expect that, immediately following the Spin-Off, Mr. Riggio’s holdings will be comprised of (a) 4,799,718 shares held by Mr. Riggio, (b) 1,464,134 shares owned by LRBKS Holdings, Inc. (a Delaware corporation beneficially owned by Mr. Riggio and his wife), (c) 902,812 shares owned by The Riggio Foundation, a charitable trust established by Mr. Riggio, with himself and his wife as trustees and (d) 450,283 shares held in a rabbi trust established by Barnes & Noble for the benefit of Mr. Riggio pursuant to a deferred compensation arrangement. Mr. Riggio has no voting or dispositive control over the shares in the rabbi trust.
(5) Based on a review of the Schedule 13G/A Information Statement with respect to Barnes & Noble common stock filed on February 5, 2015 by Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Such Schedule 13G/A states that Dimensional Fund Advisors LP has the sole power to vote and direct the disposition of 4,933,750 shares of Barnes & Noble common stock. The address of such persons is listed as Building One, 6300 Bee Cave Road, Austin, Texas, 78746.
(6) Based on a review of the Schedule 13G/A Information Statement with respect to Barnes & Noble common stock filed on January 21, 2015 by Daniel R. Tisch. Such Schedule 13G/A states that Daniel R. Tisch has the sole power to vote and direct the disposition of 4,891,650 shares of Barnes & Noble common stock. The address of such persons is listed as 460 Park Avenue, New York, New York, 10022.
(7) Based on a review of the Schedule 13G/A Information Statement with respect to Barnes & Noble common stock filed on February 13, 2015 by David Abrams, Abrams Capital Partners II, L.P., Abrams Capital, LLC, Abrams Capital Management, LLC and Abrams Capital Management, L.P. Such Schedule 13G/A states that David Abrams has shared power to vote and direct the disposition of 4,114,389 shares of Barnes & Noble common stock; Abrams Capital Partners II, L.P. has shared power to vote and direct the disposition of 3,315,287 shares of Barnes & Noble common stock; Abrams Capital, LLC has shared power to vote and direct the disposition of 3,894,020 shares of Barnes & Noble common stock; Abrams Capital Management, LLC has shared power to vote and direct the disposition of 4,114,389 shares of Barnes & Noble common stock and Abrams Capital Management, L.P. has shared power to vote and direct the disposition of 4,114,389 shares of Barnes & Noble common stock. The address of such persons is listed as 122 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York, 10011.
(8) Based on a review of the Schedule 13G Information Statement with respect to Barnes & Noble common stock filed on February 10, 2015 by The Vanguard Group. Such Schedule 13G states that The Vanguard Group has sole power to vote 60,005 shares of Barnes & Noble common stock, sole power to direct the disposition of 3,845,871 shares of Barnes & Noble common stock and shared power to direct the disposition of 56,205 shares of Barnes & Noble common stock. The address of such persons is listed as 100 Vanguard Blvd., Malvern, PA 19355.
(9) Based on a review of the Schedule 13G/A Information Statement with respect to Barnes & Noble common stock filed on January 30, 2015 by BlackRock, Inc. Such Schedule 13G/A states that BlackRock, Inc. has the sole power to vote 3,552,109 shares and sole power to direct the disposition of 3,655,725 shares of Barnes & Noble common stock. The address of such persons is listed as 40 East 52nd Street, New York, New York, 10001.

 

105


Table of Contents
(10) Barnes & Noble directors will receive a dividend of our Common Stock in respect of their shares of restricted stock in the same manner and using the same Distribution Ratio as holders of Barnes & Noble common stock.
(11) Of these shares, 3,410 are shares of restricted stock.
(12) Of these shares, 3,410 are shares of restricted stock.
(13) Assumes that Mr. Roberts exercises his options underlying 30,000 shares of Barnes & Noble common stock prior to the Spin-Off and receives in respect of such shares of Barnes & Noble common stock, in the same manner as the other holders of Barnes & Noble common stock, a dividend of 18,960 shares of our Common Stock.
(14) Of these shares, 3,410 are shares of restricted stock.
(15) Assumes that Mr. P. Maloney exercises his options underlying 17,500 shares of Barnes & Noble common stock prior to the Spin-Off and receives in respect of such shares of Barnes & Noble common stock, in the same manner as the other holders of Barnes & Noble common stock, a dividend of 11,060 shares of our Common Stock.
(16) Assumes that Mr. Brover exercises his options underlying 15,000 shares of Barnes & Noble common stock prior to the Spin-Off and receives in respect of such shares of Barnes & Noble common stock, in the same manner as the other holders of Barnes & Noble common stock, a dividend of 9,480 shares of our Common Stock.
(17) Assumes that Mr. W. Maloney exercises his options underlying 17,500 shares of Barnes & Noble common stock prior to the Spin-Off and receives in respect of such shares of Barnes & Noble common stock, in the same manner as the other holders of Barnes & Noble common stock, a dividend of 11,060 shares of our Common Stock.
(18) Includes only the persons listed in the tables of our directors and executive officers following the Spin-Off in the section entitled “Management” in this Prospectus.

 

106


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Agreements with Barnes & Noble

Following the Spin-Off, we and Barnes & Noble will operate independently, and neither will have any ownership interest in the other. In order to govern the ongoing relationships between us and Barnes & Noble after the Spin-Off and to facilitate an orderly transition, we and Barnes & Noble intend to enter into agreements providing for various services and rights following the Spin-Off, and under which we and Barnes & Noble will agree to indemnify each other against certain liabilities arising from our respective businesses. The following summarizes the terms of the material agreements we expect to enter into with Barnes & Noble before the Distribution.

Separation Agreement

We intend to enter into a Separation Agreement with Barnes & Noble before the Distribution. The Separation Agreement will set forth our agreements with Barnes & Noble regarding the principal actions to be taken in connection with the Spin-Off. It will also set forth other agreements that govern aspects of our relationship with Barnes & Noble following the Spin-Off.

Ongoing Commercial Relationships . The Separation Agreement will contain provisions governing ongoing commercial relationships between us and Barnes & Noble, including with respect to access to Barnes & Noble’s product procurement and merchandising systems and distribution facilities. Barnes & Noble will agree to make its gift cards available to us for sale and we will honor such gift cards in our stores. Barnes & Noble will agree to provide access to the Barnes & Noble format, including store design, support, training and development material and stores fixtures and planograms used in Barnes & Noble retail stores and cafés.

Intercompany Arrangements . All agreements, arrangements, commitments and understandings, including all intercompany accounts payable or accounts receivable, between us, on the one hand, and Barnes & Noble, on the other hand, will terminate effective as of the Distribution, except specified agreements and arrangements entered into in connection with the implementation of the Distribution.

Shared Contracts . We and Barnes & Noble will work together to divide, partially assign, modify, and/or replicate the rights and obligations under and in respect of any contracts relating in any material respect to both our and Barnes & Noble’s businesses (such contracts being referred to as shared contracts), such that we are the beneficiary of the rights and responsible for the obligations related to the shared contract relating to our business, and Barnes & Noble is the beneficiary of the rights and is responsible for the obligations related to such shared contract not relating to our business. If we are not able to enter into an arrangement to accomplish this prior to the Distribution, then we and Barnes & Noble will cooperate in any lawful arrangement to provide that, for up to five years after the Distribution, we will receive the interest in the benefits and obligations of the shared contracts relating to our business, and Barnes & Noble will receive the interest in the benefits and obligations of the shared contracts not relating to our business.

Insurance Coverage . Until the Distribution Date, our employees, officers and directors will continue to be covered under Barnes & Noble’s insurance policies, and with respect to policies that are currently procured by us solely for our benefit, we will continue to maintain such coverage through the Distribution Date. The claims of our employees, officers and directors under such insurance policies arising prior to the Distribution will remain covered by Barnes & Noble’s insurance policies following the Distribution. As of the Distribution, we will obtain separate director and officer, property, crime, workers’ compensation, commercial general liability, fiduciary, cyberliability and other insurance policies.

The Distribution . The Separation Agreement will govern Barnes & Noble’s and our respective rights and obligations regarding the proposed Distribution. Prior to the Distribution, Barnes & Noble will deliver all the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock to the distribution agent. Following the Distribution Date, the

 

107


Table of Contents

distribution agent will electronically deliver the shares of our common stock to Barnes & Noble stockholders based on the distribution ratio. The Barnes & Noble board of directors will have the sole and absolute discretion to determine the terms of, and whether to proceed with, the Distribution.

Conditions . The Separation Agreement will also provide that several conditions must be satisfied or waived by Barnes & Noble in its sole and absolute discretion before the Distribution can occur. For further information about these conditions, see “The Spin-Off—Conditions to the Spin-Off.” The Barnes & Noble board of directors may, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine the Record Date, the Distribution Date and the terms of the Distribution and may at any time prior to the completion of the Distribution decide to abandon or modify the Distribution.

Exchange of Information . We and Barnes & Noble will agree to provide each other with information reasonably necessary to comply with reporting, disclosure, filing or other requirements of any national securities exchange or governmental authority having jurisdiction over us or Barnes & Noble, as applicable, for use in judicial, regulatory, administrative and other proceedings or to satisfy audit, accounting, litigation and other similar requests. We and Barnes & Noble will also agree to use reasonable best efforts to retain all information in accordance with our respective record retention policies as in effect on the date of the Separation Agreement. Until the end of the first full fiscal year following the Distribution, each party will also agree to use its reasonable best efforts to assist the other with its financial reporting and audit obligations.

Termination . The Barnes & Noble board of directors, in its sole and absolute discretion, may terminate the Separation Agreement at any time prior to the Distribution. Barnes & Noble may terminate the commercial matters provisions of the Separation Agreement after the Distribution if we materially breach any of those provisions, no longer operate as a going concern, no longer operate in a similar field of use, no longer use the “Barnes & Noble” name or the “B&N” abbreviation or undergo certain fundamental changes. All other provisions of the Separation Agreement that survive the Distribution will survive in any such event.

Release of Claims . We and Barnes & Noble will each agree to release the other and its affiliates (to the extent legally possible), successors and assigns, and all persons that prior to the Distribution have been the other’s stockholders, directors, officers, agents or employees, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, from certain claims against any of them that arise out of or relate to acts or events occurring or failing to occur or any conditions existing at or prior to the time of the Distribution.

Indemnification . We and Barnes & Noble will each agree to indemnify the other and each of the other’s current and former directors, officers and employees, and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of them, against certain liabilities incurred in connection with the Spin-Off and our and Barnes & Noble’s respective businesses. The Separation Agreement will also specify procedures regarding claims subject to indemnification.

Transition Services Agreement

We intend to enter into a Transition Services Agreement pursuant to which Barnes & Noble will agree to provide us with specified services for a limited time to help ensure an orderly transition following the Distribution. The Transition Services Agreement will specify the calculation of our costs for these services. The cost of these services will be negotiated between us and Barnes & Noble and may not necessarily be reflective of prices that we could have obtained for similar services from an independent third party.

Services Provided by Barnes & Noble . Barnes & Noble will agree to provide us with (1) human resources services, including advice as to payroll administration, (2) certain finance and travel services, including employee expense reimbursement services, (3) information technology infrastructure, including payroll processing, (4) freight claim processing, (5) certain digital center services and (6) general oversight and consultation, including legal advice, investor relation and public relation advice, tax planning and compliance advice and insurance management.

 

108


Table of Contents

Cost of Services . The costs of some of these services are set out in the Transition Services Agreement and others will be paid at pass-through costs (direct costs of providing the services plus an allocation of related employee overhead).

Termination . We may terminate any service upon 30 days’ notice and Barnes & Noble may terminate the Transition Services Agreement if we materially breach the agreement, no longer operate as a going concern, no longer operate in a similar field of use, no longer use the “Barnes & Noble” name or the “B&N” abbreviation or undergo certain fundamental changes.

Trademark License Agreement

We intend to enter into a Trademark License Agreement pursuant to which Barnes & Noble will grant us an exclusive license in certain licensed trademarks and a non-exclusive license in other licensed trademarks. The licenses only apply in the U.S. and in the field of (i) contract management of college, university and other academic bookstores and related websites and (ii) education products and services and related websites.

Licenses . Barnes & Noble will grant us an exclusive, perpetual, fully paid up non-transferable and non-assignable license to use and display the “Barnes & Noble College”, “B&N College”, “Barnes & Noble Education” and “B&N Education” trademarks. Barnes & Noble will also grant us a non-exclusive, perpetual, fully paid up non-transferable and non-assignable license to use and display the “Barnes & Noble”, “B&N” and “BN” trademarks, subject to certain conditions. We will have the right to reasonably request additional uses of the non-exclusively licensed trademarks subject to Barnes & Noble’s reasonable approval. We also have the right to request that our licenses be expanded to other jurisdictions which will be granted under certain conditions.

Term and Termination . We can terminate the Trademark License Agreement at any time upon notice to Barnes & Noble. Barnes & Noble may terminate the Trademark License Agreement if we materially breach the agreement, no longer operate as a going concern, no longer operate in the licensed field, no longer use the “Barnes & Noble” name or the “B&N” abbreviation, cease to use the licensed trademarks in identifying our business or if we transfer all or substantially all of our assets to, or become an affiliate of, a competitor.

Tax Matters Agreement

We intend to enter into a Tax Matters Agreement with Barnes & Noble that will govern the respective rights, responsibilities and obligations of Barnes & Noble and us after the Spin-Off with respect to all tax matters (including tax liabilities, tax attributes, tax returns and tax contests).

The Tax Matters Agreement will generally provide that we will indemnify Barnes & Noble for (1) any taxes of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and its subsidiaries and (2) any transfer taxes allocated to us. In addition, the Tax Matters Agreement will provide that we will be required to indemnify Barnes & Noble for any taxes (and reasonable expenses) resulting from the failure of the Spin-Off and related internal transactions to qualify for their intended tax treatment under U.S. federal income tax law, where such taxes result from (1) breaches of covenants that we will make and agree to in connection with these transactions (including covenants containing the restrictions described below that are designed to preserve the tax-free nature of the Spin-Off), (2) the application of certain provisions of U.S. federal income tax law to these transactions or (3) any other actions that we know or reasonably should expect would give rise to such taxes. We and Barnes & Noble will generally have joint control over any audit related to such taxes.

As a member of Barnes & Noble’s consolidated U.S. federal income tax group, we have (and will continue to have following the Spin-Off) joint and several liability with Barnes & Noble to the IRS for the consolidated U.S. federal income taxes of the Barnes & Noble group relating to the taxable periods in which we were part of the group.

The Tax Matters Agreement will impose certain restrictions on us and our subsidiaries (including restrictions on share issuances, business combinations, sales of assets and similar transactions) that will be

 

109


Table of Contents

designed to preserve the tax-free nature of the Spin-Off. These restrictions will apply for the two-year period after the Spin-Off. Although we will be able to engage in an otherwise restricted action if we obtain appropriate advice from counsel (or a ruling from the IRS), as described above under “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Spin-Off—We intend to agree to numerous restrictions to preserve the non-recognition treatment of the Spin-Off, which may reduce our strategic and operating flexibility,” these restrictions may limit our ability to pursue strategic transactions or discourage or delay others from pursuing strategic transactions that our stockholders may consider favorable.

Employee Matters Agreement

We intend to enter into an Employee Matters Agreement with Barnes & Noble that will address employment, compensation and benefits matters. The Employee Matters Agreement will address the allocation and treatment of assets and liabilities arising out of employee compensation and benefits programs in which our employees participated prior to the Distribution. We will generally be responsible for all employment liabilities (including benefit plan liabilities) relating to our employees and other service providers. Each of our employees (and his or her dependents and beneficiaries) will cease active participation in all Barnes & Noble benefit plans as of the Distribution. All stock options held by our employees will vest as of the Distribution and each employee may exercise such options during the 180-day period following the Distribution. All outstanding restricted stock units held by our employees payable in, or the value of which is determined by reference to, shares of Barnes & Noble common stock will be converted into a restricted stock unit award payable in, or the value of which is determined by reference to, our Common Stock on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under such Barnes & Noble restricted stock units as of immediately prior to the Distribution (determined based on the fair market value of a share of Barnes & Noble common stock as of the Distribution Date). Barnes & Noble directors will receive a dividend of our Common Stock in respect of their restricted shares in the same manner and using the same Distribution Ratio as holders of Barnes & Noble common stock. Barnes & Noble will retain sponsorship of the Barnes & Noble pension plan, and no assets or liabilities in respect thereof will transfer to us. We will establish a 401(k) plan and Barnes & Noble will transfer to it the assets and liabilities relating to the account balances of our employees. Barnes & Noble will be responsible for employer contributions for our employees prior to the Distribution, and we will be responsible for employer contributions for our employees after the Distribution.

Other Agreements

Barnes & Noble leases retail space in a building in which we sublease space from Barnes & Noble, pursuant to a sublease expiring in 2020. Pursuant to the sublease, Barnes & Noble charged us $1.8 million, $1.8 million and $1.0 million for the subleased space and other operating costs incurred on our behalf during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively.

We intend to enter into a NOOK Product Distribution Agreement with Nook Digital, LLC pursuant to which we will sell NOOK products at our stores. The NOOK Product Distribution Agreement has a three year term, with annual renewal thereafter, and does not contain any minimum purchase requirements or guarantees.

In addition, Barnes & Noble is a guarantor of all of our obligations under an office we lease in Mountain View, California. Under the Separation Agreement, any party benefitting from a guarantee by the other party that remains in place following the Spin-Off must reimburse the guaranteeing party for any payments the guaranteeing party makes pursuant to that guarantee.

Related Party Transactions

We believe that the transactions and agreements discussed below (including renewals of any existing agreements) between us and related third parties are at least as favorable to us as could have been obtained from unrelated parties at the time they were entered into.

 

110


Table of Contents

We have a long-term supply agreement (“Supply Agreement”) with MBS Textbook Exchange, Inc. (“MBS”), which is majority owned by Leonard Riggio and other members of the Riggio family. MBS is a new and used textbook wholesaler, which also sells textbooks online and provides bookstore systems and distant learning distribution services. Pursuant to the Supply Agreement, which terminates by its terms in 2019, subject to automatic renewals thereafter if a party does not object 180 days prior to each annual renewal date, and subject to availability and competitive terms and conditions, we will continue to purchase new and used printed textbooks for a given academic term from MBS prior to buying them from other suppliers, other than in connection with student buy-back programs. Total purchases from MBS were $54.4 million, $70.1 million and $82.3 million for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively. Additionally, the Supply Agreement provides that we may sell to MBS certain textbooks that we cannot return to suppliers or use in our stores. MBS pays us commissions based on the volume of these textbooks sold to MBS each year and with respect to the textbook requirements of certain distance learning programs that MBS fulfills on our behalf. MBS paid us $5.5 million, $7.1 million and $8.1 million related to these commissions in Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively. In addition, the Supply Agreement contains restrictive covenants that limit our ability to become a used textbook wholesaler and that place certain limitations on MBS’s business activities. In addition, we entered into an agreement with MBS in Fiscal 2011 pursuant to which MBS purchases books from us, which have no resale value for a flat rate per box. Total sales to MBS under this program were $0.4 million, $0.6 million and $0.5 million for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively. Total outstanding amounts payable to MBS for all arrangements net of any amounts due were $26.4 million, $30.7 million and $24.8 million for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively.

Argix Direct Inc. (“Argix”), a company in which a brother of Leonard Riggio owns a 20% interest, provided us with transportation services under a separate agreement that expired April 30, 2015. The Company believes that the transportation costs paid to Argix are comparable to the transportation costs charged by third party distributors. We paid Argix $0.9 million, $1.1 million and $1.1 million for such services during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively.

Policy and Procedures Governing Related Person Transactions

Following the Spin-Off, our newly-appointed Audit Committee of the Board of Directors will utilize procedures in evaluating the terms and provisions of proposed related party transactions or agreements in accordance with the fiduciary duties of directors under Delaware law. Our related party transaction procedures contemplate Audit Committee review and approval of all new agreements, transactions or courses of dealing with related parties, including any modifications, waivers or amendments to existing related party transactions. We will test to ensure that the terms of related party transactions are at least as favorable to us as could have been obtained from unrelated parties at the time of the transaction. The Audit Committee will consider, at a minimum, the nature of the relationship between us and the related party, the history of the transaction (in the case of modifications, waivers or amendments), the terms of the proposed transaction, our rationale for entering into the transaction and the terms of comparable transactions with unrelated third parties. In addition, management and internal audit will annually analyze all existing related party agreements and transactions and review them with the Audit Committee.

 

111


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

General

Prior to the Distribution Date, Barnes & Noble, as our sole stockholder, will approve and adopt our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and our Board will approve and adopt our Amended and Restated By-laws. The following summarizes information concerning our capital stock, including material provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, our Amended and Restated By-laws and certain provisions of Delaware law. For the purposes of the following, we treat our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws as being in effect on the date of this Prospectus. You are encouraged to read our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated By-laws, which are filed as exhibits to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, of which this Prospectus is a part, for greater detail with respect to these provisions.

Distribution of Securities

The Company was formed on July 5, 2012, and 1,000 shares of common stock of the Company were issued to Barnes & Noble Booksellers, Inc., a subsidiary of Barnes & Noble. Subsequent to the formation of the Company, we have not sold any securities of the Company, including sales of re-acquired securities, new issues, securities issued in exchange for property, services or other securities, and new securities resulting from the modification of outstanding securities that were not registered under the Securities Act.

Authorized Capital Stock

Immediately following the Spin-Off, our authorized capital stock will consist of 200 million shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and five million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Common Stock

Shares Outstanding .  Immediately following the Spin-Off, we estimate that approximately 48.2 million shares of our Common Stock will be issued and outstanding, based on the approximately 76.2 million shares of Barnes & Noble common stock outstanding as of the close of business on July 9, 2015 (after giving effect to the New Barnes & Noble Shares), and applying the Distribution Ratio of 0.632 shares of Common Stock for each share of Barnes & Noble common stock. The actual number of shares of our Common Stock outstanding immediately following the Spin-Off will depend on the actual number of shares of Barnes & Noble common stock outstanding on the Record Date, and will reflect any issuance of new shares or exercise of outstanding options pursuant to Barnes & Noble’s equity plans and any repurchases of Barnes & Noble shares by Barnes & Noble pursuant to its common stock repurchase program, in each case on or prior to the Record Date.

Voting Rights .  The holders of our Common Stock will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Holders of shares of our Common Stock will not have cumulative voting rights.

Other Rights .  Subject to the preferential liquidation rights of any preferred stock that may be outstanding, upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our Common Stock will be entitled to share ratably in our assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders.

Fully Paid .  The issued and outstanding shares of our Common Stock are fully paid and non-assessable . Any additional shares of Common Stock that we may issue in the future will also be fully paid and non-assessable.

The holders of our Common Stock will not have preemptive rights or preferential rights to subscribe for shares of our capital stock.

 

112


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizes our Board to designate and issue from time to time one or more series of preferred stock without stockholder approval. Our Board may fix and determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of each series of preferred stock.

Certain Provisions of Delaware Law, Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws

Certain provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated By-laws summarized below may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interests, including attempts that might result in a premium being paid over the market price for the shares held by stockholders. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our Board and in the policies formulated by our Board and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control.

Classified Board. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that, other than directors who may be elected by the holders of preferred stock under certain circumstances, our Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our Board will be elected each year, other than such directors elected by the holders of preferred stock. The classification of directors has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation also provides that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our Board. We currently expect that our Board will initially have seven members.

Blank Check Preferred Stock. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will permit us to issue, without any further vote or action by the stockholders, up to five million shares of preferred stock in one or more series and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting the series and the designation of the series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of the series, and the preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions, of the shares of such series . The ability to issue such preferred stock could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control.

No Stockholder Action by Written Consent. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will expressly exclude the right of our stockholders to act by written consent . Stockholder action must take place at an annual meeting or at a special meeting of our stockholders.

Special Stockholder Meetings . Under our Amended and Restated By-laws, only the chairman of our Board or a majority of the members of our Board will be able to call a special meeting of stockholders.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. Under our Amended and Restated By-laws, stockholders of record will be able to nominate persons for election to our Board or bring other business constituting a proper matter for stockholder action only by providing proper notice to our secretary . Proper notice must be timely, generally between 90 and 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting, and must include, among other information, the name and address of the stockholder giving the notice, certain information regarding such stockholder’s beneficial ownership of our securities and any derivative instruments or other agreements the value of or return on which is based on or linked to the value of or return on our securities as of the date of the notice, certain information relating to each   person whom such stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a   director, including any arrangements or understandings

 

113


Table of Contents

between the nominating stockholder and the nominee, in the case of a director nomination, a representation that such stockholder is a holder of record of our Common Stock as of the date of the notice and a brief description of any other business such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting and the reason for conducting such business, and, if such stockholder intends to solicit proxies, a representation to that effect.

Delaware Takeover Statute

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any “business combination” (as defined below) with any “interested stockholder” (as defined below) for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless: (1) prior to such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (2) on consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned (x) by persons who are directors and also officers and (y) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or (3) on or subsequent to such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law defines “business combination” to include: (1) any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder; (2) any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder; (3) subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; (4) any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or (5) the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation. In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person. See “Risk Factors—Provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws and of Delaware law may prevent or delay an acquisition of the Company, which could effect the trading price of the Common Stock.”

Limitation on Liability of Directors and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Under Delaware law, a corporation may indemnify any individual made a party or threatened to be made a party to any type of proceeding, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, because he or she is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of the corporation or was serving at the request of the corporation as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation or entity against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such proceeding if (1) he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation or (2) in the case of a criminal proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. A corporation may indemnify any individual made a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit brought by or in the right of the corporation because he or she was an officer, director, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or other entity, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, provided that such indemnification will be denied if the individual is found liable to the corporation unless, in such a case, the court determines the person is nonetheless entitled to indemnification for such expenses. A

 

114


Table of Contents

corporation must indemnify a present or former director or officer who successfully defends himself or herself in a proceeding to which he or she was a party because he or she was a director or officer of the corporation against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her. Expenses incurred by an officer or director, or any employees or agents as deemed appropriate by the board of directors, in defending civil or criminal proceedings may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such proceedings upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation. The Delaware law regarding indemnification and expense advancement is not exclusive of any other rights which may be granted by our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or our Amended and Restated By-laws, a vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, agreement or otherwise.

Under Delaware law, termination of any proceeding by conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent does not, of itself, create a presumption that such person is prohibited from being indemnified.

Delaware law permits a corporation to adopt a provision in its certificate of incorporation eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, but not an officer, in his or her capacity as such, to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except that such provision may not limit the liability of a director for (1) any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) unlawful payment of dividends or stock purchases or redemptions or (4) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law, no Company director shall be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

Our Amended and Restated By-laws requires indemnification, to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law, of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Company or any of its direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries and who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or was or is otherwise directly involved in (including as a witness), any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company or any direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, partner, member or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity or in any other capacity, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to a director or officer with respect to a proceeding that was commenced by such director or officer except under certain circumstances.

In addition, our Amended and Restated By-laws provide that expenses incurred by or on behalf of a current or former director or officer in connection with defending any claim, action, suit or proceeding may be advanced to the director or officer by us upon the request of the director or officer, which request, if required by law, will include an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay the amounts advanced if ultimately it is determined that the director or officer was not entitled to be indemnified against the expenses.

The indemnification rights to be provided in our Amended and Restated By-laws are not exclusive of any other right to which persons seeking indemnification may otherwise be entitled.

As permitted by Delaware law, our Amended and Restated By-laws authorize us to purchase and maintain insurance to protect ourselves and any director, officer, employee or agent against any expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement of or otherwise incurred by us or such persons acting in such capacities in connection with any investigation, action, suit or proceeding.

 

115


Table of Contents

Forum Selection

Our Amended and Restated By-laws require, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum and to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought on our behalf, any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders and other similar actions, may be brought only in specified courts in the State of Delaware. Although we believe this provision will benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. See “Risk Factors—Our Amended and Restated By-laws will designate courts in the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is Computershare.

Listing

Our Common Stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “BNED”.

 

116


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Future sales of substantial amounts of our Common Stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or the anticipation of these sales, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through sales of equity securities.

Sale of Restricted Securities

The shares of our Common Stock distributed to Barnes & Noble stockholders will be freely transferable, except for shares received by individuals who are our affiliates. Individuals who may be considered our affiliates after the Spin-Off include individuals who control, are controlled by or are under common control with us, as those terms generally are interpreted for federal securities law purposes. These individuals may include some or all of our directors and executive officers. Individuals who are our affiliates will be permitted to sell their shares of our Common Stock only pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as those afforded by Section 4(1) of the Securities Act or Rule 144 thereunder.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated), including an affiliate, who beneficially owns “restricted securities” of a “reporting company” may not sell these securities until the person has beneficially owned them for at least six months. Thereafter, affiliates may not sell within any three-month period a number of shares in excess of the greater of: (i) 1% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock as shown by the most recent report or statement published by the issuer; and (ii) the average weekly reported trading volume in such securities during the four preceding calendar weeks.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates will also be subject to restrictions relating to manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us and may be affected only through unsolicited brokers’ transactions.

Persons not deemed to be affiliates who have beneficially owned “restricted securities” for at least six months but for less than one year may sell these securities, provided that current public information about the Company is “available,” which means that, on the date of sale, we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days and are current in our Exchange Act filings. After beneficially owning “restricted securities” for one year, our non-affiliates may engage in unlimited re-sales of such securities.

Shares received by our affiliates in the Distribution or upon exercise of stock options or upon vesting of other equity-linked awards may be “controlled securities” rather than “restricted securities.” “Controlled securities” are subject to the same volume limitations as “restricted securities” but are not subject to holding period requirements.

 

117


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the Common Stock to be distributed in the Spin-Off will be passed upon for the Company by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements and schedule at May 2, 2015 and May 3, 2014, and for each of the three years in the period ended May 2, 2015, as set forth in their report included in this Prospectus and elsewhere in the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. We have included our consolidated financial statements and schedule in this Prospectus and elsewhere in the Registration Statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

Before the date of this Prospectus, we were not required to file reports with the SEC. This Prospectus and all future materials we file with the SEC may be read and copied at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. The SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and registration statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. We maintain a website at www.bncollege.com , but after the Spin-Off, information relevant to investors may be accessed at www.bned.com . The information contained on or accessible through our website or the SEC’s website shall not be deemed to be a part of this Prospectus or the Registration Statement on Form S-1, of which this Prospectus is a part.

We have filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 to register with the SEC the shares of our Common Stock to be distributed in the Spin-Off. This document constitutes a part of that Registration Statement, together with all amendments, supplements, schedules and exhibits to the registration statement.

This Prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement. Each statement contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement is qualified in its entirety by reference to that exhibit for a more complete description of the matter involved.

You may request a copy of any of our filings with the SEC at no cost by writing us at the following address:

Investor Relations

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

120 Mountain View Blvd. Basking Ridge, NJ 07920

We intend to furnish holders of our Common Stock with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and audited and reported on by an independent registered public accounting firm.

 

118


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     PAGE  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Ernst & Young

     F-2   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     F-4   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Parent Company Equity

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Barnes & Noble, Education, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. as of May 2, 2015 and May 3, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in Parent Company equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended May 2, 2015. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed at Item 16(b). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. at May 2, 2015 and May 3, 2014, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended May 2, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, NY

June 26, 2015

 

F-2


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

   Fiscal 2015      Fiscal 2014      Fiscal 2013  

Sales:

        

Product sales and other

   $ 1,544,975       $ 1,536,180       $ 1,631,454   

Rental income

     228,023         211,742         131,793   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total sales

  1,772,998      1,747,922      1,763,247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of sales and occupancy:

Product and other cost of sales and occupancy

  1,198,300      1,180,727      1,270,381   

Rental cost of sales and occupancy

  131,125      130,430      88,250   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of sales and occupancy

  1,329,425      1,311,157      1,358,631   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

  443,573      436,765      404,616   

Selling and administrative expenses

  359,504      330,426      302,902   

Depreciation and amortization

  50,509      48,014      46,849   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

  33,560      58,325      54,865   

Interest expense, net

  210      385      4,871   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

  33,350      57,940      49,994   

Income taxes

  14,218      22,834      19,820   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

$ 19,132    $ 35,106    $ 30,174   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income per common share

Basic

$ 0.33    $ 0.88    $ 0.78   

Diluted

$ 0.33    $ 0.88    $ 0.78   

Weighted average common shares outstanding

Basic

  38,452      37,270      36,812   

Diluted

  38,493      37,275      36,812   

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

(In thousands)

   Fiscal 2015      Fiscal 2014      Fiscal 2013  

Net income

   $ 19,132       $ 35,106       $ 30,174   

Other comprehensive earnings, net of tax

     —           —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

$ 19,132    $ 35,106    $ 30,174   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

(In thousands)

   May 2, 2015      May 3, 2014  

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 59,714       $ 144,269   

Receivables, net

     76,551         39,001   

Merchandise inventories, net

     297,424         275,346   

Textbook rental inventories

     47,550         47,063   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     4,625         4,121   

Short-term deferred tax assets, net

     24,358         21,689   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

  510,222      531,489   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment:

Buildings and leasehold improvements

  149,065      135,421   

Fixtures and equipment

  335,403      311,571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  484,468      446,992   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

  376,911      347,384   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net property and equipment

  107,557      99,608   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill

  274,070      274,070   

Intangible assets, net

  198,190      208,441   

Other noncurrent assets

  39,885      30,152   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

$ 1,129,924    $ 1,143,760   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Parent Company Equity

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

$ 170,101    $ 165,573   

Accrued liabilities

  97,575      92,644   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  267,676      258,217   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term deferred taxes, net

  66,091      74,753   

Other long-term liabilities

  6,029      2,855   

Preferred membership interests

  —       383,397   

Parent company investment

  790,128      424,538   

Commitments and contingencies

  —       —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and Parent Company equity

$ 1,129,924    $ 1,143,760   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN PARENT COMPANY EQUITY

 

(In thousands)

   Membership
Interests
    Parent
Company
Investment
    Total  

Balance at April 28, 2012

     672,535        —         672,535   

Contribution of Barnes & Noble College, LLC membership interests into Parent

     (672,535 )     672,535        —     

Net income

     —          30,174        30,174   

Net decrease in Parent company investment

     —          (372,810 )     (372,810 )

Accretive dividend on preferred stockholders

     —          (1,004 )     (1,004 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at April 27, 2013

  —        328,895      328,895   

Net income

  —        35,106      35,106   

Net increase in Parent company investment

  —        62,307      62,307   

Accretive dividend on preferred stockholders

  —        (1,770 )   (1,770 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at May 3, 2014

  —        424,538      424,538   

Net income

  —        19,132      19,132   

Net decrease in Parent company investment

  —        39,236      39,236   

Accretive dividend on preferred stockholders

  —        (6,076 )   (6,076 )

Acquisition of preferred membership interests

  —        313,298      313,298   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at May 2, 2015

$ —      $ 790,128    $ 790,128   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

Fiscal Year

(In thousands)

   Fiscal
2015
    Fiscal
2014
    Fiscal
2013
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 19,132      $ 35,106      $ 30,174   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     50,509        48,014        46,849   

Non-cash impairment charges

     7        11        209   

Deferred taxes

     (11,332     (9,962 )     (7,621 )

Stock-based compensation expense

     2,951        1,817        1,019   

Increase (decrease) in other long-term liabilities

     3,174        (2,031 )     1,491   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net

     (50,921     (7,151 )     (12,633 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows provided by operating activities

  13,520      65,804      59,488   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of property and equipment

  (48,452   (38,253 )   (38,760 )

Net (increase) decrease in other noncurrent assets

  (9,733   808      (10,348 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities

  (58,185   (37,445 )   (49,108 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

Net transfer from (to) Parent

  36,285      60,490      (373,829 )

Proceeds from issuance of Preferred Membership interests

  —        —        380,623   

Acquisition of Preferred Membership interests

  (76,175   —        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities

  32,527      60,490      6,794   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  (84,555   88,849      17,174   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

  144,269      55,420      38,246   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$ 59,714    $ 144,269    $ 55,420   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net:

Receivables, net

$ (39,890 $ (2,707 ) $ (5,505 )

Merchandise inventories

  (22,078   (29,988 )   (11,891 )

Textbook rental inventories

  (487   (3,003 )   (14,185 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

  (504   (1,481 )   (479 )

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

  9,698      30,028      19,427   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net

$ (50,921 $ (7,151 ) $ (12,633 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

Cash paid during the period for:

Interest paid

$ 210    $ 385    $ 1,027   

Income taxes (net of refunds)

$ 25,171    $ 32,796    $ 27,441   

Non-cash financing activity:

Acquisition of Preferred Membership Interests for 2,737,290 shares of common stock of Barnes & Noble

$ 76,175    $ —      $ —     

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Unless the context otherwise indicates, references in these Notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements to “we,” “us,” “our” and “the Company” refer to Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation. References to “Barnes & Noble” or “Parent” refer to Barnes & Noble, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries (other than Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries) unless the context otherwise requires. References to “Barnes & Noble College” refer to our college bookstore business operated through our subsidiary Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC. Barnes & Noble College is our only operating subsidiary.

 

  1. Our History

On September 30, 2009, Barnes & Noble acquired Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC from Leonard and Louise Riggio. From that date until October 4, 2012, Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC was wholly owned by Barnes & Noble Booksellers, Inc. We were initially incorporated under the name NOOK Media Inc. in July 2012 to hold Barnes & Noble’s college and digital businesses. On October 4, 2012, Microsoft Corporation (“Microsoft”) acquired a 17.6% non-controlling preferred membership interest in our subsidiary NOOK Media LLC (the “LLC”), and through us, Barnes & Noble maintained an 82.4% controlling interest of the college and digital businesses.

On January 22, 2013, Pearson Education, Inc. (“Pearson”) acquired a 5% non-controlling preferred membership interest in the LLC, entered into a commercial agreement with the LLC relating to the college business and received warrants to purchase an additional preferred membership interest in the LLC.

On December 4, 2014, we re-acquired Microsoft’s interest in the LLC in exchange for cash and common stock of Barnes & Noble. On December 22, 2014, we also re-acquired Pearson’s interest in the LLC and certain related warrants previously issued to Pearson in exchange for cash and common stock of Barnes & Noble. In connection with these transactions, Barnes & Noble entered into contingent payment agreements with Microsoft and Pearson providing for additional payments upon the occurrence of certain events, including upon a sale of the digital business. As a result of these transactions, Barnes & Noble owns, and will own prior to the Spin-Off (as discussed in Note 2), 100% of our Company.

On May 1, 2015, we distributed to Barnes & Noble all of the membership interests in NOOK Digital LLC (formerly known as barnesandnoble.com llc), which owns the digital business and which will continue to be owned by Barnes & Noble. As a result, we will cease to own any interest in the digital business.

These consolidated financial statements retroactively reflect the reorganization of NOOK Media Inc. as described above.

 

  2. Separation from Barnes & Noble, Inc.

On February 26, 2015, Barnes & Noble announced plans for the complete legal and structural separation of the Company from Barnes & Noble (the “Spin-Off”). Barnes & Noble will distribute all of its equity interest in us, consisting of all of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock, to Barnes & Noble’s stockholders on a pro rata basis. Following the Spin-Off, Barnes & Noble will not own any equity interest in us, and we will operate independently from Barnes & Noble.

This Spin-Off is expected to be executed by means of a pro-rata distribution of our Common Stock to Barnes & Noble’s existing stockholders and is considered to be a non-taxable event for Barnes & Noble and its stockholders.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The distribution of our Common Stock to Barnes & Noble stockholders is conditioned on, among other things, final approval of the Spin-Off plan by the Barnes & Noble board of directors, the receipt of opinions from

external legal counsel and KPMG LLP to Barnes & Noble, confirming the tax-free status of the Spin-Off for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the United States Securities and Exchange Commission declaring effective our Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.

 

  3. Description of Business

We are one of the largest contract operators of bookstores on college and university campuses across the United States. We create and operate campus stores that are focal points for college life and learning, enhancing the educational mission of the institution, enlivening campus culture and delivering an important revenue stream to our partner schools. We typically operate our stores under multi-year management service agreements granting us the right to operate the official school bookstore on campus. In turn, we pay the school a percentage of store sales and, in some cases, a minimum fixed guarantee.

As of May 2, 2015, we operated 724 stores nationwide, which reach 24% of the total United States college and university student enrolled population. We build relationships and derive sales by actively engaging and marketing to over 5 million students and their faculty on the campuses we serve and offer a full assortment of items in our campus stores, including course materials, which includes new and used print textbooks and digital textbooks, all of which are available for sale or rent, emblematic apparel and gifts, trade books, computer products, school and dorm supplies, convenience and café items and graduation products.

 

  4. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a stand-alone basis and are derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Barnes & Noble. Our consolidated financial statements reflect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows as we were historically managed, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). Our consolidated financial statements include certain assets and liabilities that have historically been held at the Barnes & Noble corporate level but are specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to us.

All intercompany transactions between us and Barnes & Noble have been included in our consolidated financial statements and are considered to be effectively settled for cash in our consolidated financial statements at the time the Spin-Off is recorded. The total net effect of the settlement of these intercompany transactions is reflected in our consolidated statements of cash flow as a financing activity and in the consolidated balance sheets as “Parent company investment.”

The historical costs and expenses reflected in our financial statements include an allocation for certain corporate and shared service functions historically provided by Barnes & Noble including, but not limited to, executive oversight, accounting, treasury, tax, legal, human resources, occupancy, procurement, information technology, and other shared services. These expenses have been allocated to us on the basis of direct usage when identifiable, with the remainder allocated on a pro-rata basis of consolidated sales, headcount, tangible assets or other measures considered to be a reasonable reflection of the historical utilization levels of these services.

Our management believes the assumptions underlying our consolidated financial statements, including the assumptions regarding the allocation general corporate expenses from Barnes & Noble are reasonable. Nevertheless, our consolidated financial statements may not include all of the actual expenses that would have been incurred had we operated as a stand-alone company during the periods presented and may not reflect our

 

F-9


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

consolidated results of operations, financial position and cash flows had we operated as a stand-alone company during the periods presented. Actual costs that would have been incurred if we had operated as a stand-alone company would depend on multiple factors, including organizational structure and strategic decisions made in various areas, including information technology and infrastructure. Following the Spin-Off, we will perform these functions using our own resources or contracted services. Upon execution of a transition services agreement with Barnes & Noble, we expect some of these functions will continue to be provided by Barnes & Noble.

Use of Estimates

In preparing financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all short-term, highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories, which consist of finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined primarily by the retail inventory method. Our textbook and trade book inventories are valued using the last-in first out, or LIFO, method and the related reserve was not material to the recorded amount of our inventories. There were no LIFO adjustments in Fiscal 2015 compared to a favorable LIFO adjustment of $7,692 and an unfavorable LIFO adjustment of $(2,200) through cost of goods sold in Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively.

Market value of our inventory is determined based on its estimated net realizable value, which is generally the selling price. Reserves for non-returnable inventory are based on our history of liquidating non-returnable inventory.

We also estimate and accrue shortage for the period between the last physical count of inventory and the balance sheet date. Shortage rates are estimated and accrued based on historical rates and can be affected by changes in merchandise mix and changes in actual shortage trends.

The products that we sell originate from a wide variety of domestic and international vendors. During Fiscal 2015, our four largest suppliers accounted for approximately 47% of our merchandise purchased.

Rental Assets

Physical text books out on rent are categorized as textbook rental inventories. At the time a rental transaction is consummated, the book is removed from merchandise inventories and moved to textbook rental inventories at cost. The cost of the book is amortized down to its estimated residual value over the rental period. The related amortization expense is included in cost of goods sold. At the end of the rental period, upon return, the book is removed from textbook rental inventories and recorded in merchandise inventories at its amortized cost.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives. For tax purposes, different methods are used. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, however major maintenance and remodeling costs are capitalized if they extend the useful life of the asset. Leasehold improvements are capitalized and depreciated over the terms of the respective leases. Display fixtures and office equipment are capitalized and depreciated over 5 years while office furniture is capitalized and depreciated over 7 years. System costs are capitalized and amortized over their estimated useful lives, from the date the systems become operational. We had $107,557 and $99,608 of property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation, at May 2, 2015 and May 3, 2014, respectively, and $40,257, $37,720 and $36,552 of depreciation expense for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively. Net capitalized software costs of $14,308 and $14,810 for Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, respectively, are included in property and equipment.

Other Long-Lived Assets

Our other long-lived assets include property and equipment, and amortizable intangibles. We had $198,190 and $208,441 of amortizable intangible assets, net of amortization, at May 2, 2015 and May 3, 2014, respectively. These amortizable intangible assets relates to our customer relationships with our colleges and university clients. We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable and consider market participants in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 360-10, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets . We evaluate long-lived assets for impairment at the school contract combined store level, which is the lowest level at which individual cash flows can be identified. When evaluating long-lived assets for potential impairment, we first compare the carrying amount of the assets to the school contract combined store level’s estimated future undiscounted cash flows. If the estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the assets, an impairment loss calculation is prepared. The impairment loss calculation compares the carrying amount of the assets to the school contract combined store level’s fair value based on its estimated discounted future cash flows. If required, an impairment loss is recorded for that portion of the asset’s carrying value in excess of fair value. Impairment losses included in selling and administrative expenses totaled $7, $11 and $209 during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively.

Goodwill and Unamortizable Intangible Assets

The costs in excess of net assets of businesses acquired are carried as goodwill in the accompanying balance sheet.

We had $274,070 of goodwill and no unamortizable intangible assets (those with an indefinite useful life) at May 2, 2015 and May 3, 2014. ASC 350-30, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“ASC 350-30”), requires that goodwill and other unamortizable intangible assets no longer be amortized, but instead be tested for impairment at least annually or earlier if there are impairment indicators. We perform a two-step process for impairment testing of goodwill as required by ASC 350-30. The first step of this test, used to identify potential impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting unit with our carrying amount. The second step (if necessary) measures the amount of the impairment. We completed our annual goodwill impairment test as of the first day of the third quarter. In performing the valuations, we used cash flows that reflected management’s forecasts and discount rates that included risk adjustments consistent with the current market conditions. Based on the results of the step one testing, our fair value as of that date exceeded their carrying values; therefore, the second step of the impairment test was not required to be performed and no goodwill impairment was recognized. Goodwill is subject to risk of impairment if our digital projections fall short of expectations.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from sales of our products is recognized at the time of sale or shipment. Revenue from sales of products ordered through our websites is recognized upon delivery and receipt of the shipment by our customers. Sales taxes collected from our customers are excluded from reported revenues. All of our sales are recognized as revenue on a “net” basis, including sales in connection with any periodic promotions offered to customers. We do not treat any promotional offers as expenses.

We rent both physical and digital textbooks. Revenue from the rental of physical textbooks is deferred and recognized over the rental period commencing at point of sale. Revenue from the rental of digital textbooks is recognized at time of sale. A software feature is imbedded within the content of our digital textbooks, such that upon expiration of the rental term the customer is no longer able to access the content. While the digital rental allows the customer to access digital content for a fixed period of time, once the digital content is delivered to the customer our performance obligation is complete. The Company offers a buyout option to allow the purchase of a rented book at the end of the semester. The Company records the buyout purchase when the customer exercises and pays the buyout option price. In these instances, the Company would accelerate any remaining deferred rental revenue at the point of sale.

Research and Development Costs for Software Products

We follow the guidance in ASC 985-20, Cost of Software to Be Sold, Leased or Marketed, regarding software development costs to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed. Capitalization of software development costs begins upon the establishment of technological feasibility and is discontinued when the product is available for sale. A certain amount of judgment and estimation is required to assess when technological feasibility is established, as well as the ongoing assessment of the recoverability of capitalized costs. Our products reach technological feasibility shortly before the products are available for sale and therefore research and development costs are generally expensed as incurred.

Advertising Costs

The costs of advertising are expensed as incurred during the year pursuant to ASC 720-35, Advertising Costs . Advertising costs charged to selling and administrative expenses were $8,614, $8,421 and $6,695 during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively.

Closed Store Expenses

When we close or relocate a store, we charge unrecoverable costs to expense. These costs include the net book value of abandoned fixtures and leasehold improvements and, when a store is closed prior to the expiration of the lease or store management contract, a provision for future lease obligations, net of expected sublease recoveries. Costs associated with store closings of $(100), $481 and $2,242 during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively, are included in selling and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes includes federal, state and local income taxes currently payable and those deferred because of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities. The deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences reverse. We regularly review deferred tax assets for recoverability and establish a valuation allowance, if determined to be necessary.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Stock-Based Compensation

Barnes & Noble sponsors the share-based incentive plans in which certain of our employees participate. The calculation of stock-based employee compensation expense involves estimates that require Barnes & Noble management’s judgment. These estimates include the fair value of each of the stock option awards granted, which is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. There are two significant inputs into the Black-Scholes option pricing model: (1) expected volatility and (2) expected term. Barnes & Noble estimates expected volatility based on traded option volatility of Barnes & Noble’s stock over a term equal to the expected term of the option granted. The expected term of stock option awards granted is derived from historical exercise experience under Barnes & Noble’s stock option plans and represents the period of time that stock option awards granted are expected to be outstanding. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based payment awards represent Barnes & Noble management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of Barnes & Noble management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. In addition, Barnes & Noble is required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate, and only recognize expense for those shares expected to vest. If their actual forfeiture rate is materially different from their estimate, our stock-based compensation expense could be significantly different from what we recorded in the current period. See Note 7 for a further discussion of Barnes & Noble’s stock-based incentive plans.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable, which primarily consists of balances due from colleges, universities and other financial aid providers, are presented on our Consolidated Balance Sheets net of allowances. An allowance for doubtful accounts is determined through an analysis of the aging of accounts receivable and assessments of collectability based on historic trends, the financial condition of our customers and an evaluation of economic conditions. We write off uncollectible trade receivables once collection efforts have been exhausted and record bad debt expenses related to textbook rentals that are not returned and we are unable to successfully charge the customer. Allowance for doubtful accounts were $2,313, $2,233 and $2,425 as of Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively.

Net Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per share represent net earnings to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect, in periods in which they have a dilutive effect, the impact of our stock based compensation. See Note 12 for further information regarding the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). The standard provides companies with a single model for use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific revenue guidance. The core principle of the model is to recognize revenue when control of the goods or services transfers to the customer, as opposed to recognizing revenue when the risks and rewards transfer to the customer under the existing revenue guidance. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. The guidance permits companies to either apply the requirements retrospectively to all prior periods presented, or apply the requirements in the year of adoption, through a cumulative adjustment. We have not yet selected a transition method nor have we determined the impact of adoption on our consolidated financial statements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Reporting Period

Our fiscal year is comprised of 52 or 53 weeks, ending on the Saturday closest to the last day of April. The fiscal year periods for each of the last three fiscal years consisted of the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 (Fiscal 2015), 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014 (Fiscal 2014) and 52 weeks ended April 27, 2013 (Fiscal 2013).

 

  5. Segment Reporting

We identify our operating segments based on the way our business is managed (focusing on the financial information distributed) and the manner in which our chief operating decision maker interacts with other members of management. We have determined that we operate within a single reportable segment within the United States.

 

  6. Credit Facility

We are party to an amended and restated credit facility with Barnes & Noble, as the Lead Borrower, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender, and other lenders, dated as of April 29, 2011 (as amended and modified to date, the “B&N Credit Facility”). The B&N Credit Facility provides for up to $1,000,000 in aggregate commitments under a five-year asset-backed revolving credit facility expiring on April 29, 2016. The B&N Credit Facility is secured by eligible inventory and accounts receivable with the ability to include eligible real estate and related assets. We are currently a borrower and co-guarantor of all amounts owing under the B&N Credit Facility.

All outstanding debt under the B&N Credit Facility was recorded on Barnes & Noble’s balance sheet.

In connection with the Spin-Off, we expect to enter into a new five year revolving credit facility (the “New Credit Facility”) to fund working capital and other liquidity needs. The New Credit Facility is expected to provide (subject to availability under a borrowing base) for aggregate maximum commitments of approximately $400,000. We expect the New Credit Facility will be undrawn at the time of the Spin-Off.

We believe that our future cash from operations, access to borrowings under the New Credit Facility and short-term vendor financing will provide adequate resources to fund our operating and financing needs for the foreseeable future. Our access to, and the availability of, financing in the future will be impacted by many factors, including our credit rating, the liquidity of the overall capital markets and the current state of the economy. There can be no assurances that we will have access to capital markets on acceptable terms.

 

  7. Stock-Based Compensation

Barnes & Noble’s Equity Plans

Barnes & Noble maintains four share-based incentive plans for the benefit of certain officers, directors and employees, including our employees: the 1996 Incentive Plan, the 2004 Incentive Plan, the 2009 Incentive Plan and the Amended and Restated 2009 Incentive Plan. Prior to June 2, 2009, Barnes & Noble issued restricted stock and stock options under the 1996 and 2004 Incentive Plans. On June 2, 2009, Barnes & Noble’s stockholders approved the 2009 Incentive Plan. Under the 2009 Incentive Plan, Barnes & Noble issued restricted stock units, restricted stock and stock options. On September 11, 2012, Barnes & Noble’s stockholders approved the Amended and Restated 2009 Incentive Plan. Under the Amended and Restated 2009 Incentive Plan, Barnes & Noble has issued restricted stock units, restricted stock and stock options. The maximum number of shares issuable under the Amended and Restated 2009 Incentive Plan is 1,700,000, plus shares that remain available under Barnes & Noble’s shareholder-approved 2009 and 2004 Incentive Plan. At May 2, 2015, there were approximately 4,326,902 shares of Barnes & Noble common stock available for future grants under the Amended and Restated 2009 Incentive Plan.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

A restricted stock award is an award of common stock that is subject to certain restrictions during a specified period. Restricted stock awards are independent of option grants and are generally subject to forfeiture if employment terminates prior to the release of the restrictions. The grantee cannot transfer the shares before the restricted shares vest. Shares of unvested restricted stock have the same voting rights as common stock, are entitled to receive dividends and other distributions thereon and are considered to be currently issued and outstanding. Barnes & Noble’s restricted stock awards vest over a period of one to four years. Barnes & Noble expenses the cost of the restricted stock awards, which is determined to be the fair market value of the shares at the date of grant, straight-line over the period during which the restrictions lapse. For these purposes, the fair market value of the restricted stock is determined based on the closing price of Barnes & Noble’s common stock on the grant date.

A restricted stock unit is a grant valued in terms of Barnes & Noble’s common stock, but no stock is issued at the time of grant. Each restricted stock unit may be redeemed for one share of Barnes & Noble common stock once vested. Restricted stock units are generally subject to forfeiture if employment terminates prior to the release of the restrictions. The grantee cannot transfer the units except in very limited circumstances and with the consent of the compensation committee. Shares of unvested restricted stock units have no voting rights but are entitled to receive dividends and other distributions thereon. Barnes & Noble’s restricted stock units vest over a period of one to four years. Barnes & Noble expenses the cost of the restricted stock units, which is determined to be the fair market value of the underlying shares at the date of grant, straight-line over the period during which the restrictions lapse. For these purposes, the fair market value of the restricted stock unit is determined based on the closing price of Barnes & Noble’s common stock on the grant date.

Barnes & Noble uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to value Barnes & Noble’s stock options for each stock option award. Using this option-pricing model, the fair value of each stock option award is estimated on the date of grant. The fair value of Barnes & Noble’s stock option awards, which are generally subject to pro-rata vesting annually over four years, is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the stock options. The expected volatility assumption is based on traded options volatility of Barnes & Noble’s stock over a term equal to the expected term of the option granted. The expected term of stock option awards granted is derived from historical exercise experience under Barnes & Noble’s stock option plans and represents the period of time that stock option awards granted are expected to be outstanding. The expected term assumption incorporates the contractual term of an option grant, which is ten years, as well as the vesting period of an award, which is generally pro-rata vesting annually over four years. The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield on a U.S. Treasury constant maturity with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the option granted.

Barnes & Noble recognizes stock-based compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, for only those shares expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. Barnes & Noble estimates the forfeiture rates based on its historical experience.

No stock options were granted during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Stock-Based Compensation Activity

The following table presents a summary of Barnes & Noble’s stock option activity related to our employees who participate in the Barnes & Noble equity plans:

 

     Number of Shares
(in thousands)
    Weighted Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
 

Balance, April 28, 2012

     180      $ 15.78         9.55 years       $ —     

Granted

     —         —          

Exercised

     —         —          

Forfeited

     —         —          
  

 

 

         

Balance, April 27, 2013

  180    $ 15.78      8.55 years    $ 427   

Granted

  —       —    

Exercised

  —       —    

Forfeited

  —       —    

Balance, May 3, 2014

  180    $ 15.78      7.53 years    $ 162   
  

 

 

         

Granted

  —       —    

Exercised

  (10 )   —    

Forfeited

  —       —    
  

 

 

         

Balance, May 2, 2015

  170    $ 15.78      6.54 years    $ 1,176   
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest in the future at May 2, 2015

  170    $ 15.78      6.54 years    $ 1,176   

Exercisable at May 2, 2015

  80    $ 15.78      6.54 years    $ 554   

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between Barnes & Noble’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the related fiscal year and the exercise price, multiplied by the related in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had they exercised their options at the end of the fiscal year. This amount changes based on the market value of Barnes & Noble’s common stock. The intrinsic value of options exercised is based on the difference between the Barnes & Noble’s stock price on the exercise date and the respective exercise price, multiplied by the number of options exercised. There were 10,000 options exercised during Fiscal 2015 and no options exercised during Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 related to our employees who participate in Barnes & Noble’s equity plan.

As of May 2, 2015, there was $215 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock options granted under the Barnes & Noble’s share-based compensation plans related to our employees who participate in Barnes & Noble equity plans. That expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.54 years.

There were no restricted stock activity related to our employees during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table presents a summary of Barnes & Noble’s restricted stock unit activity related to our employees who participate in Barnes & Noble’s equity plans:

 

     Number of Shares
(in thousands)
     Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

Balance, April 28, 2012

     138       $ 14.92   

Granted

     105         16.67   

Vested

     —           —     

Forfeited

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

Balance, April 27, 2013

  243    $ 15.68   

Granted

  353      14.76   

Vested

  (35 )   14.92   

Forfeited

  —        —     
  

 

 

    

Balance, May 3, 2014

  561    $ 15.15   

Granted

  —      $ —     

Vested

  (172   15.06   

Forfeited

  (23 )   15.61   
  

 

 

    

Balance, May 2, 2015

  367    $ 15.16   
  

 

 

    

Total fair value of shares of restricted stock units related to our employees that participate in the Barnes & Noble equity plan that vested during Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014 were $4,009 and $626, respectively. As of May 2, 2015, there was $3,764 of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to nonvested restricted stock units for our employees who participate in the Barnes & Noble equity plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.64 years.

In Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, Barnes & Noble allocated $3,930, $2,373 and $1,646 of stock compensation to us, which includes stock compensation related to our employees as well as an allocation from Barnes & Noble for our pro-rated share of corporate employees. This capital contribution is included in selling and administrative expenses and additional paid in capital on the Parent company equity investment.

 

  8. Receivables, Net

Receivables represent customer, private and public institutional and government billings, credit/debit card, advertising and other receivables due within one year as follows at the dates indicated below:

 

     May 2,
2015
     May 3,
2014
 

Trade accounts

   $ 26,423       $ 26,460   

Due from affiliate

     38,241         —     

Credit/debit card receivables

     2,818         3,203   

Other receivables

     9,069         9,338   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total receivables, net

$ 76,551    $ 39,001   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  9. Other Long-Term Liabilities

Other long-term liabilities consist primarily of deferred management service agreement costs related to college and university contracts, which we account for under lease accounting (as deferred rent) and tax liabilities and reserves. We provide for minimum contract expense (rent expense) over the lease terms (including

 

F-17


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

the build-out period) on a straight-line basis. The excess of such rent expense over actual lease payments (net of school allowances) is classified as deferred rent. We had the following long-term liabilities at May 2, 2015 and May 3, 2014:

 

     May 2,
2015
     May 3,
2014
 

Deferred rent

   $ 4,082       $ 2,386   

Tax liabilities and reserves

     214        180   

Other

     1,733         289   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

$ 6,029    $ 2,855   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  10. Fair Values of Financial Instruments

In accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , the fair value of an asset is considered to be the price at which the asset could be sold in an orderly transaction between unrelated knowledgeable and willing parties. A liability’s fair value is defined as the amount that would be paid to transfer the liability to a new obligor, not the amount that would be paid to settle the liability with the creditor. Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value are measured using a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include:

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices in active markets

Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable

Level 3—Unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring us to develop our own assumptions

Our financial instruments include cash, receivables, accrued liabilities and accounts payable. The fair values of cash, receivables accrued liabilities and accounts payable approximates their carrying values because of the short-term nature of these instruments, which are all considered level 1.

 

  11. Employees’ Retirement and Defined Contribution Plans

We maintain a defined contribution plan (the Savings Plan) for the benefit of substantially all of our employees. Total contributions charged to employee benefit expenses for the Savings Plan were $3,907, $3,475 and $3,068 during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  12. Net Earnings Per Common Share (a)(b)

The following is a reconciliation of our basic and diluted earnings per share calculation:

 

     Fiscal
2015
     Fiscal
2014
     Fiscal
2013
 

Numerator for basic earnings per share:

        

Net earnings

   $ 19,132       $ 35,106       $ 30,174   

Accretion of dividends on preferred stock

     (6,076      (1,770      (1,004

Less allocation of earnings and dividends to participating securities

     (313      (663      (473
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Net income available to common shareholders $ 12,743    $ 32,673    $ 28,697   

Numerator for diluted earnings per share:

Net income available to common shareholders

$ 12,743      32,673      28,697   

Accretion of dividends on preferred stock (c)

  —        —        —     

Allocation of earnings and dividends to participating securities

  313      663      473   

Less diluted allocation of earnings and dividends to participating securities

  (313   (663   (473
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

$ 12,743    $ 32,673    $ 28,697   

Denominator for basic earnings per share:

Basic weighted average common shares

  38,452      37,270      36,812   

Denominator for diluted earnings per share:

Basic weighted average common shares

  38,452      37,270      36,812   

Average dilutive options

  41      5      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted weighted average shares

  38,493      37,275      36,812   

Basic earnings per common share:

Net earnings

$ 0.33    $ 0.88    $ 0.78   

Diluted earnings per common share:

Net earnings

$ 0.33    $ 0.88    $ 0.78   

 

( a ) Basic earnings per share and weighted-average basic shares outstanding are based on the number of shares of Barnes & Noble common stock outstanding on May 2, 2015, adjusted for an assumed distribution ratio of 0.632 shares of our Common Stock for every one share of Barnes & Noble common stock held on the record date for the Spin-Off.
( b ) Diluted earnings per share and weighted-average diluted shares outstanding reflect potential common shares from Barnes & Noble equity plans in which our employees participate based on the distribution ratio. While the actual future impact will depend on various factors, including employees who may change employment from one company to another, we believe the estimate yields a reasonable approximation of the future dilutive impact of our equity plans.
(c) Although the Company was in a net income position during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, the dilutive effect of the accretion of preferred membership interests were excluded from the calculation of income per share using the two-class method because the effect would be antidilutive.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  13. Income Taxes

Our operating results have been included in Barnes & Noble consolidated U.S. federal and state income tax returns. Amounts presented in these consolidated financial statements related to income taxes have been determined on a separate tax return basis, and our contribution to Barnes & Noble’s net operating income and tax credits have been included in these consolidated financial statements. These amounts may not reflect tax positions taken or to be taken by Barnes & Noble after the separation from Barnes & Noble.

Income tax provisions (benefits) for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 are as follows:

 

     Fiscal 2015      Fiscal 2014      Fiscal 2013  

Current:

        

Federal

   $ 22,061       $ 27,574       $ 23,008   

State

     3,489         5,222         4,433   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current

  25,550      32,796      27,441   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

Federal

  (10,247   (8,493 )   (6,503 )

State

  (1,085   (1,469 )   (1,118 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred

  (11,332   (9,962 )   (7,621 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  14,218    $ 22,834    $ 19,820   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reconciliation between the effective income tax rate and the federal statutory income tax rate is as follows:

 

     Fiscal
2015
    Fiscal
2014
    Fiscal
2013
 

Federal statutory income tax rate

     35.0     35.0 %     35.0 %

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

     4.7        4.3        4.3   

Other, net

     2.9        0.1        0.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

  42.6   39.4 %   39.6 %
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred taxes are recorded based on differences between the financial statement basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities and available tax loss and credit carryforwards. At May 2, 2015 and May 3, 2014, the significant components of our deferred taxes consisted of the following:

 

     May 2, 2015      May 3, 2014      April 27, 2013  

Deferred tax assets:

        

Estimated accrued liabilities

   $ 13,241       $ 11,591       $ 9,792   

Inventory

     12,941         11,936         8,695   

Stock-based compensation

     1,351         714         —     

Insurance liability

     921         903         1,028   

Lease transactions

     1,580         924         908   

Fixed assets

     4,075         385         —     

Other

     839         1,156         1,516   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

  34,948      27,609      21,939   

Valuation allowance

  —        —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  30,977      27,609      21,939   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

Goodwill and intangible asset amortization

  (76,682   (80,673 )   (84,866 )

Depreciation

  —        —        (99 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

  (76,682   (80,673 )   (84,965 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

$ (41,734 $ (53,064 ) $ (63,026 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of May 2, 2015, we had $215 of unrecognized tax benefits, all of which, if recognized, would affect our effective tax rate. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 is as follows:

 

Balance at April 28, 2012

$ 36   

Additions for tax positions of the current period

  —     

Additions for tax positions of prior periods

  60   

Reductions due to settlements

  —     

Other reductions for tax positions of prior periods

  —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at April 27, 2013

$ 96   

Additions for tax positions of the current period

  84   

Additions for tax positions of prior periods

  —     

Reductions due to settlements

  —     

Other reductions for tax positions of prior periods

  —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at May 3, 2014

$ 180   

Additions for tax positions of the current period

  35   

Additions for tax positions of prior periods

  —     

Reductions due to settlements

  —     

Other reductions for tax positions of prior periods

  —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at May 2, 2015

$ 215   
  

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. As of May 2, 2015 and May 3, 2014, we had accrued $1 and $4, respectively, for net interest and penalties. The change in the amount accrued for net interest and penalties includes $3 in additions for net interest and penalties recognized in income tax expense in our Fiscal 2015 consolidated statement of operations.

We are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax in jurisdictions of each state having an income tax. The tax years that remain subject to examination are primarily from Fiscal 2007 and forward. Some earlier years remain open for a small minority of states.

 

  14. Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Amortizable intangible assets as of May 3, 2014 and May 2, 2015 are as follows:

 

            As of May 3, 2014  

Amortizable intangible assets

   Useful
Life
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Total  

Customer relationships

     25       $ 255,000       $ (46,750 )    $ 208,250   

Other

     3-10         319         (128 )      191   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 255,319    $ (46,878 ) $ 208,441   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

            As of May 2, 2015  

Amortizable intangible assets

   Useful
Life
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Total  

Customer relationships

     25       $ 255,000       $ (56,950 )    $ 198,050   

Other

     3-10         319         (180 )      139   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 255,319    $ (57,130 ) $ 198,189   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

All amortizable intangible assets are being amortized over their useful life on a straight-line basis, with the exception of customer relationships, which is amortized on an accelerated basis.

 

Aggregate Amortization Expense:

      

For the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015

   $ 10,252   

For the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014

   $ 10,294   

For the 52 weeks ended April 27, 2013

   $ 10,297   

Estimated Amortization Expense:

      

(12 months ending on or about April 30)

  

2016

   $ 10,252   

2017

   $ 10,252   

2018

   $ 10,208   

2019

   $ 10,206   

2020

   $ 10,206   

There have been no changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014.

 

     Fiscal 2015      Fiscal 2014  

Goodwill

   $ 274,070       $ 274,070   

 

F-22


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  15. Microsoft Investment

On April 27, 2012, Barnes & Noble entered into an investment agreement pursuant to which Barnes & Noble transferred to NOOK Media LLC (“NOOK Media”) its digital device, digital content and college bookstore businesses, and Morrison Investment Holdings, Inc. (“Morrison”) purchased from NOOK Media 300,000 convertible preferred membership interests in NOOK Media (Series A Preferred) for an aggregate purchase price of $300,000.

Concurrently with its entry into this agreement, Barnes & Noble also entered into a commercial agreement with Microsoft, pursuant to which, among other things, NOOK Media would develop and distribute a Windows 8 application for eReading and digital content purchases, and an intellectual property license and settlement agreement with Microsoft and Microsoft Licensing GP.

The parties closed Morrison’s investment in NOOK Media and the commercial agreement became effective on October 4, 2012.

On December 3, 2014, Morrison, Microsoft, Barnes & Noble and Barnes & Noble Education entered into agreements pursuant to which Morrison’s interest in NOOK Media was purchased by Barnes & Noble Education and the Microsoft commercial agreement was terminated effective as of such date. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (the Purchase Agreement) among Barnes & Noble, Barnes & Noble Education, Morrison, and Microsoft, Barnes & Noble Education purchased from Morrison, and Morrison sold, all of its $300,000 convertible Series A preferred limited liability company interest in NOOK Media in exchange for an aggregate purchase price of $124,850 consisting of (i) $62,425 in cash and (ii) 2,737,290 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Barnes & Noble. The Purchase Agreement closed on December 4, 2014. The Company accounted for this transaction in accordance with ASC 810-10, Non Controlling Interest (“ASC 810-10”) and accordingly was reflected as an equity transaction. In connection with the closing, the parties entered into a Digital Business Contingent Payment Agreement pursuant to which Microsoft is entitled to receive 22.7% of the proceeds from, among other events or transactions, (1) any future dividends or other distributions received by Barnes & Noble Education from Barnes & Noble’s digital business at any time until the date that is three years from the closing, subject to a one year extension under certain circumstances, and (2) the sale of Barnes & Noble’s digital business at any time until the date that is three years from the closing, subject to a one year extension under certain circumstances.

Investment Agreement

Microsoft’s investment represented approximately 17.6% of the common membership interests in NOOK Media on an as-converted basis as of closing, with Barnes & Noble retaining the remaining ownership interests. This investment is classified as temporary equity in the mezzanine section of the balance sheet between liabilities and permanent equity, net of investment fees. The temporary equity designation was due to a potential put feature after five years from the closing of the investment agreement on the preferred membership interests. The preferred membership interests had a liquidation preference equal to the original investment. Upon the completion of the acquisition of Microsoft’s interest in Barnes & Noble Education, the temporary equity was converted to permanent equity.

Commercial Agreement

Under the commercial agreement, NOOK Media has developed certain applications for Windows 8 for purchasing and consumption of digital reading content and use efforts to expand internationally.

The commercial agreement provided for revenue sharing for digital content purchased from NOOK Media by customers using the NOOK Media Windows 8 applications. Microsoft has made and was obligated to

 

F-23


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

continue to make guaranteed advance payments to NOOK Media in connection with such revenue sharing equal to $60,000 per year. Microsoft also has paid and was obligated to continue to pay to NOOK Media $25,000 each year for purposes of assisting NOOK Media in acquiring local digital reading content and technology development in the performance of NOOK Media’s obligations under the commercial agreement.

The guaranteed advance payments in connection with revenue sharing as well as the amounts received for purposes of assisting NOOK Media in acquiring local digital reading content and technology development received from Microsoft were treated as debt in accordance with ASC 470-10-25-2, Sales of Future Revenues or Various Other Measures of Income . The Company estimated the cash flows associated with the commercial agreement and was amortizing the discount on the debt to interest expense over the term of the agreement in accordance with ASC 835-30-35-2, The Interest Method . Upon termination of this agreement in accordance with ASC 810-10, the remaining debt balance was converted to equity. Notwithstanding this treatment, the limited liability company agreement of NOOK Media provides that, under certain conditions, partnership losses or deductions can be allocated for income tax purposes to Microsoft in respect of amounts advanced to NOOK Media under the terms of the commercial agreement.

Settlement and License Agreement

The patent agreement provides for Microsoft and its subsidiaries to license to the Company and its affiliates certain intellectual property in exchange for royalty payments based on sales of certain devices. Additionally, the Company and Microsoft dismissed certain outstanding patent litigation between the Company, Microsoft and their respective affiliates in accordance with the settlement and license agreement. The Company recorded the royalty expense on NOOK ® sales in the consolidated statement of operations in cost of sales and occupancy with no expense or liability for the sale of devices prior to this agreement.

 

  16. Pearson

On December 21, 2012, NOOK Media entered into an agreement with a subsidiary of Pearson plc (“Pearson”) to make a strategic investment in NOOK Media. That transaction closed on January 22, 2013, and Pearson invested approximately $89,500 of cash in NOOK Media in exchange for preferred membership interests representing a 5% equity stake in NOOK Media. Following the closing of the transaction, Barnes & Noble owned approximately 78.2% of the NOOK Media subsidiary and Microsoft owned approximately 16.8%. The preferred membership interests had a liquidation preference equal to the original investment. In addition, NOOK Media granted warrants to Pearson to purchase up to an additional 5% of NOOK Media under certain conditions. Upon the completion of the acquisition of Pearson’s interest in Barnes & Noble Education, as stated below, the temporary equity was converted to permanent equity.

The fair value of the preferred membership interests warrant liability was calculated using the Monte Carlo simulation approach.

This methodology values financial instruments whose value is dependent on an underlying total equity value by sampling random paths for the total equity value. The assumptions that are analyzed and incorporated into the model include closing date, valuation date, sales price of the preferred membership interests and warrants, warrant expiration date, time to liquidity event, risk-free rate, volatility, various correlations and the probability of meeting the net sales target. Based on Barnes & Noble’s analysis, the total fair value of preferred membership interests warrants as of the valuation date was $1,700 and was recorded as a noncurrent asset and a long-term liability. During the 13 weeks ended January 25, 2014, management determined that the probability of meeting the net sales target by the warrant measurement date was remote and fully wrote down the value of the warrant accordingly.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

At closing, NOOK Media and Pearson entered into a commercial agreement with respect to distributing Pearson content in connection with this strategic investment. On December 27, 2013, NOOK Media entered into an amendment to the commercial agreement that extends the term of the agreement and the timing of the measurement period to meet certain revenue share milestones.

On December 22, 2014, Barnes & Noble entered into a Purchase Agreement (the “Pearson Purchase Agreement”) among Barnes & Noble, Barnes & Noble Education, NOOK Media Member Two LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“NOOK Member Two”), Pearson Education Inc. (“Pearson Education”) and Pearson Inc., pursuant to which Barnes & Noble Education and NOOK Member Two purchased from Pearson Education all of its convertible Series B preferred limited liability company interest in NOOK Media and all of its warrants to purchase additional Series B preferred limited liability company interests, in exchange for an aggregate purchase price equal to (i) $13,750 in cash and (ii) 602,927 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Barnes & Noble. The transactions under the Pearson Purchase Agreement closed on December 22, 2014. The Company accounted for this transaction in accordance with ASC 810-10 and accordingly was reflected as an equity transaction. As a condition to closing, the parties entered into an amended and restated Digital Business Contingent Payment Agreement, pursuant to which a Digital Business Contingent Payment Agreement dated as of December 3, 2014, by and between Barnes & Noble, NOOK Media and Pearson, was amended and restated to include provisions consistent with the Digital Business Contingent Payment Agreement entered into with Morrison on December 3, 2014.

 

  17. Commitments and Contingencies

We generally operate our stores pursuant to multi-year management service agreements under which a school designates us to operate the official school bookstore on campus and we provide the school with regular payments that represent a percentage of store sales and, in some cases, include a minimum fixed guaranteed payment. We account for these service agreements under lease accounting. Our contracts are typically for five to ten years, although some extend beyond ten years. Many contracts have a 90 to 120 day cancellation right by us, or by the college or university, without penalty.

Rental expense under operating leases is as follows:

 

     Fiscal 2015      Fiscal 2014      Fiscal 2013  

Minimum rentals

   $ 125,388       $ 118,873       $ 115,085   

Percentage rentals

     106,011         99,025         101,773   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 231,399    $ 217,898    $ 216,858   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Future minimum annual rentals, excluding percentage rentals, required under our leases as of May 2, 2015 are:

 

Fiscal Year (a)

      

2016

   $ 119,926   

2017

     117,164   

2018

     109,885   

2019

     101,758   

2020

     90,530   

After 2020

     194,515   
  

 

 

 
$ 733,778   
  

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes capital lease obligations of $232, $39, $0, $0, $0 and $0 for 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020 and after 2020, respectively.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

We provide for minimum contract expense (rent expense) over the lease terms (including the build-out period) on a straight-line basis. The excess of such rent expense over actual lease payments (net of school allowances) is reflected in other long-term liabilities and accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. In addition, Barnes & Noble is a guarantor of all of our obligations under an office we lease in Mountain View, California.

Purchase obligations, which includes information technology contracts and inventory purchase commitments, as of May 2, 2015 are as follows:

 

Less Than 1 Year

$ 4,697   

1-3 Years

  262   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 4,959   
  

 

 

 

 

  18. Legal Proceedings

We are involved in a variety of claims, suits, investigations and proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of our business, including actions with respect to contracts, intellectual property, taxation, employment, benefits, personal injuries and other matters. The results of these proceedings in the ordinary course of business are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

 

  19. Related Party Transactions

We have a long-term supply agreement (“Supply Agreement”) with MBS Textbook Exchange, Inc. (“MBS”), which is majority owned by Leonard Riggio and other members of the Riggio family. MBS is a new and used textbook wholesaler, which also sells textbooks online and provides bookstore systems and distant learning distribution services. Pursuant to the Supply Agreement, which terminates by its terms in 2019, subject to automatic renewals thereafter if a party does not object 180 days prior to each annual renewal date, and subject to availability and competitive terms and conditions, we will continue to purchase new and used printed textbooks for a given academic term from MBS prior to buying them from other suppliers, other than in connection with student buy-back programs. Total purchases from MBS were $54,353, $70,127 and $82,323 for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively. Additionally, the Supply Agreement provides that we may sell to MBS certain textbooks that we cannot return to suppliers or use in our stores. MBS pays us commissions based on the volume of these textbooks sold to MBS each year and with respect to the textbook requirements of certain distance learning programs that MBS fulfills on our behalf. MBS paid us $5,512, $7,097 and $8,106 related to these commissions in Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively. In addition, the Supply Agreement contains restrictive covenants that limit our ability to become a used textbook wholesaler and that place certain limitations on MBS’s business activities. We also entered into an agreement with MBS in Fiscal 2011 pursuant to which MBS purchases books from us, which have no resale value for a flat rate per box. Total sales to MBS under this program were $419, $602 and $503 for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively. Total outstanding amounts payable to MBS for all arrangements net of any amounts due were $26,354 and $30,683 for Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, respectively.

Argix Direct Inc. (“Argix”), a company in which a brother of Leonard Riggio owns a 20% interest, provided us with transportation services under a separate agreement that expired on April 30, 2015. The Company believes that the transportation costs paid to Argix are comparable to the transportation costs charged by third party distributors. We paid Argix $936, $1,066 and $1,069 for such services during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Allocation of General Corporate Expenses

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a stand-alone basis and are derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Barnes & Noble.

The historical costs and expenses reflected in our financial statements include an allocation for certain corporate functions historically provided by Barnes & Noble including, but not limited to, executive oversight, accounting, treasury, tax, legal, human resources, occupancy, procurement, information technology, and other shared services. These expenses have been allocated to us on the basis of direct usage when identifiable, with the remainder allocated on a pro-rata basis of consolidated sales, headcount, tangible assets or other measures considered to be a reasonable reflection of the historical utilization levels of these services. During Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, we were allocated $23,050, $19,095 and $14,689, respectively, of general corporate expenses incurred by Barnes & Noble which are included as cost of sales and occupancy and selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.

Our management believes the assumptions underlying our consolidated financial statements, including the assumptions regarding the allocation of general corporate expenses from Barnes & Noble are reasonable. Nevertheless, our consolidated financial statements may not include all of the actual expenses that would have been incurred had we operated as a stand-alone company during the periods presented and may not reflect our consolidated results of operations, financial position and cash flows had we operated as a stand-alone company during the periods presented. Actual costs that would have been incurred if we had operated as a stand-alone company would depend on multiple factors, including organizational structure and strategic decisions made in various areas, including information technology and infrastructure. Following the Spin-Off, we will perform these functions using our own resources or contracted services. Upon execution of a transition services agreement with Barnes & Noble, we expect some of these functions will continue to be provided by Barnes & Noble.

Parent Company Equity

Net transfers from/(to) Parent are included within parent company investment on the consolidated statements of changes in parent company equity and comprehensive income. The components of the net transfers from/(to) parent as of Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 are as follows:

 

     Fiscal 2015      Fiscal 2014      Fiscal 2013  

Corporate allocations including income taxes

   $ 16,441       $ 41,929       $ 34,509   

Net intercompany contributions/(dividends)

     22,795         20,378         (26,696 )

Cash transfers from investments

     —           —          (380,623 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net transfers from (to) Parent

$ 39,236    $ 62,307    $ (372,810 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

All intercompany transactions between us and Barnes & Noble have been included in our consolidated financial statements and are considered to be effectively settled for cash in our consolidated financial statements at the time the Spin-Off is recorded. The total net effect of the settlement of these intercompany transactions is reflected in our consolidated statements of cash flow as a financing activity and in the consolidated balance sheets as “Parent company investment.”

Policy and Procedures Governing Related Person Transactions

Following the Spin-Off, our newly-appointed Audit Committee of the Board of Directors will utilize procedures in evaluating the terms and provisions of proposed related party transactions or agreements in accordance with the fiduciary duties of directors under Delaware law. Our related party transaction procedures contemplate Audit Committee review and approval of all new agreements, transactions or courses of dealing with

 

F-27


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

related parties, including any modifications, waivers or amendments to existing related party transactions. We will test to ensure that the terms of related party transactions are at least as favorable to us as could have been obtained from unrelated parties at the time of the transaction. The Audit Committee will consider, at a minimum, the nature of the relationship between us and the related party, the history of the transaction (in the case of modifications, waivers or amendments), the terms of the proposed transaction, our rationale for entering into the transaction and the terms of comparable transactions with unrelated third parties. In addition, management and internal audit will annually analyze all existing related party agreements and transactions and review them with the Audit Committee.

 

  20. Dividends

We paid no dividends to common stockholders during Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014.

 

  21. Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

A summary of quarterly financial information for Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 is as follows:

 

Fiscal 2015 Quarterly Period Ended

On or About

   August 2,
2014
    November 1,
2014
     January 31,
2015
     May 2,
2015
    Fiscal
Year 2015
 

Sales

   $ 225,741      $ 751,702       $ 521,554       $ 274,001      $ 1,772,998   

Gross profit

   $ 47,310        173,511         121,622         101,130        443,573   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

$ (26,213 $ 36,951    $ 8,650    $ (256 $ 19,132   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic loss per common share:

Net income (loss) (a)

$ (0.71 $ 0.95    $ 0.09    $ (0.01 $ 0.33   

Diluted loss per common share:

Net income (loss) (b)

$ (0.71 $ 0.95    $ 0.09    $ (0.01 $ 0.33   

 

Fiscal 2014 Quarterly Period Ended

On or About

   July 27,
2013
    October 26,
2013
     January 25,
2014
     May 3,
2014
     Fiscal
Year 2014
 

Sales

   $ 225,910      $ 737,581       $ 483,113       $ 301,318       $ 1,747,922   

Gross profit

   $ 50,135        167,863         115,842         102,925         436,765   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

$ (19,570 ) $ 42,021    $ 12,070    $ 585    $ 35,106   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic loss per common share:

Net income (loss) (a)

$ (0.55 $ 1.10    $ 0.31    $ 0.00    $ 0.88   

Diluted loss per common share:

Net income (loss) (b)

$ (0.55 $ 1.10    $ 0.31    $ 0.00    $ 0.88   

 

(a) Basic earnings per share and weighted-average basic shares outstanding are based on the number of shares of Barnes & Noble common stock outstanding on May 2, 2015, adjusted for an assumed distribution ratio of 0.632 shares of our Common Stock for every one share of Barnes & Noble common stock held on the record date for the Spin-Off.
(b) Diluted earnings per share and weighted-average diluted shares outstanding reflect potential common shares from Barnes & Noble equity plans in which our employees participate based on the distribution ratio. While the actual future impact will depend on various factors, including employees who may change employment from one company to another, we believe the estimate yields a reasonable approximation of the future dilutive impact of our equity plans.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth an itemization of all estimated expenses in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities to be registered:

 

Item

   Amount  

Registration Statement filing fee

   $ 90,055   

NYSE listing fees and expenses

     235,000   

Accountants fees and expenses

     2,100,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     1,000,000   

Printing

     365,000   

Miscellaneous

     9,945   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 3,800,000   
  

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the “DGCL”), allows a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors to a corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of a fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase or redemption in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit.

Section 145 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the corporation’s request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the action, suit or proceeding. The power to indemnify applies if (i) such person is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding or (ii) such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The power to indemnify applies to action brought by or in the right of the corporation as well, but only to the extent of defense expenses (including attorneys’ fees but excluding amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred and not to any satisfaction of judgment or settlement of the claim itself, and with the further limitation that in such actions no indemnification shall be made in the event of any adjudication of negligence or misconduct in the performance of his or her duties to the corporation, unless a court believes that light of all the circumstances indemnification should apply.

Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director who willfully and negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing the minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time the action occurred or immediately after the absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation states that no director shall be personally liable to us or any of our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director,

 

II-1


Table of Contents

except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as it exists or may be amended. A director is also not exempt from liability for any transaction from which he or she derived an improper benefit, or for violations of Section 174 of the DGCL. To the maximum extent permitted under Section 145 of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes us to indemnify any and all persons whom we have the power to indemnify under the law.

Our Amended and Restated By-laws provide that the Company will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party in any legal proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Company or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. However, such indemnification is permitted only if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. Indemnification is authorized on a case-by-case basis by (1) our board of directors by a majority vote of disinterested directors, (2) a committee of the disinterested directors, (3) independent legal counsel in a written opinion if (1) and (2) are not available, or if disinterested directors so direct, or (4) the stockholders. Indemnification of former directors or officers shall be determined by any person authorized to act on the matter on our behalf. Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending against such legal proceedings are payable before the final disposition of the action, provided that the director or officer undertakes to repay us if it is later determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification.

Upon the completion of the Spin-Off, the Company plans to enter into separate indemnification agreements with its directors and officers, substantially in the form of the indemnification agreement filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-1. Each indemnification agreement will provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws against any and all expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any claim. The indemnification agreements will provide for the advancement or payment of all expenses to the indemnitee and for reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Company has been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

None.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits: The list of Exhibits is set forth on page II-6 of this Registration Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(In thousands)

For the 52 week period ended May 2, 2015, the 53 week period ended May 3, 2014 and the 52 week period ended April 27, 2013:

     Balance at
beginning

of period
     Charge
(recovery) to
costs and
expenses
     Write-offs     Balance at
end

of period
 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

          

May 2, 2015

   $ 2,233       $ 3,544       $ (3,464 )   $ 2,313   

May 3, 2014

   $ 2,425       $ 2,666       $ (2,858 )   $ 2,233   

April 27, 2013

   $ 2,280       $ 3,608       $ (3,463 )   $ 2,425   
     Balance at
beginning
of period
     Addition
Charged to
Costs
     Deductions     Balance at
end

of period
 

Sales Returns Reserves

          

May 2, 2015

   $ 153       $ 9       $ —       $ 162   

May 3, 2014

   $ 123       $ 30       $ —       $ 153   

April 27, 2013

   $ 119       $ 4       $ —       $ 123   

All other schedules are omitted because the conditions requiring their filing do not exist, or because the required information is provided in the consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

(a)(1) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement: (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933; (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

(3) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(h) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, State of New York, on July 13, 2015.

 

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC.
By:  

/s/ Max J. Roberts

Name: Max J. Roberts
Title: Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated.

 

Signature    Title   Date

  /s/ Max J. Roberts

  Max J. Roberts

   Chief Executive Officer   July 13, 2015

  /s/ Barry Brover

  Barry Brover

  

 

Chief Financial Officer and
Chief Accounting Officer

  July 13, 2015

  /s/ Michael P. Huseby

  Michael P. Huseby

   Director   July 13, 2015

  /s/ Allen W. Lindstrom

  Allen W. Lindstrom

   Director   July 13, 2015

  /s/ Bradley A. Feuer

  Bradley A. Feuer

   Director   July 13, 2015

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

  2.1    Form of Separation and Distribution Agreement between Barnes & Noble, Inc. and Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.
  3.1    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.
  3.2**    Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.
  5.1    Opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
  8.1    Tax Opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
  8.2    Tax Opinion of KPMG LLP
10.1**    Form of Transition Services Agreement between Barnes & Noble, Inc. and Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.
10.2**    Form of Tax Matters Agreement between Barnes & Noble, Inc. and Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.
10.3**    Form of Employee Matters Agreement between Barnes & Noble, Inc. and Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.
10.4**    Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan
10.5**    Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement
10.6**    Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Form of Performance-Based Stock Unit Award Agreement
10.7**    Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement
10.8**    Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement
10.9    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated June 25, 2015, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Max J. Roberts
10.10    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated June 24, 2015, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Barry Brover
10.11    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated June 24, 2015, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Patrick Maloney
10.12    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated June 24, 2015, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and William Maloney
10.13    Employment Agreement, dated June 26, 2015, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Michael P. Huseby
10.14**    Form of Director Indemnification Agreement
10.15**    Form of Trademark License Agreement between Barnes & Noble, Inc. and Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.
10.16    Retention Bonus Agreement, dated February 7, 2014, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Barry Brover
10.17    Retention Bonus Agreement, dated February 7, 2014, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Patrick Maloney
10.18
   Retention Bonus Agreement, dated February 7, 2014, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Joel Friedman
21.1**    List of subsidiaries of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.3    Consent of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1 and Exhibit 8.1)
23.4    Consent of KPMG LLP (included as part of Exhibit 8.2)
99.1    Consent of Daniel A. DeMatteo

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

99.2    Consent of Jerry Sue Thornton
99.3    Consent of David G. Golden
99.4    Consent of John R. Ryan
99.5    Consent of David A. Wilson

 

** Previously filed.

 

II-7

Exhibit 2.1

 

 

 

SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

by and between

BARNES & NOBLE, INC.

and

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC.

Dated as of [●], 2015

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
ARTICLE I   
Definitions   
ARTICLE II   
The Separation   

SECTION 2.01.

  

Transfer of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities

     12   

SECTION 2.02.

  

Certain Matters Governed Exclusively by Ancillary Agreements

     14   

SECTION 2.03.

  

Termination of Agreements

     14   

SECTION 2.04.

  

Shared Contracts

     15   

SECTION 2.05.

  

Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties

     15   
ARTICLE III   
Credit Support   

SECTION 3.01.

  

Replacement of Credit Support

     16   

SECTION 3.02.

  

Credit Support

     16   
ARTICLE IV   
Actions Pending the Distribution   

SECTION 4.01.

  

Actions Prior to the Distribution

     19   

SECTION 4.02.

  

Conditions Precedent to Consummation of the Distribution

     20   
ARTICLE V   
The Distribution   

SECTION 5.01.

  

The Distribution

     22   

SECTION 5.02.

  

Fractional Shares

     22   

SECTION 5.03.

  

Sole Discretion of B&N

     22   
ARTICLE VI   
Mutual Releases; Indemnification   

SECTION 6.01.

  

Release of Pre-Distribution Claims

     23   

 

i


SECTION 6.02.

Indemnification by BNED

  25   

SECTION 6.03.

Indemnification by B&N

  25   

SECTION 6.04.

Indemnification Obligations Net of Insurance Proceeds and Third-Party Proceeds

  25   

SECTION 6.05.

Procedures for Indemnification of Third-Party Claims

  26   

SECTION 6.06.

Additional Matters

  27   

SECTION 6.07.

Remedies Cumulative

  28   

SECTION 6.08.

Survival of Indemnities

  28   

SECTION 6.09.

Limitation on Liability

  28   
ARTICLE VII
Access to Information; Litigation; Confidentiality

SECTION 7.01.

Agreement for Exchange of Information; Archives

  29   

SECTION 7.02.

Ownership of Information

  30   

SECTION 7.03.

Compensation for Providing Information

  30   

SECTION 7.04.

Record Retention

  30   

SECTION 7.05.

Accounting Information

  30   

SECTION 7.06.

Limitations of Liability

  31   

SECTION 7.07.

Conduct of Pending Litigation Matters

  32   

SECTION 7.08.

Production of Witnesses; Records; Cooperation

  32   

SECTION 7.09.

Confidential Information

  33   
ARTICLE VIII
Insurance

SECTION 8.01.

Insurance

  34   
ARTICLE IX
Ongoing Commercial Matters

SECTION 9.01.

B&N Systems and Distribution Facilities

  36   

SECTION 9.02.

Gift Cards

  37   

SECTION 9.03.

Additional Access and Services

  37   

SECTION 9.04.

Indemnification

  37   

SECTION 9.05.

Term and Termination

  38   
ARTICLE X
Further Assurances and Additional Covenants

SECTION 10.01.

Further Assurances

  38   

 

ii


ARTICLE XI
Termination

SECTION 11.01.

Termination

  39   

SECTION 11.02.

Effect of Termination

  39   
ARTICLE XII
Miscellaneous

SECTION 12.01.

Counterparts; Entire Agreement; Corporate Power

  39   

SECTION 12.02.

Governing Law; Jurisdiction

  40   

SECTION 12.03.

Assignability

  40   

SECTION 12.04.

Third-Party Beneficiaries

  40   

SECTION 12.05.

Notices

  41   

SECTION 12.06.

Severability

  41   

SECTION 12.07.

Publicity

  41   

SECTION 12.08.

Expenses

  42   

SECTION 12.09.

Headings

  42   

SECTION 12.10.

Survival of Covenants

  42   

SECTION 12.11.

Waivers of Default

  42   

SECTION 12.12.

Specific Performance

  42   

SECTION 12.13.

Amendments

  42   

SECTION 12.14.

Interpretation

  42   

 

Schedule 1(a) - Internal Transactions
Schedule 1(b) - BNED Equity Interests
Schedule 1(c) - BNED Assets
Schedule 1(d) - BNED Liabilities
Schedule 1(e) - B&N Retained Liabilities
Schedule 1(f) - Payables Transactions
Schedule 2.03 - Terminating Intercompany Agreements
Schedule 3.01(a) - Surviving B&N Credit Support Instruments
Schedule 9.01(a) Product Procurement Systems and Merchandising Systems
Schedule 9.01(b) Distribution Facilities
Schedule 9.02 Gift Cards
Schedule 9.03 Additional Access and Services
Schedule 9.05(c) B&N Competitor
Exhibit A Form of Joint Defense Agreement

 

iii


SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT dated as of [●], 2015, by and between Barnes & Noble, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ B&N ”), and Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ BNED ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in Article I hereof.

RECITALS

WHEREAS the board of directors of B&N has determined that it is in the best interests of B&N and its stockholders to distribute its entire interest in its wholly owned Subsidiary, BNED, by way of a dividend of stock to be made to holders of B&N Common Stock;

WHEREAS in furtherance of the foregoing, it is appropriate and desirable to effect the Spin-Off, as more fully described in this Agreement;

WHEREAS B&N and BNED have prepared, and BNED has filed with the Commission, the Form S-1, which includes the Prospectus;

WHEREAS B&N and BNED intend that each of the Stock Split and Distribution qualify for its Intended Tax Treatment; and

WHEREAS it is appropriate and desirable to set forth the principal corporate transactions required to effect the Spin-Off and certain other agreements that will govern certain matters relating to the Spin-Off and the relationship of B&N, BNED and their respective Subsidiaries following the Distribution.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained in this Agreement, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Action ” means any claim, demand, action, suit, countersuit, arbitration, inquiry, proceeding or investigation by or before any Governmental Authority or any Federal, state, local, foreign or international arbitration or mediation tribunal.

Affiliate ” of any Person means a Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person. As used herein, “control” of any entity means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such entity, whether through ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract or otherwise; provided , however , that (i) BNED and the other members of the BNED Group shall not be considered Affiliates of B&N or any of the other members of the B&N Group and (ii) B&N and the other members of the B&N Group shall not be considered Affiliates of BNED or any of the other members of the BNED Group.


Agent ” means Computershare, the distribution agent appointed by B&N to distribute to the Record Holders, pursuant to the Distribution, the shares of BNED Common Stock held by B&N.

Agreement ” means this Separation and Distribution Agreement, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto.

Ancillary Agreements ” means the TSA, TMA, EMA and any other instruments, assignments, documents and agreements executed in connection with the implementation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Assets ” means all assets, properties and rights (including goodwill), wherever located (including in the possession of vendors or other third parties or elsewhere), whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, or accrued or contingent, in each case whether or not recorded or reflected or required to be recorded or reflected on the books and records or financial statements of any Person, including the following:

(a) all accounting and other books, records and files, whether in paper, microfilm, microfiche, computer tape or disc, magnetic tape, electronic recording or any other form;

(b) all apparatus, computers and other electronic data processing equipment, fixtures, machinery, furniture, office and other equipment, including hardware systems, circuits and other computer and telecommunication assets and equipment, automobiles, trucks, aircraft, motor vehicles and other transportation equipment, special and general tools, test devices, prototypes and models and other tangible personal property;

(c) all inventories of goods and products;

(d) all interests in real property of whatever nature, including easements, whether as owner, mortgagee or holder of a Security Interest in real property, lessor, sublessor, lessee, sublessee or otherwise;

(e) all interests in any capital stock or other equity interests of any Subsidiary or any other Person; all bonds, notes, debentures or other securities issued by any Subsidiary or any other Person; all loans, advances or other extensions of credit or capital contributions to any Subsidiary or any other Person; all other investments in securities of any Person; and all rights as a partner, joint venturer or participant;

(f) all license agreements, leases of personal property, open purchase orders for goods, products or services, unfilled orders for goods and products and other contracts, agreements or commitments and all rights arising thereunder;

(g) all deposits, letters of credit, performance bonds and other surety bonds;

 

2


(h) all written technical information, data, specifications, research and development information, operating and maintenance manuals and materials and analyses prepared by consultants and other third parties;

(i) all United States, state, multinational and foreign intellectual property, including patents, copyrights, trade names, trademarks, service marks, slogans, logos, trade dresses and other source indicators and the goodwill of the business symbolized thereby; all registrations, applications, recordings, disclosures, renewals, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions, reissues, reexaminations, foreign counterparts and other legal protections and rights related to any of the foregoing; mask works, trade secrets, inventions and other proprietary information, including know-how, processes, formulae, techniques, technical data, designs, drawings, specifications, customer and supplier lists, pricing and cost information and business and marketing plans and proposals, discoveries, inventions, licenses from third parties granting the right to use any of the foregoing and all tangible embodiments of the foregoing in whatever form or medium;

(j) all computer applications, programs, software and other code (in object and source code form), including operating software, network software, firmware, middleware, design software, design tools, systems documentation, instructions, ASP, HTML, DHTML, SHTML and XML files, cgi and other scripts, APIs, web widgets, algorithms, models, methodologies, files, documentation related to any of the foregoing and all tangible embodiments of the foregoing in whatever form or medium now known or yet to be created;

(k) all Internet URLs, domain names, social media handles and Internet user names;

(l) all websites, databases, content, text, graphics, images, audio, video, data and other copyrightable works or other works of authorship including all translations, adaptations, derivations and combinations thereof;

(m) all cost information, sales and pricing data, customer prospect lists, supplier records, customer and supplier lists, subscriber, customer and vendor data, correspondence and lists, product literature and other advertising and promotional materials, artwork, design and development files, vendor and customer drawings, formulations and specifications, server and traffic logs, quality records and reports and other books, records, studies, surveys, reports, plans, business records and documents;

(n) all prepaid expenses, trade accounts and other accounts and notes receivable (whether current or non-current);

(o) all claims or rights against any Person arising from the ownership of any other Asset, all rights in connection with any bids or offers, all claims, causes in action, lawsuits, judgments or similar rights, all rights under express or implied warranties, all rights of recovery and all rights of setoff of any kind and demands of any nature, in each case whether accrued or contingent, whether in tort, contract or otherwise and whether arising by way of counterclaim or otherwise;

 

3


(p) all rights under insurance policies and all rights in the nature of insurance, indemnification or contribution;

(q) all licenses (including radio and similar licenses), permits, approvals and authorizations that have been issued by any Governmental Authority and all pending applications therefor;

(r) Cash, bank accounts, lock boxes and other deposit arrangements;

(s) interest rate, currency, commodity or other swap, collar, cap or other hedging or similar agreements or arrangements; and

(t) all goodwill as a going concern and other intangible properties.

Bank Debt Incurrence ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule 1(a).

BNED ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

BNED Assets ” means, without duplication, the following Assets:

(a) all Assets held by the BNED Group;

(b) all interests in the capital stock of, or other equity interests in, the members of the BNED Group (other than BNED) and all other equity, partnership, membership, joint venture and similar interests set forth on Schedule 1(b);

(c) all Assets reflected on the BNED Business Balance Sheet, and all Assets acquired after the date of the BNED Business Balance Sheet that, had they been acquired on or before such date and owned as of such date, would have been reflected on the BNED Business Balance Sheet if prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, subject to any dispositions of such Assets subsequent to the date of the BNED Business Balance Sheet;

(d) the Assets listed or described on Schedule 1(c);

(e) the rights related to the BNED Portion of any Shared Contract;

(f) all other Assets that are expressly provided by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement as Assets to be assigned to or retained by, or allocated to, any member of the BNED Group; and

(g) all Assets held by a member of the B&N Group that are determined by B&N, in good faith prior to the Distribution Date, to be primarily related to or used or held for use primarily in connection with the business or operations of the BNED Business.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the BNED Assets shall not include (i) any Assets governed by the TMA, (ii) the rights related to the B&N Portion of Shared Contracts, (iii) any Assets determined by B&N, in good faith prior to the Distribution Date, to arise primarily from the business or operations of the B&N Business (unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) and (iv) Assets required by B&N to perform its obligations under the TSA.

 

4


BNED Business ” means the business conducted and proposed to be conducted by BNED and its Subsidiaries as described in the Form S-1.

BNED Business Balance Sheet ” means the audited balance sheet of the BNED Business, including the notes thereto included in the Form S-1.

BNED Common Stock ” means the common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of BNED.

BNED Entities ” means the entities, the equity, partnership, membership, joint venture or similar interests of which are set forth on Schedule 1(b).

BNED Group ” means (a) BNED, (b) each Person that will be a Subsidiary of BNED immediately prior to the Distribution, including the entities set forth on Schedule 1(b) under the caption “Subsidiaries”, and (c) each Person that becomes a Subsidiary of BNED after the Distribution, including in each case any Person that is merged or consolidated with and into BNED or any Subsidiary of BNED.

BNED Indemnitees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03.

BNED Liabilities ” means, without duplication, the following Liabilities:

(a) all Liabilities of the BNED Group and the BNED Entities;

(b) all Liabilities to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from:

(i) the operation or conduct of the BNED Business as conducted at any time prior to the Distribution (including any Liability to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from any act or failure to act by any director, officer, employee, agent or representative (whether or not such act or failure to act is or was within such Person’s authority), which act or failure to act relates to the BNED Business);

(ii) the operation or conduct of the BNED Business or any other business conducted by BNED or any other member of the BNED Group at any time after the Distribution (including any Liability relating to, arising out of or resulting from any act or failure to act by any director, officer, employee, agent or representative (whether or not such act or failure to act is or was within such Person’s authority));

(iii) any terminated, divested or discontinued businesses or operations of the BNED Business; or

(iv) the BNED Assets;

 

5


(c) all Liabilities reflected as liabilities or obligations on the BNED Business Balance Sheet, and all Liabilities arising or assumed after the date of the BNED Business Balance Sheet that, had they arisen or been assumed on or before such date and been existing obligations as of such date, would have been reflected on the BNED Business Balance Sheet if prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, subject to any discharge of such Liabilities subsequent to the date of the BNED Business Balance Sheet;

(d) the Liabilities listed or described on Schedule 1(d);

(e) the obligations related to the BNED Portion of any Shared Contract and any other Liabilities relating to the acts or omissions of the BNED Group relating to any Shared Contract;

(f) all other Liabilities that are expressly provided by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement as Liabilities to be assumed or retained by, or allocated to, any member of the BNED Group; and

(g) all Liabilities to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, with respect to all information contained in, or incorporated by reference into, the Form S-1 and any other documents filed with the Commission in connection with the Spin-Off or as contemplated by this Agreement, other than with respect to the B&N Disclosure Sections.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the BNED Liabilities shall not include (i) any B&N Retained Liabilities, (ii) any Liabilities governed by the TMA, (iii) any obligations related to the B&N Portion of any Shared Contract or (iv) any Liabilities determined by B&N, in good faith prior to the Distribution Date, to be primarily related to the business or operations of the B&N Business (unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement).

BNED Primary Credit Instrument ” means the credit instruments of BNED set forth on Schedule 3.01(a).

BNED Portion ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.

Booksellers ” means Barnes & Noble Booksellers, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

B&N ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

B&N Assets ” means (i) all Assets of the B&N Group, (ii) any Assets held by a member of the BNED Group determined by B&N, in good faith prior to the Distribution Date, to be primarily related to or used primarily in connection with the business or operations of the B&N Business, and (iii) the rights related to the B&N Portion of any Shared Contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the B&N Assets shall not include (a) any Assets governed by the TMA, (b) the BNED Assets and (c) any Assets required by BNED to perform its obligations under the TSA.

 

6


B&N Business ” means the business and operations conducted by B&N and its Subsidiaries other than the BNED Business.

B&N Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $.001 per share, of B&N.

B&N Competitor ” has the meaning set forth in the TLA.

B&N Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated April 29, 2011, among B&N, Bank of America N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender and other lenders party thereto.

B&N Credit Support Instruments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a).

B&N Credit Support Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(c)(i).

B&N Format ” has the meaning set forth in the TLA.

B&N Disclosure Sections ” means all information set forth in or omitted from the Form S-1 to the extent relating to (a) the B&N Group, (b) the B&N Liabilities, (c) the B&N Assets or (d) the substantive disclosure set forth in the Form S-1 relating to B&N’s board of directors’ consideration of the Spin-Off, including the section entitled “Reasons for the Spin-Off”.

B&N Group ” means B&N and each of its Subsidiaries, but excluding any member of the BNED Group.

B&N Indemnitees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02.

B&N-Issued Gift Cards ” means gift cards issued by Barnes & Noble Marketing Services LLC.

B&N Liabilities ” means (i) all Liabilities of the B&N Group, (ii) the B&N Retained Liabilities, (iii) any obligations related to the B&N Portion of any Shared Contract and any other Liabilities relating to the acts or omissions of the B&N Group relating to any Shared Contract, or (iv) any Liabilities determined by B&N, in good faith, to be primarily related to the business or operations of the B&N Business (unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the B&N Liabilities shall not include (a) any Liabilities governed by the TMA or (b) the BNED Liabilities.

B&N Portion ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.

B&N Retained Liabilities ” means the Liabilities to be retained by the B&N Group set forth on Schedule 1(e).

Cash ” means cash, cash equivalents, bank deposits and marketable securities, whether denominated in United States dollars or otherwise.

 

7


Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Consents ” means any consents, waivers or approvals from, or notification requirements to, any Person other than a member of either Group.

Credit Support Instruments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a).

Credit Support Period ” means the period from the Distribution Date until the date on which all Surviving B&N Credit Support Instruments are released.

Default Interest Rate ” means the rate of (i) 3-month LIBOR as of the date that such payment giving rise to such default was required to be made plus (ii) 3.75%.

Determination ” has the meaning set forth in the TMA.

Distribution ” means the distribution by B&N to the Record Holders, on a pro rata basis, of all of the outstanding shares of BNED Common Stock owned by B&N on the Distribution Date.

Distribution Date ” means the date, determined by B&N in accordance with Section 5.03, on which the Distribution occurs.

D&O Policies ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(b).

EMA ” means the Employee Matters Agreement to be entered into as of the Distribution Date by and between B&N and BNED.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Field of Use ” has the meaning set forth in the TLA.

First Post-Distribution Report ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.07.

Form S-1 ” means the registration statement on Form S-1 filed by BNED with the Commission to effect the registration of the distribution of the BNED Common Stock pursuant to the Securities Act in connection with the Distribution, as such registration statement may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

Governmental Approvals ” means any notices, reports or other filings to be given to or made with, or any Consents, registrations or permits to be obtained from, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” means any Federal, state, local, foreign or international court, government, department, commission, board, bureau, agency, official or other legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or governmental authority.

Group ” means either the B&N Group or the BNED Group, as the context requires.

 

8


Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(a).

Indemnitee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(a).

Indemnity Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(a).

Information ” means information, whether or not patentable, copyrightable or protectable as a trade secret, in written, oral, electronic or other tangible or intangible forms, stored in any medium now known or yet to be created, including studies, reports, records, books, contracts, instruments, surveys, discoveries, ideas, concepts, know-how, techniques, designs, specifications, drawings, blueprints, diagrams, models, prototypes, samples, flow charts, data, computer data, disks, diskettes, tapes, computer programs or other software, marketing plans, customer names, communications by or to attorneys (including attorney-client privileged communications), memos and other materials prepared by attorneys or under their direction (including attorney work product) and other technical, financial, employee or business information or data, documents, correspondence, materials and files.

Insurance Proceeds ” means those monies:

(a) received by an insured (or its successor-in-interest) from an insurance carrier;

(b) paid by an insurance carrier on behalf of the insured (or its successor-in-interest); or

(c) received (including by way of setoff) from any third party in the nature of insurance, contribution or indemnification in respect of any Liability;

in any such case net of any applicable premium adjustments (including reserves and retrospectively rated premium adjustments), net of any costs or expenses incurred in the collection thereof and net of any Taxes resulting from the receipt thereof.

Intended Tax Treatment ” has the meaning set forth in the TMA.

Intercompany Accounts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a).

Intercompany Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a).

Internal Distribution ” means the transaction in which Booksellers transfers and assigns to B&N, and B&N acquires, assumes and accepts from Booksellers, all its rights, title, obligations and interests in, to and under all the equity interests in BNED held by Booksellers, which represent 100% of the equity interests in BNED.

Internal Transactions ” means the Bank Debt Incurrence, Payable Transactions, Internal Distribution and Stock Split, each as described on Schedule 1(a).

Law ” means any statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, judgment, rule of common law, order, decree, government approval, concession, grant, franchise, license, agreement, directive, guideline, policy, requirement or other governmental restriction or any

 

9


similar form of decision of, or determination by, or any interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by, any Governmental Authority, whether now or hereinafter in effect and, in each case, as amended.

Liabilities ” means any and all claims, debts, demands, actions, causes of action, suits, damages, obligations, accruals, accounts payable, reckonings, bonds, indemnities and similar obligations, agreements, promises, guarantees, make-whole agreements and similar obligations, and other liabilities and requirements, including all contractual obligations, whether absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, accrued or unaccrued, known or unknown, whenever arising, and including those arising under any Law, Action, threatened or contemplated Action or any award of any arbitrator or mediator of any kind, and those arising under any contract, commitment or undertaking, including those arising under this Agreement, in each case, whether or not recorded or reflected or required to be recorded or reflected on the books and records or financial statements of any Person.

Litigation Conditions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.05(b).

NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.

Party ” means either party hereto, and “ Parties ” means both parties hereto.

Pass-Through Cost ” with respect to any service provided by B&N to BNED, means the sum of (i) the direct cost to B&N of providing such service plus (ii) an allocation of the related employee overhead (including compensation and benefit costs) calculated in good faith based on reasonable and rational methodologies chosen by the Service Provider, which methodologies shall be provided to the Recipient upon such request from the Recipient.

Payables Transactions ” means the intercompany payables transactions set forth on Schedule 1(f) to be settled as set forth on Schedule 1(f).

Person ” means an individual, a general or limited partnership, a corporation, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, a limited liability company, any other entity and any Governmental Authority.

Pre-Separation Claims-Based Insurance Claim ” means any claim made against the BNED Group or B&N Group and reported to the applicable insurer(s) prior to the Distribution Date in respect of an act or omission occurring prior to the Distribution Date that results in a Liability under a “claims-made-based” insurance policy of the B&N Group in effect prior to the Distribution Date or any extended reporting period thereof.

Pre-Separation Insurance Claim ” means a (i) Pre-Separation Claims-Based Insurance Claim or (ii) Action (whether made prior to, on or following the Distribution Date) in respect of a Liability occurring prior to the Distribution Date under an “occurrence-based” insurance policy of any member of the B&N Group in effect prior to the Distribution Date.

Prospectus ” means the prospectus contained in the Form S-1.

 

10


Record Date ” means the close of business on the date to be determined by the B&N board of directors as the record date for determining the shares of B&N Common Stock in respect of which shares of BNED Common Stock will be distributed pursuant to the Distribution.

Record Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(b).

Retail Store ” means a retail store operated by B&N or one of its Subsidiaries.

Retained Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.04.

Security Interest ” means any mortgage, security interest, pledge, lien, charge, claim, option, right to acquire, voting or other restriction, right-of-way, covenant, condition, easement, encroachment, restriction on transfer or other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever.

Separation ” means (a) the Internal Transactions, (b) any actions to be taken pursuant to Article II and (c) any other transfers of Assets and assumptions of Liabilities, in each case, between a member of one Group and a member of the other Group, provided for in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement.

Shared Contract ” means any contract or agreement of any member of either Group that relates in any material respect to both the BNED Business and the B&N Business; provided that the Parties may, by mutual consent, elect to include in, or exclude from, this definition any contract or agreement.

Spin-Off ” means the Separation and the Distribution.

Stock Split ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule 1(a).

Subsidiary ” of any Person means any corporation or other organization whether incorporated or unincorporated of which at least a majority of the securities or interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or others performing similar functions with respect to such corporation or other organization, is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or by any one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries.

Surviving B&N Credit Support Instruments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a)(i).

Surviving BNED Credit Support Instrument ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a)(ii).

Tax Opinion Representations ” has the meaning set forth in the TMA.

Taxes ” has the meaning set forth in the TMA.

Termination Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(c).

 

11


Third-Party Claim ” means any assertion by a Person (including any Governmental Authority) who is not a member of the B&N Group or the BNED Group of any claim, or the commencement by any such Person of any Action, against any member of the B&N Group or the BNED Group.

Third-Party Proceeds ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(a).

TLA ” means the Trademark License Agreement to be entered into as of the Distribution Date by and between B&N and BNED.

TMA ” means the Tax Matters Agreement to be entered into as of the Distribution Date by and between B&N and BNED.

TSA ” means the Transition Services Agreement to be entered into as of the Distribution Date between B&N and BNED.

ARTICLE II

The Separation

SECTION 2.01. Transfer of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities. (a) Prior to the Distribution, and subject to Section 2.01(e), the Parties shall cause the Internal Transactions to be completed.

(b) Subject to Section 2.01(e), prior to the Distribution, the Parties shall, and shall cause their respective Group members to, execute such instruments of assignment and transfer and take such other corporate actions as are necessary to (i) transfer and convey to one or more members of the BNED Group all of the right, title and interest of the B&N Group in, to and under all BNED Assets not already owned by the BNED Group, (ii) transfer and convey to one or more members of the B&N Group all of the right, title and interest of the BNED Group in, to and under all B&N Assets not already owned by the B&N Group, (iii) cause one or more members of the BNED Group to assume all of the BNED Liabilities to the extent such Liabilities would otherwise remain obligations of any member of the B&N Group and (iv) cause one or more members of the B&N Group to assume all of the B&N Liabilities to the extent such Liabilities would otherwise remain obligations of any member of the BNED Group. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, neither Party shall be required to transfer any Information except as required by Article VII.

(c) In the event that it is discovered after the Distribution that there was an omission of (i) the transfer or conveyance by BNED (or a member of the BNED Group) or the acceptance or assumption by B&N (or a member of the B&N Group) of any B&N Asset or B&N Liability, as the case may be, (ii) the transfer or conveyance by B&N (or a member of the B&N Group) or the acceptance or assumption by BNED (or a member of the BNED Group) of any BNED Asset or BNED Liability, as the case may be, or (iii) the transfer or conveyance by one Party (or any other member of its Group) to, or the acceptance or assumption by, the other Party (or any other member of its Group) of any Asset or Liability, as the case may be, that, had the Parties given specific consideration to such Asset or Liability prior to the Distribution, would have otherwise been so transferred, conveyed, accepted or assumed, as the case may be, pursuant

 

12


to this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, the Parties shall use reasonable best efforts to promptly effect such transfer, conveyance, acceptance or assumption of such Asset or Liability. Any transfer, conveyance, acceptance or assumption made pursuant to this Section 2.01(c) shall be treated by the Parties for all purposes as if it had occurred immediately prior to the Distribution, except as otherwise required by applicable Law or a Determination.

(d) In the event that it is discovered after the Distribution that there was a transfer or conveyance (i) by BNED (or a member of the BNED Group) or the acceptance or assumption by B&N (or a member of the B&N Group) of any BNED Asset or BNED Liability, as the case may be, or (ii) by B&N (or a member of the B&N Group) and the acceptance or assumption by BNED (or a member of the BNED Group) of any B&N Asset or B&N Liability, the Parties shall use reasonable best efforts to promptly transfer or convey such Asset or Liability back to the transferring or conveying Party or to rescind any acceptance or assumption of such Asset or Liability, as the case may be. Any transfer or conveyance made or acceptance or assumption rescinded pursuant to this Section 2.01(d) shall be treated by the Parties for all purposes as if such Asset or Liability had never been originally transferred, conveyed, accepted or assumed, as the case may be, except as otherwise required by applicable Law or a Determination.

(e) In the event that after the Distribution (i) B&N (or a member of the B&N Group) receives any funds properly belonging to BNED (or a member of the BNED Group), or (ii) BNED (or a member of the BNED Group) receives any funds properly belonging to B&N (or a member of the B&N Group), the Parties shall use reasonable best efforts to promptly advise the other party, segregate and hold such funds in trust for the benefit of such other Party and promptly deliver such funds, together with any interest earned thereon, to an account or accounts designated in writing by such other Party.

(f) In the event that after the Distribution (i) B&N (or a member of the B&N Group) receives any communications (including, among other things, communications through B&N’s “We Listen” hotline or other similar channels of communication), notices or inquiries relating to BNED (or a member of the BNED Group), or (ii) BNED (or a member of the BNED Group) receives any communications, notices or inquiries relating to B&N (or a member of the B&N Group), the relevant Party shall use reasonable best efforts to notify the other Party thereof as promptly as reasonably practicable.

(g) To the extent that any transfer or conveyance of any Asset or acceptance or assumption of any Liability required by this Agreement to be so transferred, conveyed, accepted or assumed shall not have been completed prior to the Distribution, the Parties shall use reasonable best efforts to effect such transfer, conveyance, acceptance or assumption as promptly following the Distribution as shall be practicable. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to require the transfer or conveyance of any Assets or the acceptance or assumption of any Liabilities which by their terms or operation of Law cannot be so transferred, conveyed, accepted or assumed; provided , however , that the Parties shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain any necessary Consents for the transfer, conveyance, acceptance or assumption (as applicable) of all Assets and Liabilities required by this Agreement to be so transferred, conveyed, accepted or assumed. In the event that any such transfer, conveyance, acceptance or assumption (as applicable) has not been completed effective as of and after the Distribution, the Party retaining

 

13


such Asset or Liability shall thereafter hold such Asset for the use and benefit of the Party entitled thereto (at the expense of the Party entitled thereto) and retain such Liability for the account, and at the expense, of the Party by whom such Liability should have been assumed or accepted pursuant to this Agreement, and take such other actions as may be reasonably requested by the Party to which such Asset should have been transferred or conveyed, or by whom such Liability should have been assumed or accepted, as the case may be, in order to place such Party, insofar as reasonably possible, in the same position as would have existed had such Asset or Liability been transferred, conveyed, accepted or assumed (as applicable) as contemplated by this Agreement, including possession, use, risk of loss, potential for gain and control over such Asset or Liability. As and when any such Asset or Liability becomes transferable, the Parties shall use reasonable best efforts to promptly effect such transfer, conveyance, acceptance or assumption (as applicable). Any transfer, conveyance, acceptance or assumption made pursuant to this Section 2.01(e) shall be treated by the Parties for all purposes as if it had occurred immediately prior to the Distribution, except as otherwise required by applicable Law or a Determination.

(h) The Party retaining any Asset or Liability due to the deferral of the transfer and conveyance of such Asset or the deferral of the acceptance and assumption of such Liability pursuant to this Section 2.01 or otherwise shall not be obligated by this Agreement, in connection with this Section 2.01, to expend any money or take any action that would require the expenditure of money unless and to the extent the Party entitled to such Asset or the Party intended to assume such Liability advances or agrees to reimburse it for the applicable expenditures.

SECTION 2.02. Certain Matters Governed Exclusively by Ancillary Agreements. Each of B&N and BNED agrees on behalf of itself and the members of its Group that, except as explicitly provided in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, (i) the TMA shall exclusively govern all matters relating to Taxes between such parties (except as explicitly provided in the EMA and TSA), (ii) the EMA shall exclusively govern the allocation of Assets and Liabilities related to employee and employee benefits-related matters (except for those matters involving the Payables Transactions which are governed by Schedule 1(f) hereto), including the existing equity plans with respect to employees and former employees of members of both the B&N Group and the BNED Group (it being understood that any such Assets and Liabilities, as allocated pursuant to the EMA, shall constitute BNED Assets, BNED Liabilities, B&N Assets or B&N Liabilities, as applicable, hereunder and shall be subject to Article VI hereof), and (iii) the TSA shall exclusively govern all matters relating to the provision of certain services identified therein to be provided by each Party to the other on a transitional basis following the Distribution.

SECTION 2.03. Termination of Agreements. (a) Except as set forth in Section 2.03(b) or as otherwise provided by the steps constituting the Internal Transactions, in furtherance of the releases and other provisions of Section 6.01, effective as of the Distribution, BNED and each other member of the BNED Group, on the one hand, and B&N and each other member of the B&N Group, on the other hand, hereby agree they will terminate any and all agreements, arrangements, commitments and understandings, oral or written (“ Intercompany Agreements ”), including all intercompany accounts payable or accounts receivable (“ Intercompany Accounts ”), between such parties and in effect or accrued as of the Distribution

 

14


and including the agreements set forth on Schedule 2.03. No such terminated Intercompany Agreement or Intercompany Account (including any provision thereof that purports to survive termination) shall be of any further force or effect after the Distribution. Each Party shall, at the reasonable request of the other Party, take, or cause to be taken, such other actions as may be necessary to effect the foregoing. The Parties, on behalf of the members of their respective Groups, hereby waive any advance notice provision or other termination requirements with respect to any Intercompany Agreement.

(b) The provisions of Section 2.03(a) shall not apply to any of the following Intercompany Agreements or Intercompany Accounts (or to any of the provisions thereof): this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (and each other Intercompany Agreement or Intercompany Account expressly contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement to be entered into by either Party or any other member of its Group).

SECTION 2.04. Shared Contracts. The Parties shall, and shall cause the members of their respective Groups to, use their respective reasonable best efforts to work together (and, if necessary and desirable, to work with the third party to such Shared Contract) in an effort to divide, partially assign, modify and/or replicate (in whole or in part) the respective rights and obligations under and in respect of any Shared Contract, such that (a) a member of the BNED Group is the beneficiary of the rights and is responsible for the obligations related to that portion of such Shared Contract relating to the BNED Business (the “ BNED Portion ”), which rights shall be a BNED Asset and which obligations shall be a BNED Liability and (b) a member of the B&N Group is the beneficiary of the rights and is responsible for the obligations related to such Shared Contract not relating to the BNED Business (the “ B&N Portion ”), which rights shall be a B&N Asset and which obligations shall be a B&N Liability. If the Parties, or their respective Group members, as applicable, are not able to enter into an arrangement to formally divide, partially assign, modify and/or replicate such Shared Contract prior to the Distribution as contemplated by the previous sentence, then the Parties shall, and shall cause their respective Group members to, cooperate in any lawful arrangement to provide that, following the Distribution and until the earlier of five years after the Distribution Date and such time as the formal division, partial assignment, modification and/or replication of such Shared Contract as contemplated by the previous sentence is effected, a member of the BNED Group shall receive the interest in the benefits and obligations of the BNED Portion under such Shared Contract and a member of the B&N Group shall receive the interest in the benefits and obligations of the B&N Portion under such Shared Contract.

SECTION 2.05. Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties. Each of B&N (on behalf of itself and each other member of the B&N Group) and BNED (on behalf of itself and each other member of the BNED Group) understands and agrees that, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or the Tax Opinion Representations, no party to this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or any other agreement or document contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement is representing or warranting in any way as to any Assets or Liabilities transferred or assumed as contemplated hereby or thereby, as to the sufficiency of the Assets or Liabilities transferred or assumed hereby or thereby for the conduct and operations of the BNED Business or the B&N Business, as applicable, as to any Governmental Approvals or other Consents required in connection therewith or in connection with any past transfers of the Assets or assumptions of the Liabilities,

 

15


as to the value or freedom from any Security Interests of, or any other matter concerning, any Assets or Liabilities of such party, or as to the absence of any defenses or rights of setoff or freedom from counterclaim with respect to any claim or other Asset, including any accounts receivable, of any such Party, or as to the legal sufficiency of any assignment, document or instrument delivered hereunder to convey title to any Asset or thing of value upon the execution, delivery and filing hereof or thereof. Except as may expressly be set forth herein, any such Assets are being transferred on an “as is”, “where is” basis and the respective transferees shall bear the economic and legal risks that (a) any conveyance shall prove to be insufficient to vest in the transferee good and marketable title, free and clear of any Security Interest, and (b) any necessary Governmental Approvals or other Consents are not obtained or that any requirements of Laws or judgments are not complied with.

ARTICLE III

Credit Support

SECTION 3.01. Replacement of Credit Support. (a) (i) BNED shall use reasonable best efforts to arrange, at its sole cost and expense and effective on or prior to the Distribution Date, the replacement of all guarantees, covenants, indemnities, surety bonds, letters of credit or similar assurances or credit support (“ Credit Support Instruments ”) provided by or through B&N or any other member of the B&N Group for the benefit of BNED or any other member of the BNED Group (“ B&N Credit Support Instruments ”), other than any of the B&N Credit Support Instruments set forth on Schedule 3.01(a) (the “ Surviving B&N Credit Support Instruments ”), with alternate arrangements that do not require any credit support from B&N or any other member of the B&N Group, and shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain from the beneficiaries of such Credit Support Instruments written releases (which in the case of a letter of credit or bank guarantee would be effective upon surrender of the original B&N Credit Support Instrument to the originating bank and such bank’s confirmation to B&N of cancelation thereof) indicating that B&N or such other member of the B&N Group will, effective upon the consummation of the Distribution, have no liability with respect to such Credit Support Instruments, in each case reasonably satisfactory to B&N; provided , however , that (i) in the event that BNED shall not have obtained all such releases on or prior to the Distribution Date, Section 3.02 shall govern all such unreleased B&N Credit Support Instruments and (ii) Section 3.02 shall also govern all Surviving B&N Credit Support Instruments.

(ii) The Credit Support Instrument provided by or through BNED or any other member of the BNED Group for the benefit of B&N or any other member of the B&N Group set forth on Schedule 3.01(a) (the “ Surviving BNED Credit Support Instrument ”) shall continue following the Distribution Date and shall be governed by Section 3.02.

(b) B&N and BNED shall provide each other with written notice of the existence of all Credit Support Instruments a reasonable period prior to the Distribution.

SECTION 3.02. Credit Support. (a) B&N hereby agrees that, during the Credit Support Period and any subsequent period that a particular Surviving B&N Credit Support Instrument remains outstanding despite BNED’s having used its reasonable best efforts to cause such Credit Support Instruments to be replaced pursuant to Section 3.01(a), (i) for the benefit of

 

16


BNED, it will maintain, continue, satisfy and comply in full with, and cause its subsidiaries to maintain and continue, satisfy and comply in full with, and will not take any action, or cause any of its subsidiaries to take any action, to terminate (other than at the request of BNED), the Surviving B&N Credit Support Instruments and (ii) it will, and will cause its subsidiaries to, renew or extend any such Surviving B&N Support Credit Instruments, in each case, during the Credit Support Period; provided that (x) B&N and its subsidiaries shall not be required to renew or extend any Surviving B&N Credit Support Instrument (A) beyond the expiration date of the relevant BNED Primary Credit Instrument in support or guarantee of which such Surviving B&N Credit Support Instrument has been provided or (B) which has been released or replaced pursuant to Section 3.01(a) and (y) B&N and its subsidiaries shall be permitted to terminate and shall not be required to renew or extend any Surviving B&N Credit Support Instrument so long as concurrently with such termination or expiration, it replaces such Surviving B&N Credit Support Instrument with another guarantee, letter of credit, surety bond or similar instrument or other arrangement in support of the relevant BNED Primary Credit Instrument in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the beneficiary of such BNED Primary Credit Instrument, which replacement instrument shall be treated as a Surviving B&N Credit Support Instrument for all purposes hereunder.

(b) Additional BNED Credit Support Instruments. If at any time either of B&N or BNED shall identify a credit instrument of BNED (each, an “ Additional BNED Primary Credit Instrument ”) and corresponding guarantee or similar credit instrument of B&N or its subsidiaries in respect of such Additional BNED Primary Credit Instrument (each, an “ Additional B&N Credit Support Instrument ”) that existed prior to the Distribution Date and that, had B&N and BNED been aware of such Additional BNED Primary Credit Instrument and Additional B&N Credit Support Instrument prior to the Distribution Date, would have been identified as a BNED Primary Credit Instrument and a Surviving B&N Credit Support Instrument, respectively, on the Distribution Date, (i) such Additional BNED Primary Credit Instrument and Additional B&N Credit Support Instrument shall be deemed to be a BNED Primary Credit Instrument and a Surviving B&N Credit Support Instrument, respectively, for all purposes hereunder and (ii) BNED shall pay to B&N all amounts in respect of such Additional B&N Credit Support Instrument which it would have been obligated to pay pursuant to this Section 3.02 (including amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.02 (c) hereof) since the Distribution Date had such Additional B&N Credit Support Instrument been identified as a Surviving B&N Credit Support Instrument hereunder on the Distribution Date.

(c) Reimbursement, Expenses, Indemnity .

(i) If B&N or any of its subsidiaries shall make any payment (“ B&N Credit Support Payment ”) in respect of or in connection with any Surviving B&N Credit Support Instrument, including any payment in the form of collateral delivered by B&N in respect of any Surviving B&N Credit Support Instrument, BNED shall promptly, but in any event within ten business days of written demand therefor, reimburse B&N in full for the amount of such B&N Credit Support Payment, together with any interest accrued thereon. BNED’s reimbursement obligations hereunder shall not be construed to limit or waive the rights of subrogation that B&N or any of its subsidiaries may have in respect of any B&N Credit Support Payment and BNED hereby acknowledges and affirms that B&N and its subsidiaries have not waived their rights of subrogation.

 

17


(ii) BNED shall pay all reasonable and actual out-of-pocket expenses incurred by B&N and its subsidiaries (including the reasonable and actual fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for B&N) after the Distribution Date in connection with (i) Surviving B&N Credit Support Instruments (including the continuation, extension or renewal of any Surviving B&N Credit Instrument) and any agreement entered into in connection with any of the foregoing or any amendments or other modifications to any of the foregoing (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated) or (ii) the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with any of the foregoing, including its rights under this Section 3.02(c); provided that BNED shall not be required to pay any such expenses incurred in connection with the voluntary replacement by B&N of a Surviving B&N Credit Support Instrument pursuant to clause (y) of Section 3.02(a) hereof.

(iii) BNED shall defend, hold harmless, and indemnify each B&N Indemnitee from and against any charges, suits, damages, costs, expenses, judgments, penalties, claims, liabilities or losses of any kind or nature whatsoever, including reasonable attorney fees and expenses, that may be sustained or suffered by or secured against any B&N Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of this Section 3.02 or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including the continuation, extension or renewal of any Surviving B&N Credit Support Instrument), or the use of, or the proposed use of, the Surviving B&N Credit Support Instruments, or any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any B&N Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any B&N Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are found in a judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such B&N Indemnitee or such B&N Indemnitee’s breach of its obligations hereunder.

(iv) All amounts due under this Section 3.02(c) shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor, and in any event within ten business days following such demand, in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars to an account of B&N specified in writing and shall not be subject to reduction by way of setoff or counterclaim. If any payment hereunder would be due and payable on a day that is not a business day, such payment shall instead be due on the immediately preceding business day.

(v) Any amount payable hereunder shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Default Interest Rate, calculated on a daily basis, from (i) in the case of any B&N Credit Support Payment, the date on which such B&N Credit Support Payment was made and (ii) in the case of any other amount payable hereunder, the date immediately following the date by which such amount was required to be paid pursuant to paragraph (iv) above until the date on which BNED shall make payment in full of such amount (including all interest accrued thereon pursuant to this paragraph (v)) to B&N.

 

18


(vi) BNED hereby authorizes B&N at any time and from time to time when any amount owed by BNED to B&N pursuant to this Section 3.02 is due and payable to it and has not been paid, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, to set off and apply any and all indebtedness at any time owing by B&N to or for the credit or the account of BNED against any of and all of the amounts payable by BNED to B&N hereunder; provided that B&N shall not be permitted to exercise any right of setoff pursuant to this paragraph unless demand for payment has been made pursuant to paragraph (iv) of this Section 3.02(c) and the period within which BNED was required to make such payment has expired. B&N shall notify BNED promptly of any such setoff and the application made by B&N of the proceeds thereof; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of B&N under this paragraph are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which B&N may have.

(vii) The provisions of this Section 3.02 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the Spin-Off or by any of the agreements referred to herein or the termination of this Agreement or any such other agreements or any provision hereof or thereof.

(d) Surviving B&N Credit Support Instruments . The provisions of Section 3.02(a) and (c) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Surviving B&N Credit Instrument.

ARTICLE IV

Actions Pending the Distribution

SECTION 4.01. Actions Prior to the Distribution. (a) Subject to the conditions specified in Section 4.02 and subject to Section 5.03, B&N and BNED shall use reasonable best efforts to consummate the Distribution. Such efforts shall include taking the actions specified in this Section 4.01.

(b) Prior to the Distribution, B&N shall mail the Prospectus to the Record Holders.

(c) BNED shall prepare, file with the Commission and use its reasonable best efforts to cause to become effective any registration statements or amendments thereto required to effect the establishment of, or amendments to, any employee benefit and other plans necessary or appropriate in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements.

(d) B&N and BNED shall take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate under the securities or blue sky laws of the states or other political subdivisions of the United States or of other foreign jurisdictions in connection with the Distribution.

(e) BNED shall prepare and file, and shall use reasonable best efforts to have approved prior to the Distribution, an application for the listing of the BNED Common Stock to be distributed in the Distribution on the NYSE, subject to official notice of distribution.

 

19


(f) Prior to the Distribution, B&N shall have duly elected members of the BNED board of directors, and such individuals shall be the members of the BNED board of directors effective as of immediately after the Distribution; provided , however , that to the extent required by any Law or requirement of the NYSE or any other national securities exchange, as applicable, one independent director shall be appointed prior to the date on which “when-issued” trading of the BNED Common Stock begins on the NYSE and begin his or her term prior to the Distribution and shall serve on BNED’s Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee.

(g) Prior to the Distribution, B&N shall deliver or cause to be delivered to BNED resignations, effective as of immediately after the Distribution, of each individual who will be an employee of any member of the B&N Group after the Distribution and who is an officer or director of any member of the BNED Group immediately prior to the Distribution.

(h) As of immediately prior to the Distribution, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Amended and Restated By-laws of BNED, each in substantially the form filed as an exhibit to the Form S-1, shall be in effect.

(i) B&N and BNED shall, subject to Section 5.03, take all reasonable steps necessary and appropriate to cause the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 to be satisfied and to effect the Distribution on the Distribution Date.

SECTION 4.02. Conditions Precedent to Consummation of the Distribution. Subject to Section 5.03, as soon as practicable after the date of this Agreement, the Parties shall use reasonable best efforts to satisfy the following conditions prior to the consummation of the Distribution. The obligations of the Parties to consummate the Distribution shall be conditioned on the satisfaction, or waiver by B&N, of the following conditions:

(a) The board of directors of B&N shall have authorized and approved the Spin-Off and not withdrawn such authorization and approval, and shall have declared the dividend of BNED Common Stock to B&N stockholders.

(b) Each Ancillary Agreement shall have been executed by each party to such agreements.

(c) BNED shall have entered into a credit facility and any other financing the BNED board of directors determines to be necessary or advisable, in each case, on terms and conditions acceptable to BNED.

(d) B&N shall have obtained an amendment to or replacement of the B&N Credit Agreement permitting the Spin-Off.

(e) The Commission shall have declared effective the Form S-1, of which the Prospectus is a part, under the Securities Act of 1933, and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Form S-1 shall be in effect and no proceedings for that purpose shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission.

 

20


(f) The BNED Common Stock shall have been accepted for listing on the NYSE or another national securities exchange approved by B&N, subject to official notice of issuance.

(g) B&N shall have received the written opinions of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP and KPMG LLP, which shall remain in full force and effect, that, subject to the accuracy of and compliance with the relevant Tax Opinion Representations, the Spin-Off will qualify for its Intended Tax Treatment.

(h) The B&N board of directors shall have received a solvency opinion from a financial advisor, in the form and substance acceptable to the B&N board of directors, regarding the effect of the Spin-Off.

(i) No order, injunction or decree issued by any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Spin-Off shall be in effect, and no other event outside the control of B&N shall have occurred or failed to occur that prevents the consummation of the Spin-Off.

(j) No other events or developments shall have occurred prior to the Distribution Date that, in the judgment of the board of directors of B&N, would result in the Spin-Off having a material adverse effect on B&N or its stockholders.

(k) Prior to the Distribution Date, the Prospectus shall have been mailed to the holders of B&N Common Stock.

(l) B&N shall have duly elected the individuals listed as members of post-Spin-Off BNED board of directors in the Form S-1, and such individuals shall be the members of BNED board of directors; provided that BNED current directors shall appoint at least one independent director to serve on the Audit Committee prior to the date on which “when-issued” trading of BNED Common Stock commences.

(m) Immediately prior to the Distribution Date, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Amended and Restated By-laws of BNED, each in substantially the form filed as an exhibit to the Form S-1, shall be in effect.

(n) B&N shall have received a certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer of BNED, dated as of the Distribution Date, certifying the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Section 4.02.

The foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of B&N and shall not give rise to or create any duty on the part of B&N or the B&N board of directors to waive or not waive such conditions or in any way limit the right of B&N to terminate this Agreement as set forth in Article XI or alter the consequences of any such termination from those specified in such Article. Any determination made by the B&N board of directors prior to the Distribution concerning the satisfaction or waiver of any or all of the conditions set forth in this Section 4.02 shall be conclusive.

 

21


ARTICLE V

The Distribution

SECTION 5.01. The Distribution. (a) BNED shall cooperate with B&N to accomplish the Distribution and shall, at the direction of B&N, use its reasonable best efforts to promptly take any and all actions necessary or desirable to effect the Distribution. B&N or BNED, as the case may be, will provide, or cause the applicable member of its Group to provide, to the Agent all share certificates and any information required in order to complete the Distribution.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, (i) after completion of the Internal Transactions and on or prior to the Distribution Date, for the benefit of and distribution to the holders of B&N Common Stock as of the Record Date (the “ Record Holders ”), B&N will deliver to the Agent all of the issued and outstanding shares of BNED Common Stock then owned by B&N or any other member of the B&N Group and book-entry authorizations for such shares and (ii) on the Distribution Date, B&N shall instruct the Agent to distribute, by means of a pro rata dividend based on the aggregate number of shares of B&N Common Stock held by each applicable Record Holder, to each Record Holder (or such Record Holder’s bank or brokerage firm on such Record Holder’s behalf) electronically, by direct registration in book-entry form, the number of shares of BNED Common Stock to which such Record Holder is entitled based on a distribution ratio to be determined by B&N in its sole discretion. The Distribution shall be effective at 12:01 a.m. New York City time on the Distribution Date. On or as soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, the Agent will mail to each Record Holder an account statement indicating the number of shares of BNED Common Stock that have been registered in book-entry form in the name of such Record Holder.

SECTION 5.02. Fractional Shares. The Agent and B&N shall, as soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, (a) determine the number of whole shares and fractional shares of BNED Common Stock allocable to each Record Holder, (b) aggregate all such fractional shares into whole shares and sell the whole shares obtained thereby in open market transactions at then prevailing trading prices on behalf of holders who would otherwise be entitled to fractional share interests and (c) distribute to each such holder, or for the benefit of each beneficial owner, such holder’s or owner’s ratable share of the net proceeds of such sale, based upon the average gross selling price per share of BNED Common Stock after making appropriate deductions for any amount required to be withheld under applicable Tax Law and less any brokers’ charges, commissions or transfer Taxes. The Agent, in its sole discretion, will determine the timing and method of selling such fractional shares, the selling price of such fractional shares and the broker-dealer through which such fractional shares will be sold; provided , however , that the designated broker-dealer is not an Affiliate of B&N or BNED. Neither B&N nor BNED will pay any interest on the proceeds from the sale of fractional shares.

SECTION 5.03. Sole Discretion of B&N. B&N shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine the Record Date, the Distribution Date and all terms of the Distribution, including the form, structure and terms of any transactions and/or offerings to effect the Distribution and the timing of and conditions to the consummation thereof. In addition and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth below, B&N may at any time and from time to

 

22


time until the Distribution decide to abandon the Distribution including by accelerating or delaying the timing of the consummation of all or part of the Distribution or modifying or changing the terms of the Distribution if, at any time, the B&N board of directors determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the Distribution is not in the best interests of B&N or its stockholders or is otherwise not advisable.

ARTICLE VI

Mutual Releases; Indemnification

SECTION 6.01. Release of Pre-Distribution Claims. (a) Except as provided in Section 6.01(c) or elsewhere in this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, effective as of the Distribution, BNED does hereby, for itself and each other member of the BNED Group, their respective Affiliates, to the extent it may legally do so, successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time on or prior to the Distribution have been stockholders, directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the BNED Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), remise, release and forever discharge B&N and the other members of the B&N Group, their respective Affiliates, successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time on or prior to the Distribution have been stockholders, directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the B&N Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, from any and all BNED Liabilities whatsoever, whether at Law or in equity (including any right of contribution), whether arising under any contract or agreement, by operation of Law or otherwise, existing or arising from any acts or events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur or any conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the Distribution, including in connection with the Spin-Off and all other activities to implement the Spin-Off.

(b) Except as provided in Section 6.01(c) or elsewhere in this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, effective as of the Distribution, B&N does hereby, for itself and each other member of the B&N Group, their respective Affiliates, to the extent it may legally do so, successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time on or prior to the Distribution have been stockholders, directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the B&N Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), remise, release and forever discharge BNED, the other members of the BNED Group, their respective Affiliates, successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time on or prior to the Distribution have been stockholders, directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the BNED Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, from any and all B&N Liabilities whatsoever, whether at Law or in equity (including any right of contribution), whether arising under any contract or agreement, by operation of Law or otherwise, existing or arising from any acts or events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur or any conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the Distribution, including in connection with the Spin-Off and all other activities to implement the Spin-Off.

(c) Nothing contained in Section 6.01(a) or (b) shall impair any right of any Person to enforce this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or any Intercompany Agreement or

 

23


Intercompany Account that is specified in Section 2.03(b) not to terminate as of the Distribution, in each case in accordance with its terms. Nothing contained in Section 6.01(a) or (b) shall release any Person from:

(i) any Liability provided in or resulting from any agreement among any members of the B&N Group or the BNED Group that is specified in Section 2.03(b) as not terminating as of the Distribution, or any other Liability specified in such Section 2.03(b) as not to terminate as of the Distribution;

(ii) any Liability, contingent or otherwise, assumed, transferred, assigned or allocated to the Group of which such Person is a member in accordance with, or any other Liability of any member of any Group under, this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement;

(iii) any Liability provided in or resulting from any other agreement or understanding that is entered into after the Distribution between one Party (and/or a member of such Party’s Group), on the one hand, and the other Party (and/or a member of such Party’s Group), on the other hand;

(iv) any Liability that the Parties may have with respect to indemnification or contribution pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement for claims brought against the Parties, the members of their respective Groups or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents, by third Persons, which Liability shall be governed by the provisions of this Article VI or, if applicable, the appropriate provisions of the relevant Ancillary Agreement; or

(v) any Liability the release of which would result in the release of any Person not otherwise intended to be released pursuant to this Section 6.01.

(d) BNED shall not make, and shall not permit any other member of the BNED Group to make, any claim or demand, or commence any Action asserting any claim or demand, including any claim of contribution or any indemnification, against B&N or any other member of the B&N Group, or any other Person released pursuant to Section 6.01(a), with respect to any Liabilities released pursuant to Section 6.01(a). B&N shall not make, and shall not permit any other member of the B&N Group to make, any claim or demand, or commence any Action asserting any claim or demand, including any claim of contribution or any indemnification against BNED or any other member of the BNED Group, or any other Person released pursuant to Section 6.01(b), with respect to any Liabilities released pursuant to Section 6.01(b).

(e) It is the intent of each of B&N and BNED, by virtue of the provisions of this Section 6.01, to provide for a full and complete release and discharge of all Liabilities existing or arising from all acts and events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur and all conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the Distribution Date, between or among BNED or any other member of the BNED Group, on the one hand, and B&N or any other member of the B&N Group, on the other hand (including any contractual agreements or arrangements existing or alleged to exist between or

 

24


among any such members on or before the Distribution Date), except as set forth in Section 6.01(c) or elsewhere in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement. At any time, at the request of the other Party, each Party shall cause each member of its respective Group to execute and deliver releases reflecting the provisions hereof.

SECTION 6.02. Indemnification by BNED. Subject to Section 6.04, BNED shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless B&N, each other member of the B&N Group and each of their respective former and current directors, officers and employees, and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ B&N Indemnitees ”), from and against any and all Liabilities of the B&N Indemnitees relating to, arising out of or resulting from any of the following items (without duplication):

(a) the BNED Liabilities (including with respect to Shared Contracts), including the failure of BNED or any other member of the BNED Group or any other Person to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any BNED Liability in accordance with its terms;

(b) any breach by BNED or any other member of the BNED Group of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement unless such Ancillary Agreement expressly provides for separate indemnification therein (which shall be controlling); and

(c) any breach by BNED of any of the representations and warranties made by BNED on behalf of itself and the members of the BNED Group in Section 12.01(c).

SECTION 6.03. Indemnification by B&N. Subject to Section 6.04, B&N shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless BNED, each other member of the BNED Group and each of their respective former and current directors, officers and employees, and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ BNED Indemnitees ”), from and against any and all Liabilities of the BNED Indemnitees relating to, arising out of or resulting from any of the following items (without duplication):

(a) the B&N Liabilities (including with respect to Shared Contracts), including the failure of B&N or any other member of the B&N Group or any other Person to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any B&N Liability in accordance with its terms;

(b) any breach by B&N or any other member of the B&N Group of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement unless such Ancillary Agreement expressly provides for separate indemnification therein (which shall be controlling); and

(c) any breach by B&N of any of the representations and warranties made by B&N on behalf of itself and the members of the B&N Group in Section 12.01(c).

SECTION 6.04. Indemnification Obligations Net of Insurance Proceeds and Third-Party Proceeds. (a) The Parties intend that any Liability subject to indemnification or reimbursement pursuant to this Agreement will be net of (i) Insurance Proceeds that actually reduce the amount of, or are paid to the applicable Indemnitee in respect of, such Liability or (ii) other amounts recovered from any third party that actually reduce the amount of, or are paid to the applicable Indemnitee in respect of, such Liability (“ Third-Party Proceeds ”). Accordingly, the amount that either Party (an “ Indemnifying Party ”) is required to pay to any Person entitled

 

25


to indemnification or reimbursement pursuant to this Agreement (an “ Indemnitee ”) will be reduced by any Insurance Proceeds or Third-Party Proceeds theretofore actually recovered by or on behalf of the Indemnitee from a third party in respect of the related Liability. If an Indemnitee receives a payment required by this Agreement from an Indemnifying Party in respect of any Liability (an “ Indemnity Payment ”) and subsequently receives Insurance Proceeds or Third-Party Proceeds in respect of such Liability, then the Indemnitee will pay to the Indemnifying Party an amount equal to the excess of the Indemnity Payment received over the amount of the Indemnity Payment that would have been due if such Insurance Proceeds or Third-Party Proceeds had been received, realized or recovered before the Indemnity Payment was made.

(b) An insurer that would otherwise be obligated to pay any claim shall not be relieved of the responsibility with respect thereto or have any subrogation rights with respect thereto by virtue of the indemnification provisions hereof, it being expressly understood and agreed that no insurer or any other third party shall be entitled to a “wind-fall” ( i.e. , a benefit they would not be entitled to receive in the absence of the indemnification provisions) by virtue of the indemnification provisions hereof. Each member of the B&N Group and BNED Group shall use reasonable best efforts to seek to collect or recover any Insurance Proceeds and any Third-Party Proceeds to which such Person is entitled in connection with any Liability for which such Person seeks indemnification pursuant to this Article VI; provided , however , that such Person’s inability to collect or recover any such Insurance Proceeds or Third-Party Proceeds shall not limit the Indemnifying Party’s obligations hereunder.

(c) The calculation of any Indemnity Payments required by this Agreement shall be subject to Section 5.04 of the TMA.

SECTION 6.05. Procedures for Indemnification of Third-Party Claims. (a) If an Indemnitee shall receive notice or otherwise learn of a Third-Party Claim with respect to which an Indemnifying Party may be obligated to provide indemnification to such Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement, such Indemnitee shall give such Indemnifying Party written notice thereof as soon as reasonably practicable, but no later than 30 days after becoming aware of such Third-Party Claim. Any such notice shall describe the Third-Party Claim in reasonable detail. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of any Indemnitee or other Person to give notice as provided in this Section 6.05(a) shall not relieve the related Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Article VI, except to the extent that such Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice.

(b) The Indemnifying Party shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Indemnitee within 30 calendar days after receipt of notice from an Indemnitee in accordance with Section 6.05(a) (or sooner, if the nature of such Third-Party Claim so requires), to assume and conduct the defense of such Third-Party Claim in accordance with the limits set forth in this Agreement with counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party and reasonably acceptable to the Indemnitee; provided , however , (i) the defense of such Third-Party Claim by the Indemnifying Party will not, in the reasonable judgment of the Indemnitee, affect the Indemnitee or any of its controlled Affiliates in a materially adverse manner and (ii) the Third-Party Claim solely seeks (and continues to seek) monetary damages (the conditions set forth in clauses (i) and (ii), collectively, the “ Litigation Conditions ”).

 

26


(c) If the Indemnifying Party elects not to assume the defense of a Third-Party Claim in accordance with this Agreement, or fails to notify an Indemnitee of its election as provided in Section 6.05(b) or if one of the Litigation Conditions is not satisfied or waived by the Indemnitee, such Indemnitee may defend such Third-Party Claim at the cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party.

(d) If the Indemnifying Party elects to assume the defense of a Third-Party Claim in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Indemnitees shall, subject to the terms of this Agreement, cooperate with the Indemnifying Party with respect to the defense of such Third-Party Claim.

(e) If the Indemnifying Party elects to assume the defense of a Third-Party Claim in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Indemnifying Party will not be liable for any additional legal expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense of the Third-Party Claim; provided , however , that if (i) the Litigation Conditions cease to be met or (ii) the Indemnifying Party fails to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently such Third-Party Claim, the Indemnitee may assume its own defense, and the Indemnifying Party will be liable for all reasonable costs or expenses paid or incurred in connection with such defense. The Indemnifying Party or the Indemnitee, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but, subject to the prior sentence, not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third-Party Claim that the other is defending as provided in this Agreement. In the event, however, that such Indemnitee reasonably determines that representation by counsel to the Indemnifying Party of both such Indemnifying Party and the Indemnitee could reasonably be expected to present such counsel with a conflict of interest, then the Indemnitee may employ separate counsel to represent or defend it in any such action or proceeding and the Indemnifying Party will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.

(f) No Indemnifying Party shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement of any Third-Party Claim without the consent of the applicable Indemnitee or Indemnitees; provided , however , that such Indemnitee(s) shall be required to consent to such entry of judgment or to such settlement that the Indemnifying Party may recommend if the judgment or settlement (i) contains no finding or admission of any violation of Law or any violation of the rights of any Person, (ii) involves only monetary relief which the Indemnifying Party has agreed to pay and (iii) includes a full and unconditional release of the Indemnitee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall an Indemnitee be required to consent to any entry of judgment or settlement if the effect thereof is to permit any injunction, declaratory judgment, other order or other nonmonetary relief to be entered, directly or indirectly, against any Indemnitee.

(g) Whether or not the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of a Third-Party Claim, no Indemnitee shall admit any liability with respect to, or settle, compromise or discharge, such Third-Party Claim without the Indemnifying Party’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

SECTION 6.06. Additional Matters. (a) Any claim on account of a Liability that does not result from a Third-Party Claim shall be asserted by written notice given

 

27


by the Indemnitee to the related Indemnifying Party. Such Indemnifying Party shall have a period of 30 days after the receipt of such notice within which to respond thereto. If such Indemnifying Party does not respond within such 30-day period, such Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have refused to accept responsibility to make payment. If such Indemnifying Party does not respond within such 30-day period or rejects such claim in whole or in part, such Indemnitee shall be free to pursue such remedies as may be available to such Party as contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) In the event of payment by or on behalf of any Indemnifying Party to any Indemnitee in connection with any Third-Party Claim, such Indemnifying Party shall be subrogated to and shall stand in the place of such Indemnitee as to any events or circumstances in respect of which such Indemnitee may have any right, defense or claim relating to such Third-Party Claim against any claimant or plaintiff asserting such Third-Party Claim or against any other Person. Such Indemnitee shall cooperate with such Indemnifying Party in a reasonable manner, and at the cost and expense of such Indemnifying Party, in prosecuting any subrogated right, defense or claim.

(c) In the event of an Action relating to a Liability that has been allocated to an Indemnifying Party pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement in which the Indemnifying Party is not a named defendant, if the Indemnifying Party shall so request, the Parties shall endeavor to substitute the Indemnifying Party for the named defendant or add the Indemnifying Party as an additional named defendant, if at all practicable. If such substitution or addition cannot be achieved for any reason or is not requested, the named defendant shall allow the Indemnifying Party to manage the Action as set forth in this Section, the Indemnifying Party shall fully indemnify the named defendant against all reasonable costs of defending the Action (including court costs, sanctions imposed by a court, attorneys’ fees, experts, fees and all other external expenses), the costs of any judgment or settlement and the cost of any interest or penalties relating to any judgment or settlement.

SECTION 6.07. Remedies Cumulative. The remedies provided in this Article VI shall be cumulative and, subject to the provisions of Article X, shall not preclude assertion by any Indemnitee of any other rights or the seeking of any and all other remedies against any Indemnifying Party.

SECTION 6.08. Survival of Indemnities. The rights and obligations of each of B&N and BNED and their respective Indemnitees under this Article VI shall survive the sale or other transfer by any Party or its Affiliates of any Assets or businesses or the assignment by it of any Liabilities.

SECTION 6.09. Limitation on Liability. Except as may expressly be set forth in this Agreement, none of B&N, BNED or any other member of either Group shall in any event have any Liability to the other or to any other member of the other’s Group, or to any other B&N Indemnitee or BNED Indemnitee, as applicable, under this Agreement (i) with respect to any matter to the extent that such Party seeking indemnification has engaged in any knowing violation of Law or fraud in connection therewith or (ii) for any punitive or exemplary damages (except to the extent payable to a third party), whether or not caused by or resulting from negligence or breach of obligations hereunder.

 

28


ARTICLE VII

Access to Information; Litigation; Confidentiality

SECTION 7.01. Agreement for Exchange of Information; Archives. (a) Except in the case of an adversarial Action or threatened adversarial Action by either B&N or BNED or a Person or Persons in its Group against the other Party or a Person or Persons in its Group, and subject to Section 7.01(b), each of B&N and BNED, on behalf of its respective Group, shall provide, or cause to be provided, to the other Party, at any time after the Distribution, as soon as reasonably practicable after written request therefor, any Information relating to time periods on or prior to the Distribution Date in the possession or under the control of such respective Group, which B&N or BNED, or any member of its respective Group, as applicable, reasonably needs (i) to comply with reporting, disclosure, filing or other requirements imposed on B&N or BNED, or any member of its respective Group, as applicable (including under applicable securities laws), by any national securities exchange or any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over B&N or BNED, or any member of its respective Group, as applicable, (ii) for use in any other judicial, regulatory, administrative or other proceeding or in order to satisfy audit, accounting, regulatory, litigation or other similar requirements or (iii) to comply with its obligations under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement. The receiving Party shall use any Information received pursuant to this Section 7.01(a) solely to the extent reasonably necessary to satisfy the applicable obligations or requirements described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence.

(b) In the event that either B&N or BNED determines that the exchange of any Information pursuant to Section 7.01(a) could violate any Law or agreement or waive or jeopardize any attorney-client privilege or attorney work product protection, such Party shall not be required to provide access to or furnish such Information to the other Party; provided , however , that both B&N and BNED shall take all commercially reasonable measures to permit the compliance with Section 7.01(a) in a manner that avoids any such harm or consequence. Both B&N and BNED intend that any provision of access to or the furnishing of Information pursuant to this Section 7.01 that would otherwise be within the ambit of any legal privilege shall not operate as waiver of such privilege.

(c) Each of BNED and B&N agrees, on behalf of itself and each member of the Group of which it is a member, not to disclose or otherwise waive any privilege or protection attaching to any privileged Information relating to a member of the other Group or relating to or arising in connection with the relationship between the Groups prior to the Distribution, without providing prompt written notice to and obtaining the prior written consent of the other (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(d) B&N and BNED each agree that it will only process personal data provided to it by the other Group in accordance with all applicable privacy and data protection law obligations and will implement and maintain at all times appropriate technical and organizational measures to protect such personal data against unauthorized or unlawful processing and accidental loss, destruction, damage, alteration and disclosure. In addition, each Party agrees to provide reasonable assistance to the other Party in respect of any obligations under privacy and data protection legislation affecting the disclosure of such personal data to the

 

29


other Party and will not knowingly process such personal data in such a way to cause the other Party to violate any of its obligations under any applicable privacy and data protection legislation.

SECTION 7.02. Ownership of Information. Any Information owned by one Group that is provided to the requesting Party hereunder shall be deemed to remain the property of the providing Party. Except as specifically set forth herein, nothing herein shall be construed as granting or conferring rights of license or otherwise in any such Information.

SECTION 7.03. Compensation for Providing Information. B&N and BNED shall reimburse each other for the reasonable costs, if any, in complying with a request for Information pursuant to this Article VII. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided elsewhere in this Agreement, such costs shall be computed in accordance with BNED’s or B&N’s, as applicable, standard methodology and procedures.

SECTION 7.04. Record Retention. To facilitate the possible exchange of Information pursuant to this Article VII and other provisions of this Agreement, each Party shall use its reasonable best efforts to retain all Information in such Party’s possession relating to the other Party or its businesses, Assets or Liabilities, this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements (the “ Retained Information ”) in accordance with its respective record retention policy as in effect on the date hereof or such longer or shorter period as required by Law, this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements.

SECTION 7.05. Accounting Information. Without limiting the generality of Section 7.01 but subject to Section 7.01(b):

(a) Until the end of the first full fiscal year of B&N occurring after the Distribution Date (and for a reasonable period of time afterwards as required by Law for B&N to prepare consolidated financial statements or complete a financial statement audit for any period during which the financial results of the BNED Group were consolidated with those of B&N), BNED shall use its reasonable best efforts to enable B&N to meet its timetable for dissemination of its financial statements and to enable B&N’s auditors to timely complete their annual audit and quarterly reviews of financial statements. As part of such efforts, to the extent reasonably necessary for the preparation of financial statements or completing an audit or review of financial statements or an audit of internal control over financial reporting, (i) BNED shall authorize and direct its auditors to make available to B&N’s auditors, within a reasonable time prior to the date of B&N’s auditors’ opinion or review report, both (x) the personnel who performed or will perform the annual audits and quarterly reviews of BNED and (y) work papers related to such annual audits and quarterly reviews, to enable B&N’s auditors to perform any procedures they consider reasonably necessary to take responsibility for the work of BNED’s auditors as it relates to B&N’s auditors’ opinion or report and (ii) until all governmental audits or other inquiries are complete, BNED shall provide reasonable access during normal business hours for B&N’s internal auditors, counsel and other designated representatives to (x) the premises of BNED and its Subsidiaries and all Information (and duplicating rights) within the knowledge, possession or control of BNED and its Subsidiaries, (y) the officers and employees of BNED and its Subsidiaries, so that B&N may conduct reasonable audits relating to the financial statements provided by BNED and its Subsidiaries, and (z) the IT systems of BNED, so

 

30


that B&N may conduct reasonable testing of such IT systems in connection with the audits of financial statements; provided , however , that such access shall not be unreasonably disruptive to the business and affairs of the BNED Group.

(b) Until the end of the first full fiscal year of BNED occurring after the Distribution Date (and for a reasonable period of time afterwards or as required by Law), B&N shall use its reasonable best efforts to enable BNED to meet its timetable for dissemination of its financial statements and to enable BNED’s auditors to timely complete their annual audit and quarterly reviews of financial statements. As part of such efforts, to the extent reasonably necessary for the preparation of financial statements or completing an audit or review of financial statements or an audit of internal control over financial reporting, (i) B&N shall authorize and direct its auditors to make available to BNED’s auditors, within a reasonable time prior to the date of BNED’s auditors’ opinion or review report, both (x) the personnel who performed or will perform the annual audits and quarterly reviews of B&N and (y) work papers related to such annual audits and quarterly reviews, to enable BNED’s auditors to perform any procedures they consider reasonably necessary to take responsibility for the work of B&N’s auditors as it relates to BNED’s auditors’ opinion or report and (ii) until all governmental audits or other inquires are complete, B&N shall provide reasonable access during normal business hours for BNED’s internal auditors, counsel and other designated representatives to (x) the premises of B&N and its Subsidiaries and all Information (and duplicating rights) within the knowledge, possession or control of B&N and its Subsidiaries and (y) the officers and employees of B&N and its Subsidiaries, so that BNED may conduct reasonable audits relating to the financial statements provided by B&N and its Subsidiaries, and (z) the IT systems of B&N, so that BNED may conduct reasonable testing of such IT systems in connection with the audits of financial statements; provided , however , that such access shall not be unreasonably disruptive to the business and affairs of the B&N Group.

(c) In order to enable the principal executive officer(s) and principal financial officer(s) (as such terms are defined in the rules and regulations of the Commission) of B&N to make any certifications required of them under Section 302 or 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, BNED shall, within a reasonable period of time following a request from B&N in anticipation of filing such reports, cause its principal executive officer(s) and principal financial officer(s) to provide B&N with certifications of such officers in support of the certifications of B&N’s principal executive officer(s) and principal financial officer(s) required under Section 302 or 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 with respect to B&N’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with respect to the fiscal quarter during which the Distribution Date occurs (unless such quarter is the fourth fiscal quarter), each subsequent fiscal quarter through the third fiscal quarter of the year in which the Distribution Date occurs and B&N’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with respect to the fiscal year during which the Distribution Date occurs. Such certifications shall be provided in substantially the same form and manner as such BNED officers provided prior to the Distribution (reflecting any changes in certifications necessitated by the Spin-Off or any other transactions related thereto) or as otherwise agreed upon between B&N and BNED.

SECTION 7.06. Limitations of Liability. Neither B&N nor BNED shall have any Liability to the other Party in the event that any Information exchanged or provided pursuant to this Agreement that is an estimate or forecast, or that is based on an estimate or

 

31


forecast, is found to be inaccurate in the absence of wilful misconduct by the providing Person. Neither B&N nor BNED shall have any Liability to the other Party if any Information is destroyed after reasonable best efforts by BNED or B&N, as applicable, to comply with the provisions of Section 7.04.

SECTION 7.07. Conduct of Pending Litigation Matters. BNED and B&N shall enter into one or more joint defense agreements, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, with respect to litigation matters pending as of the date hereof that involve members of both the B&N Group and the BNED Group.

SECTION 7.08. Production of Witnesses; Records; Cooperation. (a) After the Distribution Date and until the third anniversary thereof, except in the case of an adversarial Action or threatened adversarial Action by either B&N or BNED or a Person or Persons in its Group against the other Party or a Person or Persons in its Group, each of B&N and BNED shall take all reasonable steps to make available, upon written request, the former, current and future directors, officers, employees, other personnel and agents of the Persons in its respective Group (whether as witnesses or otherwise) and any books, records or other documents within its control or that it otherwise has the ability to make available, to the extent that such Person (giving consideration to business demands of such directors, officers, employees, other personnel and agents) or books, records or other documents may reasonably be required in connection with any Action or threatened or contemplated Action (including preparation for such Action) in which B&N or BNED, as applicable, may from time to time be involved, regardless of whether such Action is a matter with respect to which indemnification may be sought hereunder. The requesting Party shall bear all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in connection therewith.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, B&N and BNED shall use their reasonable best efforts to cooperate and consult to the extent reasonably necessary with respect to any Actions or threatened or contemplated Actions, other than an adversarial Action against the other Group.

(c) The obligation of B&N and BNED to make available former, current and future directors, officers, employees and other personnel and agents or provide witnesses and experts pursuant to this Section 7.08 is intended to be interpreted in a manner so as to facilitate cooperation and shall include the obligation to make available employees and other officers without regard to whether such individual or the employer of such individual could assert a possible business conflict (subject to the exception set forth in the first sentence of Section 7.08(a)). Without limiting the foregoing, each of B&N and BNED agrees that neither it nor any Person or Persons in its respective Group will take any adverse action against any employee of its Group based on such employee’s provision of assistance or information to each other pursuant to this Section 7.08.

(d) Upon the reasonable request of B&N or BNED, in connection with any Action contemplated by this Article VII, B&N and BNED will enter into a mutually acceptable common interest agreement so as to maintain to the extent practicable any applicable attorney-client privilege or work product immunity of any member of either Group.

 

32


SECTION 7.09. Confidential Information. (a) Each of B&N and BNED, on behalf of itself and each Person in its respective Group, shall hold, and cause its respective directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives to hold, in strict confidence and not release or disclose, with at least the same degree of care, but no less than a reasonable degree of care, that it applies to its own confidential and proprietary information pursuant to policies in effect as of the Distribution Date, all Information concerning the other Group or its business that is either in its possession (including Information in its possession prior to the Distribution) or furnished by the other Group or its respective directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives at any time pursuant to this Agreement, and shall not use any such Information other than for such purposes as shall be expressly permitted hereunder, except, in each case, to the extent that such Information is (i) in the public domain through no fault of any member of the B&N Group or the BNED Group, as applicable, or any of its respective directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives, (ii) later lawfully acquired from other sources by any of B&N, BNED or its respective Group, employees, directors or agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives, as applicable, which sources are not themselves bound by a confidentiality obligation to the knowledge of any of B&N, BNED or Persons in its respective Group, as applicable, (iii) independently generated without reference to any proprietary or confidential Information of the B&N Group or the BNED Group, as applicable, or (iv) required to be disclosed by Law; provided , however , that the Person required to disclose such Information gives the applicable Person prompt, and to the extent reasonably practicable, prior notice of such disclosure and an opportunity to contest such disclosure and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate, at the expense of the requesting Person, in seeking any reasonable protective arrangements requested by such Person. In the event that such appropriate protective order or other remedy is not obtained, the Person that is required to disclose such Information shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, only that portion of such Information that is legally required to be disclosed and shall take commercially reasonable steps to ensure that confidential treatment is accorded such Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of B&N and BNED may release or disclose, or permit to be released or disclosed, any such Information concerning the other Group (x) to their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives who need to know such Information (who shall be advised of the obligations hereunder with respect to such Information), and (y) to any nationally recognized statistical rating organization as it reasonably deems necessary, solely for the purpose of obtaining a rating of securities or other debt instruments upon normal terms and conditions; provided , however , that the Party whose Information is being disclosed or released to such rating organization is promptly notified thereof.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, when any Information concerning the other Group or its business is no longer needed for the purposes contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, each of B&N and BNED will, promptly after request of the other Party, either return all Information in a tangible form (including all copies thereof and all notes, extracts or summaries based thereon) or certify to the other Party, as applicable, that it has destroyed such Information (and used commercially reasonable efforts to destroy all such Information electronically preserved or recorded within any computerized data storage device or component (including any hard-drive or database)).

 

33


ARTICLE VIII

Insurance

SECTION 8.01. Insurance. (a) Until the Distribution Date, B&N shall (i) cause the members of the BNED Group and their respective employees, officers and directors to continue to be covered as insured parties under B&N’s policies of insurance in a manner which is no less favorable than the coverage provided for the B&N Group and (ii) permit the members of the BNED Group and their respective employees, officers and directors to submit claims arising from or relating to facts, circumstances, events or matters that occurred prior to the Distribution Date to the extent permitted under such policies. With respect to policies currently procured by BNED for the sole benefit of the BNED Group, BNED shall continue to maintain such insurance coverage through the Distribution Date in a manner no less favorable than currently provided. Without limiting any of the rights or obligations of the parties pursuant to Sections 8.01(b)-(e), B&N and BNED acknowledge that, as of the Distribution Date, B&N intends to take such action as it may deem necessary or desirable to remove the members of the BNED Group and their respective employees, officers and directors as insured parties under any policy of insurance issued to any member of the B&N Group by any insurance carrier effective on the Distribution Date. Except to the extent otherwise provided below or otherwise mutually agreed, the BNED Group will not be entitled from and after the Distribution Date to make any claims for insurance thereunder to the extent such claims are based upon facts, circumstances, events or matters occurring on or after the Distribution Date or to the extent any claims are made pursuant to any B&N claims-made policies on or after the Distribution Date. No member of the B&N Group shall be deemed to have made any representation or warranty as to the availability of any coverage under any such insurance policy. Nothing in this Section 8.01(a) shall apply to any employee-related insurance matters that are expressly addressed in the EMA.

(b) Effective as of the Distribution Date, all D&O Policies of the B&N Group shall be converted to run off policies, and each of the B&N Group and the BNED Group shall purchase D&O Policies with respect to claims arising after the Distribution Date. From and after the Distribution Date, to the extent that any Pre-Separation Insurance Claim has been duly reported on or before the six-year anniversary of the Distribution Date under the directors and officers liability insurance policies (“ D&O Policies ”) maintained by members of the B&N Group, B&N shall not, and shall cause the members of the B&N Group not to, take any action that would limit the coverage of the individuals who acted as directors or officers of the B&N Group and members of the BNED Group prior to the Distribution Date under any D&O Policies maintained by the members of the B&N Group. B&N shall continue to be responsible for the deductible or retention related to any such Pre-Separation Insurance Claim under the D&O Policies, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the applicable deductible. B&N shall, and shall cause members of the B&N Group to, reasonably cooperate with the individuals who acted as directors and officers of the B&N Group or members of the BNED Group on or prior to the Distribution Date in their pursuit of any coverage claims under such D&O Policies which could inure to the benefit of such individuals.

(c) Existing primary casualty policies will remain in effect for the B&N Group and BNED until the Distribution Date. Effective as of the Distribution Date, the BNED Group shall purchase workers compensation, commercial general liability and automobile

 

34


liability policies with respect to claims arising after the Distribution Date. B&N shall not, and shall cause the members of the B&N Group not to, take any action that would limit the coverage available to BNED (or members of the BNED Group) prior to the Distribution Date under any existing primary casualty policies maintained by the members of the B&N Group. Any claim fees associated with Pre-Separation losses under the existing primary casualty policies will be assumed by BNED. Assuming acceptance and agreement of the insurance carrier, on or about the six-month anniversary of the Distribution Date, BNED agrees to assume and accept any claims and liabilities with respect to BNED (or any member of the BNED group) existing under the casualty policies of the B&N Group and those liabilities are to be transferred to BNED. BNED shall bear all costs associated with such transfer and assignment. In connection with such transfer and assignment, B&N and BNED shall cooperate to reduce the letter of credit in favor of the insurers under the existing primary casualty policies with the removal of BNED from such policies.

(d) Effective as of the Distribution Date, the BNED Group shall purchase property policies in respect of real and personal property, ocean cargo and crime policies and excess liability and umbrella policies with respect to claims arising from and after the Distribution Date. After the Distribution Date, to the extent that any Pre-Separation Insurance Claim has been duly reported as having occurred prior to the Distribution Date, under property policies in respect of real and personal property, ocean cargo and crime policies and excess liability and umbrella policies maintained by members of the B&N Group, B&N shall not, and shall cause the members of the B&N Group not to, take any action that would limit the coverage available to BNED or any member of the BNED Group prior to the Distribution Date under any such policies maintained by the members of the B&N Group. Any claim settlement funds owed to BNED under any such policies will be distributed at the conclusion of the claim.

(e) Effective as of the Distribution Date, all fiduciary policies and cyberliability policies (including relating to errors and omissions and media) of the B&N Group shall continue and the BNED Group shall purchase fiduciary policies and cyberliability policies (including relating to errors and omissions and media) with respect to claims arising after the Distribution Date. From and after the Distribution Date, to the extent that any Pre-Separation Claims-Based Insurance Claim has been duly reported on or before the Distribution Date under any insurance policies with respect to fiduciary or cyberliability losses, maintained by members of the B&N Group, B&N shall not, and shall cause the member of the B&N Group not to, take any action that would limit the coverage available under the fiduciary policies or the cyberliability policies (including relating to errors and omissions and media) maintained by the members of the B&N Group. B&N shall continue to be responsible the deductible or retention related to such Pre-Separation Insurance Claims under the fiduciary policies and the cyberliability policies (including relating to errors and omissions and media). Any claim settlement funds owed to BNED will be distributed at the conclusion of the claim.

(f) B&N shall provide, and shall cause other members of the B&N Group to provide, such cooperation as is reasonably requested by BNED in order for BNED to have in effect from and after the Distribution Date such new insurance policies as BNED deems appropriate with respect to claims reported on or after the Distribution Date. In accordance with Sections 8.01(c)-(e), B&N shall, and shall cause members of the B&N Group to, reasonably cooperate with BNED (or members of the BNED Group) in their pursuit of any coverage claims

 

35


under any such policies which could inure to the benefit of such entities. Except for the policies referred to therein and to the extent otherwise required under Sections 8.01(b)-(e), the B&N Group may, at any time, without liability or obligation to the BNED Group, amend, commute, terminate, buy-out, extinguish liability under or otherwise modify any insurance policy (and such claims will be subject to any such amendments, commutations, terminations, buy-outs, extinguishments and modifications); provided , however , that B&N will immediately notify BNED of any termination of any insurance policy.

(g) B&N shall not be liable to BNED for claims, or portions of claims, not reimbursed by insurers under any policy for any reason, including coinsurance provisions, deductibles, quota share deductibles, self-insured retentions, bankruptcy or insolvency of any insurance carrier(s), policy limitations or restrictions (including exhaustion of limits), any coverage disputes, any failure to timely file a claim by any member of the B&N Group or any member of the BNED Group or any defect in such claim or its processing. With respect to insurance claims solely of the BNED Group, BNED shall control the conduct of the resolution of any dispute with the applicable insurer and B&N shall cooperate in good faith in the resolution of any such dispute, and BNED shall reimburse B&N for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by B&N in connection therewith. In the event that insurable claims of both B&N and BNED (or the members of their respective Groups) exist relating to the same occurrence, the Parties shall jointly defend and waive any conflict of interest necessary to the conduct of the joint defense and shall not settle or compromise any such claim without the consent of the other (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable insurance policy). Nothing in this Section 8.01 shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter in any way the obligations of the Parties, including those created by this Agreement, by operation of Law or otherwise.

(h) The parties shall use reasonable best efforts to cooperate with respect to the various insurance matters contemplated by this Section 8.01.

ARTICLE IX

Ongoing Commercial Matters

SECTION 9.01. B&N Systems and Distribution Facilities. (a) B&N shall provide to BNED, on an “as is, where is” basis (with all faults and without any representations or warranties or performance standards), non-transferable access to B&N’s product procurement systems pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth on Schedule 9.01(a). BNED shall reimburse B&N for all purchases made by BNED through B&N’s product procurement systems and merchandising systems as a result of the access contemplated by this Section 9.01 within 30 days of receipt of an invoice for such purchases from B&N.

(b) B&N shall provide to BNED, on an “as is, where is” basis (with all faults and without any representations or warranties or performance standards), non-transferable access to use B&N’s distribution facilities pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth on Schedule 9.01(b) in connection with the use of B&N’s product procurement systems as contemplated by Section 9.01(a).

 

36


(c) B&N shall be permitted to transfer its systems and facilities to be maintained by a third party. B&N shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that such systems and facilities shall continue to be provided to BNED as contemplated by this Section 9.01, but there can be no assurance that any such third party(ies) shall continue to provide BNED access to such systems or facilities, as applicable. BNED shall reimburse B&N on a Pass-Through Cost basis for any costs and expenses associated with B&N’s efforts under this Section 9.01(c).

(d) B&N shall only be obligated to provide the access contemplated by this Section 9.01 and Section 9.03 to the extent consistent with applicable Law. In the event B&N determines that the continued provision of all or any portion of such access is inconsistent with applicable Law, the Parties will discuss in good faith potential modifications or alternative arrangements that would comply with applicable Law.

SECTION 9.02. Gift Cards. B&N shall (i) make available to BNED for sale in the BNED Business B&N-Issued Gift Cards and (ii) issue gift cards skinned as reasonably requested by BNED, and BNED shall honor B&N-Issued Gift Cards, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth on Schedule 9.02.

SECTION 9.03. Additional Access and Services. (a) In connection with BNED’s conduct of the BNED Business, B&N shall provide to BNED, on a commercially reasonable and “as-is, where-is” basis (with all faults and without any representations or warranties or performance standards), non-transferable access to the information and services set forth on Schedule 9.03 relating to the B&N Format pursuant to the terms and conditions thereon.

(b) For so long as the services contemplated by Section 9.03(a) are provided, BNED shall promptly correct any deviations from the B&N Format upon written notice by B&N of any such deviations; provided , however , in the event that B&N substantially changes the B&N Format as of the date of this Agreement, BNED may choose at its sole discretion to either adhere to the B&N Format existing as of the date of this Agreement or the B&N Format existing as of the date such changes take effect. For the avoidance of doubt, B&N’s reasonable update of the B&N Format shall not constitute a substantial change hereunder, including general maintenance and normal upkeep. In the event that BNED opens any new bookstores or renovates to any material extent any of its existing bookstores, all such new or renovated bookstores shall adhere to the then-current B&N Format.

(c) B&N shall remit to BNED all showroom payments obtained from publishers with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of BNED or its subsidiaries for so long as any showroom agreement remains in effect that includes payments to B&N with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of BNED or its subsidiaries.

SECTION 9.04. Indemnification. Each of B&N and BNED shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other Party from any losses, costs, damages or liability incurred by the other Party arising out of or resulting from (i) B&N’s provision of access and services pursuant to Sections 9.01(a) and (b) and 9.03 and (ii) errors and data breaches for transactions involving B&N-Issued Gift Cards pursuant to Section 9.02.

 

37


SECTION 9.05. Term and Termination. (a) The term of this Article IX shall be for so long as B&N continues to utilize the products and services identified in this Article IX (the “ B&N Commercial Services ”) in the operation of its own business.

(b) BNED may terminate this Article IX and the license and rights granted to it hereunder by B&N upon written notice to B&N. Such notice shall specify the effective date of such termination.

(c) B&N may terminate this Article IX upon written notice to BNED if BNED has materially breached any provision of this Article IX and has not cured such breach within thirty (30) days after written notice of such breach has been given by B&N to BNED. Additionally, B&N may terminate this Article IX immediately in the event BNED (x) (i) no longer continues to operate as a going concern, (ii) no longer continues to operate in the Field of Use or (iii) changes its name such that it no longer includes “Barnes & Noble” or the abbreviation “B&N”, or otherwise ceases to use the Licensed Marks (as defined in the TLA Agreement) in identifying its business or (y) upon the occurrence of a BNED Fundamental Change (as defined in the TLA) (each event described in this paragraph, a “ Termination Event ”).

(d) Upon termination or expiration of this Article IX, BNED shall use commercially reasonable efforts to wind down and to cease its and its sub-licensees’ use of the B&N Commercial Services as soon as commercially practicable but in no event later than (A) with respect to each of Section 9.05(c)(i), (ii) and (iii), the end of one hundred and eighty (180) days from the date of such termination or expiration and (B) with respect to Section 9.05(c)(iv), the end of thirty (30) days from the date of such termination.

ARTICLE X

Further Assurances and Additional Covenants

SECTION 10.01. Further Assurances. (a) In addition to the actions specifically provided for elsewhere in this Agreement, each of the Parties shall use reasonable best efforts, prior to, on and after the Distribution Date, to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things, reasonably necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws and agreements to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, prior to, on and after the Distribution Date, each Party shall cooperate with the other Party, without any further consideration, but at the expense of the requesting Party, (i) to execute and deliver, or use reasonable best efforts to execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all instruments, including any instruments of conveyance, assignment and transfer as such Party may reasonably be requested to execute and deliver by the other Party, (ii) to make, or cause to be made, all filings with, and to obtain, or cause to be obtained, all Consents of any Governmental Authority or any other Person under any permit, license, agreement, indenture or other instrument, (iii) to obtain, or cause to be obtained, any Governmental Approvals or other Consents required to effect the Spin-Off and (iv) to take, or cause to be taken, all such other actions as such Party may reasonably be requested to take by the other Party from time to time, consistent with the terms of this

 

38


Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, in order to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and any transfers of Assets or assignments and assumptions of Liabilities hereunder and the other transactions contemplated hereby.

(c) On or prior to the Distribution Date, B&N and BNED, in their respective capacities as direct and indirect stockholders of their respective Subsidiaries, shall each ratify any actions that are reasonably necessary or desirable to be taken by BNED or any other Subsidiary of B&N, as the case may be, to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(d) Prior to the Distribution, if either Party identifies any commercial or other service that is needed to ensure a smooth and orderly transition of its business in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and that is not otherwise governed by the provisions of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, the Parties will cooperate in determining whether there is a mutually acceptable arm’s-length basis on which the other Party will provide such service.

(e) B&N and BNED shall settle the Payables Transactions in accordance with Schedule 1(f). As soon as reasonably possible following the Distribution Date, the Parties agree to determine and settle the final amounts of the Payables Transactions to the extent such amounts have not previously been settled.

ARTICLE XI

Termination

SECTION 11.01. Termination. Subject to Sections 3.02(c)(vii) and 9.05, this Agreement may be terminated by B&N at any time, in its sole discretion, prior to the Distribution.

SECTION 11.02. Effect of Termination. In the event of any termination of this Agreement prior to the Distribution, neither Party (nor any of its directors or officers) shall have any Liability or further obligation to the other Party under this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements.

ARTICLE XII

Miscellaneous

SECTION 12.01. Counterparts; Entire Agreement; Corporate Power. (a) This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which counterparts shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each Party and delivered to the other Party. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile or PDF signature and a facsimile or PDF signature shall constitute an original for all purposes.

(b) This Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Appendices, Exhibits and Schedules hereto and thereto contain the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to

 

39


the subject matter hereof and supersede all previous agreements, negotiations, discussions, writings, understandings, commitments and conversations with respect to such subject matter, and there are no agreements or understandings between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those set forth or referred to herein or therein.

(c) B&N represents on behalf of itself and each other member of the B&N Group, and BNED represents on behalf of itself and each other member of the BNED Group, as follows:

(i) each such Person has the requisite corporate or other power and authority and has taken all corporate or other action necessary in order to execute, deliver and perform each of this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; and

(ii) this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party has been (or, in the case of any Ancillary Agreement, will be on or prior to the Distribution Date) duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes, or will constitute, a valid and binding agreement of it enforceable in accordance with the terms thereof.

SECTION 12.02. Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws of the State of New York, regardless of the Laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of Laws thereof. Each Party irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction, forum and venue of the Commercial Division of the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York over any and all claims, disputes, controversies or disagreements between the Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries, Affiliates, successors and assigns under or related to this Agreement or any document executed pursuant to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

SECTION 12.03. Assignability. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement shall be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of Law or otherwise by either Party without the prior written consent of the other Party. Any purported assignment without such consent shall be void. Subject to the preceding sentences, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Parties and their respective successors and assigns. No assignment permitted by this Section 12.03 shall release the assigning Party from liability for the full performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

SECTION 12.04. Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except for the indemnification rights under this Agreement of any B&N Indemnitee or BNED Indemnitee in their respective capacities as such, (a) the provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Parties hereto and are not intended to confer upon any Person except the Parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder and (b) there are no third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement and this Agreement shall not provide any third person with any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, cause of action or other right in excess of those existing without reference to this Agreement.

 

40


SECTION 12.05. Notices. All notices or other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given when (a) delivered in person, (b) on the date received, if sent by a nationally recognized delivery or courier service or (c) upon the earlier of confirmed receipt or the fifth business day following the date of mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to B&N, to:

Barnes & Noble, Inc.

122 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10011

Attn: Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

Facsimile: (212) 463-5683

If to BNED, to:

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

120 Mountain View Blvd

Basking Ridge, NJ 07920

Attn: Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

Either Party may, by notice to the other Party, change the address to which such notices are to be given.

SECTION 12.06. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof, or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances or in jurisdictions other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to either Party. Upon any such determination, any such provision, to the extent determined to be invalid, void or unenforceable, shall be deemed replaced by a provision that such court determines is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid, void or unenforceable provision.

SECTION 12.07. Publicity. Each of B&N and BNED shall consult with the other, and shall, subject to the requirements of Section 7.09, provide the other Party the opportunity to review and comment upon, any press releases or other public statements in connection with the Spin-Off or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby and any filings with any Governmental Authority or national securities exchange with respect thereto, in each case prior to the issuance or filing thereof, as applicable (including the Form S-1, the Parties’ respective Current Reports on Form 8-K to be filed on the Distribution Date, the Parties’ respective Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q filed with respect to the fiscal quarter during which the Distribution Date occurs, or if such quarter is the fourth fiscal quarter, the Parties’ respective Annual Reports on Form 10-K filed with respect to the fiscal year during which the Distribution

 

41


Date occurs (each such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or Annual Report on Form 10-K, a “ First Post-Distribution Report ”)). Each Party’s obligations pursuant to this Section 12.07 shall terminate on the date on which such Party’s First Post-Distribution Report is filed with the Commission.

SECTION 12.08. Expenses. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement, all third-party fees, costs and expenses paid or incurred in connection with the Spin-Off will be paid by the Party incurring such fees or expenses, whether or not the Distribution is consummated, or as otherwise agreed by the Parties. Subject to the preceding sentence, B&N shall bear the costs and expenses in connection with the Distribution.

SECTION 12.09. Headings. The article, section and paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

SECTION 12.10. Survival of Covenants. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the covenants in this Agreement and the liabilities for the breach of any obligations in this Agreement shall survive the Spin-Off and shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 12.11. Waivers of Default. No failure or delay of any Party (or the applicable member of its Group) in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such right or power, or any course of conduct, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. Waiver by any Party of any default by the other Party of any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver by the waiving Party of any subsequent or other default.

SECTION 12.12. Specific Performance. Notwithstanding the procedures set forth in Article X, in the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, the affected Party shall have the right to specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief of its rights under this Agreement, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at Law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative. The other Party shall not oppose the granting of such relief on the basis that money damages are an adequate remedy. The Parties agree that the remedies at Law for any breach or threatened breach hereof, including monetary damages, are inadequate compensation for any loss and that any defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at Law would be adequate is waived. Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with such remedy are waived.

SECTION 12.13. Amendments. No provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed waived, amended, supplemented or modified by any Party, unless such waiver, amendment, supplement or modification is in writing and signed by the authorized representative of each Party.

SECTION 12.14. Interpretation. Words in the singular shall be held to include the plural and vice versa and words of one gender shall be held to include the other

 

42


gender as the context requires. The terms “hereof,” “herein” “and “herewith” and words of similar import, unless otherwise stated, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole (including all of the Schedules hereto) and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Article, Section or Schedule references are to the articles, sections and schedules of or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any capitalized terms used in any Schedule to this Agreement or to any Ancillary Agreement but not otherwise defined therein shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreement to which such Schedule is attached, as applicable. Any reference herein to this Agreement, unless otherwise stated, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, as permitted by Section 12.13. The word “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall mean “including, without limitation,” unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise specified. The word “or” shall not be exclusive.

 

43


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Separation and Distribution Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

BARNES & NOBLE, INC.,
by 

 

Name:
Title:

 

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC.,
by

 

Name:
Title:


SCHEDULE 1(a)

Schedule 1(a)

Internal Transactions

The Internal Transactions will take place in the following steps, all of which have occurred or will occur prior to the Distribution in the following order, unless otherwise determined by the Parties:

Step 1: Bank Debt Incurrence

BNED establishes a revolving credit facility with a syndicate of third-party lenders (the “ Bank Debt Incurrence ”).

Step 2: Payable Transactions

BNED completes the Payables Transactions on the terms set forth in Schedule 1(f).

Step 3: Internal Distribution

B&N completes the Internal Distribution.

Step 4: Stock Split

BNED effects a stock split of BNED Common Stock to result in the number of shares needed to be distributed in the Distribution in accordance with the distribution ratio as set forth on the Form S-1 (the “ Stock Split ”).


SCHEDULE 1(b)

Schedule 1(b)

BNED Equity Interests

Part 1 - Subsidiaries

NOOK Media Member Two LLC

B&N Education, LLC

Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC

Part 2 - Joint Ventures and Minority Investments

Minority Investments

Flashnotes, Inc.


SCHEDULE 1(c)

Schedule 1(c)

BNED Assets

 

1. bncampus.com

 

2. bncampusworks.com

 

3. bncampusworks.net

 

4. bnescholar.com

 

5. bnscholar.com

 

6. bnscholar.net

 

7. bnsmarts.com

 

8. bnsmarts.net


SCHEDULE 1(d)

Schedule 1(d)

BNED Liabilities

Lease Agreement between CDV III Riverpark LLC and Nook Digital, LLC (f/k/a barnesandnoble.com llc and successor in interest to Barnes & Noble, Inc.) dated as of 03.28.2012


SCHEDULE 1(e)

Schedule 1(e)

B&N Retained Liabilities

Any and all liabilities arising out of or relating to the following:

 

  1. Adrea LLC v. Barnes & Noble, Inc., Nook Digital, LLC (formerly known as barnesandnoble.com llc) and B&N Education, LLC (formerly known as Nook Media LLC)


SCHEDULE 1(f)

Schedule 1(f)

Payables Transactions

The following actions constituting the Payables Transactions will take place as and at such times specified below, unless otherwise determined by the Parties:

 

  1. An intercompany single tax payable will be contributed to the equity of BNED by B&N immediately prior to the Distribution.

 

  2. All other intercompany payable transactions shall be settled through cash payments to be made prior to the Distribution Date.


SCHEDULE 2.03

Schedule 2.03

Terminating Intercompany Agreements

For the avoidance of doubt, the following agreements shall be terminated upon the Distribution:

 

  1. Retail Agreement between B&N and B&N Education, LLC (f/k/a NOOK Media LLC) dated as of October 4, 2012

 

  2. Separation Agreement between B&N and B&N Education, LLC (f/k/a NOOK Media LLC) dated as of October 4, 2012

 

  3. Transition Services Agreement between B&N and B&N Education, LLC (f/k/a NOOK Media LLC) dated as of October 4, 2012

 

  4. Tax Sharing Agreement among B&N and certain of its subsidiaries, dated as of October 4, 2012, as it relates to BNED only

 

  5. Tax Sharing Agreement among B&N Education LLC (f/k/a NOOK Media LLC) and certain of its subsidiaries, dated as of October 4, 2012]

 

  6. Section 2 of the Assignment and Assumption Agreement between B&N and BNED dated as of April 30, 2015 (the “ Assignment and Assumption Agreement ”), relating to the indemnification by BNED of B&N for any payments made by B&N Group pursuant to the Microsoft Agreement or the Pearson Agreement (each as defined in the Assignment and Assumption Agreement)


SCHEDULE 3.01(a)

Schedule 3.01(a)

Surviving B&N Credit Support Instruments

Guarantee by B&N Education, LLC (f/k/a NOOK Media LLC) of the obligations of Nook Digital, LLC in connection with the lease for 300 Hamilton Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94301.

Guarantee by B&N of the obligations of Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC in connection with the lease for 355-365 Ravendale Drive, Mountain View, California 94043.


SCHEDULE 9.01(a)

Schedule 9.01(a)

Product Procurement Systems and Merchandising Systems

 

Description of Commercial Matter/Service:

  

End Date:

  

Fee:

BookMaster, IMM and SRS: Pursuant to Section 9.01(a) and subject to the following terms and conditions, B&N shall provide BNED access to B&N’s product procurement systems and merchandising systems, including BookMaster, IMM and SRS. B&N shall provide BNED access to B&N’s product master system, report, training documentation, file interfaces, BookMaster store WiFi, Level 2 and 3 Support, new store setup and installation, ID access management and ongoing updates, fixes and patches.

 

Such access is provided to BNED (i) solely for use in the BNED Business, (ii) as such systems are in effect on the date of this Agreement, (iii) to the extent such systems continue to be used and supported by B&N in its sole discretion, (iv) to the extent such access is not prohibited by applicable Law or contractual restrictions on B&N, (v) to the extent all third party licenses or permissions have been obtained, and (vi) in the case of BookMaster, solely in the stores in which such system is used. BNED shall not receive any rights or licenses in such systems or software.

 

BNED’s Right to Return

 

BNED shall have the right to return merchandise purchased through such systems (and receive credit for such returns) in accordance with the return practices in effect as of the date this Agreement.

   Perpetual unless a Termination Event shall have occurred, in which case the end date shall be the Termination Date.   

Annual fee of $100,000 for up to 100 stores; and

 

$ 1,000 per additional store, plus Pass-Through Cost.

Image Service (Book Jacket): B&N shall provide BNED access to B&N’s image service to the extent BNED shall have the right to use the images provided by B&N.    The second anniversary of the date of the Distribution unless a Termination Event    Pass-Through Cost


SCHEDULE 9.01(a)

 

Description of Commercial Matter/Service:

  

End Date:

  

Fee:

  

shall have occurred, in which case the end date shall be the Termination Date.

 

BNED has the right to extend the term for another year, in which case the end date shall be the third anniversary of the Distribution.

  
System Upgrades: B&N shall provide BNED the supporting hardware and networking equipment for upgrading the product procurement systems and merchandising systems at the same time that B&N upgrades such systems used in B&N Retail Stores generally. BNED shall upgrade such product procurement systems and merchandising systems as required by B&N so long as it has access to such systems.    Perpetual unless a Termination Event shall have occurred, in which case the end date shall be the Termination Date.    BNED shall bear its proportionate (based on the number of stores) cost of the supporting hardware and networking equipment provided by B&N in connection with the system upgrade.


SCHEDULE 9.01(b)

Schedule 9.01(b)

Distribution Facilities

 

Description of Service:

  

End Date:

  

Fee:

Distribution Facilities: Pursuant to Section 9.01(b) and subject to the following terms and conditions, B&N shall provide BNED access to B&N’s distribution facilities in connection with the use of B&N’s product procurement systems. Such access is provided to BNED (i) solely for use in the BNED Business, (ii) as such systems are in effect on the date of this Agreement and (iii) to the extent such access is not prohibited by applicable Law or contractual restrictions on B&N.    Perpetual unless a Termination Event shall have occurred, in which case the end date shall be the Termination Date.   

Per-unit fee of $0.686 for each item shipped from a B&N distribution center plus Pass-Through Cost for any incremental costs associated with such access and services being provided to BNED and any freight costs and expenses other than those included in the per unit fee.

 

The per-unit fee shall be subject to annual review by B&N and adjustment following such reviews to reflect B&N’s costs of providing such services.


SCHEDULE 9.02

Schedule 9.02

Gift Cards

 

Description of Service:

  

End Date:

  

Fee:

B&N-Issued Gift Cards: Pursuant to Section 9.02 and subject to the following terms and conditions, B&N shall make available to BNED for sale in the BNED Business B&N-Issued Gift Cards, and BNED shall honor B&N-issued Gift Cards.

 

BNED Client Branded Gift Cards: Pursuant to Section 9.02, B&N shall print and issue B&N- Issued Gift Cards skinned with respect to particular clients and with the client’s permission as reasonably requested by BNED and shall make such gift cards available to BNED for sale in the BNED Business.

 

Remission of Proceeds: BNED shall remit to B&N, within 15 days after the end of each month, the proceeds from the sale of B&N-Issued Gift Cards in the BNED Business during such month.

 

Remission of Redemptions: B&N shall remit to BNED, within 15 days after the end of each month, the face-value of all B&N-Issued Gift Cards (including skinned gift cards) redeemed at BNED stores during such month.

   Perpetual unless a Termination Event shall have occurred, in which case the end date shall be the Termination Date.   

B&N shall charge BNED for its share of the overhead costs of issuing B&N-Issued Gift Cards, determined based on the dollar value of B&N-Issued Gift Cards redeemed by BNED divided by the total dollar value of all B&N-Issued Gift Cards that are redeemed. For the avoidance of doubt, the overhead costs of issuing B&N-Issued Gift Cards shall not include any discounts offered to third-party distributors of B&N-Issued Gift Cards.

 

Without duplication, B&N shall charge BNED for the Pass-Through Costs directly attributable to issuing BNED client branded gift cards.


SCHEDULE 9.03

Schedule 9.03

Additional Access and Services

 

Description of Service:

  

End Date:

  

Fee:

B&N Format: Pursuant to Section 9.03 and subject to the following terms and conditions, B&N shall provide BNED access to (i) all design schema used in the design and construction of Retail Stores and B&N cafés located within such stores, including new merchandise concepts, store relays and consumables ( e.g., shopping bags, B&N logo cups), (ii) store support and training and development materials for B&N’s product procurement systems as described in Section 9.01(a), and (iii) other marketing and promotional packages used in Retail Stores as set forth below.

 

Marketing: B&N shall provide marketing packages to BNED at the same time as such marketing packages are provided to B&N’s Retail Stores generally. Such marketing packages include retail marketing plans and calendars, monthly sign package, graphic arts, author promotions and prism.

 

Fixtures and Planograms: B&N shall provide BNED access to store fixtures and planograms used in B&N’s Retail Stores and B&N Cafés located within such stores.

 

Café Product Mix: B&N shall provide BNED advance notice related to the product mix offered at such B&N Cafés to the extent practicable.

   Perpetual unless B&N discontinues the operation of Retail Stores, in which chase the end date shall be such date and otherwise if a Termination Event shall have occurred, in which case the end date shall be the Termination Date.   

For services provided by B&N employees: Pass-Through Cost.

 

For outside Service Providers: (i) all direct costs to B&N relating to such Service directly attributable to BNED plus (ii) an allocation of all other costs associated with such Service as determined in good faith by B&N.


EXHIBIT A

PRIVILEGED & CONFIDENTIAL

ATTORNEY CLIENT COMMUNICATION

ATTORNEY WORK PRODUCT

JOINT DEFENSE MATERIAL

JOINT DEFENSE AND COMMON INTEREST PRIVILEGE AGREEMENT

1. This Joint Defense and Common Interest Privilege Agreement, dated as of [    ] [            ], 2015 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among [List B&N and BNED parties to the relevant litigation] (collectively, the “ Parties ”) and their counsel, will memorialize certain understandings pertaining to the common interest and defense of the Parties hereto in each matter set forth on Schedule A hereto (each, a “ Matter ” and, collectively, the “ Litigation ”).

2. The Parties believe that there is a mutuality of interest in their common defense in the Litigation. In this regard, the Parties wish to continue to pursue their separate but common interests, and avoid any suggestion of waiver of privileged communications.

3. Accordingly, it is the Parties’ intention and understanding that communications among the Parties, joint interviews of prospective witnesses and other sharing of information, whether written or verbal, are confidential and are protected from disclosure to any third party by the clients’ attorney-client privilege, the attorneys’ work product privileges, the joint defense privilege and the common interest privilege. Such communications and/or exchanges of information in connection with the undersigned Parties’ common defense efforts is not intended to waive any attorney-client, work product, joint defense, or common interest privileges otherwise available. The Parties consider such mutual sharing and disclosure of matters of common concern essential to the preparation of an effective defense by the clients with respect to each Matter, and essential to the effective representation by counsel of their clients. These mutual disclosures and exchanges of information, therefore, are protected by the “joint defense privilege” and “common interest privilege” recognized in cases such as In re United Mine Workers of America Employee Benefit Plans Litig. , 159 F.R.D. 307 (D.D.C. 1994).

4. It is also understood and agreed that all memoranda of law, debriefing memoranda, factual summaries, digests, draft pleadings and affidavits, and other written materials which would otherwise be protected from disclosure to third parties on grounds of privilege, and which are or have been exchanged among the undersigned counsel and their respective clients in connection with any of the Matters referenced in Paragraph 1 above, will remain confidential and protected from disclosure to any third party by the attorney-client, a attorney work product, joint defense and common interest privileges.

5. Except for purposes of enforcing this Agreement or otherwise obtaining the benefits intended to be obtained from this Agreement, the fact of this Agreement and its contents shall remain confidential and protected from disclosure to any third party by the attorney-client, attorney work product, joint defense and common interest privileges.

6. None of the documents and other information shared among the Parties and their counsel pursuant to this Agreement shall be disclosed to third parties. It is understood that information and documents obtained by counsel pursuant to this Agreement may be used by

 

A-1


counsel as a factual predicate to formulate questions of witnesses, including those witnesses who may be called to testify in the Matters or related proceedings. In propounding such questions, however, the protected information or documents may not be specifically described or otherwise disclosed.

7. The Parties understand and agree that all material and information disclosed or shared pursuant to this Agreement shall be used only in connection with the defense of clients involved in the Litigation and shall not be used for any other purpose without the prior express written consent of the Parties that provided the protected material.

8. Nothing in this Agreement shall obligate any of the undersigned attorneys or their respective clients to disclose or share any information or materials that he/she determines should not be disclosed. Nor shall anything in this Agreement prevent any of the undersigned attorneys or their respective clients from imposing additional conditions under which materials or information may be shared or disclosed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement is intended to impair or limit any other agreement between or among any of the Parties with respect to access to books and records.

9. The Parties acknowledge that disclosure of any protected material in violation of the Agreement will cause irreparable harm to the undersigned and their respective clients for which there is no adequate remedy at law. Each of the Parties acknowledges that immediate injunctive relief is an appropriate and necessary remedy for any violation or threatened violation of the Agreement.

10. If any person or entity that is not a party to this Agreement requests or demands, by subpoena or otherwise, any protected material that has been provided to one of the Parties by another Party, the Party that has received the request shall immediately notify the supplying Party. Each Party will take all reasonable steps necessary to preserve all applicable rights and privileges with respect to such protected material and shall cooperate fully with the other Parties in any proceedings relating to the disclosure of such protected materials. This Agreement shall continue in effect notwithstanding any conclusion or resolution as to any Party in any of the Matters. The Parties understand and agree that they will continue to be bound by this Agreement following any such conclusion or resolution.

11. Any waiver in any particular instance of the rights and limitations contained herein shall not be deemed, and is not intended to be, a general waiver of any rights or limitations contained herein and shall not operate as a waiver beyond the particular instance.

12. The Parties and their counsel agree to the following procedures with respect to the conduct of their defense in each of the Matters:

 

  A. Unless one or more of the Parties decides there is a conflict between the Parties in the conduct of the defense of any of the Matters, the Parties shall be represented by the same law firms, at [    ] expense, for each of the Matters. [    ] shall retain the right to select such additional counsel for the Parties as they agree.

 

A-2


  B. [    ] and counsel for it shall control the conduct of each Matter, including, without limitation, retaining day-to-day responsibilities for the conduct of each Matter; provided , however , that [    ] and its counsel shall report periodically to [    ] regarding the conduct and progress of each such Matter.

 

  C. Each of the Parties shall reasonably cooperate with each other in the defense of each Matter and shall be obligated to provide such litigation support as is deemed necessary by its counsel, including, but not limited to, identification and production of their documents (or access thereto) and identification and production of witnesses/employees (or access thereto).

 

  D. The Parties shall take all steps necessary to ensure that they coordinate with the Government, prior to releasing any responses to discovery, the filing of any documents with the Court or taking any other substantive action in each Matter.

13. The Parties understand and agree that modifications of this Agreement can be made only if such modifications are in writing and signed by counsel for all Parties.

14. By signing this Agreement, each of the undersigned attorneys certifies that he/she has explained the contents of the Agreement to his/her respective client(s) and that each agrees to abide by the understandings reflected herein.

15. Counsel may become a party to this Agreement on his/her own behalf and on behalf of his/her client by executing the original of this instrument, or a counterpart thereof. The execution of counterparts shall have the same effect as if all Parties had signed the same instrument.

16. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon counsel and their party and all successors-in-interest, assigns, and affiliates of each party.

17. All Parties will exercise their utmost good faith and diligence, and cooperate with each other in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement.

18. This Agreement and all disputes or controversies arising out of or related to this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the laws of any other jurisdiction that might be applied because of conflicts of laws principles of the State of New York.

19. The provisions of this agreement are severable. If any provision is held to be invalid or unenforceable, it shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

20. Each signatory hereto represents and warrants that he, she or it has taken all steps necessary to obtain, and has in fact obtained, full authority to bind the party to the terms of this Agreement.

 

A-3


Each of the Parties whose signature appears below acknowledges that it has reviewed this Agreement and agrees to the terms embodied herein.

 

Date:             , 2015 [                    ]
By:

 

Name:
Title:
Date:             , 2015 [            ]
By:

 

Name:
Title:
Date:             , 2015 [            ]
By:

 

Name:
Title:


SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE A

LITIGATION

 

No.

  

Matter Name

   Matter
No.
   Open Date   

Case No.

  

Matter Type

              
              
              
              
              

Exhibit 3.1

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC.

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY AS FOLLOWS:

1. The name of the corporation is BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 5, 2012 (as amended and in effect immediately prior to the adoption and effectiveness hereof, the “ Original Certificate of Incorporation ”), and the name under which the corporation was originally incorporated is NOOK Media Inc.

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate ”) has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and shall be effective as of 12:01 a.m. Eastern Daylight Time on [●], 2015.

3. The Original Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “ Corporation ”) is Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1675 South State St. Ste B, City of Dover, County of Kent, Delaware 19901. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is Capitol Services, Inc.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

SECTION 1. The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 205,000,000 shares, consisting of (1) 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”) and (2) 200,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”). The number of authorized shares of either the Preferred Stock or the Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of either the Preferred Stock or the Common Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor.

SECTION 2. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ” or the “ Board ”) is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of such series, and the preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.


SECTION 3. (a) Each holder of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(b) Except as otherwise required by law, holders of a series of Preferred Stock, as such, shall be entitled only to such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted to such holders by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation relating to such series).

(c) Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors in its discretion shall determine.

(d) Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, the holders of the Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to receive the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them.

ARTICLE V

SECTION 1. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to resolutions of the Board of Directors, adopted pursuant to the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, establishing any series of Preferred Stock and granting to holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock rights to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, shall be classified with respect to the time for which they severally hold office into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, one class initially to be elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016, another class initially to be elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017 and another class initially to be elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018, with the members of each class to hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. Except as otherwise fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation relating to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of the directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors. The election of directors need not be by written ballot. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

SECTION 2. Advance notice of nominations for the election of directors shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

2


SECTION 3. Except as otherwise provided for or fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation relating to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, removal or other cause shall only be filled by the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, or as otherwise provided in the By-laws of the Corporation (the “By-laws”). Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence of this Section 3 shall hold office until the third annual meeting of stockholders next following his or her election and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

ARTICLE VI

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairman of the Board of the Directors or the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VII

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, repeal, alter or amend the By-laws of the Corporation by the vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors or such greater vote as shall be specified in the By-laws of the Corporation. In addition to any requirements of law and any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law), the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the then outstanding shares of all classes and series of capital stock of the Corporation entitled generally to vote in the election of directors of the Corporation, voting together as a single class, shall be required for stockholders to adopt, amend, alter or repeal any provision of the By-laws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE IX

SECTION 1. To the fullest extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other law of the State of Delaware as it exists or as it may hereafter be amended permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of directors, no director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

SECTION 2. To the fullest extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other law of the State of Delaware as it exists or as it may hereafter be amended permits, the Corporation may provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) its current and former directors, officers and agents (and any other persons to which the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through By-law provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

3


SECTION 3. No amendment to or repeal of any Section of this Article IX, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article IX in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

4

Exhibit 5.1

[Letterhead of]

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

[New York Office]

July 13, 2015

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the preparation and filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) of a registration statement on Form S-1, as amended (Registration No. 333-202298) (the “ Registration Statement ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), with respect to the registration under the Securities Act of all issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Shares ”).

In connection with this opinion, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto and such corporate records, certificates of corporate officers and government officials and such other documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for the purposes of this opinion. As to various questions of fact material to this opinion, we have relied upon representations of officers or directors of the Company and documents furnished to us by the Company without independent verification of their accuracy. We have also assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of opinion that the Shares have been duly authorized by the Company and are legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

We are admitted to practice only in the State of New York and express no opinion as to matters governed by any laws other than the laws of the State of New York and the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We understand that we may be referred to under the heading “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement, and we hereby consent to such use of our name in said Registration Statement and to the use of this opinion for filing with said Registration Statement as Exhibit 5.1 thereto. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

    120 Mountain View Blvd.

        Basking Ridge, NJ 07920

Exhibit 8.1

[Letterhead of]

CRAVATH, SWAINE & MOORE LLP

[New York Office]

July 13, 2015

Tax Opinion Regarding the Spin-Off of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel for Barnes & Noble, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“BKS”), in connection with the spin-off (the “Spin-Off”) of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Education”), as described in the registration statement filed by Education with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on Form S-1, as amended through the date hereof (Registration No. 333-202298) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Registration Statement”). Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Separation and Distribution Agreement (the “Separation Agreement”) to be entered into by and between BKS and Education substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.1 to the Registration Statement. References to any agreement or document include all schedules and exhibits thereto.

In rendering our opinion, we have examined and with your consent are relying upon: (i) the Registration Statement; (ii) the Separation Agreement; (iii) the Tax Matters Agreement to be entered into by and between BKS and Education substantially in the form of Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement; (iv) certificates to be addressed to us and KPMG LLP, containing certain representations and assumptions, in a form that has been previously discussed and substantially agreed to; (v) drafts of the Ancillary Agreements; and (vi) such other documents and corporate records as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of our opinion. In addition, we have assumed that any Ancillary Agreements that have not yet been executed will be executed substantially in the form of the relevant drafts as in existence as of the date hereof.

In addition, we have assumed, with your consent, that: (i) all signatures are genuine, all natural persons are of legal capacity, all documents submitted to us are authentic originals or, if submitted as duplicates or certified or conformed copies, that they faithfully reproduce the originals thereof; (ii) all such documents have been or will be duly executed to the extent required in the form presented to us; (iii) all representations and statements set forth in such documents are true, correct and complete; (iv) all assumptions set forth in such documents are true; (v) any representation or statement qualified by belief, knowledge, materiality or any


similar qualification is true, correct and complete without such qualification; (vi) all events described in such documents that are expected, planned or intended to occur or not occur will in fact occur or not occur, as applicable, and all obligations imposed by any such document on the parties thereto have been or will be performed or satisfied in accordance with their terms; and (vii) the Spin-Off will be reported by BKS and Education on their respective U.S. Federal income tax returns in a manner consistent with our opinion set below.

Our opinion is based on statutory, regulatory and judicial authority existing as of the date hereof, any of which may be changed at any time with retroactive effect. Accordingly, a change in applicable law may affect our opinion. In addition, our opinion is based solely on the documents that we have examined and the facts and assumptions set forth herein. Any variation or difference in the facts from those set forth, or any inaccuracy in the representations made, in the documents described above may affect our opinion. Our opinion cannot be relied upon if any of our assumptions are inaccurate in any material respect. We assume no responsibility to inform you of any subsequent changes in the matters stated or represented in the documents described above or assumed herein or in statutory, regulatory and judicial authority and interpretations thereof. Further, our opinion is not binding on the IRS or the courts, and there is no assurance that the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position. We express our opinion herein only as to those matters specifically set forth above, and no opinion has been expressed or should be inferred as to the tax consequences of the Spin-Off under any state, local or foreign laws or with respect to other areas of U.S. Federal taxation. We are members of the Bar of the State of New York, and we express no opinion as to any law other than the federal law of the United States of America.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing and to the assumptions and limitations set forth herein and in the Registration Statement under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations of the Spin-Off”, we hereby state that the material U.S. Federal income tax consequences set forth in the discussion under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations of the Spin-Off” are our opinion.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the SEC as Exhibit 8.1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to our Firm under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations of the Spin-Off” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933 or the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

Barnes & Noble, Inc.

    122 Fifth Avenue.

        New York, NY 10011

 

2

Exhibit 8.2

[ Letterhead of]

KPMG LLP

July 13, 2015

Barnes & Noble, Inc.

122 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10011

 

RE: Tax Opinion Regarding the Spin-Off of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen,

We have acted as a tax advisor to Barnes & Noble, Inc. (“ Barnes & Noble ”), a Delaware corporation, in connection with the spin-off (the “ Spin-Off ”) of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (“ Education ”), a Delaware corporation, as described in the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) on Form S-1 (File No. 333-202298) under the Securities Act of 1933 (as amended through the date hereof, the “ Registration Statement ”). 1 This letter sets forth our opinion concerning certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Spin-Off.

 

  I. CERTAIN ASSUMPTIONS AND REPRESENTATIONS

In preparing our opinion, we have relied upon the certificates to be addressed to us and Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, containing certain representations and assumptions, each in a form that has been previously discussed and substantially agreed to (the “ Certificates ”).

We have also relied upon the accuracy and completeness of the statements, representations, warranties, covenants, facts, and information set forth in the following documents (contained in originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction):

 

    the Registration Statement and all submissions filed with the SEC related to the Registration Statement;

 

    the Separation and Distribution Agreement to be entered into by Barnes & Noble and Education substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.1 to the Registration Statement (the “ Separation Agreement ”);

 

    the Tax Matters Agreement to be entered into by Barnes & Noble and Education substantially in the form of Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement (the “ Tax Matters Agreement ”); and

 

    such other documents and records as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for our opinion (collectively with the Certificates, the Registration Statement, the Separation Agreement, and the Tax Matters Agreement, the “ Documents ”).

 

1   References to any agreement or document include all schedules and exhibits thereto.


Barnes & Noble, Inc.

July 13, 2015

Page 2

 

In rendering this opinion, we have assumed with your permission each of the following:

 

    The statements, representations, warranties, and information set forth in the Documents (or draft documents which we assume will be executed in substantially identical form) or made by representatives of Barnes & Noble or Education are true, correct, and complete, and that such representations and covenants will be complied with, in each case, without regard to any qualification as to knowledge, belief, intent, materiality, or otherwise;

 

    The assumptions upon which Barnes & Noble and Education have permitted us to rely, including those set forth in the Certificates, are correct; and

 

    The genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us, including in electronic format, as duplicates or copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents.

The conclusions set forth herein are based on our analysis and interpretation of the applicable authorities and our views regarding the most appropriate interpretation of such authorities. In rendering our opinion, we have considered, among other authorities and guidance, the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations thereunder and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof. These authorities are subject to change or modification retroactively and/or prospectively, and any such changes could affect the correctness of our opinion.

Our opinion is limited to the conclusions specifically set forth herein under the heading “Opinion,” and we express no opinion with respect to any other U.S. federal, state, local, or foreign tax or legal aspect of the Spin-Off or any other transaction. No inference should be drawn on any matter not specifically and expressly addressed in this opinion.

Our opinion is not binding on the Service, any other tax authority, or any court, and no assurance can be given that a position contrary to that expressed herein will not be asserted by a tax authority and ultimately sustained by a court. Our advice is based on the completeness and accuracy of any one or more of the facts, assumptions, and representations upon which we have relied. Unless separately agreed in writing, we will not update our advice contained herein for any (i) subsequent changes or modifications to the Code or the regulations thereunder, or to the judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, (ii) correction to the facts or assumptions upon which we have relied in rendering our opinion, or (iii) new or additional facts or information.

 

  II. OPINION

Based upon and subject to the foregoing and to the assumptions and limitations set forth herein and in the Registration Statement under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off,” we hereby state that the material U.S. Federal income tax consequences set forth in the discussion under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off” are our opinion.

We hereby consent to the use of our name under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off” in the Registration Statement and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In providing this consent, we do not admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933 or the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.


Barnes & Noble, Inc.

July 13, 2015

Page 3

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ KPMG LLP

KPMG LLP

Exhibit 10.9

 

LOGO

June 23, 2015

Mr. Max Roberts

c/o Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC

120 Mountain View Boulevard

Basking Ridge, NJ 07920

Dear Mr. Roberts:

This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is intended to set forth our mutual understanding regarding your employment as Chief Executive Officer of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (“Education”) and Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC (the “Company”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. This Agreement is intended to replace the letter agreement with you dated as of June 24, 2014 (the “Prior Agreement”) effective as of the distribution by Barnes & Noble, Inc. to its stockholders of all shares of common stock of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., and the indirect ownership of all membership interests in the Company (the “Distribution”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Prior Agreement shall remain effective through the effectiveness of the Distribution and shall be replaced by this Agreement upon the effectiveness of the Distribution; provided, however, Barnes & Noble, Inc. may at any time prior to the proposed Distribution provide notice to you in accordance with Section 6.5 of this Agreement that the proposed Distribution will not occur, in which case, this Agreement shall be null and void ab initio.

Accordingly, we are pleased to agree as follows:

1. Duties. You agree to be Chief Executive Officer of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. for the term of this Agreement. In this capacity, you shall perform such duties and have such responsibilities as are typically associated with such position, including such duties and responsibilities as are prescribed by the Board of Directors of Education (the “Board”) consistent with such position. During your employment, you agree to devote your full business time and attention to the performance of your duties and responsibilities hereunder. You shall report to the Executive Chairman or Chairman of the Board. Education shall (a) nominate you for election to the Board or, if earlier, shall appoint you to fill a vacancy on the Board and (b) re-nominate you at the expiration of each term of office as a member of the Board during the term of this Agreement. Subject to Section 2(b), you shall serve as a member of the Board for each period for which you are so elected or appointed without any additional compensation.

2. Term. (a) The initial term of this Agreement shall be for a period beginning on the date hereof (the “Effective Date”) and ending on the third anniversary of the Effective Date or, if earlier, the termination of your employment in accordance with the provisions set forth below (the “Initial Term”). At the expiration (but not earlier termination) of the Initial Term, and any subsequent “Renewal Term” (as defined below), the term of this Agreement shall automatically renew for additional periods of one year (each, a “Renewal Term”), unless your employment has earlier terminated or either party hereto has given the other party written notice of non-renewal at least 90 days prior to the expiration date of the Initial Term or the Renewal Term, as applicable. In the event that either party has given written notice of non-renewal, and your employment with the Company continues after the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, such post-expiration employment shall be “at-will” and either party may terminate such employment with or without notice and for any reason or no reason.

(b) Your employment hereunder shall terminate upon your death and may be terminated by the Company upon written notice to you following your Disability (as defined below). Your employment hereunder may also be terminated by the Company immediately for Cause (as defined below) or following two weeks written notice to you for any other reason. Your employment hereunder may also be terminated by you following written notice to the Company of your intention to resign with or without Good Reason (as defined below); provided that a resignation for Good Reason shall comply with Section 2(c)(iv). If as of the date of your employment for any reason, you are a member of the Board or the board of directors of any of Education’s affiliates, or hold any other position with Education or its affiliates, you shall automatically be deemed to have resigned from all such positions as of such date. You agree to execute such documents and take such other actions as Education may request to reflect such resignation.


LOGO

 

(c) For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) “Cause” means (A) your engaging in intentional misconduct or gross negligence that, in either case, is injurious to Company; (B) your indictment, entry of a plea of nolo contendere or conviction by a court of competent jurisdiction with respect to any crime or violation of law involving fraud or dishonesty (with the exception of misconduct based in good faith on the advice of professional consultants, such as attorneys and accountants) or any felony (or equivalent crime in a non-U.S. jurisdiction); (C) any gross negligence, intentional acts or intentional omissions by you (as determined by a majority vote of the Board in its reasonable discretion and judgment) that constitute fraud, dishonesty, embezzlement or misappropriation in connection with the performance of your employment duties and responsibilities; (D) your engaging in any act of intentional misconduct or moral turpitude (as determined by a majority vote of the Board in its reasonable discretion and judgment) reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company or its business; (E) your abuse of or dependency on alcohol or drugs (illicit or otherwise) that adversely affects your job performance; (F) your willful failure or refusal to properly perform (as determined by a majority vote of the Board in its reasonable discretion and judgment) the duties, responsibilities or obligations of your employment for reasons other than Disability or authorized leave, or to properly perform or follow (as determined by a majority vote of the Board in its reasonable discretion and judgment) any lawful direction by the Company (with the exception of a willful failure or refusal to properly perform based in good faith on the advice of professional consultants, such as attorneys and accountants); or (G) your material breach of this Agreement or of any other contractual duty to, written policy of, or written agreement with the Company (with the exception of a material breach based in good faith on the advice of professional consultants, such as attorneys and accountants).

(ii) “Disability” shall mean a written determination by a majority of three physicians (one of which shall be your most recent primary care provider) mutually agreeable to the Company and you (or, in the event of your total physical or mental disability, your legal representative) that you are physically or mentally unable to perform your duties as Chief Executive Officer of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC under this Agreement and that such disability can reasonably be expected to continue for a period of six consecutive months or for shorter periods aggregating 180 days in any 12-month period.

(iii) “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events without your written consent: (A) there shall have been a material diminution of your authority, duties or responsibilities; (B) there shall have been a greater than 10% reduction in your Annual Base Salary (as defined below) in effect as of the Effective Date pursuant to Section 3.1; (C) the principal executive offices of the Company shall be relocated to a location more than 50 miles from both New York City, NY and Basking Ridge, NJ; or (D) the Company fails to make material payments to you as required by this Agreement.

(iv) You shall only be deemed to terminate employment for Good Reason if (A) you provide the Company with written notice of Good Reason within a period not to exceed 90 days after the initial existence of the condition alleged to give rise to Good Reason, (B) the Company fails to remedy the condition within 30 days of such notice and (C) your termination is within six months following the initial existence of the condition alleged to give rise to Good Reason.

3. Compensation.

3.1 Annual Base Salary. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, the Company shall pay you, for all services you perform hereunder, an annual base salary of U.S. $900,000.00, or such higher amount as the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”) may determine, payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule applicable to executive officers of the Company (“Annual Base Salary”).

3.2 Bonus Compensation. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, the Company shall pay you annual bonus compensation, as determined by the Compensation Committee, with an annual target amount of not less than 150% of your Annual Base Salary, which shall be paid by the Company in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the incentive or compensation plan or arrangement specified by the Compensation Committee.

 

2


LOGO

 

3.3 Employee Benefits. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, you shall be eligible to participate in and receive any benefits to which you are entitled under the employee benefit plans that the Company provides for its employees generally, as well as any employee benefit plans that Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. provides for its executive officers generally.

3.4 Expenses. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, the Company shall reimburse you for all reasonable expenses incurred by you in the performance of your duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, including entertainment and travel expenses, in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Compensation Committee.

3.5 Equity Awards. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, you shall be eligible to receive equity awards of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. under the terms of the Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

3.6 Car Allowance. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, the Company shall pay you in cash a monthly car allowance of U.S. $1,500.00, or such higher amount as may be determined by the Compensation Committee.

3.7 Life and Disability Insurance. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, the Company shall obtain in your name (a) a life insurance policy providing for a death benefit of U.S. $1,000,000.00 payable to any beneficiary or beneficiaries named by you and (b) a disability insurance policy providing for monthly payments to you of at least U.S. $12,800.00 during the period of any disability until the earlier of your attaining age 65 or death; provided that the term “disability” in any such disability insurance policy shall be defined in a manner consistent with the definition in Section 2(c)(ii). During the Initial Term and the Renewal Term, the Company shall pay all premiums due on such policies.

3.8 Severance. In the event that, during the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, (a) your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or (b) you voluntarily terminate your employment for Good Reason, the Company shall pay you an amount equal to two times the sum of (i) your then Annual Base Salary, (ii) the average of the annual bonuses actually paid to you with respect to the three completed years preceding the date of your termination of employment and (iii) the aggregate annual dollar amount of the payments made or to be made to you or on your behalf for purposes of providing you with the benefits set forth in Sections 3.3, 3.6 and 3.7 above, less all applicable withholding and other applicable taxes and deductions (“Severance Amount”); provided that (x) you execute and deliver to the Company, and do not revoke, a release of all claims against the Company substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (“Release”) and (y) you have not materially breached as of the date of such termination any provisions of this Agreement and do not materially breach such provisions at any time during the Relevant Period (as defined below). The Company’s obligation to make such payment shall be cancelled upon the occurrence of any such material breach and, in the event such payment has already been made, you shall repay to the Company such payment within 30 days after demand therefor; provided, however, such repayment shall not be required if the Company shall have materially breached this Agreement prior to the time of your breach. The Severance Amount shall be paid in cash in a single lump sum on the later of (1) the first day of the month following the month in which such termination occurs and (2) the date the Revocation Period (as defined in the Release) has expired. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph to the contrary, if a Release is not executed and delivered to the Company within 60 days of such termination of employment (or if such Release is revoked in accordance with its terms), the Severance Amount shall not be paid. Upon the expiration of this Agreement due to non-renewal, or upon the termination of your employment hereunder for Cause or by your death or Disability, or by your voluntary termination of your employment hereunder without Good Reason, you shall be entitled only to the payment of such installments of your Annual Base Salary that have been earned through the date of such expiration and/or termination.

3.9 Change of Control Payments. (a) If at any time during the Initial Term and any Renewal Term (i) there is a Change of Control (as defined below) and (ii) your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or you voluntarily terminate your employment for Good Reason, in either case, within the greater of two years following the Change of Control or the remainder of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, as applicable, then the Company shall pay you an amount equal to three times the sum of (a) your then Annual Base Salary, (b) the average of the annual bonuses actually paid to you with respect to the three completed years preceding the date of your termination of employment and (c) the aggregate annual dollar amount of the payments made or to be made by the Company for

 

3


LOGO

 

purposes of providing you with the benefits set forth in Sections 3.3, 3.6 and 3.7 above, less all applicable withholding and other applicable taxes and deductions (“Change of Control Amount”). The Change of Control Amount shall be paid to you in cash in a single lump sum within 30 days after the date your employment terminates. In the event that it is determined that the aggregate amount of the payments and benefits that could be considered “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (collectively, with the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder, the “Code”; and such payments and benefits, the “Parachute Payments”) that, but for this Section 3.9 would be payable to you under this Agreement or any other plan, policy or arrangement of the Company or Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., exceeds the greatest amount of Parachute Payments that could be paid to you without giving rise to any liability for any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then the aggregate amount of Parachute Payments payable to you shall not exceed the amount that produces the greatest after-tax benefit to you after taking into account any Excise Tax to be payable by you. Any reduction in Parachute Payments pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall be made in the following order: (1) cash payments that do not constitute deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, (2) welfare or in-kind benefits, (3) equity compensation awards and (4) cash payments that do constitute deferred compensation, in each case, such reductions shall be made in the manner that maximizes the present value to you of all such payments. Subject to the Section 280G limitation referred to above, to the extent that you are not fully vested in any retirement benefits from any pension, profit-sharing or other retirement plan or program maintained by the Company or Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and your employment terminates in the circumstances contemplated by this Section 3.9(a), the Company shall pay directly to you within 30 days after the date on which your employment terminates the difference between the amounts that would have been paid to you had you been fully vested on the date that your employment terminates and the amounts actually paid or payable to you pursuant to such plans or programs. The amounts payable to you under this Section 3.9(a) shall be in lieu of any amounts payable to you under Section 3.8 above.

(b) As used herein, “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events:

(i) after the Effective Date hereof, any person, entity or “group” as identified in Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”), other than you or any of your affiliates becomes a beneficial owner (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. representing 40% or more of the total number of votes that may be cast for the election of directors of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.; or

(ii) within two years after a merger, consolidation, liquidation or sale of assets involving Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., or a contested election of a Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. director, or any combination of the foregoing, the individuals who were directors of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. immediately prior thereto shall cease to constitute a majority of the board of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.; or

(iii) within two years after a tender offer or exchange offer for voting securities of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., the individuals who were directors of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. immediately prior thereto shall cease to constitute a majority of the board of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

4. Non-Competition and Confidential Information.

4.1 Non-Competition. You agree that during the Initial Term and any Renewal Term and for a period of two years (the “Relevant Period”) after the termination for any reason of your employment, you shall not, directly or indirectly, (a) employ or retain, or induce or cause any other person or entity to employ or retain, any person who is, or who at any time in the twelve-month period prior to such time had been, employed or retained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or (b) provide services, whether as principal or as agent, officer, director, employee, consultant, shareholder, or otherwise, alone or in association with any other person, corporation or other entity, to any Competing Business (as defined below); provided, however, that you may provide services to a Competing Business (other than Amazon.com, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates and their respective successors (collectively, “Amazon”)) that is engaged in one or more businesses other than the Business Area (as defined below) but only to the extent that you do not provide services, directly or indirectly, to the segment of such Competing Business that is engaged in the Business Area. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Competing Business” shall mean (i) Amazon

 

4


LOGO

 

or (ii) any person, corporation or other entity engaged in the Business Area. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Business Area” shall mean the sale, distribution or attempted sale or distribution of books, textbooks, periodicals, newspapers, digital or audio versions of any of the foregoing or e-reading devices and related software. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions of this Section 4.1 shall not apply to the placement of general advertisements or the use of general search firm services with respect to a particular geographic area, but which are not targeted, directly or indirectly, towards employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

4.2 Ownership of Other Securities. Nothing in Section 4.1 shall be construed as denying you the right to own securities of any corporation listed on a national securities exchange or quoted in the NASDAQ System in an amount up to 5% of the outstanding number of such securities.

4.3 Confidential Information. (a) You shall use best efforts and diligence both during and after any employment with the Company, regardless of how, when or why such employment ends, to protect the confidential, trade secret and/or proprietary character of all Confidential Information and Trade Secret Information (as defined below). You shall not, directly or indirectly, use (for your benefit or for the benefit of any other person) or disclose any Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information, for so long as it shall remain proprietary or protectable, except as may be necessary for the performance of your duties for the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” shall mean all confidential information of the Company, regardless of the form or medium in which it is or was created, stored, reflected or preserved, information that is either developed by you (alone or with others) or to which you shall have had access during any employment with the Company. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, Trade Secret Information, and also includes information that is learned or acquired by the Company from others with whom the Company has a business relationship in which, and as a result of which, such information is revealed to the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Trade Secret Information” shall mean all information, regardless of the form or medium in which it is or was created, stored, reflected or preserved, that is not commonly known by or generally available to the public and that: (i) derives or creates economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use; and (ii) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy. The Company’s Trade Secret Information may include, but is not limited to, all confidential information relating to or reflecting the Company’s research and development plans and activities; compilations of data; product plans; sales, marketing and business plans and strategies; pricing, price lists, pricing methodologies and profit margins; current and planned incentive, recognition and rewards programs and services; personnel; inventions, concepts, ideas, designs and formulae; current, past and prospective customer lists; current, past and anticipated customer needs, preferences and requirements; market studies; computer software and programs (including object code and source code); and computer and database technologies, systems, structures and architectures. You understand that Confidential Information and/or Trade Secret Information may or may not be labeled as such, and you shall treat all information that appears to be Confidential Information and/or Trade Secret Information as confidential unless otherwise informed or authorized by the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to mean that Company owns any intellectual property or ideas that were conceived by you before you commenced employment with Company and which you have previously disclosed to the Company. Subject to Section 4.3(b), nothing in this Section 4.3(a) shall prevent you from complying with a valid legal requirement (whether by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information.

(b) You agree that both during and after any employment with the Company, regardless of how, when or why such employment ends, if you are legally required (whether by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information, you shall promptly notify the Company of such request or requirement so that the Company may seek to avoid or minimize the required disclosure and/or to obtain an appropriate protective order or other appropriate relief to ensure that any information so disclosed is maintained in confidence to the maximum extent possible by the agency or other person receiving the disclosure, or, in the discretion of the Company to waive compliance with the provisions of this Section 4.3. Thereafter, you shall use reasonable efforts, in cooperation with the Company or otherwise, to avoid or minimize the required disclosure and/or to obtain such protective order or other relief. If, in the absence of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, you are compelled to disclose the Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information or else stand liable for contempt or suffer other sanction, censure or penalty, you shall disclose only so much of the Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information to the party compelling

 

5


LOGO

 

disclosure as you believe in good faith on the basis of advice of counsel is required by law, and you shall give the Company prior notice of the Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information you believe you are required to disclose. The Company shall reimburse any reasonable legal fees and related expenses you incur in order to comply with this Section 4.3(b).

4.4 Inventions. You shall promptly disclose and provide to the Company, any original works of authorship, designs, formulas, processes, improvements, compositions of matter, computer software programs, data, information or databases, methods, procedures or other inventions, developments or improvements of any kind that you conceive, originate, develop, improve, modify and/or create, solely or jointly with others, during the period of your employment, or as a result of such employment (collectively, “Inventions”), and whether or not any such Inventions also may be included within “Confidential Information” or “Trade Secret Information” (as defined under this Agreement), or are patentable, copyrightable or protectable as trade secrets. You acknowledge and agree that the Company is and shall be the exclusive owner of all rights, title and interest in and to the Inventions and, specifically, that any copyrightable works prepared by you within the scope of your employment are “works for hire” under the Copyright Act, that such “works for hire” are Inventions and that the Company shall be considered the author and owner of such copyrightable works. In the event that any Invention is deemed not to be a “work for hire”, or in the event that you should, by operation of law, be deemed to be entitled to retain any rights, title or interest in and to any Invention, you hereby irrevocably waive all rights, title and interest and assign to the Company, without any further consideration and regardless of any use by the Company of any such Inventions, all rights, title and interest, if any, in and to such Invention. You agree that the Company, as the owner of all Inventions, has the full and complete right to prepare and create derivative works based upon the Inventions and to use, reproduce, publish, print, copy, market, advertise, distribute, transfer, sell, publicly perform and publicly display and otherwise exploit by all means now known or later developed, such Inventions and derivative works anywhere throughout the world and at any time during or after your employment hereunder or otherwise.

4.5 Return of Information. You shall promptly deliver to the Company, upon the termination for any reason of your employment, or at any other time at the Company’s request, without retaining any copies, all documents, information and other material in your possession or control containing, reflecting and/or relating, directly or indirectly, to any Confidential Information and/or Trade Secret Information.

4.6 Cooperation. You agree that both during and after any employment with the Company, regardless of how, when or why such employment ends, you shall provide reasonable cooperation to the Company and its affiliates in connection with any pending or future lawsuit, arbitration, or proceeding between the Company and/or any affiliate and any third party, any pending or future regulatory or governmental inquiry or investigation concerning the Company and/or any affiliate and any other legal, internal or business matters of or concerning the Company and/or any affiliate. Such cooperation shall include meeting with and providing information the Company, any affiliate and/or their respective attorneys, auditors or other representatives as reasonably requested by the Company. The Company shall reimburse any reasonable legal fees and related expenses you incur in order to comply with this Section 4.6.

4.7 Non-Disparagement. During and after any employment with the Company, regardless of how, when or why such employment ends, (a) you shall not make, either directly or by or through another person, any oral or written negative, disparaging or adverse statements or representations of or concerning the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates, any of their clients or businesses or any of their current or former officers, directors, employees or shareholders and (b) Company Parties (as defined below) shall not make any oral or written negative, disparaging or adverse statements or representations of or concerning you; provided, however, that nothing herein shall prohibit (i) critical communications between you and the Company or Company Parties during the Initial Term and any Renewal Term and in connection with your employment or (ii) you or any Company Party from disclosing truthful information if legally required (whether by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process). For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Company Parties” shall mean the executive officers and designated spokespersons of the Company.

4.8 Severability. If any of the restrictions in this Section 4 should for any reason whatsoever be declared invalid, the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement shall not be adversely affected thereby.

 

6


LOGO

 

4.9 Equitable Relief. (a) You acknowledge that your services to the Company are of a unique character that gives them a special value to the Company. You further recognize that any violation of the restrictions in this Section 4 may give rise to losses or damages for which the Company cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in an action at law and that such violation may result in irreparable and continuing harm to the Company. Accordingly, you agree that, in addition to any other remedy that the Company may have at law or in equity, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief to restrain any violation by you of the restrictions in this Section 4.

(b) In addition, the Company recognizes that any violation of the restrictions in Section 4.7(b) may give rise to losses or damages for which you cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in an action at law and that such violation may result in irreparable and continuing harm to you. Accordingly, the Company agrees that, in addition to any other remedy that you may have at law or in equity, you shall be entitled to injunctive relief to restrain any violation by the Company of the restrictions in Section 4.7(b).

4.10 Reasonableness. You acknowledge that the limitations and obligations contained in this Section 4 are, individually and in the aggregate, reasonable and properly required by the Company and that in the event that any such limitations are found to be unreasonable and unenforceable, you shall submit to such limitations and/or obligations in such form as the arbitrator shall determine. You agree that you shall not challenge or contest the reasonableness, validity or enforceability of any such limitations and obligations.

4.11 Governmental Agencies . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement is not intended to, and shall not, limit or restrict you from: (a) filing and, as provided for under Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, maintaining the confidentiality of a claim with a government agency that is responsible for enforcing a law; (b) providing Confidential Information (as defined in Section 4.3(a)) to the extent required by law or legal process or permitted by Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or (iii) cooperating, participating or assisting in any government or regulatory entity investigation or proceeding.

5. Indemnification. You shall be indemnified by the Company, as an officer of the Company and its affiliates, against all actions, suits, claims, legal proceedings and the like to the fullest extent permitted by law, including advancement of expenses, partial indemnification, indemnification following the termination of this Agreement, indemnification of your estate and similar matters. For purposes of this Agreement, such indemnification shall extend to, to the fullest extent permitted by law, legal fees, costs, expenses, judgments, settlements, claim resolution payments, arbitration fees, arbitrator fees, mediation fees, negotiation fees and hold harmless obligations.

6. Miscellaneous.

6.1 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the terms and conditions of your employment by the Company and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements, oral or written, between you and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof, including the Prior Agreement.

6.2 Binding Effect; Benefits. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon you and the Company and our respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

6.3 Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed by both parties to this Agreement. Electronic communications, even if receipt is acknowledged, shall not constitute an amendment or modification of this Agreement.

6.4 Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations that either party may have by reason of this Agreement shall be assignable by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.

6.5 Notices. Any notice that may or must be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or reputable overnight courier, addressed to you at the address set forth on the first page hereof, or to the Company at 120 Mountain View Boulevard, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920 to the attention of the Vice President for Human Resources for the Company (with a copy to the General Counsel for the Company), or to such other address as you or the Company, as the case may be, may designate in writing in accordance with the provisions of this section.

 

 

7


LOGO

 

6.6 Section and Other Headings; Other. The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not deemed to be a part of this Agreement or to affect the meaning and interpretation of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “including” shall mean “including, without limitation.”

6.7 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed (both as to validity and performance) and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey applicable to agreements made and to be performed wholly within the State of New Jersey, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of New Jersey or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New Jersey. Except as provided in Section 6.9, exclusive jurisdiction for all disputes or claims arising under or in connection with this Agreement, and any and all claims by or against you relating to your employment with the Company, shall lie in any Federal or state court located within Somerset County of New Jersey.

6.8 Survival of Rights and Obligations. All rights and obligations arising hereunder shall continue to have full force and effect after the termination of this Agreement unless otherwise provided herein to the extent necessary to preserve the intended benefits of such provisions. If any section of this Agreement is determined to be void, voidable or unenforceable, it shall have no effect on the remainder of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect, and the provisions so held invalid or unenforceable shall be deemed modified as to give such provisions the maximum effect permitted by applicable law.

6.9 Arbitration. The parties agree that all disputes arising under or in connection with this Agreement, and any and all claims by you relating to your employment with the Company, including any claims of discrimination or other employment-related claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act or any other employment-related Federal, state or local law, shall be submitted to arbitration before the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under its rules then prevailing for the type of claim in issue before one arbitrator and to be held at the AAA’s office located in Somerset County of New Jersey. In any arbitration hereunder, the arbitrator shall have the power to issue appropriate injunctive or other non-monetary relief, and award appropriate compensatory damages. The parties agree that no damages other than compensatory damages shall be sought or claimed by either party and each party waives any claim, right or entitlement to punitive, exemplary or consequential damages, or any other damages, and each relevant arbitrator is specifically divested of any power to award any damages in the nature of punitive, exemplary or consequential damages, or any other damages of any kind or nature in excess of compensatory damages. Nothing in this arbitration provision shall preclude, and the parties expressly acknowledge that either party may seek, temporary injunctive relief from any Federal or state court located within Somerset County of New Jersey in connection with or as supplement to an arbitration hereunder, including regarding any claim under Section 4 of this Agreement. For purposes of any such action or proceeding, the parties each hereby specifically submit to the personal jurisdiction of any Federal or state court located within Somerset County of New Jersey and further agree that service of process may be made within or without the State of New Jersey by giving notice in the manner provided in Section 6.5 of this Agreement.

6.10 Section 409A of the Code. It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code, and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code. If, at the time of your separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), (a) you shall be a specified employee (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and using the identification methodology selected by the Company from time to time) and (b) the Company shall make a good faith determination that an amount payable under this Agreement or any other plan, policy, arrangement or agreement of or with the Company or Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (this Agreement and such other plans, policies, arrangements and agreements, the “Company Plans”) constitutes deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) the payment of which is required to be delayed pursuant to the six-month delay rule set forth in Section 409A of the Code in order to avoid taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company shall not pay any such amount on the otherwise scheduled payment date but shall instead accumulate such amount and pay it, without interest, on the first day of the seventh month following

 

8


LOGO

 

such separation from service. Except as permitted under Section 409A of the Code, any deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) payable to or for your benefit under any Company Plan may not be reduced by, or offset against, any amount owing by you to the Company. Except as specifically permitted by Section 409A of the Code, the benefits and reimbursements provided to you under this Agreement and any Company Plan during any calendar year shall not affect the benefits and reimbursements to be provided to you under the relevant section of this Agreement or Company Plan in any other calendar year, and the right to such benefits and reimbursements cannot be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit and shall be provided in accordance with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) or any successor thereto. Further, in the case of reimbursement payments, such payments shall be made to you on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the underlying fee, cost or expense is incurred. Notwithstanding the preceding, the Company makes no representations concerning the tax consequences of your participation in this Agreement under Section 409A of the Code or any other Federal, state or local tax law. Your tax consequences shall depend, in part, upon the application of relevant tax law, including Section 409A of the Code, to the relevant facts and circumstances. You should consult a competent and independent tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of this Agreement.

6.11 Representations and Warranties. You hereby represent and warrant to the Company that (a) your execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which you are a party or by which you are bound; (b) you are not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompete agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity that has not been disclosed to the Company prior to the execution of this Agreement; (c) in the performance of any duties and responsibilities on behalf of the Company, you shall not divulge or use in any way any trade secrets or confidential or proprietary information that are within your possession or knowledge (if any), are owned by any other person or entity and regardless of whether or not such trade secrets or confidential or proprietary information are subject to any written agreement; and (d) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, it shall be a valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms. You hereby acknowledge and represent that you fully understand the terms and conditions contained herein.

6.12 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more identical counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

9


LOGO

If the foregoing accurately reflects our agreement, kindly sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate copy of this Agreement.

 

Very truly yours,
BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC.
By:

/s/ Michael P. Huseby

Name: Michael P. Huseby
Date: June 25, 2015

 

Accepted and Agreed to:
MAX ROBERTS
By: /s/ Max Roberts
Date: 6/25/15

[ Signature Page to Employment Agreement ]


EXHIBIT A

GENERAL RELEASE AND WAIVER

1. [Name] (“Employee”) hereby acknowledges and agrees that Employee’s employment with Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC and Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (together, the “Company”) terminated on             , 20     (the “Termination Date”).

2. Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee’s executing this General Release and Waiver (“Release”) is a condition precedent to the Company’s obligation to pay (and the Employee’s right to retain) the payments and benefits set forth in Section 3.8 of the employment letter agreement, dated as of June [•], 2015, between Employee and the Company (such agreement referred to herein as the “Employment Agreement” and such payments and benefits collectively referred to herein as the “Separation Benefit”), that the Separation Benefit is adequate consideration for this Release, and that any monetary or other benefits that, prior to the execution of this Release, Employee may have earned or accrued, or to which Employee may have been entitled, have been paid or such payments or benefits have been released, waived or settled by Releasor (as defined below) except as expressly provided in this Release.

3. (a) THIS SECTION PROVIDES A COMPLETE RELEASE AND WAIVER OF ALL EXISTING AND POTENTIAL CLAIMS EMPLOYEE MAY HAVE AGAINST EVERY PERSON AND ENTITY INCLUDED WITHIN THE DESCRIPTION BELOW OF “RELEASEE.” BEFORE EMPLOYEE SIGNS THIS RELEASE, EMPLOYEE MUST READ THIS SECTION CAREFULLY, AND MAKE SURE THAT EMPLOYEE UNDERSTANDS IT FULLY.

(b) In consideration of Employee’s receipt and acceptance of the Separation Benefit from the Company, and on behalf of the Company and each Releasee (as defined below), Employee, on Employee’s behalf and on behalf of Employee’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns (collectively, “Releasor”), hereby irrevocably, unconditionally and generally releases the Company, its current and former officers, directors, shareholders, trustees, parents, members, managers, affiliates, subsidiaries, branches, divisions, benefit plans, agents, attorneys, advisors, counselors and employees, and the current and former officers, directors, shareholders, agents, attorneys, advisors, counselors and employees of any such parent, affiliate, subsidiary, branch or division of the Company and the heirs, executors, administrators, receivers, successors and assigns of all of the foregoing (each, a “Releasee”), from or in connection with, and hereby waives and/or settles, except as provided in Section 3(c), any and all actions, causes of action, suits, debts, dues, sums of money, accounts, controversies, agreements, promises, damages, judgments, executions, or any liability, claims or demands, known or unknown and of any nature whatsoever, whether or not related to employment, and which Releasor ever had, now has or hereafter can, shall or may have as of the date of this Release, including, without limitation, (i) any rights and/or claims arising under any contract, express or implied, written or oral, including, without limitation, the Employment Agreement; (ii) any rights and/or claims arising under any applicable foreign, Federal, state, local or other statutes, orders, laws, ordinances, regulations or the like, or case law, that relate to employment or employment practices, including, without limitation, family and medical, and/or, specifically, that prohibit discrimination based upon age, race, religion, sex, color, creed, national origin, sexual orientation, marital status, disability, medical condition, pregnancy, veteran status or any other unlawful bases, including, without limitation, the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, as amended, the Civil Rights Acts of 1866 and 1871, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, the Family Medical Leave Act of 1993, as amended, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, the Vietnam Era Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974, as amended, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, as amended, and any similar applicable statutes, orders, laws, ordinances, regulations or the like, or case law, of the State of New Jersey and any State in which any Releasee is subject to jurisdiction, or any political subdivision thereof, including, without limitation, the New York State Human Rights Law, the New York State Labor Law, the New York City Human Rights Law, the New Jersey Law Against Discrimination and the New Jersey Wage and Hour Law, and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to or concerning any of the foregoing statutes, orders, laws, ordinances, regulations or the like; (iii) any waivable rights and/or claims relating to wages and hours, including under state or local labor or wage payment laws; (iv) any rights and/or claims to benefits that Employee may have or become entitled to receive under any severance, termination, change of control, bonus or similar policy, plan, program, agreement or similar or related arrangements, including, without limitation, any offer letter, letter agreement or employment

 

A-1


agreement between Employee and the Company; (v) any rights and/or claims that Employee may have to receive any equity in the Company (whether restricted or unrestricted) in the future; and (vi) and any rights and/or claims for attorneys’ fees. Employee agrees not to challenge or contest the reasonableness, validity or enforceability of this Release.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee does not release any Releasee from any of the following rights and/or claims: (i) any rights and/or claims Employee may have that arise after the date Employee signs this Release; (ii) any rights and/or claims that by law cannot be waived by private agreement; (iii) Employee’s right to file a charge with or participate in any investigation or proceeding conducted by the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”) or similar government agency; provided that even though Employee can file a charge or participate in an investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC or similar government agency, by executing this Release, Employee is waiving his ability to obtain relief of any kind from any Releasee to the extent permitted by law; (iv) Employee’s non-forfeitable rights to accrued benefits (within the meaning of Sections 203 and 204 of ERISA); (v) any rights and/or claims to insurance coverage under any directors’ and officers’ personal liability insurance or fiduciary insurance policy; and (vi) any rights and/or claims to enforce the Employment Agreement in accordance with its terms.

4. Nothing in or about this Release prohibits Employee from: (i) filing and, as provided for under Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, maintaining the confidentiality of a claim with a government agency that is responsible for enforcing a law; (ii) providing Confidential Information (as defined in Section 4.3(a) of the Employment Agreement) to the extent required by law or legal process or permitted by Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or (iii) cooperating, participating or assisting in any government or regulatory entity investigation or proceeding.

5. Employee represents and warrants that Employee has not filed or commenced any complaints, claims, actions or proceedings of any kind against any Releasee with any Federal, state or local court or any administrative, regulatory or arbitration agency or body. Employee hereby waives any right to, and agrees not to, seek reinstatement or employment of any kind with any Releasee and, without waiver by any Releasee of the foregoing, the existence of this Release shall be a valid, nondiscriminatory basis for rejecting any such application or, in the event Employee obtains such employment, for terminating such employment. This Release and the Separation Benefit are not intended to be, shall not be construed as and are not, an admission or concession by any Releasee of any wrongdoing or illegal or actionable acts or omissions.

6. (a) Employee hereby represents and agrees that Employee shall keep confidential and not disclose orally or in writing, to any person, except as may be required by law, any and all information concerning the existence or terms of this Release and the amount of any payments made hereunder. Employee further agrees that, except as shall be required by law, Employee shall keep confidential and not disclose orally or in writing, directly or indirectly, to any person (except Employee’s immediate family, attorneys and accountant), any and all information concerning any facts, claims or assertions relating or referring to any experiences of Employee or treatment Employee received by or on behalf of any Releasee through the date of this Release.

(b) If Employee is requested or required (by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any information covered by Section 6(a), Employee shall promptly notify the Company of such request or requirement so that the Company may seek to avoid or minimize the required disclosure and/or to obtain an appropriate protective order or other appropriate relief to ensure that any information so disclosed is maintained in confidence to the maximum extent possible by the agency or other person receiving the disclosure, or, in the discretion of the Company, to waive compliance with the provisions of this Release. Employee shall use reasonable efforts, in cooperation with the Company or otherwise, to avoid or minimize the required disclosure and/or to obtain such protective order or other relief. If, in the absence of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, Employee is compelled to disclose such information or else stand liable for contempt or suffer other sanction, censure or penalty, Employee shall disclose only so much of such information to the party compelling disclosure as he believes in good faith on the basis of advice of counsel is required by law, and Employee shall give the Company prior notice of such information he believes he is required to disclose.

7. (a) Employee shall not make, either directly or by or through another person, any oral or written negative, disparaging or adverse statements or representations of or concerning any Releasee.

 

A-2


(b) Without limitation to the survival of any other terms of the Employment Agreement subsequent to the end of Employee’s employment, the expiration or termination of the Employment Agreement, and/or the execution and effectiveness of this Release, Employee and the Company expressly acknowledge that the terms of Sections 4 and 5 of the Employment Agreement survive and shall be in full force and effect as provided in the Employment Agreement.

8. The covenants, representations and acknowledgments made by Employee in this Release shall continue to have full force and effect after the execution and effectiveness of this Release and the delivery of the Separation Benefit, and this Release shall inure to the benefit of each Releasee, and the successors and assigns of each of them, to the extent necessary to preserve the intended benefits of such provisions. If any section of this Release is determined to be void, voidable or unenforceable, it shall have no effect on the remainder of this Release, which shall remain in full force and effect, and the provisions so held invalid or unenforceable shall be deemed modified as to give such provisions the maximum effect permitted by applicable law. Without limitation to Section 3.8 of the Employment Agreement, the Company shall be excused and released from any obligation to make payment of the Separation Benefit, and Employee shall be obligated to return to the Company the Separation Benefit, in the event that Employee is found to have (a) made a material misstatement in any term, condition, covenant, representation or acknowledgment in this Release, or (b) Employee is found to have committed or commits a material breach of any term, condition or covenant in this Release.

9. This Release and the Employment Agreement constitute the sole and complete agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth therein and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements, oral or written, between Employee and the Company with respect to the subject matter thereof. This Release may not be amended or modified except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such modification or amendment is sought. Either party may, by an instrument in writing, waive compliance by the other party with any term or provision of this Release to be performed or complied with by such other party.

10. With respect to any claims or disputes under or in connection with this Release or any claims released under Section 3 of this Release, Employee and the Company hereby acknowledge and agree that Sections 6.7 and 6.9 of the Employment Agreement shall govern. Employee acknowledges that a breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Release may give rise to losses or damages for which the Company cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in an action at law, and that such violation may result in irreparable and continuing harm to the Company. Accordingly, Employee agrees that, in addition to any other remedy that the Company may have at law or in equity, the Company shall be entitled to seek equitable relief, including, without limitation, injunction and specific performance and Employee hereby waives any requirements for security or posting of any bond in connection with such relief. No specification in this Release of any particular remedy shall be construed as a waiver or prohibition of any other remedies (including claims for damages) in the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Release.

11. Employee agrees and acknowledges that (a) Employee has had an adequate opportunity to review this Release and all of its terms, (b) Employee understands all of the terms of this Release, which are fair, reasonable and are not the result of any fraud, duress, coercion, pressure or undue influence exercised by or on behalf of any Releasee and (c) Employee has agreed to and/or entered into this Release and all of the terms hereof, knowingly, freely and voluntarily.

12. By executing this Release, Releasor acknowledges that (a) Employee has been advised by the Company to consult with an attorney before executing this Release; (b) Employee was provided adequate time (i.e., at least 21 days) to review this Release and to consider whether to sign this Release and (c) Employee has been advised that Employee has 7 days following execution to revoke this Release (“Revocation Period”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Employment Agreement, this Release shall not be effective or enforceable, and the Separation Benefit is not payable and shall not be delivered or paid by the Company, until the Revocation Period has expired and provided that Employee has not revoked this Release. Employee agrees that any revocation shall be made in writing and delivered to             , [Vice President, Human Resources, Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.], 120 Mountain View Boulevard, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920. Employee acknowledges that revocation of this Release shall result in the Company’s not having an obligation to pay the Separation Benefit.

 

Signature:  

 

      Date:    
          [Name]      

 

A-3

Exhibit 10.10

 

LOGO

June 23, 2015

Mr. Barry Brover

c/o Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC

120 Mountain View Boulevard

Basking Ridge, NJ 07920

Dear Mr. Brover:

This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is intended to set forth our mutual understanding regarding your employment as Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC (the “Company”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. This Agreement is intended to replace the letter agreement with you dated as of June 30, 2014 (the “Prior Agreement”) effective as of the distribution by Barnes & Noble, Inc. to its stockholders of all shares of common stock of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., and the indirect ownership of all membership interests in the Company (the “Distribution”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Prior Agreement shall remain effective through the effectiveness of the Distribution and shall be replaced by this Agreement upon the effectiveness of the Distribution; provided, however, Barnes & Noble, Inc. may at any time prior to the proposed Distribution provide notice to you in accordance with Section 6.5 of this Agreement that the proposed Distribution will not occur, in which case, this Agreement shall be null and void ab initio.

Accordingly, we are pleased to agree as follows:

1. Duties. You agree to be Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. for the term of this Agreement. In this capacity, you shall perform such duties and have such responsibilities as are typically associated with such position, including such duties and responsibilities as are prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. consistent with such position. While you are the Company’s employee, you agree to devote your full business time and attention to the performance of your duties and responsibilities hereunder. You shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

2. Term. (a) The initial term of this Agreement shall be for a period beginning on the date hereof (the “Effective Date”) and ending on the third anniversary of the Effective Date or, if earlier, the termination of your employment in accordance with the provisions set forth below (the “Initial Term”). At the expiration (but not earlier termination) of the Initial Term, and any subsequent “Renewal Term” (as defined below), the term of this Agreement shall automatically renew for additional periods of one year (each, a “Renewal Term”), unless your employment has earlier terminated or either party hereto has given the other party written notice of non-renewal at least 90 days prior to the expiration date of the Initial Term or the Renewal Term, as applicable. In the event that either party has given written notice of non-renewal, and your employment with the Company continues after the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, such post-expiration employment shall be “at-will” and either party may terminate such employment with or without notice and for any reason or no reason.

(b) Your employment hereunder shall terminate upon your death and may be terminated by the Company upon written notice to you following your Disability (as defined below). Your employment hereunder may also be terminated by the Company immediately for Cause (as defined below) or following two weeks written notice to you for any other reason. Your employment hereunder may also be terminated by you following written notice to the Company of your intention to resign with or without Good Reason (as defined below); provided that a resignation for Good Reason shall comply with Section 2(c)(iv).

(c) For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) “Cause” means (A) your engaging in intentional misconduct or gross negligence that, in either case, is injurious to Company; (B) your indictment, entry of a plea of nolo contendere or conviction by a court of


LOGO

 

competent jurisdiction with respect to any crime or violation of law involving fraud or dishonesty (with the exception of misconduct based in good faith on the advice of professional consultants, such as attorneys and accountants) or any felony (or equivalent crime in a non-U.S. jurisdiction); (C) any gross negligence, intentional acts or intentional omissions by you (as determined by a majority vote of the Board of Directors of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (the “Board”) in its reasonable discretion and judgment) that constitute fraud, dishonesty, embezzlement or misappropriation in connection with the performance of your employment duties and responsibilities; (D) your engaging in any act of intentional misconduct or moral turpitude (as determined by a majority vote of the Board in its reasonable discretion and judgment) reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company or its business; (E) your abuse of or dependency on alcohol or drugs (illicit or otherwise) that adversely affects your job performance; (F) your willful failure or refusal to properly perform (as determined by a majority vote of the Board in its reasonable discretion and judgment) the duties, responsibilities or obligations of your employment for reasons other than Disability or authorized leave, or to properly perform or follow (as determined by a majority vote of the Board in its reasonable discretion and judgment) any lawful direction by the Company (with the exception of a willful failure or refusal to properly perform based in good faith on the advice of professional consultants, such as attorneys and accountants); or (G) your material breach of this Agreement or of any other contractual duty to, written policy of, or written agreement with the Company (with the exception of a material breach based in good faith on the advice of professional consultants, such as attorneys and accountants).

(ii) “Disability” shall mean a written determination by a majority of three physicians (one of which shall be your most recent primary care provider) mutually agreeable to the Company and you (or, in the event of your total physical or mental disability, your legal representative) that you are physically or mentally unable to perform your duties as Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC under this Agreement and that such disability can reasonably be expected to continue for a period of six consecutive months or for shorter periods aggregating 180 days in any 12-month period.

(iii) “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events without your written consent: (A) there shall have been a material diminution of your authority, duties or responsibilities; (B) there shall have been a greater than 10% reduction in your Annual Base Salary (as defined below) in effect as of the Effective Date pursuant to Section 3.1; (C) the principal executive offices of the Company shall be relocated to a location more than 50 miles from both New York City, NY and Basking Ridge, NJ; or (D) the Company fails to make material payments to you as required by this Agreement.

(iv) You shall only be deemed to terminate employment for Good Reason if (A) you provide the Company with written notice of Good Reason within a period not to exceed 90 days after the initial existence of the condition alleged to give rise to Good Reason, (B) the Company fails to remedy the condition within 30 days of such notice and (C) your termination is within six months following the initial existence of the condition alleged to give rise to Good Reason.

3. Compensation.

3.1 Annual Base Salary. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, the Company shall pay you, for all services you perform hereunder, an annual base salary of U.S. $505,000.00, or such higher amount as the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”) may determine, payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule applicable to executive officers of the Company (“Annual Base Salary”).

3.2 Bonus Compensation. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, the Company shall pay you annual bonus compensation, as determined by the Compensation Committee, with an annual target amount of not less than 75% of your Annual Base Salary, which shall be paid by the Company in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the incentive or compensation plan or arrangement specified by the Compensation Committee.

3.3 Employee Benefits. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, you shall be eligible to participate in and receive any benefits to which you are entitled under the employee benefit plans that the Company provides for its employees generally, as well as any employee benefit plans that Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. provides for its executive officers generally.

 

 

2


LOGO

 

3.4 Expenses. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, the Company shall reimburse you for all reasonable expenses incurred by you in the performance of your duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, including entertainment and travel expenses, in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Compensation Committee.

3.5 Equity Awards. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, you shall be eligible to receive equity awards of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. under the terms of the Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

3.6 Car Allowance. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, the Company shall pay you in cash a monthly car allowance of U.S. $1,500.00, or such higher amount as may be determined by the Compensation Committee.

3.7 Life and Disability Insurance. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, the Company shall obtain in your name (a) a life insurance policy providing for a death benefit of U.S. $1,000,000.00 payable to any beneficiary or beneficiaries named by you and (b) a disability insurance policy providing for monthly payments to you of at least U.S. $12,800.00 during the period of any disability until the earlier of your attaining age 65 or death; provided that the term “disability” in any such disability insurance policy shall be defined in a manner consistent with the definition in Section 2(c)(ii). During the Initial Term and the Renewal Term, the Company shall pay all premiums due on such policies.

3.8 Severance. In the event that, during the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, (a) your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or (b) you voluntarily terminate your employment for Good Reason, the Company shall pay you an amount equal to one times the sum of (i) your then Annual Base Salary, (ii) the average of the annual bonuses actually paid to you with respect to the three completed years preceding the date of your termination of employment and (iii) the aggregate annual dollar amount of the payments made or to be made to you or on your behalf for purposes of providing you with the benefits set forth in Sections 3.3, 3.6 and 3.7 above, less all applicable withholding and other applicable taxes and deductions (“Severance Amount”); provided that (x) you execute and deliver to the Company, and do not revoke, a release of all claims against the Company substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (“Release”) and (y) you have not materially breached as of the date of such termination any provisions of this Agreement and do not materially breach such provisions at any time during the Relevant Period (as defined below). The Company’s obligation to make such payment shall be cancelled upon the occurrence of any such material breach and, in the event such payment has already been made, you shall repay to the Company such payment within 30 days after demand therefor; provided, however, such repayment shall not be required if the Company shall have materially breached this Agreement prior to the time of your breach. The Severance Amount shall be paid in cash in a single lump sum on the later of (1) the first day of the month following the month in which such termination occurs and (2) the date the Revocation Period (as defined in the Release) has expired. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph to the contrary, if a Release is not executed and delivered to the Company within 60 days of such termination of employment (or if such Release is revoked in accordance with its terms), the Severance Amount shall not be paid. Upon the expiration of this Agreement due to non-renewal, or upon the termination of your employment hereunder for Cause or by your death or Disability, or by your voluntary termination of your employment hereunder without Good Reason, you shall be entitled only to the payment of such installments of your Annual Base Salary that have been earned through the date of such expiration and/or termination.

3.9 Change of Control Payments. (a) If at any time during the Initial Term and any Renewal Term (i) there is a Change of Control (as defined below) and (ii) your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or you voluntarily terminate your employment for Good Reason, in either case, within the greater of two years following the Change of Control or the remainder of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, as applicable, then the Company shall pay you an amount equal to two times the sum of (a) your then Annual Base Salary, (b) the average of the annual bonuses actually paid to you with respect to the three completed years preceding the date of your termination of employment and (c) the aggregate annual dollar amount of the payments made or to be made by the Company for

 

3


LOGO

 

purposes of providing you with the benefits set forth in Sections 3.3, 3.6 and 3.7 above, less all applicable withholding and other applicable taxes and deductions (“Change of Control Amount”). The Change of Control Amount shall be paid to you in cash in a single lump sum within 30 days after the date your employment terminates. In the event that it is determined that the aggregate amount of the payments and benefits that could be considered “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (collectively, with the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder, the “Code”; and such payments and benefits, the “Parachute Payments”) that, but for this Section 3.9 would be payable to you under this Agreement or any other plan, policy or arrangement of the Company or Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., exceeds the greatest amount of Parachute Payments that could be paid to you without giving rise to any liability for any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then the aggregate amount of Parachute Payments payable to you shall not exceed the amount that produces the greatest after-tax benefit to you after taking into account any Excise Tax to be payable by you. Any reduction in Parachute Payments pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall be made in the following order: (1) cash payments that do not constitute deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, (2) welfare or in-kind benefits, (3) equity compensation awards and (4) cash payments that do constitute deferred compensation, in each case, such reductions shall be made in the manner that maximizes the present value to you of all such payments. The amounts payable to you under this Section 3.9(a) shall be in lieu of any amounts payable to you under Section 3.8 above.

(b) As used herein, “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events:

(i) after the Effective Date hereof, any person, entity or “group” as identified in Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”), other than you or any of your affiliates becomes a beneficial owner (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. representing 40% or more of the total number of votes that may be cast for the election of directors of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.; or

(ii) within two years after a merger, consolidation, liquidation or sale of assets involving Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., or a contested election of a Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. director, or any combination of the foregoing, the individuals who were directors of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. immediately prior thereto shall cease to constitute a majority of the board of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.; or

(iii) within two years after a tender offer or exchange offer for voting securities of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., the individuals who were directors of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. immediately prior thereto shall cease to constitute a majority of the board of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

4. Non-Competition and Confidential Information.

4.1 Non-Competition. You agree that during the Initial Term and any Renewal Term and for a period of two years (the “Relevant Period”) after the termination for any reason of your employment, you shall not, directly or indirectly, (a) employ or retain, or induce or cause any other person or entity to employ or retain, any person who is, or who at any time in the twelve-month period prior to such time had been, employed or retained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or (b) provide services, whether as principal or as agent, officer, director, employee, consultant, shareholder, or otherwise, alone or in association with any other person, corporation or other entity, to any Competing Business (as defined below) provided, however, that you may provide services to a Competing Business (other than Amazon.com, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates and their respective successors (collectively, “Amazon”)) that is engaged in one or more businesses other than the Business Area (as defined below) but only to the extent that you do not provide services, directly or indirectly, to the segment of such Competing Business that is engaged in the Business Area. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Competing Business” shall mean (i) Amazon or (ii) any person, corporation or other entity engaged in the Business Area. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Business Area” shall mean the sale, distribution or attempted sale or distribution of books, textbooks, periodicals, newspapers, digital or audio versions of any of the foregoing or e-reading devices and related software. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions of this Section 4.1 shall not apply to the placement of general advertisements or the use of general search firm services with respect to a particular geographic area, but which are not targeted, directly or indirectly, towards employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

4


LOGO

 

4.2 Ownership of Other Securities. Nothing in Section 4.1 shall be construed as denying you the right to own securities of any corporation listed on a national securities exchange or quoted in the NASDAQ System in an amount up to 5% of the outstanding number of such securities.

4.3 Confidential Information. (a) You shall use best efforts and diligence both during and after any employment with the Company, regardless of how, when or why such employment ends, to protect the confidential, trade secret and/or proprietary character of all Confidential Information and Trade Secret Information (as defined below). You shall not, directly or indirectly, use (for your benefit or for the benefit of any other person) or disclose any Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information, for so long as it shall remain proprietary or protectable, except as may be necessary for the performance of your duties for the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” shall mean all confidential information of the Company, regardless of the form or medium in which it is or was created, stored, reflected or preserved, information that is either developed by you (alone or with others) or to which you shall have had access during any employment with the Company. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, Trade Secret Information, and also includes information that is learned or acquired by the Company from others with whom the Company has a business relationship in which, and as a result of which, such information is revealed to the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Trade Secret Information” shall mean all information, regardless of the form or medium in which it is or was created, stored, reflected or preserved, that is not commonly known by or generally available to the public and that: (i) derives or creates economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use; and (ii) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy. The Company’s Trade Secret Information may include, but is not limited to, all confidential information relating to or reflecting the Company’s research and development plans and activities; compilations of data; product plans; sales, marketing and business plans and strategies; pricing, price lists, pricing methodologies and profit margins; current and planned incentive, recognition and rewards programs and services; personnel; inventions, concepts, ideas, designs and formulae; current, past and prospective customer lists; current, past and anticipated customer needs, preferences and requirements; market studies; computer software and programs (including object code and source code); and computer and database technologies, systems, structures and architectures. You understand that Confidential Information and/or Trade Secret Information may or may not be labeled as such, and you shall treat all information that appears to be Confidential Information and/or Trade Secret Information as confidential unless otherwise informed or authorized by the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to mean that Company owns any intellectual property or ideas that were conceived by you before you commenced employment with Company and which you have previously disclosed to the Company. Subject to Section 4.3(b), nothing in this Section 4.3(a) shall prevent you from complying with a valid legal requirement (whether by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information.

(b) You agree that both during and after any employment with the Company, regardless of how, when or why such employment ends, if you are legally required (whether by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information, you shall promptly notify the Company of such request or requirement so that the Company may seek to avoid or minimize the required disclosure and/or to obtain an appropriate protective order or other appropriate relief to ensure that any information so disclosed is maintained in confidence to the maximum extent possible by the agency or other person receiving the disclosure, or, in the discretion of the Company to waive compliance with the provisions of this Section 4.3. Thereafter, you shall use reasonable efforts, in cooperation with the Company or otherwise, to avoid or minimize the required disclosure and/or to obtain such protective order or other relief. If, in the absence of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, you are compelled to disclose the Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information or else stand liable for contempt or suffer other sanction, censure or penalty, you shall disclose only so much of the Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information to the party compelling disclosure as you believe in good faith on the basis of advice of counsel is required by law, and you shall give the Company prior notice of the Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information you believe you are required to disclose. The Company shall reimburse any reasonable legal fees and related expenses you incur in order to comply with this Section 4.3(b).

 

5


LOGO

 

4.4 Inventions. You shall promptly disclose and provide to the Company, any original works of authorship, designs, formulas, processes, improvements, compositions of matter, computer software programs, data, information or databases, methods, procedures or other inventions, developments or improvements of any kind that you conceive, originate, develop, improve, modify and/or create, solely or jointly with others, during the period of your employment, or as a result of such employment (collectively, “Inventions”), and whether or not any such Inventions also may be included within “Confidential Information” or “Trade Secret Information” (as defined under this Agreement), or are patentable, copyrightable or protectable as trade secrets. You acknowledge and agree that the Company is and shall be the exclusive owner of all rights, title and interest in and to the Inventions and, specifically, that any copyrightable works prepared by you within the scope of your employment are “works for hire” under the Copyright Act, that such “works for hire” are Inventions and that the Company shall be considered the author and owner of such copyrightable works. In the event that any Invention is deemed not to be a “work for hire”, or in the event that you should, by operation of law, be deemed to be entitled to retain any rights, title or interest in and to any Invention, you hereby irrevocably waive all rights, title and interest and assign to the Company, without any further consideration and regardless of any use by the Company of any such Inventions, all rights, title and interest, if any, in and to such Invention. You agree that the Company, as the owner of all Inventions, has the full and complete right to prepare and create derivative works based upon the Inventions and to use, reproduce, publish, print, copy, market, advertise, distribute, transfer, sell, publicly perform and publicly display and otherwise exploit by all means now known or later developed, such Inventions and derivative works anywhere throughout the world and at any time during or after your employment hereunder or otherwise.

4.5 Return of Information. You shall promptly deliver to the Company, upon the termination for any reason of your employment, or at any other time at the Company’s request, without retaining any copies, all documents, information and other material in your possession or control containing, reflecting and/or relating, directly or indirectly, to any Confidential Information and/or Trade Secret Information.

4.6 Cooperation. You agree that both during and after any employment with the Company, regardless of how, when or why such employment ends, you shall provide reasonable cooperation to the Company and its affiliates in connection with any pending or future lawsuit, arbitration, or proceeding between the Company and/or any affiliate and any third party, any pending or future regulatory or governmental inquiry or investigation concerning the Company and/or any affiliate and any other legal, internal or business matters of or concerning the Company and/or any affiliate. Such cooperation shall include meeting with and providing information the Company, any affiliate and/or their respective attorneys, auditors or other representatives as reasonably requested by the Company. The Company shall reimburse any reasonable legal fees and related expenses you incur in order to comply with this Section 4.6.

4.7 Non-Disparagement. During and after any employment with the Company, regardless of how, when or why such employment ends, (a) you shall not make, either directly or by or through another person, any oral or written negative, disparaging or adverse statements or representations of or concerning the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates, any of their clients or businesses or any of their current or former officers, directors, employees or shareholders and (b) Company Parties (as defined below) shall not make any oral or written negative, disparaging or adverse statements or representations of or concerning you; provided, however, that nothing herein shall prohibit (i) critical communications between you and the Company or Company Parties during the Initial Term and any Renewal Term and in connection with your employment or (ii) you or any Company Party from disclosing truthful information if legally required (whether by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process). For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Company Parties” shall mean the executive officers and designated spokespersons of the Company.

4.8 Severability. If any of the restrictions in this Section 4 should for any reason whatsoever be declared invalid, the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement shall not be adversely affected thereby.

4.9 Equitable Relief. (a) You acknowledge that your services to the Company are of a unique character that gives them a special value to the Company. You further recognize that any violation of the restrictions in this Section 4 may give rise to losses or damages for which the Company cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in an action at law and that such violation may result in irreparable and continuing harm to the Company. Accordingly, you agree that, in addition to any other remedy that the Company may have at law or in equity, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief to restrain any violation by you of the restrictions in this Section 4.

 

 

6


LOGO

 

(b) In addition, the Company recognizes that any violation of the restrictions in Section 4.7(b) may give rise to losses or damages for which you cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in an action at law and that such violation may result in irreparable and continuing harm to you. Accordingly, the Company agrees that, in addition to any other remedy that you may have at law or in equity, you shall be entitled to injunctive relief to restrain any violation by the Company of the restrictions in Section 4.7(b).

4.10 Reasonableness. You acknowledge that the limitations and obligations contained in this Section 4 are, individually and in the aggregate, reasonable and properly required by the Company and that in the event that any such limitations are found to be unreasonable and unenforceable, you shall submit to such limitations and/or obligations in such form as the arbitrator shall determine. You agree that you shall not challenge or contest the reasonableness, validity or enforceability of any such limitations and obligations.

4.11 Governmental Agencies . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement is not intended to, and shall not, limit or restrict you from: (a) filing and, as provided for under Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, maintaining the confidentiality of a claim with a government agency that is responsible for enforcing a law; (b) providing Confidential Information (as defined in Section 4.3(a)) to the extent required by law or legal process or permitted by Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or (iii) cooperating, participating or assisting in any government or regulatory entity investigation or proceeding.

5. Indemnification. You shall be indemnified by the Company, as an officer of the Company and its affiliates, against all actions, suits, claims, legal proceedings and the like to the fullest extent permitted by law, including advancement of expenses, partial indemnification, indemnification following the termination of this Agreement, indemnification of your estate and similar matters. For purposes of this Agreement, such indemnification shall extend to, to the fullest extent permitted by law, legal fees, costs, expenses, judgments, settlements, claim resolution payments, arbitration fees, arbitrator fees, mediation fees, negotiation fees and hold harmless obligations.

6. Miscellaneous.

6.1 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the terms and conditions of your employment by the Company and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements, oral or written, between you and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof, including the Prior Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Retention Bonus Agreement dated February 7, 2014 between the Company and Employee shall be in full force and effect.

6.2 Binding Effect; Benefits. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon you and the Company and our respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

6.3 Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed by both parties to this Agreement. Electronic communications, even if receipt is acknowledged, shall not constitute an amendment or modification of this Agreement.

6.4 Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations that either party may have by reason of this Agreement shall be assignable by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.

6.5 Notices. Any notice that may or must be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or reputable overnight courier, addressed to you at the address set forth on the first page hereof, or to the Company at 120 Mountain View Boulevard, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920 to the attention of the Vice President for Human Resources for the Company (with a copy to the General Counsel for the Company), or to such other address as you or the Company, as the case may be, may designate in writing in accordance with the provisions of this section.

 

 

7


LOGO

 

6.6 Section and Other Headings; Other. The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not deemed to be a part of this Agreement or to affect the meaning and interpretation of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “including” shall mean “including, without limitation.”

6.7 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed (both as to validity and performance) and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey applicable to agreements made and to be performed wholly within the State of New Jersey, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of New Jersey or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New Jersey. Except as provided in Section 6.9, exclusive jurisdiction for all disputes or claims arising under or in connection with this Agreement, and any and all claims by or against you relating to your employment with the Company, shall lie in any Federal or state court located within Somerset County of New Jersey.

6.8 Survival of Rights and Obligations. All rights and obligations arising hereunder shall continue to have full force and effect after the termination of this Agreement unless otherwise provided herein to the extent necessary to preserve the intended benefits of such provisions. If any section of this Agreement is determined to be void, voidable or unenforceable, it shall have no effect on the remainder of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect, and the provisions so held invalid or unenforceable shall be deemed modified as to give such provisions the maximum effect permitted by applicable law.

6.9 Arbitration. The parties agree that all disputes arising under or in connection with this Agreement, and any and all claims by you relating to your employment with the Company, including any claims of discrimination or other employment-related claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act or any other employment-related Federal, state or local law, shall be submitted to arbitration before the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under its rules then prevailing for the type of claim in issue before one arbitrator and to be held at the AAA’s office located in Somerset County of New Jersey. In any arbitration hereunder, the arbitrator shall have the power to issue appropriate injunctive or other non-monetary relief, and award appropriate compensatory damages. The parties agree that no damages other than compensatory damages shall be sought or claimed by either party and each party waives any claim, right or entitlement to punitive, exemplary or consequential damages, or any other damages, and each relevant arbitrator is specifically divested of any power to award any damages in the nature of punitive, exemplary or consequential damages, or any other damages of any kind or nature in excess of compensatory damages. Nothing in this arbitration provision shall preclude, and the parties expressly acknowledge that either party may seek, temporary injunctive relief from any Federal or state court located within Somerset County of New Jersey in connection with or as supplement to an arbitration hereunder, including regarding any claim under Section 4 of this Agreement. For purposes of any such action or proceeding, the parties each hereby specifically submit to the personal jurisdiction of any Federal or state court located within Somerset County of New Jersey and further agree that service of process may be made within or without the State of New Jersey by giving notice in the manner provided in Section 6.5 of this Agreement.

6.10 Section 409A of the Code. It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code, and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code. If, at the time of your separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), (a) you shall be a specified employee (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and using the identification methodology selected by the Company from time to time) and (b) the Company shall make a good faith determination that an amount payable under this Agreement or any other plan, policy, arrangement or agreement of or with the Company or Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (this Agreement and such other plans, policies, arrangements and agreements, the “Company Plans”) constitutes deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) the payment of which is required to be delayed pursuant to the six-month delay rule set forth in Section 409A of the Code in order to avoid taxes or penalties under

 

8


LOGO

 

Section 409A of the Code, then the Company shall not pay any such amount on the otherwise scheduled payment date but shall instead accumulate such amount and pay it, without interest, on the first day of the seventh month following such separation from service. Except as permitted under Section 409A of the Code, any deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) payable to or for your benefit under any Company Plan may not be reduced by, or offset against, any amount owing by you to the Company. Except as specifically permitted by Section 409A of the Code, the benefits and reimbursements provided to you under this Agreement and any Company Plan during any calendar year shall not affect the benefits and reimbursements to be provided to you under the relevant section of this Agreement or Company Plan in any other calendar year, and the right to such benefits and reimbursements cannot be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit and shall be provided in accordance with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) or any successor thereto. Further, in the case of reimbursement payments, such payments shall be made to you on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the underlying fee, cost or expense is incurred. Notwithstanding the preceding, the Company makes no representations concerning the tax consequences of your participation in this Agreement under Section 409A of the Code or any other Federal, state or local tax law. Your tax consequences shall depend, in part, upon the application of relevant tax law, including Section 409A of the Code, to the relevant facts and circumstances. You should consult a competent and independent tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of this Agreement.

6.11 Representations and Warranties. You hereby represent and warrant to the Company that (a) your execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which you are a party or by which you are bound; (b) you are not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompete agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity that has not been disclosed to the Company prior to the execution of this Agreement; (c) in the performance of any duties and responsibilities on behalf of the Company, you shall not divulge or use in any way any trade secrets or confidential or proprietary information that are within your possession or knowledge (if any), are owned by any other person or entity and regardless of whether or not such trade secrets or confidential or proprietary information are subject to any written agreement; and (d) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, it shall be a valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms. You hereby acknowledge and represent that you fully understand the terms and conditions contained herein.

6.12 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more identical counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

9


LOGO

If the foregoing accurately reflects our agreement, kindly sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate copy of this Agreement.

 

Very truly yours,
BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC.
By:

/s/ Max Roberts

Name:

Max Roberts

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

Date:

June 24, 2015

 

Accepted and Agreed to:
BARRY BROVER

By:

/s/ Barry Brover

Date:

6/24/2015

[ Signature Page to Employment Agreement ]


EXHIBIT A

GENERAL RELEASE AND WAIVER

1. [Name] (“Employee”) hereby acknowledges and agrees that Employee’s employment with Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC and Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (together, the “Company”) terminated on             , 20     (the “Termination Date”).

2. Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee’s executing this General Release and Waiver (“Release”) is a condition precedent to the Company’s obligation to pay (and the Employee’s right to retain) the payments and benefits set forth in Section 3.8 of the employment letter agreement, dated as of June [●], 2015, between Employee and the Company (such agreement referred to herein as the “Employment Agreement” and such payments and benefits collectively referred to herein as the “Separation Benefit”), that the Separation Benefit is adequate consideration for this Release, and that any monetary or other benefits that, prior to the execution of this Release, Employee may have earned or accrued, or to which Employee may have been entitled, have been paid or such payments or benefits have been released, waived or settled by Releasor (as defined below) except as expressly provided in this Release.

3. (a) THIS SECTION PROVIDES A COMPLETE RELEASE AND WAIVER OF ALL EXISTING AND POTENTIAL CLAIMS EMPLOYEE MAY HAVE AGAINST EVERY PERSON AND ENTITY INCLUDED WITHIN THE DESCRIPTION BELOW OF “RELEASEE.” BEFORE EMPLOYEE SIGNS THIS RELEASE, EMPLOYEE MUST READ THIS SECTION CAREFULLY, AND MAKE SURE THAT EMPLOYEE UNDERSTANDS IT FULLY.

(b) In consideration of Employee’s receipt and acceptance of the Separation Benefit from the Company, and on behalf of the Company and each Releasee (as defined below), Employee, on Employee’s behalf and on behalf of Employee’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns (collectively, “Releasor”), hereby irrevocably, unconditionally and generally releases the Company, its current and former officers, directors, shareholders, trustees, parents, members, managers, affiliates, subsidiaries, branches, divisions, benefit plans, agents, attorneys, advisors, counselors and employees, and the current and former officers, directors, shareholders, agents, attorneys, advisors, counselors and employees of any such parent, affiliate, subsidiary, branch or division of the Company and the heirs, executors, administrators, receivers, successors and assigns of all of the foregoing (each, a “Releasee”), from or in connection with, and hereby waives and/or settles, except as provided in Section 3(c), any and all actions, causes of action, suits, debts, dues, sums of money, accounts, controversies, agreements, promises, damages, judgments, executions, or any liability, claims or demands, known or unknown and of any nature whatsoever, whether or not related to employment, and which Releasor ever had, now has or hereafter can, shall or may have as of the date of this Release, including, without limitation, (i) any rights and/or claims arising under any contract, express or implied, written or oral, including, without limitation, the Employment Agreement; (ii) any rights and/or claims arising under any applicable foreign, Federal, state, local or other statutes, orders, laws, ordinances, regulations or the like, or case law, that relate to employment or employment practices, including, without limitation, family and medical, and/or, specifically, that prohibit discrimination based upon age, race, religion, sex, color, creed, national origin, sexual orientation, marital status, disability, medical condition, pregnancy, veteran status or any other unlawful bases, including, without limitation, the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, as amended, the Civil Rights Acts of 1866 and 1871, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, the Family Medical Leave Act of 1993, as amended, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, the Vietnam Era Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974, as amended, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, as amended, and any similar applicable statutes, orders, laws, ordinances, regulations or the like, or case law, of the State of New Jersey and any State in which any Releasee is subject to jurisdiction, or any political subdivision thereof, including, without limitation, the New York State Human Rights Law, the New York State Labor Law, the New York City Human Rights Law, the New Jersey Law Against Discrimination and the New Jersey Wage and Hour Law, and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to or concerning any of the foregoing statutes, orders, laws, ordinances, regulations or the like; (iii) any waivable rights and/or claims relating to wages and hours, including under state or local labor or wage payment laws; (iv) any rights and/or claims to benefits that Employee may have or become entitled to receive under any severance, termination, change of

 

A-1


control, bonus or similar policy, plan, program, agreement or similar or related arrangements, including, without limitation, any offer letter, letter agreement or employment agreement between Employee and the Company; (v) any rights and/or claims that Employee may have to receive any equity in the Company (whether restricted or unrestricted) in the future; and (vi) and any rights and/or claims for attorneys’ fees. Employee agrees not to challenge or contest the reasonableness, validity or enforceability of this Release.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee does not release any Releasee from any of the following rights and/or claims: (i) any rights and/or claims Employee may have that arise after the date Employee signs this Release; (ii) any rights and/or claims that by law cannot be waived by private agreement; (iii) Employee’s right to file a charge with or participate in any investigation or proceeding conducted by the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”) or similar government agency; provided that even though Employee can file a charge or participate in an investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC or similar government agency, by executing this Release, Employee is waiving his ability to obtain relief of any kind from any Releasee to the extent permitted by law; (iv) Employee’s non-forfeitable rights to accrued benefits (within the meaning of Sections 203 and 204 of ERISA); (v) any rights and/or claims to insurance coverage under any directors’ and officers’ personal liability insurance or fiduciary insurance policy; and (vi) any rights and/or claims to enforce the Employment Agreement in accordance with its terms.

4. Nothing in or about this Release prohibits Employee from: (i) filing and, as provided for under Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, maintaining the confidentiality of a claim with a government agency that is responsible for enforcing a law; (ii) providing Confidential Information (as defined in Section 4.3(a) of the Employment Agreement) to the extent required by law or legal process or permitted by Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or (iii) cooperating, participating or assisting in any government or regulatory entity investigation or proceeding.

5. Employee represents and warrants that Employee has not filed or commenced any complaints, claims, actions or proceedings of any kind against any Releasee with any Federal, state or local court or any administrative, regulatory or arbitration agency or body. Employee hereby waives any right to, and agrees not to, seek reinstatement or employment of any kind with any Releasee and, without waiver by any Releasee of the foregoing, the existence of this Release shall be a valid, nondiscriminatory basis for rejecting any such application or, in the event Employee obtains such employment, for terminating such employment. This Release and the Separation Benefit are not intended to be, shall not be construed as and are not, an admission or concession by any Releasee of any wrongdoing or illegal or actionable acts or omissions.

6. (a) Employee hereby represents and agrees that Employee shall keep confidential and not disclose orally or in writing, to any person, except as may be required by law, any and all information concerning the existence or terms of this Release and the amount of any payments made hereunder. Employee further agrees that, except as shall be required by law, Employee shall keep confidential and not disclose orally or in writing, directly or indirectly, to any person (except Employee’s immediate family, attorneys and accountant), any and all information concerning any facts, claims or assertions relating or referring to any experiences of Employee or treatment Employee received by or on behalf of any Releasee through the date of this Release.

(b) If Employee is requested or required (by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any information covered by Section 6(a), Employee shall promptly notify the Company of such request or requirement so that the Company may seek to avoid or minimize the required disclosure and/or to obtain an appropriate protective order or other appropriate relief to ensure that any information so disclosed is maintained in confidence to the maximum extent possible by the agency or other person receiving the disclosure, or, in the discretion of the Company, to waive compliance with the provisions of this Release. Employee shall use reasonable efforts, in cooperation with the Company or otherwise, to avoid or minimize the required disclosure and/or to obtain such protective order or other relief. If, in the absence of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, Employee is compelled to disclose such information or else stand liable for contempt or suffer other sanction, censure or penalty, Employee shall disclose only so much of such information to the party compelling disclosure as he believes in good faith on the basis of advice of counsel is required by law, and Employee shall give the Company prior notice of such information he believes he is required to disclose.

7. (a) Employee shall not make, either directly or by or through another person, any oral or written negative, disparaging or adverse statements or representations of or concerning any Releasee.

 

A-2


(b) Without limitation to the survival of any other terms of the Employment Agreement subsequent to the end of Employee’s employment, the expiration or termination of the Employment Agreement, and/or the execution and effectiveness of this Release, Employee and the Company expressly acknowledge that the terms of Sections 4 and 5 of the Employment Agreement survive and shall be in full force and effect as provided in the Employment Agreement.

8. The covenants, representations and acknowledgments made by Employee in this Release shall continue to have full force and effect after the execution and effectiveness of this Release and the delivery of the Separation Benefit, and this Release shall inure to the benefit of each Releasee, and the successors and assigns of each of them, to the extent necessary to preserve the intended benefits of such provisions. If any section of this Release is determined to be void, voidable or unenforceable, it shall have no effect on the remainder of this Release, which shall remain in full force and effect, and the provisions so held invalid or unenforceable shall be deemed modified as to give such provisions the maximum effect permitted by applicable law. Without limitation to Section 3.8 of the Employment Agreement, the Company shall be excused and released from any obligation to make payment of the Separation Benefit, and Employee shall be obligated to return to the Company the Separation Benefit, in the event that Employee is found to have (a) made a material misstatement in any term, condition, covenant, representation or acknowledgment in this Release, or (b) Employee is found to have committed or commits a material breach of any term, condition or covenant in this Release.

9. This Release and the Employment Agreement constitute the sole and complete agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth therein and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements, oral or written, between Employee and the Company with respect to the subject matter thereof. This Release may not be amended or modified except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such modification or amendment is sought. Either party may, by an instrument in writing, waive compliance by the other party with any term or provision of this Release to be performed or complied with by such other party.

10. With respect to any claims or disputes under or in connection with this Release or any claims released under Section 3 of this Release, Employee and the Company hereby acknowledge and agree that Sections 6.7 and 6.9 of the Employment Agreement shall govern. Employee acknowledges that a breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Release may give rise to losses or damages for which the Company cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in an action at law, and that such violation may result in irreparable and continuing harm to the Company. Accordingly, Employee agrees that, in addition to any other remedy that the Company may have at law or in equity, the Company shall be entitled to seek equitable relief, including, without limitation, injunction and specific performance and Employee hereby waives any requirements for security or posting of any bond in connection with such relief. No specification in this Release of any particular remedy shall be construed as a waiver or prohibition of any other remedies (including claims for damages) in the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Release.

11. Employee agrees and acknowledges that (a) Employee has had an adequate opportunity to review this Release and all of its terms, (b) Employee understands all of the terms of this Release, which are fair, reasonable and are not the result of any fraud, duress, coercion, pressure or undue influence exercised by or on behalf of any Releasee and (c) Employee has agreed to and/or entered into this Release and all of the terms hereof, knowingly, freely and voluntarily.

12. By executing this Release, Releasor acknowledges that (a) Employee has been advised by the Company to consult with an attorney before executing this Release; (b) Employee was provided adequate time (i.e., at least 21 days) to review this Release and to consider whether to sign this Release and (c) Employee has been advised that Employee has 7 days following execution to revoke this Release (“Revocation Period”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Employment Agreement, this Release shall not be effective or enforceable, and the Separation Benefit is not payable and shall not be delivered or paid by the Company, until the Revocation Period has expired and provided that Employee has not revoked this Release. Employee agrees that any revocation shall be made in writing and delivered to             , [Vice President, Human Resources, Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.], 120 Mountain View Boulevard, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920. Employee acknowledges that revocation of this Release shall result in the Company’s not having an obligation to pay the Separation Benefit.

 

Signature:  

 

      Date:    
          [Name]      

 

A-3

Exhibit 10.11

 

LOGO

June 23, 2015

Mr. Patrick Maloney

c/o Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC

120 Mountain View Boulevard

Basking Ridge, NJ 07920

Dear Mr. Maloney:

This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is intended to set forth our mutual understanding regarding your employment as Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC (the “Company”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. This Agreement is intended to replace the letter agreement with you dated as of June 30, 2014 (the “Prior Agreement”) effective as of the distribution by Barnes & Noble, Inc. to its stockholders of all shares of common stock of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., and the indirect ownership of all membership interests in the Company (the “Distribution”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Prior Agreement shall remain effective through the effectiveness of the Distribution and shall be replaced by this Agreement upon the effectiveness of the Distribution; provided, however, Barnes & Noble, Inc. may at any time prior to the proposed Distribution provide notice to you in accordance with Section 6.5 of this Agreement that the proposed Distribution will not occur, in which case, this Agreement shall be null and void ab initio.

Accordingly, we are pleased to agree as follows:

1. Duties. You agree to be Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. for the term of this Agreement. In this capacity, you shall perform such duties and have such responsibilities as are typically associated with such position, including such duties and responsibilities as are prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. consistent with such position. During your employment, you agree to devote your full business time and attention to the performance of your duties and responsibilities hereunder. You shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

2. Term. (a) The initial term of this Agreement shall be for a period beginning on the date hereof (the “Effective Date”) and ending on the third anniversary of the Effective Date or, if earlier, the termination of your employment in accordance with the provisions set forth below (the “Initial Term”). At the expiration (but not earlier termination) of the Initial Term, and any subsequent “Renewal Term” (as defined below), the term of this Agreement shall automatically renew for additional periods of one year (each, a “Renewal Term”), unless your employment has earlier terminated or either party hereto has given the other party written notice of non-renewal at least 90 days prior to the expiration date of the Initial Term or the Renewal Term, as applicable. In the event that either party has given written notice of non-renewal, and your employment with the Company continues after the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, such post-expiration employment shall be “at-will” and either party may terminate such employment with or without notice and for any reason or no reason.

(b) Your employment hereunder shall terminate upon your death and may be terminated by the Company upon written notice to you following your Disability (as defined below). Your employment hereunder may also be terminated by the Company immediately for Cause (as defined below) or following two weeks written notice to you for any other reason. Your employment hereunder may also be terminated by you following written notice to the Company of your intention to resign with or without Good Reason (as defined below); provided that a resignation for Good Reason shall comply with Section 2(c)(iv).

(c) For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) “Cause” means (A) your engaging in intentional misconduct or gross negligence that, in either case, is injurious to Company; (B) your indictment, entry of a plea of nolo contendere or conviction by a court of


LOGO

 

competent jurisdiction with respect to any crime or violation of law involving fraud or dishonesty (with the exception of misconduct based in good faith on the advice of professional consultants, such as attorneys and accountants) or any felony (or equivalent crime in a non-U.S. jurisdiction); (C) any gross negligence, intentional acts or intentional omissions by you (as determined by a majority vote of the Board of Directors of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (the “Board”) in its reasonable discretion and judgment) that constitute fraud, dishonesty, embezzlement or misappropriation in connection with the performance of your employment duties and responsibilities; (D) your engaging in any act of intentional misconduct or moral turpitude (as determined by a majority vote of the Board in its reasonable discretion and judgment) reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company or its business; (E) your abuse of or dependency on alcohol or drugs (illicit or otherwise) that adversely affects your job performance; (F) your willful failure or refusal to properly perform (as determined by a majority vote of the Board in its reasonable discretion and judgment) the duties, responsibilities or obligations of your employment for reasons other than Disability or authorized leave, or to properly perform or follow (as determined by a majority vote of the Board in its reasonable discretion and judgment) any lawful direction by the Company (with the exception of a willful failure or refusal to properly perform based in good faith on the advice of professional consultants, such as attorneys and accountants); or (G) your material breach of this Agreement or of any other contractual duty to, written policy of, or written agreement with the Company (with the exception of a material breach based in good faith on the advice of professional consultants, such as attorneys and accountants).

(ii) “Disability” shall mean a written determination by a majority of three physicians (one of which shall be your most recent primary care provider) mutually agreeable to the Company and you (or, in the event of your total physical or mental disability, your legal representative) that you are physically or mentally unable to perform your duties as Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC under this Agreement and that such disability can reasonably be expected to continue for a period of six consecutive months or for shorter periods aggregating 180 days in any 12-month period.

(iii) “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events without your written consent: (A) there shall have been a material diminution of your authority, duties or responsibilities; (B) there shall have been a greater than 10% reduction in your Annual Base Salary (as defined below) in effect as of the Effective Date pursuant to Section 3.1; (C) the principal executive offices of the Company shall be relocated to a location more than 50 miles from both New York City, NY and Basking Ridge, NJ; or (D) the Company fails to make material payments to you as required by this Agreement.

(iv) You shall only be deemed to terminate employment for Good Reason if (A) you provide the Company with written notice of Good Reason within a period not to exceed 90 days after the initial existence of the condition alleged to give rise to Good Reason, (B) the Company fails to remedy the condition within 30 days of such notice and (C) your termination is within six months following the initial existence of the condition alleged to give rise to Good Reason.

3. Compensation.

3.1 Annual Base Salary. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, the Company shall pay you, for all services you perform hereunder, an annual base salary of U.S. $767,000.00, or such higher amount as the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”) may determine, payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule applicable to executive officers of the Company (“Annual Base Salary”).

3.2 Bonus Compensation. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, the Company shall pay you annual bonus compensation, as determined by the Compensation Committee, with an annual target amount of not less than 125% of your Annual Base Salary, which shall be paid by the Company in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the incentive or compensation plan or arrangement specified by the Compensation Committee.

3.3 Employee Benefits. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, you shall be eligible to participate in and receive any benefits to which you are entitled under the employee benefit plans that the Company provides for its employees generally, as well as any employee benefit plans that Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. provides for its executive officers generally.

 

2


LOGO

 

3.4 Expenses. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, the Company shall reimburse you for all reasonable expenses incurred by you in the performance of your duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, including entertainment and travel expenses, in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Compensation Committee.

3.5 Equity Awards. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, you shall be eligible to receive equity awards of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. under the terms of the Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

3.6 Car Allowance. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, the Company shall pay you in cash a monthly car allowance of U.S. $1,500.00, or such higher amount as may be determined by the Compensation Committee.

3.7 Life and Disability Insurance. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, the Company shall obtain in your name (a) a life insurance policy providing for a death benefit of U.S. $1,000,000.00 payable to any beneficiary or beneficiaries named by you and (b) a disability insurance policy providing for monthly payments to you of at least U.S. $12,800.00 during the period of any disability until the earlier of your attaining age 65 or death; provided that the term “disability” in any such disability insurance policy shall be defined in a manner consistent with the definition in Section 2(c)(ii). During the Initial Term and the Renewal Term, the Company shall pay all premiums due on such policies.

3.8 Severance. In the event that, during the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, (a) your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or (b) you voluntarily terminate your employment for Good Reason, the Company shall pay you an amount equal to one times the sum of (i) your then Annual Base Salary, (ii) the average of the annual bonuses actually paid to you with respect to the three completed years preceding the date of your termination of employment and (iii) the aggregate annual dollar amount of the payments made or to be made to you or on your behalf for purposes of providing you with the benefits set forth in Sections 3.3, 3.6 and 3.7 above, less all applicable withholding and other applicable taxes and deductions (“Severance Amount”); provided that (x) you execute and deliver to the Company, and do not revoke, a release of all claims against the Company substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (“Release”) and (y) you have not materially breached as of the date of such termination any provisions of this Agreement and do not materially breach such provisions at any time during the Relevant Period (as defined below). The Company’s obligation to make such payment shall be cancelled upon the occurrence of any such material breach and, in the event such payment has already been made, you shall repay to the Company such payment within 30 days after demand therefor; provided, however, such repayment shall not be required if the Company shall have materially breached this Agreement prior to the time of your breach. The Severance Amount shall be paid in cash in a single lump sum on the later of (1) the first day of the month following the month in which such termination occurs and (2) the date the Revocation Period (as defined in the Release) has expired. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph to the contrary, if a Release is not executed and delivered to the Company within 60 days of such termination of employment (or if such Release is revoked in accordance with its terms), the Severance Amount shall not be paid. Upon the expiration of this Agreement due to non-renewal, or upon the termination of your employment hereunder for Cause or by your death or Disability, or by your voluntary termination of your employment hereunder without Good Reason, you shall be entitled only to the payment of such installments of your Annual Base Salary that have been earned through the date of such expiration and/or termination.

3.9 Change of Control Payments. (a) If at any time during the Initial Term and any Renewal Term (i) there is a Change of Control (as defined below) and (ii) your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or you voluntarily terminate your employment for Good Reason, in either case, within the greater of two years following the Change of Control or the remainder of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, as applicable, then the Company shall pay you an amount equal to two times the sum of (a) your then Annual Base Salary, (b) the average of the annual bonuses actually paid to you with respect to the three completed years preceding the date of your termination of employment and (c) the aggregate annual dollar amount of the payments made or to be made by the Company for

 

3


LOGO

 

purposes of providing you with the benefits set forth in Sections 3.3, 3.6 and 3.7 above, less all applicable withholding and other applicable taxes and deductions (“Change of Control Amount”). The Change of Control Amount shall be paid to you in cash in a single lump sum within 30 days after the date your employment terminates. In the event that it is determined that the aggregate amount of the payments and benefits that could be considered “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (collectively, with the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder, the “Code”; and such payments and benefits, the “Parachute Payments”) that, but for this Section 3.9 would be payable to you under this Agreement or any other plan, policy or arrangement of the Company or Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., exceeds the greatest amount of Parachute Payments that could be paid to you without giving rise to any liability for any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then the aggregate amount of Parachute Payments payable to you shall not exceed the amount that produces the greatest after-tax benefit to you after taking into account any Excise Tax to be payable by you. Any reduction in Parachute Payments pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall be made in the following order: (1) cash payments that do not constitute deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, (2) welfare or in-kind benefits, (3) equity compensation awards and (4) cash payments that do constitute deferred compensation, in each case, such reductions shall be made in the manner that maximizes the present value to you of all such payments. The amounts payable to you under this Section 3.9(a) shall be in lieu of any amounts payable to you under Section 3.8 above.

(b) As used herein, “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events:

(i) after the Effective Date hereof, any person, entity or “group” as identified in Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”), other than you or any of your affiliates becomes a beneficial owner (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. representing 40% or more of the total number of votes that may be cast for the election of directors of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.; or

(ii) within two years after a merger, consolidation, liquidation or sale of assets involving Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., or a contested election of a Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. director, or any combination of the foregoing, the individuals who were directors of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. immediately prior thereto shall cease to constitute a majority of the board of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.; or

(iii) within two years after a tender offer or exchange offer for voting securities of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., the individuals who were directors of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. immediately prior thereto shall cease to constitute a majority of the board of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

4. Non-Competition and Confidential Information.

4.1 Non-Competition. You agree that during the Initial Term and any Renewal Term and for a period of two years (the “Relevant Period”) after the termination for any reason of your employment, you shall not, directly or indirectly, (a) employ or retain, or induce or cause any other person or entity to employ or retain, any person who is, or who at any time in the twelve-month period prior to such time had been, employed or retained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or (b) provide services, whether as principal or as agent, officer, director, employee, consultant, shareholder, or otherwise, alone or in association with any other person, corporation or other entity, to any Competing Business (as defined below); provided, however, that you may provide services to a Competing Business (other than Amazon.com, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates and their respective successors (collectively, “Amazon”)) that is engaged in one or more businesses other than the Business Area (as defined below) but only to the extent that you do not provide services, directly or indirectly, to the segment of such Competing Business that is engaged in the Business Area. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Competing Business” shall mean (i) Amazon or (ii) any person, corporation or other entity engaged in the Business Area. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Business Area” shall mean the sale, distribution or attempted sale or distribution of books, textbooks, periodicals, newspapers, digital or audio versions of any of the foregoing or e-reading devices and related software. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions of this Section 4.1 shall not apply to the placement of general advertisements or the use of general search firm services with respect to a particular geographic area, but which are not targeted, directly or indirectly, towards employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

 

4


LOGO

 

4.2 Ownership of Other Securities. Nothing in Section 4.1 shall be construed as denying you the right to own securities of any corporation listed on a national securities exchange or quoted in the NASDAQ System in an amount up to 5% of the outstanding number of such securities.

4.3 Confidential Information. (a) You shall use best efforts and diligence both during and after any employment with the Company, regardless of how, when or why such employment ends, to protect the confidential, trade secret and/or proprietary character of all Confidential Information and Trade Secret Information (as defined below). You shall not, directly or indirectly, use (for your benefit or for the benefit of any other person) or disclose any Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information, for so long as it shall remain proprietary or protectable, except as may be necessary for the performance of your duties for the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” shall mean all confidential information of the Company, regardless of the form or medium in which it is or was created, stored, reflected or preserved, information that is either developed by you (alone or with others) or to which you shall have had access during any employment with the Company. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, Trade Secret Information, and also includes information that is learned or acquired by the Company from others with whom the Company has a business relationship in which, and as a result of which, such information is revealed to the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Trade Secret Information” shall mean all information, regardless of the form or medium in which it is or was created, stored, reflected or preserved, that is not commonly known by or generally available to the public and that: (i) derives or creates economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use; and (ii) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy. The Company’s Trade Secret Information may include, but is not limited to, all confidential information relating to or reflecting the Company’s research and development plans and activities; compilations of data; product plans; sales, marketing and business plans and strategies; pricing, price lists, pricing methodologies and profit margins; current and planned incentive, recognition and rewards programs and services; personnel; inventions, concepts, ideas, designs and formulae; current, past and prospective customer lists; current, past and anticipated customer needs, preferences and requirements; market studies; computer software and programs (including object code and source code); and computer and database technologies, systems, structures and architectures. You understand that Confidential Information and/or Trade Secret Information may or may not be labeled as such, and you shall treat all information that appears to be Confidential Information and/or Trade Secret Information as confidential unless otherwise informed or authorized by the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to mean that Company owns any intellectual property or ideas that were conceived by you before you commenced employment with Company and which you have previously disclosed to the Company. Subject to Section 4.3(b), nothing in this Section 4.3(a) shall prevent you from complying with a valid legal requirement (whether by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information.

(b) You agree that both during and after any employment with the Company, regardless of how, when or why such employment ends, if you are legally required (whether by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information, you shall promptly notify the Company of such request or requirement so that the Company may seek to avoid or minimize the required disclosure and/or to obtain an appropriate protective order or other appropriate relief to ensure that any information so disclosed is maintained in confidence to the maximum extent possible by the agency or other person receiving the disclosure, or, in the discretion of the Company to waive compliance with the provisions of this Section 4.3. Thereafter, you shall use reasonable efforts, in cooperation with the Company or otherwise, to avoid or minimize the required disclosure and/or to obtain such protective order or other relief. If, in the absence of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, you are compelled to disclose the Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information or else stand liable for contempt or suffer other sanction, censure or penalty, you shall disclose only so much of the Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information to the party compelling disclosure as you believe in good faith on the basis of advice of counsel is required by law, and you shall give the Company prior notice of the Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information you believe you are required to disclose. The Company shall reimburse any reasonable legal fees and related expenses you incur in order to comply with this Section 4.3(b).

 

 

5


LOGO

 

4.4 Inventions. You shall promptly disclose and provide to the Company, any original works of authorship, designs, formulas, processes, improvements, compositions of matter, computer software programs, data, information or databases, methods, procedures or other inventions, developments or improvements of any kind that you conceive, originate, develop, improve, modify and/or create, solely or jointly with others, during the period of your employment, or as a result of such employment (collectively, “Inventions”), and whether or not any such Inventions also may be included within “Confidential Information” or “Trade Secret Information” (as defined under this Agreement), or are patentable, copyrightable or protectable as trade secrets. You acknowledge and agree that the Company is and shall be the exclusive owner of all rights, title and interest in and to the Inventions and, specifically, that any copyrightable works prepared by you within the scope of your employment are “works for hire” under the Copyright Act, that such “works for hire” are Inventions and that the Company shall be considered the author and owner of such copyrightable works. In the event that any Invention is deemed not to be a “work for hire”, or in the event that you should, by operation of law, be deemed to be entitled to retain any rights, title or interest in and to any Invention, you hereby irrevocably waive all rights, title and interest and assign to the Company, without any further consideration and regardless of any use by the Company of any such Inventions, all rights, title and interest, if any, in and to such Invention. You agree that the Company, as the owner of all Inventions, has the full and complete right to prepare and create derivative works based upon the Inventions and to use, reproduce, publish, print, copy, market, advertise, distribute, transfer, sell, publicly perform and publicly display and otherwise exploit by all means now known or later developed, such Inventions and derivative works anywhere throughout the world and at any time during or after your employment hereunder or otherwise.

4.5 Return of Information. You shall promptly deliver to the Company, upon the termination for any reason of your employment, or at any other time at the Company’s request, without retaining any copies, all documents, information and other material in your possession or control containing, reflecting and/or relating, directly or indirectly, to any Confidential Information and/or Trade Secret Information.

4.6 Cooperation. You agree that both during and after any employment with the Company, regardless of how, when or why such employment ends, you shall provide reasonable cooperation to the Company and its affiliates in connection with any pending or future lawsuit, arbitration, or proceeding between the Company and/or any affiliate and any third party, any pending or future regulatory or governmental inquiry or investigation concerning the Company and/or any affiliate and any other legal, internal or business matters of or concerning the Company and/or any affiliate. Such cooperation shall include meeting with and providing information the Company, any affiliate and/or their respective attorneys, auditors or other representatives as reasonably requested by the Company. The Company shall reimburse any reasonable legal fees and related expenses you incur in order to comply with this Section 4.6.

4.7 Non-Disparagement. During and after any employment with the Company, regardless of how, when or why such employment ends, (a) you shall not make, either directly or by or through another person, any oral or written negative, disparaging or adverse statements or representations of or concerning the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates, any of their clients or businesses or any of their current or former officers, directors, employees or shareholders and (b) Company Parties (as defined below) shall not make any oral or written negative, disparaging or adverse statements or representations of or concerning you; provided, however, that nothing herein shall prohibit (i) critical communications between you and the Company or Company Parties during the Initial Term and any Renewal Term and in connection with your employment or (ii) you or any Company Party from disclosing truthful information if legally required (whether by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process). For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Company Parties” shall mean the executive officers and designated spokespersons of the Company.

4.8 Severability. If any of the restrictions in this Section 4 should for any reason whatsoever be declared invalid, the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement shall not be adversely affected thereby.

 

6


LOGO

 

4.9 Equitable Relief. (a) You acknowledge that your services to the Company are of a unique character that gives them a special value to the Company. You further recognize that any violation of the restrictions in this Section 4 may give rise to losses or damages for which the Company cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in an action at law and that such violation may result in irreparable and continuing harm to the Company. Accordingly, you agree that, in addition to any other remedy that the Company may have at law or in equity, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief to restrain any violation by you of the restrictions in this Section 4.

(b) In addition, the Company recognizes that any violation of the restrictions in Section 4.7(b) may give rise to losses or damages for which you cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in an action at law and that such violation may result in irreparable and continuing harm to you. Accordingly, the Company agrees that, in addition to any other remedy that you may have at law or in equity, you shall be entitled to injunctive relief to restrain any violation by the Company of the restrictions in Section 4.7(b).

4.10 Reasonableness. You acknowledge that the limitations and obligations contained in this Section 4 are, individually and in the aggregate, reasonable and properly required by the Company and that in the event that any such limitations are found to be unreasonable and unenforceable, you shall submit to such limitations and/or obligations in such form as the arbitrator shall determine. You agree that you shall not challenge or contest the reasonableness, validity or enforceability of any such limitations and obligations.

4.11 Governmental Agencies . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement is not intended to, and shall not, limit or restrict you from: (a) filing and, as provided for under Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, maintaining the confidentiality of a claim with a government agency that is responsible for enforcing a law; (b) providing Confidential Information (as defined in Section 4.3(a)) to the extent required by law or legal process or permitted by Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or (iii) cooperating, participating or assisting in any government or regulatory entity investigation or proceeding.

5. Indemnification. You shall be indemnified by the Company, as an officer of the Company and its affiliates, against all actions, suits, claims, legal proceedings and the like to the fullest extent permitted by law, including advancement of expenses, partial indemnification, indemnification following the termination of this Agreement, indemnification of your estate and similar matters. For purposes of this Agreement, such indemnification shall extend to, to the fullest extent permitted by law, legal fees, costs, expenses, judgments, settlements, claim resolution payments, arbitration fees, arbitrator fees, mediation fees, negotiation fees and hold harmless obligations.

6. Miscellaneous.

6.1 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the terms and conditions of your employment by the Company and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements, oral or written, between you and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof, including the Prior Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Retention Bonus Agreement dated February 7, 2014 between the Company and Employee shall be in full force and effect.

6.2 Binding Effect; Benefits. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon you and the Company and our respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

6.3 Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed by both parties to this Agreement. Electronic communications, even if receipt is acknowledged, shall not constitute an amendment or modification of this Agreement.

6.4 Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations that either party may have by reason of this Agreement shall be assignable by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.

6.5 Notices. Any notice that may or must be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or reputable overnight courier, addressed to you at

 

7


LOGO

 

the address set forth on the first page hereof, or to the Company at 120 Mountain View Boulevard, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920 to the attention of the Vice President for Human Resources for the Company (with a copy to the General Counsel for the Company), or to such other address as you or the Company, as the case may be, may designate in writing in accordance with the provisions of this section.

6.6 Section and Other Headings; Other. The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not deemed to be a part of this Agreement or to affect the meaning and interpretation of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “including” shall mean “including, without limitation.”

6.7 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed (both as to validity and performance) and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey applicable to agreements made and to be performed wholly within the State of New Jersey, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of New Jersey or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New Jersey. Except as provided in Section 6.9, exclusive jurisdiction for all disputes or claims arising under or in connection with this Agreement, and any and all claims by or against you relating to your employment with the Company, shall lie in any Federal or state court located within Somerset County of New Jersey.

6.8 Survival of Rights and Obligations. All rights and obligations arising hereunder shall continue to have full force and effect after the termination of this Agreement unless otherwise provided herein to the extent necessary to preserve the intended benefits of such provisions. If any section of this Agreement is determined to be void, voidable or unenforceable, it shall have no effect on the remainder of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect, and the provisions so held invalid or unenforceable shall be deemed modified as to give such provisions the maximum effect permitted by applicable law.

6.9 Arbitration. The parties agree that all disputes arising under or in connection with this Agreement, and any and all claims by you relating to your employment with the Company, including any claims of discrimination or other employment-related claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act or any other employment-related Federal, state or local law, shall be submitted to arbitration before the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under its rules then prevailing for the type of claim in issue before one arbitrator and to be held at the AAA’s office located in Somerset County of New Jersey. In any arbitration hereunder, the arbitrator shall have the power to issue appropriate injunctive or other non-monetary relief, and award appropriate compensatory damages. The parties agree that no damages other than compensatory damages shall be sought or claimed by either party and each party waives any claim, right or entitlement to punitive, exemplary or consequential damages, or any other damages, and each relevant arbitrator is specifically divested of any power to award any damages in the nature of punitive, exemplary or consequential damages, or any other damages of any kind or nature in excess of compensatory damages. Nothing in this arbitration provision shall preclude, and the parties expressly acknowledge that either party may seek, temporary injunctive relief from any Federal or state court located within Somerset County of New Jersey in connection with or as supplement to an arbitration hereunder, including regarding any claim under Section 4 of this Agreement. For purposes of any such action or proceeding, the parties each hereby specifically submit to the personal jurisdiction of any Federal or state court located within Somerset County of New Jersey and further agree that service of process may be made within or without the State of New Jersey by giving notice in the manner provided in Section 6.5 of this Agreement.

6.10 Section 409A of the Code. It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code, and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code. If, at the time of your separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), (a) you shall be a specified employee (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and using the identification methodology selected by the Company from time to time) and (b) the Company shall make a good faith determination that an amount payable under this Agreement or any other plan, policy, arrangement or agreement of or with the Company or Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (this Agreement and such other plans, policies, arrangements and agreements, the “Company Plans”) constitutes deferred

 

8


LOGO

 

compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) the payment of which is required to be delayed pursuant to the six-month delay rule set forth in Section 409A of the Code in order to avoid taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company shall not pay any such amount on the otherwise scheduled payment date but shall instead accumulate such amount and pay it, without interest, on the first day of the seventh month following such separation from service. Except as permitted under Section 409A of the Code, any deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) payable to or for your benefit under any Company Plan may not be reduced by, or offset against, any amount owing by you to the Company. Except as specifically permitted by Section 409A of the Code, the benefits and reimbursements provided to you under this Agreement and any Company Plan during any calendar year shall not affect the benefits and reimbursements to be provided to you under the relevant section of this Agreement or Company Plan in any other calendar year, and the right to such benefits and reimbursements cannot be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit and shall be provided in accordance with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) or any successor thereto. Further, in the case of reimbursement payments, such payments shall be made to you on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the underlying fee, cost or expense is incurred. Notwithstanding the preceding, the Company makes no representations concerning the tax consequences of your participation in this Agreement under Section 409A of the Code or any other Federal, state or local tax law. Your tax consequences shall depend, in part, upon the application of relevant tax law, including Section 409A of the Code, to the relevant facts and circumstances. You should consult a competent and independent tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of this Agreement.

6.11 Representations and Warranties. You hereby represent and warrant to the Company that (a) your execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which you are a party or by which you are bound; (b) you are not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompete agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity that has not been disclosed to the Company prior to the execution of this Agreement; (c) in the performance of any duties and responsibilities on behalf of the Company, you shall not divulge or use in any way any trade secrets or confidential or proprietary information that are within your possession or knowledge (if any), are owned by any other person or entity and regardless of whether or not such trade secrets or confidential or proprietary information are subject to any written agreement; and (d) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, it shall be a valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms. You hereby acknowledge and represent that you fully understand the terms and conditions contained herein.

6.12 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more identical counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

9


LOGO

 

If the foregoing accurately reflects our agreement, kindly sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate copy of this Agreement.

 

Very truly yours,
BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC.
By: /s/ Max Roberts
Name: Max Roberts
Title: Chief Executive Officer

Date:

June 24, 2015

Accepted and Agreed to:

PATRICK MALONEY

 

By:

/s/ Patrick Maloney

Date:

6/24/15

[ Signature Page to Employment Agreement ]

 


EXHIBIT A

GENERAL RELEASE AND WAIVER

1. [Name] (“Employee”) hereby acknowledges and agrees that Employee’s employment with Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC and Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (together, the “Company”) terminated on             , 20    (the “Termination Date”).

2. Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee’s executing this General Release and Waiver (“Release”) is a condition precedent to the Company’s obligation to pay (and the Employee’s right to retain) the payments and benefits set forth in Section 3.8 of the employment letter agreement, dated as of June [●], 2015, between Employee and the Company (such agreement referred to herein as the “Employment Agreement” and such payments and benefits collectively referred to herein as the “Separation Benefit”), that the Separation Benefit is adequate consideration for this Release, and that any monetary or other benefits that, prior to the execution of this Release, Employee may have earned or accrued, or to which Employee may have been entitled, have been paid or such payments or benefits have been released, waived or settled by Releasor (as defined below) except as expressly provided in this Release.

3. (a) THIS SECTION PROVIDES A COMPLETE RELEASE AND WAIVER OF ALL EXISTING AND POTENTIAL CLAIMS EMPLOYEE MAY HAVE AGAINST EVERY PERSON AND ENTITY INCLUDED WITHIN THE DESCRIPTION BELOW OF “RELEASEE.” BEFORE EMPLOYEE SIGNS THIS RELEASE, EMPLOYEE MUST READ THIS SECTION CAREFULLY, AND MAKE SURE THAT EMPLOYEE UNDERSTANDS IT FULLY.

(b) In consideration of Employee’s receipt and acceptance of the Separation Benefit from the Company, and on behalf of the Company and each Releasee (as defined below), Employee, on Employee’s behalf and on behalf of Employee’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns (collectively, “Releasor”), hereby irrevocably, unconditionally and generally releases the Company, its current and former officers, directors, shareholders, trustees, parents, members, managers, affiliates, subsidiaries, branches, divisions, benefit plans, agents, attorneys, advisors, counselors and employees, and the current and former officers, directors, shareholders, agents, attorneys, advisors, counselors and employees of any such parent, affiliate, subsidiary, branch or division of the Company and the heirs, executors, administrators, receivers, successors and assigns of all of the foregoing (each, a “Releasee”), from or in connection with, and hereby waives and/or settles, except as provided in Section 3(c), any and all actions, causes of action, suits, debts, dues, sums of money, accounts, controversies, agreements, promises, damages, judgments, executions, or any liability, claims or demands, known or unknown and of any nature whatsoever, whether or not related to employment, and which Releasor ever had, now has or hereafter can, shall or may have as of the date of this Release, including, without limitation, (i) any rights and/or claims arising under any contract, express or implied, written or oral, including, without limitation, the Employment Agreement; (ii) any rights and/or claims arising under any applicable foreign, Federal, state, local or other statutes, orders, laws, ordinances, regulations or the like, or case law, that relate to employment or employment practices, including, without limitation, family and medical, and/or, specifically, that prohibit discrimination based upon age, race, religion, sex, color, creed, national origin, sexual orientation, marital status, disability, medical condition, pregnancy, veteran status or any other unlawful bases, including, without limitation, the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, as amended, the Civil Rights Acts of 1866 and 1871, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, the Family Medical Leave Act of 1993, as amended, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, the Vietnam Era Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974, as amended, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, as amended, and any similar applicable statutes, orders, laws, ordinances, regulations or the like, or case law, of the State of New Jersey and any State in which any Releasee is subject to jurisdiction, or any political subdivision thereof, including, without limitation, the New York State Human Rights Law, the New York State Labor Law, the New York City Human Rights Law, the New Jersey Law Against Discrimination and the New Jersey Wage and Hour Law, and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to or concerning any of the foregoing statutes, orders, laws, ordinances, regulations or the like; (iii) any waivable rights and/or claims relating to wages and hours, including under state or local labor or wage payment laws; (iv) any rights and/or claims to benefits that Employee may have or become entitled to receive under any severance, termination, change of

 

A-1


control, bonus or similar policy, plan, program, agreement or similar or related arrangements, including, without limitation, any offer letter, letter agreement or employment agreement between Employee and the Company; (v) any rights and/or claims that Employee may have to receive any equity in the Company (whether restricted or unrestricted) in the future; and (vi) and any rights and/or claims for attorneys’ fees. Employee agrees not to challenge or contest the reasonableness, validity or enforceability of this Release.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee does not release any Releasee from any of the following rights and/or claims: (i) any rights and/or claims Employee may have that arise after the date Employee signs this Release; (ii) any rights and/or claims that by law cannot be waived by private agreement; (iii) Employee’s right to file a charge with or participate in any investigation or proceeding conducted by the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”) or similar government agency; provided that even though Employee can file a charge or participate in an investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC or similar government agency, by executing this Release, Employee is waiving his ability to obtain relief of any kind from any Releasee to the extent permitted by law; (iv) Employee’s non-forfeitable rights to accrued benefits (within the meaning of Sections 203 and 204 of ERISA); (v) any rights and/or claims to insurance coverage under any directors’ and officers’ personal liability insurance or fiduciary insurance policy; and (vi) any rights and/or claims to enforce the Employment Agreement in accordance with its terms.

4. Nothing in or about this Release prohibits Employee from: (i) filing and, as provided for under Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, maintaining the confidentiality of a claim with a government agency that is responsible for enforcing a law; (ii) providing Confidential Information (as defined in Section 4.3(a) of the Employment Agreement) to the extent required by law or legal process or permitted by Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or (iii) cooperating, participating or assisting in any government or regulatory entity investigation or proceeding.

5. Employee represents and warrants that Employee has not filed or commenced any complaints, claims, actions or proceedings of any kind against any Releasee with any Federal, state or local court or any administrative, regulatory or arbitration agency or body. Employee hereby waives any right to, and agrees not to, seek reinstatement or employment of any kind with any Releasee and, without waiver by any Releasee of the foregoing, the existence of this Release shall be a valid, nondiscriminatory basis for rejecting any such application or, in the event Employee obtains such employment, for terminating such employment. This Release and the Separation Benefit are not intended to be, shall not be construed as and are not, an admission or concession by any Releasee of any wrongdoing or illegal or actionable acts or omissions.

6. (a) Employee hereby represents and agrees that Employee shall keep confidential and not disclose orally or in writing, to any person, except as may be required by law, any and all information concerning the existence or terms of this Release and the amount of any payments made hereunder. Employee further agrees that, except as shall be required by law, Employee shall keep confidential and not disclose orally or in writing, directly or indirectly, to any person (except Employee’s immediate family, attorneys and accountant), any and all information concerning any facts, claims or assertions relating or referring to any experiences of Employee or treatment Employee received by or on behalf of any Releasee through the date of this Release.

(b) If Employee is requested or required (by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any information covered by Section 6(a), Employee shall promptly notify the Company of such request or requirement so that the Company may seek to avoid or minimize the required disclosure and/or to obtain an appropriate protective order or other appropriate relief to ensure that any information so disclosed is maintained in confidence to the maximum extent possible by the agency or other person receiving the disclosure, or, in the discretion of the Company, to waive compliance with the provisions of this Release. Employee shall use reasonable efforts, in cooperation with the Company or otherwise, to avoid or minimize the required disclosure and/or to obtain such protective order or other relief. If, in the absence of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, Employee is compelled to disclose such information or else stand liable for contempt or suffer other sanction, censure or penalty, Employee shall disclose only so much of such information to the party compelling disclosure as he believes in good faith on the basis of advice of counsel is required by law, and Employee shall give the Company prior notice of such information he believes he is required to disclose.

7. (a) Employee shall not make, either directly or by or through another person, any oral or written negative, disparaging or adverse statements or representations of or concerning any Releasee.

 

A-2


(b) Without limitation to the survival of any other terms of the Employment Agreement subsequent to the end of Employee’s employment, the expiration or termination of the Employment Agreement, and/or the execution and effectiveness of this Release, Employee and the Company expressly acknowledge that the terms of Sections 4 and 5 of the Employment Agreement survive and shall be in full force and effect as provided in the Employment Agreement.

8. The covenants, representations and acknowledgments made by Employee in this Release shall continue to have full force and effect after the execution and effectiveness of this Release and the delivery of the Separation Benefit, and this Release shall inure to the benefit of each Releasee, and the successors and assigns of each of them, to the extent necessary to preserve the intended benefits of such provisions. If any section of this Release is determined to be void, voidable or unenforceable, it shall have no effect on the remainder of this Release, which shall remain in full force and effect, and the provisions so held invalid or unenforceable shall be deemed modified as to give such provisions the maximum effect permitted by applicable law. Without limitation to Section 3.8 of the Employment Agreement, the Company shall be excused and released from any obligation to make payment of the Separation Benefit, and Employee shall be obligated to return to the Company the Separation Benefit, in the event that Employee is found to have (a) made a material misstatement in any term, condition, covenant, representation or acknowledgment in this Release, or (b) Employee is found to have committed or commits a material breach of any term, condition or covenant in this Release.

9. This Release and the Employment Agreement constitute the sole and complete agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth therein and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements, oral or written, between Employee and the Company with respect to the subject matter thereof. This Release may not be amended or modified except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such modification or amendment is sought. Either party may, by an instrument in writing, waive compliance by the other party with any term or provision of this Release to be performed or complied with by such other party.

10. With respect to any claims or disputes under or in connection with this Release or any claims released under Section 3 of this Release, Employee and the Company hereby acknowledge and agree that Sections 6.7 and 6.9 of the Employment Agreement shall govern. Employee acknowledges that a breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Release may give rise to losses or damages for which the Company cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in an action at law, and that such violation may result in irreparable and continuing harm to the Company. Accordingly, Employee agrees that, in addition to any other remedy that the Company may have at law or in equity, the Company shall be entitled to seek equitable relief, including, without limitation, injunction and specific performance and Employee hereby waives any requirements for security or posting of any bond in connection with such relief. No specification in this Release of any particular remedy shall be construed as a waiver or prohibition of any other remedies (including claims for damages) in the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Release.

11. Employee agrees and acknowledges that (a) Employee has had an adequate opportunity to review this Release and all of its terms, (b) Employee understands all of the terms of this Release, which are fair, reasonable and are not the result of any fraud, duress, coercion, pressure or undue influence exercised by or on behalf of any Releasee and (c) Employee has agreed to and/or entered into this Release and all of the terms hereof, knowingly, freely and voluntarily.

12. By executing this Release, Releasor acknowledges that (a) Employee has been advised by the Company to consult with an attorney before executing this Release; (b) Employee was provided adequate time (i.e., at least 21 days) to review this Release and to consider whether to sign this Release and (c) Employee has been advised that Employee has 7 days following execution to revoke this Release (“Revocation Period”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Employment Agreement, this Release shall not be effective or enforceable, and the Separation Benefit is not payable and shall not be delivered or paid by the Company, until the Revocation Period has expired and provided that Employee has not revoked this Release. Employee agrees that any revocation shall be made in writing and delivered to             , [Vice President, Human Resources, Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.], 120 Mountain View Boulevard, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920. Employee acknowledges that revocation of this Release shall result in the Company’s not having an obligation to pay the Separation Benefit.

 

Signature:  

 

      Date:    
          [Name]      

 

A-3

Exhibit 10.12

 

LOGO

June 23, 2015

William Maloney

c/o Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC

120 Mountain View Boulevard

Basking Ridge, NJ 07920

Dear Mr. Maloney:

This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is intended to set forth our mutual understanding regarding your employment as Executive Vice President of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (“Education”) and Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC (the “Company”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. This Agreement is intended to replace the letter agreement with you dated as of September 30, 2009 (the “Prior Agreement”) effective as of the distribution by Barnes & Noble, Inc. to its stockholders of all shares of common stock of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., and the indirect ownership of all membership interests in the Company (the “Distribution”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Prior Agreement shall remain effective through the effectiveness of the Distribution and shall be replaced by this Agreement upon the effectiveness of the Distribution; provided, however, Barnes & Noble, Inc. may at any time prior to the proposed Distribution provide notice to you in accordance with Section 5.5 of this Agreement that the proposed Distribution will not occur, in which case, this Agreement shall be null and void ab initio. The execution of this Agreement shall be deemed to be the written notice of non-renewal of the term of the Prior Agreement that is scheduled to end on September 30, 2015 (the “Prior Agreement End Date”).

Accordingly, we are pleased to agree as follows:

1. Employment; Duties. You agree to be Executive Vice President of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc or successor thereto, for the term of this Agreement. In this capacity, you shall perform such duties and have such responsibilities as are typically associated with the office of Executive Vice President, including such duties and responsibilities as are prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer of Education. During your employment, you agree to devote your full business time and attention to the performance of your duties and responsibilities hereunder.

2. Term. (a) Unless terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions set forth below, the initial term of this Agreement will be for a period beginning on the date hereof (the “Effective Date”) and ending on the third anniversary of the Effective Date (“Initial Term”). At the expiration (but not earlier termination) of the Initial Term, and any subsequent “Renewal Term” (as defined below), the term of this Agreement shall automatically renew for additional periods of one year (each a “Renewal Term”), unless either party has given the other party written notice of non-renewal at least three (3) months prior to the expiration date of the Initial or Renewal Term, as applicable. In the event that either party has given written notice of non-renewal, and your employment with the Company continues after the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, such post-expiration employment shall be “at-will” and either party may terminate such employment with or without notice and for any reason or no reason.


LOGO

 

(b) This Agreement shall terminate upon your death and may be terminated by the Company by written notice to you following your Disability (as defined below). This Agreement may also be terminated by the Company immediately for Cause (as defined below) or upon two weeks written notice to you for any other reason. This Agreement may also be terminated by you upon written notice to the Company, for Good Reason (as defined below).

(c) For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) “Cause” means (A) Executive’s engaging in intentional misconduct or gross negligence which is injurious to Company; (B) your indictment or conviction with respect to any felony or other crime or violation of law involving fraud or dishonesty, or your entry of a plea of nolo contendere with respect to any felony involving fraud or dishonesty; (C) any gross negligence, intentional acts or intentional omissions by you, as determined by a majority vote of the Education Board of Directors (the “Board”) in its reasonable discretion and judgment, that constitute fraud, dishonesty, embezzlement or misappropriation in connection with the performance of the duties and responsibilities of your employment hereunder; (D) engaging in any act of intentional misconduct or moral turpitude, as determined by a majority vote of the Board, reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company or its business or reputation; (E) abuse of or dependency on alcohol or drugs (illicit or otherwise) which adversely affects job performance; (F) willful failure or refusal by you to properly perform (as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion and judgment) the duties, responsibilities or obligations of your employment for reasons other than Disability or authorized leave, or to properly perform or follow (as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion and judgment) any lawful direction by the Company; or (G) material breach of this Agreement or of any other duty to, written policy of, or agreement with the Company.

(ii) “Disability” shall mean a written determination by a majority of three physicians mutually agreeable to the Company and you (or, in the event of your total physical or mental disability, your legal representative) that you are physically or mentally unable to perform your duties of Executive Vice President of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc and Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC, or successor thereto, under this Agreement and that such disability can reasonably be expected to continue for a period of six consecutive months or for shorter periods aggregating 180 days in any 12-month period.

(iii) “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events: (A) there shall have been a material diminution of your duties; (B) there shall have been a material diminution in the authority, duties, or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom you are required to report; (C) there shall have been a material reduction in the Annual Base Salary (as defined below) you receive from the Company; or (D) the principal executive offices of the Company shall be relocated to a location more than 50 miles from both New York City and Basking Ridge, New Jersey. The parties acknowledge that the foregoing definitions and any early termination by you for Good Reason shall be effective only to the extent that such definitions and such early

 

2


LOGO

 

termination satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended, and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder (“Code”).

(iv) You will only be deemed to terminate employment for Good Reason if (A) you provide the Company with written notice of Good Reason within a period not to exceed 90 days after the initial existence of the condition alleged to give rise to Good Reason, (B) the Company fails to remedy the condition within 30 days of such notice, and (C) your termination is within six (6) months following the initial existence of the condition alleged to give rise to Good Reason.

3. Compensation.

3.1. Annual Base Salary. The Company will pay you, for all services you perform hereunder, an annual base salary of six hundred and eighty thousand ($680,000), or such higher amount as the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”) may determine, payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule applicable to executive officers of the Company (“Annual Base Salary”).

3.2. Bonus Compensation. In addition to your above-mentioned Annual Base Salary, you shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s bonus program as determined by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion. The target level annual bonus payment shall be at least 100% of your Annual Base Salary and shall be based upon achievement of measurable objectives as defined by the Company each year.

3.3. Expenses; Car Allowance. During the term of your employment, we will: (a) pay you a car allowance per month of $1,500, or such higher amount as may be determined by the Compensation Committee; and (b) reimburse you for all reasonable expenses incurred by you in the performance of your duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, including, without limitation, entertainment and travel expenses, in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Compensation Committee (“Eligible Expenses”). All such reimbursements not already paid in accordance with Company policy shall be paid not later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Eligible Expenses were incurred.

3.4. Employee Benefits. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, you will be eligible to participate in and receive any benefits to which you are entitled under employee benefit plans which the Company provides for all employees.

3.5. Severance. In the event of the early termination of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term of this Agreement by the Company without Cause or by you with Good Reason, the Company will pay you an amount equal to your then Annual Base Salary, less all applicable withholding and other applicable taxes and deductions (“Severance Amount”), provided that (a) you execute and deliver to the Company a release of all claims against the Company substantially in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit A (“Release”) and (b) you have not materially breached as of the date of such early termination any provisions of this Agreement and do not materially breach such provisions at any time during the 12-month period following

 

3


LOGO

 

the date of termination. The Company’s obligation to make the severance payment will be cancelled upon the occurrence of any such material breach during such period and, in the event such payment has already been made, you shall repay to the Company such payment under this paragraph within 30 days after demand therefor. The Severance Amount shall be paid in cash in a single lump sum, on the later of the first day of the month following the month in which early termination referred to in this paragraph occurs or the date the Release is returned and the Revocation Period (as defined in the Release) has expired; provided, however, that if such termination occurs on or prior to the Prior Agreement End Date, the Severance Amount shall be paid in 12 approximately equal monthly installments as provided in Section 3.5 of the Prior Agreement commencing on the date on which such installments would have commenced under Section 3.5 of the Prior Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph to the contrary, if a Release is not executed and delivered within 60 days of such early termination of employment (or if such Release is revoked in accordance with its terms), no severance payment under this Section 3.5 shall be paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event you are determined to be a “Specified Employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, such severance pay otherwise payable before the day that is six months following your termination of employment shall be delayed and paid on the first day of the seventh month following your termination of employment, but only to the extent necessary to prevent adverse tax consequences to you under Code Section 409A. Upon the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term of this Agreement, or upon the early termination of either such Term of this Agreement for Cause or by your death or Disability, or by your voluntary termination of your employment without Good Reason, you shall be entitled only to the payment of your Annual Base Salary that have been earned through the date of such expiration and/or early termination.

3.6. Equity Awards. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, you shall be eligible to receive equity awards of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. under the terms of the Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

3.7. Change of Control Payments. (a) If at any time during the Initial Term and any Renewal Term of this Agreement there is a Change of Control and (i) your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or (ii) you voluntarily terminate your employment for Good Reason, in either case within the greater of two years following the Change of Control or the remainder of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term of this Agreement, as applicable, the Company shall pay you two times your then Annual Base Salary (the “Change of Control Amount”); provided that the maximum amount payable pursuant to this Section 3.7 plus any other change of control payments shall be the maximum amount payable to the Executive without triggering an excise tax under Section 280G of the Code, or any successor provision thereto. Any reduction hereunder in the amount payable upon a Change of Control shall be made to amounts which do not constitute deferred compensation within the meaning of Code Section 409A. The amount due under this Section 3.7 shall be paid to you in one lump sum within 30 days after the date your employment terminates; provided, however, that if such termination occurs on or prior to the Prior Agreement End Date, the Change of Control Amount shall be reduced by the Severance Amount but otherwise paid in accordance with this Agreement, and the Severance Amount shall be paid in 12 approximately equal monthly

 

4


LOGO

 

installments as provided in Section 3.5 of the Prior Agreement commencing on the date on which such installments would have commenced under Section 3.5 of the Prior Agreement. The amounts payable to you under this Section 3.7 shall be in lieu of any amounts payable to you under Section 3.5 above.

(b) As used herein, “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events:

 

  (i) after the Effective Date hereof, any person, entity or “group” as identified in Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”), other than you or any of your affiliates becomes a beneficial owner (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act) directly or indirectly of securities representing 40% or more of the total number of votes that may be cast for the election of directors of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.; or

 

  (ii) within two years after a merger, consolidation, liquidation or sale of assets involving Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., or a contested election of a Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. director, or any combination of the foregoing, the individuals who were directors of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. immediately prior thereto shall cease to constitute a majority of the Board; or

 

  (iii) within two years after a tender offer or exchange offer for voting securities of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., the individuals who were directors of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. immediately prior thereto shall cease to constitute a majority of the Board.

4. Non-Competition and Confidential Information.

4.1. Non-Competition. You agree that so long as you are employed by the Company and for period of two (2) years (the “Relevant Period”) after the expiration or termination for any reason of your employment under this Agreement or otherwise, you will not (a) employ or retain, or induce or cause any other person or entity to employ or retain, any person who is employed or retained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; and (b) engage, directly or indirectly, whether as principal or as agent, officer, director, employee, consultant, shareholder, or otherwise, alone or in association with any other person, corporation or other entity, in any Competing Business, as defined below. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Competing Business” shall mean any person, corporation or other entity which principally sells or attempts to sell any products or services which are the same as or substantially similar to the products and services (i) sold by the Company or any of its subsidiaries at any time and from time to time during the last two (2) years prior to the expiration or termination for any reason of your employment under this Agreement or otherwise, or (ii) being developed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries at any time during the initial Term or any Renewal Term of this Agreement or your employment with the Company otherwise, no matter what stage of development was achieved during such period and even if the idea was abandoned during such period.

 

5


LOGO

 

4.2. Ownership of Other Securities. Nothing in paragraph 4.1 shall be construed as denying you the right to own securities of any corporation listed on a national securities exchange or quoted in the NASDAQ System to the extent of an aggregate of 5% of the outstanding shares of such securities.

4.3. Confidential Information. You shall use best efforts and diligence both during and after any employment with the Company, regardless of how, when or why such employment ends, to protect the confidential, trade secret and/or proprietary character of all Confidential Information and Trade Secret Information, as defined below. You shall not, directly or indirectly, use (for your benefit or for the benefit of any other person) or disclose any Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information, for so long as it shall remain proprietary or protectable, except as may be necessary for the performance of your duties for the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” shall mean all confidential information of the Company, regardless of the form or medium in which it is or was created, stored, reflected or preserved, information which is either developed by you (alone or with others) or to which you shall have had access during any employment with the Company. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, Trade Secret Information, and also includes information which is learned or acquired by the Company from others with whom the Company has a business relationship in which, and as a result of which, such information is revealed to the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Trade Secret Information” shall mean all information, regardless of the form or medium in which it is or was created, stored, reflected or preserved, that is not commonly known by or generally available to the public and that (a) derives or creates economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use; and (b) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy. The Company’s Trade Secret Information may include, but is not limited to, all confidential information relating to or reflecting the Company’s research and development plans and activities; compilations of data; product plans; sales, marketing and business plans and strategies; pricing, price lists, pricing methodologies and profit margins; current and planned incentive, recognition and rewards programs and services; personnel, inventions, concepts, ideas, designs and formulae; current, past and prospective customer lists; current, past and anticipated customer needs, preferences and requirements; market studies; computer software and programs (including object code and source code); and computer and database technologies, systems, structures and architectures. You understand that Confidential and/or Trade Secret Information may or may not be labeled as such, and you will treat all information which appears to be Confidential and/or Trade Secret Information as confidential unless otherwise informed or authorized by the Company.

4.4. Inventions. Executive shall promptly disclose and provide to the Company, any original works of authorship, designs, formulas, processes, improvements, compositions of matter, computer software programs, data, information or databases, methods, procedures or other inventions, developments or improvements of any kind that Executive conceives, originates, develops, improves, modifies and/or creates, solely or jointly with others, during the period, of Executive’s employment, or as a result of such employment (collectively, “Inventions”), and whether or not any such Inventions also may be included within “Confidential

 

6


LOGO

 

Information” or “Trade Secret Information” as defined under this Agreement, or are patentable, copyrightable or protectable as trade secrets. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company is and shall be the exclusive owner of all rights, title and interest in and to the Inventions and, specifically without limitation, that any copyrightable works prepared by Executive within the scope of your employment are “works for hire” under the Copyright Act, that such “works for hire” are Inventions and that the Company will be considered the author and owner of such copyrightable works. In the event that any Invention is deemed not to be a “work for hire”, or in the event that Executive should, by operation of law, be deemed to be entitled to retain any rights, title or interest in and to any Invention, Executive hereby irrevocably waives all rights, title and interest and assigns to the Company, without any further consideration and regardless of any use by the Company of any such Inventions, all rights, title and interest, if any, in and to such Invention. Executive agrees that the Company, as the owner of all Inventions, has the full and complete right to prepare and create derivative works based upon the Inventions and to use, reproduce, publish, print, copy, market, advertise, distribute, transfer, sell, publicly perform and publicly display, and otherwise exploit by all means now known or later developed, such Inventions and derivative works anywhere throughout the world and at any time during or after Executive’s employment hereunder or otherwise.

4.5. Reasonableness. You acknowledge that the foregoing limitations and obligations are reasonable and properly required by the Company and that in the event that any such limitations are found by a court to be unreasonable and unenforceable, you will submit to such limitations and/or obligations in such form as such court shall determine.

4.6. Return of Information. You shall promptly deliver to the Company, upon the expiration or termination for any reason of your employment under this Agreement or otherwise, or at any other time at the Company’s request, without retaining any copies, all documents, information and other material in your possession or control containing, reflecting and/or relating, directly or indirectly, to any Confidential Information and/or Trade Secret Information.

4.7. Severability. If any of the restrictions in paragraph 4 should for any reason whatsoever be declared invalid, the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement will not be adversely affected thereby.

4.8. Equitable Relief. You acknowledge that your services to the Company are of a unique character which give them a special value to the Company. You further recognize that any violation of the restrictions in paragraph 4 may give rise to losses or damages for which the Company cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in an action at law and that such violation may result in irreparable and continuing harm to the Company. Accordingly, you agree that, in addition to any other remedy which the Company may have at law or in equity, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief to restrain any violation by you of the restrictions in paragraph 4.

4.9 Governmental Agencies . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement is not intended to, and shall not, limit or restrict you from: (a) filing and, as provided for under Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, maintaining the confidentiality of a claim with a government agency that is responsible for

 

7


LOGO

 

enforcing a law; (b) providing Confidential Information (as defined in Section 4.3(a)) to the extent required by law or legal process or permitted by Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or (iii) cooperating, participating or assisting in any government or regulatory entity investigation or proceeding.

5. Miscellaneous.

5.1. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the terms and conditions of your employment by the Company and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements, oral or written, between you and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof, including the Prior Agreement.

5.2. Binding Effect; Benefits. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon you and the Company and our respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

5.3. Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such modification or amendment is sought. Either party may, by an instrument in writing, waive compliance by the other party with any term or provision of this Agreement to be performed or complied with by such other party.

5.4. Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations which either party may have by reason of this Agreement shall be assignable by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.

5.5. Notices. Any notice which may or must be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or reputable overnight courier, addressed to you at the address set forth on the first page hereof, or to the Company at 120 Mountain View Boulevard, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920 to the attention of the Vice President for Human Resources for the Company (with a copy to the General Counsel for the Company), or to such other address as you or the Company, as the case may be, may designate in writing in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.

5.6. Section and Other Headings. The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not deemed to be a part of this Agreement or to affect the meaning and interpretation of this Agreement.

5.7. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed (both as to validity and performance) and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey applicable to agreements made and to be performed wholly within the State of New Jersey, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of New Jersey or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New Jersey. Each party submits to jurisdiction in the State of New Jersey and further agrees that any cause of action arising under this Agreement shall be brought exclusively in a court in Somerset County of New Jersey.

 

8


LOGO

 

5.8. Survival of Rights and Obligations. All rights and obligations of you and the Company arising during the Initial Term and any Renewal Term of this Agreement shall continue to have full force and effect after the termination of this Agreement unless otherwise provided herein.

5.9. Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, in the event that you are determined to be a Specified Employee, for purposes of any payment on termination of employment under this Agreement, payment(s) shall be made or begin, as applicable, on the first payroll date which is more than six months following the date of separation from service (or, if earlier, upon your death), to the extent required to avoid any tax consequences under Code Section 409A. All provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code, as amended, and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder. Notwithstanding the preceding, the Company makes no representations concerning the tax consequences of your participation in this Agreement under Code Section 409A or any other federal, state, or local tax law. Your tax consequences will depend, in part, upon the application of relevant tax law, including Code Section 409A, to the relevant facts and circumstances. You should consult a competent and independent tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of this Agreement.

5.10. Executive’s Representations and Warranties. You hereby represent and warrant to the Company that (a) your execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which you are a party or by which you are bound; (b) you are not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompete agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity, which has not been disclosed to the Company prior to the execution of this Agreement; (c) in the performance of any duties and responsibilities on behalf of the Company, you shall not divulge or use in any way any trade secrets or confidential or proprietary information which are within your possession or knowledge (if any), are owned by any other person or entity and regardless of whether or not such trade secrets or confidential or proprietary information are subject to any written agreement; and (d) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, it shall be a valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms. You hereby acknowledge and represent that you fully understand the terms and conditions contained herein.

5.11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more identical counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

9


LOGO

 

If the foregoing accurately reflects our agreement, kindly sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate copy of this letter.

 

Very truly yours,
Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.
By:

/s/ Max Roberts

Max Roberts
Chief Executive Officer
Date: June 24, 2015

 

Accepted and Agreed to:
/s/ William Maloney
William Maloney
Date: 6/24/15

[Signature Page to Employment Agreement]

 

10


EXHIBIT A

GENERAL RELEASE AND WAIVER

1. William Maloney (“Employee”) hereby acknowledges and agrees that Employee’s employment with Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC, or successor thereto, (together, the “Company”) terminated on,             , 20     (the “Termination Date”).

2. Employee hereby agrees that after the delivery to the Company of a signed original of this General Release and Waiver (“Release”), Employee will accept from the Company and on behalf of the Company and each Releasee (as defined herein), the payments set forth in Section 3.5 of the employment agreement dated as of             , 2015 between Employee and the Company (such agreement referred to herein as the “Agreement” and such payments and benefits collectively referred to herein as the “Separation Benefit”). Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee’s executing the Agreement is a condition precedent to the Company’s obligation to pay the Separation Benefit, that the Separation Benefit is adequate consideration for this Release, and that any monetary or other benefits which, prior to the execution of this Release, Employee may have earned or accrued or to which Employee may have been entitled, have been paid or such payments or benefits have been released, waived or settled by Release or pursuant to this Release.

3. THIS PARAGRAPH PROVIDES A COMPLETE RELEASE AND WAIVER OF ALL EXISTING AND POTENTIAL CLAIMS YOU MAY HAVE AGAINST EVERY PERSON AND ENTITY INCLUDED WITHIN THE DESCRIPTION BELOW OF “RELEASEE.” BEFORE YOU SIGN THIS RELEASE, YOU MUST READ THIS PARAGRAPH CAREFULLY, AND MAKE SURE THAT YOU UNDERSTAND IT FULLY.

In consideration of Employee’s receipt and acceptance of the Separation Benefit from the Company and on behalf of the Company and each Releasee (as defined below), Employee, on Employee’s behalf and on behalf of Employee’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns (collectively, “Releasor”), hereby irrevocably, unconditionally and generally releases the Company, Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., their respective current and former officers, directors, shareholders, trustees, parents, members, managers, affiliates, subsidiaries, branches, divisions, agents, attorneys and employees, and the current and former officers, directors, shareholders, agents, attorneys and employees of any such parent, affiliate, subsidiary, branch or division of the Company and Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and the heirs, executors, administrators, receivers, successors and assigns of all of the foregoing (collectively, “Releasee”), from or in connection with, and hereby waives and/or settles, except as may otherwise be stated herein, any and all actions, causes of action, suits, debts, dues, sums of money, accounts, controversies, agreements, promises, damages, judgments, executions, or any liability, claims or demands, known or unknown and of any nature whatsoever and which Releasor ever had, now has or hereafter can, shall or may have as of the date of this Release, including, without limitation, any rights and/or claims arising under any

 

11


contract, express or implied, written or oral, including without limitation the employment agreement between Employee and the Company, dated            , 2015 (“Employment Agreement”); for wrongful dismissal or termination of employment; and arising under any applicable foreign, federal, state, local or other statutes, orders, laws, ordinances, regulations or the like, or case law, that relate to employment or employment practices and/or, specifically, that prohibit discrimination based upon age, race, religion, sex, national origin, disability or any other unlawful bases, including without limitation, the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, as amended, the Civil Rights Acts of 1866 and 1871, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, the Family Medical Leave Act of 1993, as amended, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1990, as amended, the Vietnam Era Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act, as amended, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, as amended, and any similar applicable statutes, orders, laws, ordinances, regulations or the like, or case law, of the State of New Jersey and any State in which any Releasee is subject to jurisdiction, or any political subdivision thereof, including without limitation, the New York State Human Rights Law, the New York State Labor Law, , New York City Human Rights Law, New Jersey Law Against Discrimination and New Jersey Wage and Hour Law, and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to or concerning any of the foregoing statutes, orders, laws, ordinances, regulations or the like.

4. Nothing in or about this Release prohibits Employee from: (i) filing and, as provided for under Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, maintaining the confidentiality of a claim with a government agency that is responsible for enforcing a law; (ii) providing Confidential Information (as defined in Section 4.3(a) of the Employment Agreement) to the extent required by law or legal process or permitted by Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or (iii) cooperating, participating or assisting in any government or regulatory entity investigation or proceeding.

5. Employee represents and warrants that Employee has not filed or commenced any complaints, claims, actions or proceedings of any kind against any Releasee with any federal, state or local court or any administrative, regulatory or arbitration agency or body. Employee hereby waives any right to, and agrees not to, seek reinstatement or employment of any kind with any Releasee and, without waiver by any Releasee of the foregoing, the existence of this Release shall be a valid, nondiscriminatory basis for rejecting any such application or, in the event Employee obtains such employment, to terminate such employment.

6. By executing this Release, Releasor acknowledges that (a) Employee has been advised by the Company to consult with an attorney before executing this Release; (b) Employee was provided adequate time (i.e., at least twenty-one (21) days) to review this Release and to consider whether to sign the Release and (c) Employee has been advised that Employee has seven (7) days following execution to revoke the Release (“Revocation Period”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in your Employment Agreement, this Release will not be effective or enforceable, and the Separation Benefit is not payable and shall not

 

12


be delivered or paid by the Company, until the Revocation Period has expired and provided that Employee has not revoked the Release. Employee agrees that any revocation shall be made in writing and delivered to             , Vice President, Human Resources, Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., 120 Mountain View Boulevard, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920. Employee acknowledges that revocation of the Release will result in the Company’s not having an obligation to pay the Separation Benefit.

7. This Release and Separation Benefit are not intended to be, shall not be construed as and are not an admission or concession by any Releasee of any wrongdoing or illegal or actionable acts or omissions. Employee, as and on behalf of Releasor, hereby represents and agrees that Employee shall keep confidential and not disclose orally or in writing, to any person, except as may be required by law, any and all information concerning the existence or terms of this Release and the amount of any payments made hereunder. Employee further agrees that in consideration of the Separation Benefit, and except as shall be required by law, (a) Employee shall keep confidential and not disclose orally or in writing directly or indirectly to any person (except Employee’s immediate family, attorneys and accountant), any and all information concerning any facts, claims or assertions relating or referring to any experiences of Employee or treatment Employee received by or on behalf of any Releasee through the date of this Release, and (b) Employee shall not make, either directly or by or through another person, any oral or written negative, disparaging or adverse statements or representations of or concerning any Releasee.

8. (a) Without limitation on the survival of any and all other terms of the Employment Agreement subsequent to the end of Employee’s employment, the expiration or termination of the Employment Agreement, and/or the execution and effectiveness of this Release, Employee and the Company expressly acknowledge that the terms of Sections 4 and 5 of the Employment Agreement survive and shall be in full force and effect subsequent to the end of Employee’s employment, the expiration or termination of the Employment Agreement, and/or the execution and effectiveness of this Release.

(b) If Employee is requested or required (by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any Confidential Information (as defined in Section 4.3 of the Employment Agreement), Employee will promptly notify the Company of such request or requirement so that the Company may seek to avoid or minimize the required disclosure and/or to obtain an appropriate protective order or other appropriate relief to ensure that any information so disclosed is maintained in confidence to the maximum extent possible by the agency or other person receiving the disclosure, or, in the discretion of the Company to waive compliance with the provisions of this Release. Employee will use reasonable efforts, in cooperation with the Company or otherwise, to avoid or minimize the required disclosure and/or to obtain such protective order or other relief. If, in the absence of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, Employee is compelled to disclose the Confidential Information or else stand liable for contempt or suffer other sanction, censure or penalty, Employee will disclose only so much of the Confidential Information to the party compelling disclosure as he believes in

 

13


good faith on the basis of advice of counsel is required by law and Employee shall give the Company prior notice of the Confidential Information he believes he is required to disclose.

9. Employee represents that Employee has returned to the Company, or that Employee shall do so prior to delivery of the Separation Benefit, all property of the Company which is or has been in Employee’s possession, custody, or control, including but not limited to computers and other equipment, company credit cards, identification cards, and access cards and keys.

10. Employee shall provide such reasonable cooperation the Company on behalf of itself or any Releasee, may request in connection with any pending or future lawsuit, arbitration, or proceeding between the Company and/or any Releasee and any third party; any pending or future regulatory or governmental inquiry or investigation concerning the Company and/or any Releasee; and any other legal, internal, or business matters of or concerning the Company and/or any Releasee. Such cooperation shall include, without limitation, meeting with and providing information the Company, any Releasee and/or its, their respective attorneys, auditors, or other representatives as reasonably requested by the Company.

11. The covenants, representations and acknowledgments made by Employee in this Release shall survive the execution and effectiveness of this Release and the delivery of the Separation Benefit, and this Release shall inure to the benefit of each Releasee, and the successors and assigns of each of them. Releasees shall be excused and released from any obligation to make payment of the Separation Benefit, and Employee shall be obligated to return to the Company the Separation Benefit, in the event that the Employee is found to have made a material misstatement in any term, condition, covenant, representation or acknowledgment in this Release, or Employee is found to have committed or commits a material breach of any term, condition or covenant in this Release.

12. This Release and the Employment Agreement constitute the sole and complete understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein and there are no other agreements or understandings, whether written or oral and whether made contemporaneously or otherwise. No term, condition, covenant, representation or acknowledgment contained in this Release may be amended unless in a writing signed by both parties. If any section of this Release is determined to be void, voidable or unenforceable, it shall have no effect on the remainder of the Release which shall remain in full force and effect, and the provisions so held invalid or unenforceable shall be deemed modified as to give such provisions maximum effect permitted by applicable law.

13. With respect to any claims or disputes under or in connection with this Release or any claims releases under paragraph 3 of this Release, Employee and the Company hereby acknowledge and agree that Section 5.7 of the Employment Agreement shall govern . Employee acknowledges if there is a breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Release, the Company will have no adequate remedy in money or

 

14


damages and accordingly shall be entitled to seek equitable relief, including without limitation, injunction and specific performance; Employee hereby waives any requirements for security or posting of any bond in connection with such relief. No specification in this Release of any particular remedy shall be construed as a waiver or prohibition of any other remedies (including claims for damages) in the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Release.

14. This Release shall in all respects be subject to, governed by and enforced and construed pursuant to and in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey without regard to and excluding its choice of law rules.

15. Employee agrees and acknowledges that (a) Employee has had an adequate opportunity to review this Release and all of its terms; (b) Employee understands all of the terms of this Release, which are fair, reasonable and are not the result of any fraud, duress, coercion, pressure or undue influence exercised by or on behalf of any Releasee; and (c) Employee has agreed to and/or entered into this Release and all of the terms hereof, knowingly, freely and voluntarily.

 

Signature:  

 

      Date:    
  William Maloney      

 

15

Exhibit 10.13

[EDUCATION LETTERHEAD]

June 26, 2015

Mr. Michael P. Huseby

122 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10011

Dear Mr. Huseby:

This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is intended to set forth our mutual understanding regarding your employment as Executive Chairman (“Executive Chairman”) of the Board of Directors of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (the “Company”) effective as of the distribution by Barnes & Noble, Inc. to its stockholders of all shares of common stock of the Company, and the indirect ownership of all membership interests in the Company (the “Distribution”). Barnes & Noble, Inc. may at any time prior to the proposed Distribution provide notice to you in accordance with Section 6.5 of this Agreement that the proposed Distribution will not occur, in which case, this Agreement shall be null and void ab initio.

Accordingly, we are pleased to agree as follows:

1. Duties. (a) You will serve as the Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). The Company shall (i) nominate you for election to the Board or, if earlier, shall appoint you to fill a vacancy on the Board, and (ii) re-nominate you at the expiration of each term of office as a member of the Board during the term of this Agreement. Subject to Section 2(b), you shall serve as a member of the Board for each period for which you are so elected or appointed without any additional compensation.

(b) During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term (each, as defined below), you shall also serve as an employee of the Company reporting directly to the Board, and shall be subject to the Company’s policies on the same basis as senior executives of the Company. In such capacity, you shall assist and advise the Board and the Company’s senior executives and shall have such other duties and responsibilities as the Board may specify from time to time.

(c) During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, you shall devote the time and effort reasonably required to fulfill your duties and responsibilities under this Agreement; provided, however, that you may continue to serve on the boards of those entities on which you serve as of the date of this Agreement and may serve on the boards of such other entities following the date of this Agreement for which you have provided the Board advance notice; and provided further that, with respect to any such board service, you shall recuse yourself and not otherwise participate as to any matter that relates to the “Business Area” (as defined in Section 4.1).

2. Term. (a) The initial term of this Agreement shall be for a period beginning on the date hereof (the “Effective Date”) and ending on the second anniversary of the Effective Date or, if earlier, the termination of your employment in accordance with the provisions set forth below (the “Initial Term”). At the expiration (but not earlier termination) of the Initial Term, and any subsequent “Renewal Term” (as defined below), the term of this Agreement shall automatically renew for additional periods of one year (each, a “Renewal Term”), unless your employment has earlier terminated or either party hereto has given the other party written notice of non-renewal at least 90 days prior to the expiration date of the Initial Term or the Renewal Term, as applicable. In the event that either party has given written notice of non-renewal, and your employment with the Company continues after the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, such post-expiration employment shall be “at-will” and either party may terminate such employment with or without notice and for any reason or no reason.

(b) Your employment hereunder shall terminate upon your death and may be terminated by the Company upon written notice to you following your Disability (as defined below). Your employment hereunder may also be terminated by the Company immediately for Cause (as defined below) or following two weeks written notice to you for any other reason. Your employment hereunder may also be terminated by you following written notice to the Company of your intention to resign with or without Good Reason (as defined below); provided that a resignation for Good Reason shall comply with Section 2(c)(iv). If, as of the date of termination of your

 

1


employment for any reason, you are a member of the Board or the board of directors of any of the Company’s affiliates, or hold any other position with the Company or its affiliates, you shall automatically be deemed to have resigned from all such positions as of such date. You agree to execute such documents and take such other actions as the Company may request to reflect such resignation.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) “Cause” means (A) your engaging in intentional misconduct or gross negligence that, in either case, is injurious to the Company; (B) your indictment, entry of a plea of nolo contendere or conviction by a court of competent jurisdiction with respect to any crime or violation of law involving fraud or dishonesty (with the exception of misconduct based in good faith on the advice of professional consultants, such as attorneys and accountants) or any felony (or equivalent crime in a non-U.S. jurisdiction); (C) any gross negligence, intentional acts or intentional omissions by you (as determined by a majority vote of the Board in its reasonable discretion and judgment) that constitute fraud, dishonesty, embezzlement or misappropriation in connection with the performance of your employment duties and responsibilities; (D) your engaging in any act of intentional misconduct or moral turpitude (as determined by a majority vote of the Board in its reasonable discretion and judgment) reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company or its business; (E) your abuse of or dependency on alcohol or drugs (illicit or otherwise) that adversely affects your job performance; (F) your willful failure or refusal to properly perform (as determined by a majority vote of the Board in its reasonable discretion and judgment) the duties, responsibilities or obligations of your employment for reasons other than Disability or authorized leave, or to properly perform or follow (as determined by a majority vote of the Board in its reasonable discretion and judgment) any lawful direction by the Company (with the exception of a willful failure or refusal to properly perform based in good faith on the advice of professional consultants, such as attorneys and accountants); or (G) your material breach of this Agreement or of any other contractual duty to, written policy of, or written agreement with the Company (with the exception of a material breach based in good faith on the advice of professional consultants, such as attorneys and accountants).

(ii) “Disability” shall mean a written determination by a majority of three physicians (one of which shall be your most recent primary care provider) mutually agreeable to the Company and you (or, in the event of your total physical or mental disability, your legal representative) that you are physically or mentally unable to perform your duties as Executive Chairman under this Agreement and that such disability can reasonably be expected to continue for a period of six consecutive months or for shorter periods aggregating 180 days in any 12-month period.

(iii) “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events without your written consent: (A) there shall have been a material diminution of your authority, duties or responsibilities as described in Section 1; (B) there shall have been a greater than 10% involuntary reduction in your Annual Base Salary (as defined below) in effect pursuant to Section 3.1; (C) the principal executive offices of the Company shall be relocated to a location more than 50 miles from Basking Ridge, NJ or New York City, NY; or (D) the Company fails to make material payments to you (or provide to you restricted stock units) as required by this Agreement.

(iv) You shall be deemed to terminate employment for Good Reason only if (A) you provide the Company with written notice of Good Reason within a period not to exceed 90 days after the initial existence of the condition alleged to give rise to Good Reason, (B) the Company fails to remedy the condition within 30 days of such notice and (C) your termination is within six months following the initial existence of the condition alleged to give rise to Good Reason.

3. Compensation.

3.1. Annual Base Salary. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, the Company shall pay you, for all services you perform hereunder, an annual base salary of U.S. $500,000.00, or such higher amount as the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”) may determine, payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule applicable to executive officers of the Company (“Annual Base Salary”).

 

2


3.2. Bonus Compensation. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, you will be eligible to receive annual bonus compensation, as determined by the Compensation Committee, which bonus, if any, shall be paid in accordance with the incentive or compensation plan or arrangement specified by the Compensation Committee.

3.3. Employee Benefits. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, you shall be eligible to participate in and receive any benefits to which you are entitled under the employee benefit plans that the Company provides for its employees generally, as well as any employee benefit plans that the Company provides for its executive officers generally.

3.4. Expenses. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, the Company shall reimburse you for all expenses incurred by you in the performance of your duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, including entertainment and travel expenses, in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Compensation Committee.

3.5. Equity Awards. During each fiscal year of the Company following the fiscal year in which the Effective Date occurs and at the same time as other executive officers of the Company, you shall be granted a number of equity or equity-based awards of the Company with an aggregate target value of 300% of your annual base salary, and such equity or equity-based awards shall be comprised of the same types of awards granted to other executive officers of the Company, with the same terms and conditions as such awards.

3.6. Office Space and Administrative Support. The Company shall provide you with office space and administrative support as reasonably necessary to perform your duties as set forth in Section 1.

3.7. Life and Disability Insurance. During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, the Company shall obtain in your name (a) a life insurance policy providing for a death benefit of U.S. $1,000,000.00 payable to any beneficiary or beneficiaries named by you and (b) a disability insurance policy providing for monthly payments to you of U.S. $12,800.00, which monthly amount will be increased to the extent the available maximum monthly benefit under the group disability insurance policy under which such insurance is provided is increased, during the period of any disability until the earlier of your attaining age 65 or death; provided that the term “disability” in any such disability insurance policy shall be defined in a manner consistent with the definition in Section 2(c)(ii). During the Initial Term and the Renewal Term, the Company shall pay all premiums due on such policies.

3.8. Severance. (a) In the event that, during the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, (1) your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or (2) you voluntarily terminate your employment for Good Reason, in addition to the Accrued Obligations (as described in Section 3.8(b)), the Company shall pay you an amount equal to two times the sum of (i) your then Annual Base Salary, (ii) the average of the annual bonuses actually paid or payable to you with respect to the three completed fiscal years preceding the date of your termination of employment (or such lesser number of completed fiscal years) and (iii) the aggregate annual dollar amount of the payments made or to be made to you or on your behalf for purposes of providing you with the benefits set forth in Sections 3.3 and 3.7 above, less all applicable withholding and other applicable taxes and deductions (“Severance Amount”); provided that (x) you execute and deliver to the Company, and do not revoke, a release of all claims against the Company substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (“Release”) and (y) you have not materially breached as of the date of such termination any provisions of this Agreement and do not materially breach such provisions at any time during the Relevant Period (as defined below). The Company’s obligation to make such payment shall be cancelled upon the occurrence of any such material breach and, in the event such payment has already been made, you shall repay to the Company such payment within 30 days after demand therefore; provided, however, such repayment shall not be required if the Company shall have materially breached this Agreement prior to the time of your breach. The Severance Amount shall be paid in cash in a single lump sum on the later of (1) the first day of the month following the month in which such termination occurs and (2) the date the Revocation Period (as defined in the Release) has expired. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph to the contrary, if a Release is not executed and delivered to the Company within 60 days of such termination of employment (or if such Release is revoked in accordance with its terms), the Severance Amount shall not be paid, but the Accrued Obligations nevertheless shall be paid.

 

3


(b) Upon the termination of your employment hereunder for any reason other than as set forth in Section 3.8(a) above, during the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, the Company shall have no further obligation to you other than: (1) to pay Annual Base Salary through the effective date of termination (the “Effective Termination Date”); (2) to pay any bonus (as described in Section 3.2) for any fiscal year which has ended prior to the fiscal year in which the Effective Termination Date occurs that has been earned but not yet paid as of the Effective Termination Date; and (3) with respect to any benefits to which you may be entitled pursuant to any insurance or other benefit plans or arrangements of the Company, such benefits shall be payable in accordance with the terms of such plans or arrangements (the items described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) collectively, the “Accrued Obligations”). For purposes of this Section 3.8, except as may be required under Section 6.10, payment under clause (1) shall be made in cash in a single lump sum not later than 60 days following the Effective Termination Date and payment under clause (2) shall be made in cash in a single lump sum not later than the fifteenth day of the third month following the end of the fiscal year of the Company with respect to which the applicable bonus was earned.

3.9. Change of Control Payments. (a) If at any time during the Initial Term and any Renewal Term (i) there is a Change of Control (as defined below) and (ii) your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or you voluntarily terminate your employment for Good Reason, in either case, within the greater of two years following the Change of Control or the remainder of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, as applicable, then the Company shall pay you an amount equal to three times the sum of (x) your then Annual Base Salary, (y) the average of the annual bonuses actually paid or payable to you with respect to the three completed fiscal years preceding the date of your termination of employment (or such lesser number of completed fiscal years) and (z) the aggregate annual dollar amount of the payments made or to be made by the Company for purposes of providing you with the benefits set forth in Sections 3.3 and 3.7 above, less all applicable withholding and other applicable taxes and deductions (“Change of Control Amount”). The Change of Control Amount shall be paid to you in cash in a single lump sum within 30 days after the date your employment terminates. In the event that it is determined that the aggregate amount of the payments and benefits that could be considered “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (collectively, with the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder, the “Code”; and such payments and benefits, the “Parachute Payments”) that, but for this Section 3.9 would be payable to you under this Agreement or any other plan, policy or arrangement of the Company, exceeds the greatest amount of Parachute Payments that could be paid to you without giving rise to any liability for any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then the aggregate amount of Parachute Payments payable to you shall not exceed the amount that produces the greatest after-tax benefit to you after taking into account any Excise Tax to be payable by you. Any reduction in Parachute Payments pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall be made in the following order: (1) cash payments that do not constitute deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, (2) welfare or in-kind benefits, (3) equity compensation awards and (4) cash payments that do constitute deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, in each case, such reductions shall be made in the manner that maximizes the present value to you of all such payments. Subject to the Section 280G limitation referred to above, to the extent that you are not fully vested in any retirement benefits from any tax-qualified or non tax-qualified pension, profit-sharing or other retirement plan or program maintained by the Company and your employment terminates in the circumstances contemplated by this Section 3.9(a), the Company shall pay directly to you within 30 days after the date on which your employment terminates the difference between the amounts that would have been paid to you had you been fully vested on the date that your employment terminates and the amounts actually paid or payable to you pursuant to such plans or programs. The amounts payable to you under this Section 3.9(a) shall be in lieu of any amounts payable to you under Section 3.8 above.

(b) As used herein, “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events:

(i) after the Effective Date hereof, any person, entity or “group” as identified in Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”), other than you or any of your affiliates becomes a beneficial owner (as such term is defined in Rule 13(d)(3) under the 1934 Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 40% or more of the total number of votes that may be cast for the election of directors of the Company; or

(ii) within two years after a merger, consolidation, liquidation or sale of assets involving the Company, or a contested election of a Company director, or any combination of the foregoing, the individuals who were directors of the Company immediately prior thereto shall cease to constitute a majority of the Board; or

 

4


(iii) within two years after a tender offer or exchange offer for voting securities of the Company, the individuals who were directors of the Company immediately prior thereto shall cease to constitute a majority of the Board.

4. Non-Competition and Confidential Information.

4.1. Non-Competition. You agree that during the Initial Term and any Renewal Term and for a period of two years (the “Relevant Period”) after the termination for any reason of your employment, you shall not, directly or indirectly, (a) employ or retain, or induce or cause any other person or entity to employ or retain, any person who is, or who at any time in the twelve-month period prior to such time had been, employed or retained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or (b) provide services, whether as principal or as agent, officer, director, employee, consultant, shareholder, or otherwise, alone or in association with any other person, corporation or other entity, to any Competing Business (as defined below); provided, however, that you may provide services to a Competing Business (other than Amazon.com, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates and their respective successors (collectively, “Amazon”)) that is engaged in one or more businesses other than the Business Area (as defined below) but only to the extent that you do not provide services, directly or indirectly, to the segment of such Competing Business that is engaged in the Business Area. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Competing Business” shall mean (i) Amazon or (ii) any person, corporation or other entity engaged in the Business Area. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Business Area” shall mean the sale, distribution or attempted sale or distribution of books, textbooks, periodicals, newspapers, digital or audio versions of any of the foregoing or e-reading devices and related software, and which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include multi-channel distribution of video content via cable, satellite or internet. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the restrictions of this Section 4.1 shall not apply to the placement of general advertisements or the use of general search firm services with respect to a particular geographic area, but which are not targeted, directly or indirectly, towards employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and (ii) your continuing to serve as a director of those entities for which you are permitted to serve as a director pursuant to Section 1 shall not be deemed, in and of itself, a violation of this Section 4.1.

4.2. Ownership of Other Securities. Nothing in Section 4.1 shall be construed as denying you the right to own securities of any corporation listed on a national securities exchange or quoted in the NASDAQ System in an amount up to 5% of the outstanding number of such securities.

4.3. Confidential Information. (a) You shall use best efforts and diligence both during and after any employment with the Company, regardless of how, when or why such employment ends, to protect the confidential, trade secret and/or proprietary character of all Confidential Information and Trade Secret Information (as defined below). You shall not, directly or indirectly, use (for your benefit or for the benefit of any other person) or disclose any Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information, for so long as it shall remain proprietary or protectable, except as may be necessary for the performance of your duties for the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” shall mean all confidential information of the Company, regardless of the form or medium in which it is or was created, stored, reflected or preserved, information that is either developed by you (alone or with others) or to which you shall have had access during any employment with the Company. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, Trade Secret Information, and also includes information that is learned or acquired by the Company from others with whom the Company has a business relationship in which, and as a result of which, such information is revealed to the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Trade Secret Information” shall mean all information, regardless of the form or medium in which it is or was created, stored, reflected or preserved, that is not commonly known by or generally available to the public and that: (i) derives or creates economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use; and (ii) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy. The Company’s Trade Secret Information may include, but is not limited to, all confidential information relating to or reflecting the Company’s research and development plans and activities; compilations of data; product plans; sales, marketing and business plans and strategies; pricing, price lists, pricing methodologies and profit margins; current and planned incentive, recognition and rewards programs and services; personnel; inventions, concepts, ideas, designs and formulae; current, past and prospective customer lists; current, past and anticipated customer needs, preferences and

 

5


requirements; market studies; computer software and programs (including object code and source code); and computer and database technologies, systems, structures and architectures. You understand that Confidential Information and/or Trade Secret Information may or may not be labeled as such, and you shall treat all information that appears to be Confidential Information and/or Trade Secret Information as confidential unless otherwise informed or authorized by the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to mean that Company owns any intellectual property or ideas that were conceived by you before you commenced employment with Company and which you have previously disclosed to the Company. Subject to Section 4.3(b), nothing in this Section 4.3(a) shall prevent you from complying with a valid legal requirement (whether by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information.

(b) You agree that both during and after any employment with the Company, regardless of how, when or why such employment ends, if you are legally required (whether by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information, you shall promptly notify the Company of such request or requirement so that the Company may seek to avoid or minimize the required disclosure and/or to obtain an appropriate protective order or other appropriate relief to ensure that any information so disclosed is maintained in confidence to the maximum extent possible by the agency or other person receiving the disclosure, or, in the discretion of the Company to waive compliance with the provisions of this Section 4.3. Thereafter, you shall use reasonable efforts, in cooperation with the Company or otherwise, to avoid or minimize the required disclosure and/or to obtain such protective order or other relief. If, in the absence of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, you are compelled to disclose the Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information or else stand liable for contempt or suffer other sanction, censure or penalty, you shall disclose only so much of the Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information to the party compelling disclosure as you believe in good faith on the basis of advice of counsel is required by law, and you shall give the Company prior notice of the Confidential Information or Trade Secret Information you believe you are required to disclose. The Company shall reimburse any reasonable legal fees and related expenses you incur in order to comply with this Section 4.3(b).

4.4. Inventions. You shall promptly disclose and provide to the Company, any original works of authorship, designs, formulas, processes, improvements, compositions of matter, computer software programs, data, information or databases, methods, procedures or other inventions, developments or improvements of any kind that you conceive, originate, develop, improve, modify and/or create, solely or jointly with others, during the period of your employment, or as a result of such employment (collectively, “Inventions”), and whether or not any such Inventions also may be included within “Confidential Information” or “Trade Secret Information” (as defined under this Agreement), or are patentable, copyrightable or protectable as trade secrets. You acknowledge and agree that the Company is and shall be the exclusive owner of all rights, title and interest in and to the Inventions and, specifically, that any copyrightable works prepared by you within the scope of your employment are “works for hire” under the Copyright Act, that such “works for hire” are Inventions and that the Company shall be considered the author and owner of such copyrightable works. In the event that any Invention is deemed not to be a “work for hire”, or in the event that you should, by operation of law, be deemed to be entitled to retain any rights, title or interest in and to any Invention, you hereby irrevocably waive all rights, title and interest and assign to the Company, without any further consideration and regardless of any use by the Company of any such Inventions, all rights, title and interest, if any, in and to such Invention. You agree that the Company, as the owner of all Inventions, has the full and complete right to prepare and create derivative works based upon the Inventions and to use, reproduce, publish, print, copy, market, advertise, distribute, transfer, sell, publicly perform and publicly display and otherwise exploit by all means now known or later developed, such Inventions and derivative works anywhere throughout the world and at any time during or after your employment hereunder or otherwise.

4.5. Return of Information. You shall promptly deliver to the Company, upon the termination for any reason of your employment, or at any other time at the Company’s request, without retaining any copies, all documents, information and other material in your possession or control containing, reflecting and/or relating, directly or indirectly, to any Confidential Information and/or Trade Secret Information.

4.6. Cooperation. You agree that both during and after any employment with the Company, regardless of how, when or why such employment ends, you shall provide reasonable cooperation to the Company and its affiliates in connection with any pending or future lawsuit, arbitration, or proceeding between the Company

 

6


and/or any affiliate and any third party, any pending or future regulatory or governmental inquiry or investigation concerning the Company and/or any affiliate and any other legal, internal or business matters of or concerning the Company and/or any affiliate. Such cooperation shall include meeting with and providing information the Company, any affiliate and/or their respective attorneys, auditors or other representatives as reasonably requested by the Company. The Company shall reimburse any reasonable legal fees and related expenses you incur in order to comply with this Section 4.6.

4.7. Non-Disparagement. During and after any employment with the Company, regardless of how, when or why such employment ends, (a) you shall not make, either directly or by or through another person, any oral or written negative, disparaging or adverse statements or representations of or concerning the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates, any of their clients or businesses or any of their current or former officers, directors, employees or shareholders and (b) Company Parties (as defined below) shall not make any oral or written negative, disparaging or adverse statements or representations of or concerning you; provided, however, that nothing herein shall prohibit (i) critical communications between you and the Company or Company Parties during the Initial Term and any Renewal Term and in connection with your employment or (ii) you or any Company Party from disclosing truthful information if legally required (whether by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process). For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Company Parties” shall mean the executive officers and designated spokespersons of the Company.

4.8. Severability. If any of the restrictions in this Section 4 should for any reason whatsoever be declared invalid, the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement shall not be adversely affected thereby.

4.9. Equitable Relief. (a) You acknowledge that your services to the Company are of a unique character that gives them a special value to the Company. You further recognize that any violation of the restrictions in this Section 4 may give rise to losses or damages for which the Company cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in an action at law and that such violation may result in irreparable and continuing harm to the Company. Accordingly, you agree that, in addition to any other remedy that the Company may have at law or in equity, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief to restrain any violation by you of the restrictions in this Section 4.

(b) In addition, the Company recognizes that any violation of the restrictions in Section 4.7(b) may give rise to losses or damages for which you cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in an action at law and that such violation may result in irreparable and continuing harm to you. Accordingly, the Company agrees that, in addition to any other remedy that you may have at law or in equity, you shall be entitled to injunctive relief to restrain any violation by the Company of the restrictions in Section 4.7(b).

4.10. Reasonableness. You acknowledge that the limitations and obligations contained in this Section 4 are, individually and in the aggregate, reasonable and properly required by the Company and that in the event that any such limitations are found to be unreasonable and unenforceable, you shall submit to such limitations and/or obligations in such form as the arbitrator shall determine. You agree that you shall not challenge or contest the reasonableness, validity or enforceability of any such limitations and obligations.

4.11 Governmental Agencies . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement is not intended to, and shall not, limit or restrict you from: (a) filing and, as provided for under Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, maintaining the confidentiality of a claim with a government agency that is responsible for enforcing a law; (b) providing Confidential Information (as defined in Section 4.3(a)) to the extent required by law or legal process or permitted by Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or (iii) cooperating, participating or assisting in any government or regulatory entity investigation or proceeding.

5. Indemnification. You shall be indemnified by the Company, as an officer of the Company and its affiliates, against all actions, suits, claims, legal proceedings and the like to the fullest extent permitted by law, including advancement of expenses, partial indemnification, indemnification following the termination of this Agreement, indemnification of your estate and similar matters. For purposes of this Agreement, such indemnification shall extend to, to the fullest extent permitted by law, legal fees, costs, expenses, judgments, settlements, claim resolution payments, arbitration fees, arbitrator fees, mediation fees, negotiation fees and hold harmless obligations.

 

7


6. Miscellaneous.

6.1. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the terms and conditions of your employment by the Company and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements, oral or written, between you and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof.

6.2. Binding Effect; Benefits. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon you and the Company and our respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

6.3. Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed by both parties to this Agreement. Electronic communications, even if receipt is acknowledged, shall not constitute an amendment or modification of this Agreement.

6.4. Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations that either party may have by reason of this Agreement shall be assignable by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.

6.5. Notices. Any notice that may or must be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or reputable overnight courier, addressed to you at the address set forth on the first page hereof, or to the Company at 120 Mountain View Boulevard, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920 to the attention of the Vice President for Human Resources for the Company (with a copy to the General Counsel for the Company), or to such other address as you or the Company, as the case may be, may designate in writing in accordance with the provisions of this section.

6.6. Section and Other Headings; Other. The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not deemed to be a part of this Agreement or to affect the meaning and interpretation of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “including” shall mean “including, without limitation.”

6.7. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed (both as to validity and performance) and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey applicable to agreements made and to be performed wholly within the State of New Jersey, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of New Jersey or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New Jersey. Except as provided in Section 6.9, exclusive jurisdiction for all disputes or claims arising under or in connection with this Agreement, and any and all claims by or against you relating to your employment with the Company, shall lie in any Federal or state court located within Somerset County of New Jersey.

6.8. Survival of Rights and Obligations. All rights and obligations arising hereunder shall continue to have full force and effect after the termination of this Agreement unless otherwise provided herein to the extent necessary to preserve the intended benefits of such provisions. If any section of this Agreement is determined to be void, voidable or unenforceable, it shall have no effect on the remainder of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect, and the provisions so held invalid or unenforceable shall be deemed modified as to give such provisions the maximum effect permitted by applicable law.

6.9. Arbitration. The parties agree that all disputes arising under or in connection with this Agreement, and any and all claims by you relating to your employment with the Company, including any claims of discrimination or other employment-related claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act or any other employment-related Federal, state or local law, shall be submitted to arbitration before the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under its rules then prevailing for the type of claim in issue before one arbitrator and to be held at the AAA’s office located in Somerset County of New Jersey. In any arbitration hereunder, the arbitrator shall have the power to issue appropriate injunctive or other non-monetary relief, and award appropriate compensatory

 

8


damages. The parties agree that no damages other than compensatory damages shall be sought or claimed by either party and each party waives any claim, right or entitlement to punitive, exemplary or consequential damages, or any other damages, and each relevant arbitrator is specifically divested of any power to award any damages in the nature of punitive, exemplary or consequential damages, or any other damages of any kind or nature in excess of compensatory damages. Nothing in this arbitration provision shall preclude, and the parties expressly acknowledge that either party may seek, temporary injunctive relief from any Federal or state court located within Somerset County of New Jersey in connection with or as supplement to an arbitration hereunder, including regarding any claim under Section 4 of this Agreement. For purposes of any such action or proceeding, the parties each hereby specifically submit to the personal jurisdiction of any Federal or state court located within Somerset County of New Jersey and further agree that service of process may be made within or without the State of New Jersey by giving notice in the manner provided in Section 6.5 of this Agreement.

6.10. Section 409A of the Code. It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code, and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code. If, at the time of your separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), (a) you shall be a specified employee (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and using the identification methodology selected by the Company from time to time) and (b) the Company shall make a good faith determination that an amount payable under this Agreement or any other plan, policy, arrangement or agreement of or with the Company (this Agreement and such other plans, policies, arrangements and agreements, the “Company Plans”) constitutes deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) the payment of which is required to be delayed pursuant to the six-month delay rule set forth in Section 409A of the Code in order to avoid taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company shall not pay any such amount on the otherwise scheduled payment date but shall instead accumulate such amount and pay it, without interest, on the earlier of the first day of the seventh month following such separation from service or your death. Except as permitted under Section 409A of the Code, any deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) payable to or for your benefit under any Company Plan may not be reduced by, or offset against, any amount owing by you to the Company. Except as specifically permitted by Section 409A of the Code, the benefits and reimbursements provided to you under this Agreement and any Company Plan during any calendar year shall not affect the benefits and reimbursements to be provided to you under the relevant section of this Agreement or Company Plan in any other calendar year, and the right to such benefits and reimbursements cannot be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit and shall be provided in accordance with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) or any successor thereto. Further, in the case of reimbursement payments, such payments shall be made to you on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the underlying fee, cost or expense is incurred. Notwithstanding the preceding, the Company makes no representations concerning the tax consequences of your participation in this Agreement under Section 409A of the Code or any other Federal, state or local tax law. Your tax consequences shall depend, in part, upon the application of relevant tax law, including Section 409A of the Code, to the relevant facts and circumstances. You should consult a competent and independent tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of this Agreement.

6.11. Representations and Warranties. You hereby represent and warrant to the Company that (a) your execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which you are a party or by which you are bound; (b) you are not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompete agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity that has not been disclosed to the Company prior to the execution of this Agreement; (c) in the performance of any duties and responsibilities on behalf of the Company, you shall not divulge or use in any way any trade secrets or confidential or proprietary information that are within your possession or knowledge (if any), are owned by any other person or entity and regardless of whether or not such trade secrets or confidential or proprietary information are subject to any written agreement; and (d) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, it shall be a valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms. You hereby acknowledge and represent that you fully understand the terms and conditions contained herein.

6.12. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more identical counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

9


If the foregoing accurately reflects our agreement, kindly sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate copy of this letter.

Very truly yours,

 

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC.
By:

/s/ Bradley A. Feuer

Name: Bradley A. Feuer
Title: Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Accepted and Agreed to:

 

MICHAEL P. HUSEBY
By:

/s/ Michael P. Huseby

Name: Michael P. Huseby
Date: 6/26/2015

 

[ Signature Page to Employment Agreement ]

 

10


EXHIBIT A

GENERAL RELEASE AND WAIVER

1. Michael P. Huseby (“Employee”) hereby acknowledges and agrees that Employee’s employment with Barnes & Noble College Education, Inc. (the “Company”) terminated on             , 20    (the “Termination Date”).

2. Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee’s executing this General Release and Waiver (“Release”) is a condition precedent to the Company’s obligation to pay (and the Employee’s right to retain) the payments and benefits set forth in Section 3.8 of the employment letter agreement, dated as of June [•], 2015, between Employee and the Company (such agreement referred to herein as the “Employment Agreement” and such payments and benefits collectively referred to herein as the “Separation Benefit”), that the Separation Benefit is adequate consideration for this Release, and that any monetary or other benefits that, prior to the execution of this Release, Employee may have earned or accrued, or to which Employee may have been entitled, have been paid or such payments or benefits have been released, waived or settled by Releasor (as defined below) except as expressly provided in this Release.

3. (a) THIS SECTION PROVIDES A COMPLETE RELEASE AND WAIVER OF ALL EXISTING AND POTENTIAL CLAIMS EMPLOYEE MAY HAVE AGAINST EVERY PERSON AND ENTITY INCLUDED WITHIN THE DESCRIPTION BELOW OF “RELEASEE.” BEFORE EMPLOYEE SIGNS THIS RELEASE, EMPLOYEE MUST READ THIS SECTION CAREFULLY, AND MAKE SURE THAT EMPLOYEE UNDERSTANDS IT FULLY.

(b) In consideration of Employee’s receipt and acceptance of the Separation Benefit from the Company, and on behalf of the Company and each Releasee (as defined below), Employee, on Employee’s behalf and on behalf of Employee’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns (collectively, “Releasor”), hereby irrevocably, unconditionally and generally releases the Company, its current and former officers, directors, shareholders, trustees, parents, members, managers, affiliates, subsidiaries, branches, divisions, benefit plans, agents, attorneys, advisors, counselors and employees, and the current and former officers, directors, shareholders, agents, attorneys, advisors, counselors and employees of any such parent, affiliate, subsidiary, branch or division of the Company and the heirs, executors, administrators, receivers, successors and assigns of all of the foregoing (each, a “Releasee”), from or in connection with, and hereby waives and/or settles, except as provided in Section 3(c), any and all actions, causes of action, suits, debts, dues, sums of money, accounts, controversies, agreements, promises, damages, judgments, executions, or any liability, claims or demands, known or unknown and of any nature whatsoever, whether or not related to employment, and which Releasor ever had, now has or hereafter can, shall or may have as of the date of this Release, including, without limitation, (i) any rights and/or claims arising under any contract, express or implied, written or oral, including, without limitation, the Employment Agreement; (ii) any rights and/or claims arising under any applicable foreign, Federal, state, local or other statutes, orders, laws, ordinances, regulations or the like, or case law, that relate to employment or employment practices, including, without limitation, family and medical, and/or, specifically, that prohibit discrimination based upon age, race, religion, sex, color, creed, national origin, sexual orientation, marital status, disability, medical condition, pregnancy, veteran status or any other unlawful bases, including, without limitation, the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, as amended, the Civil Rights Acts of 1866 and 1871, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, the Family Medical Leave Act of 1993, as amended, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, the Vietnam Era Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974, as amended, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, as amended, and any similar applicable statutes, orders, laws, ordinances, regulations or the like, or case law, of the State of New Jersey and any State in which any Releasee is subject to jurisdiction, or any political subdivision thereof, including, without limitation, the New York State Human Rights Law, the New York State Labor Law, the New York City Human Rights Law, the New Jersey Law Against Discrimination and the New Jersey Wage and Hour Law, and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to or concerning any of the foregoing statutes, orders, laws, ordinances, regulations or the like; (iii) any waivable rights and/or claims relating to wages and hours, including under state or local labor or wage payment laws; (iv) any rights and/or claims to benefits that Employee may have or become entitled to receive under any severance, termination, change of

 

A-1


control, bonus or similar policy, plan, program, agreement or similar or related arrangements, including, without limitation, any offer letter, letter agreement or employment agreement between Employee and the Company; (v) any rights and/or claims that Employee may have to receive any equity in the Company (whether restricted or unrestricted) in the future; and (vi) and any rights and/or claims for attorneys’ fees. Employee agrees not to challenge or contest the reasonableness, validity or enforceability of this Release.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee does not release any Releasee from any of the following rights and/or claims: (i) any rights and/or claims Employee may have that arise after the date Employee signs this Release; (ii) any rights and/or claims that by law cannot be waived by private agreement; (iii) Employee’s right to file a charge with or participate in any investigation or proceeding conducted by the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”) or similar government agency; provided that even though Employee can file a charge or participate in an investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC or similar government agency, by executing this Release, Employee is waiving his ability to obtain relief of any kind from any Releasee to the extent permitted by law; (iv) Employee’s non-forfeitable rights to accrued benefits (within the meaning of Sections 203 and 204 of ERISA); (v) any rights and/or claims to insurance coverage under any directors’ and officers’ personal liability insurance or fiduciary insurance policy; and (vi) any rights and/or claims to enforce the Employment Agreement in accordance with its terms.

4. Nothing in or about this Release prohibits Employee from: (i) filing and, as provided for under Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, maintaining the confidentiality of a claim with a government agency that is responsible for enforcing a law; (ii) providing Confidential Information (as defined in Section 4.3(a) of the Employment Agreement) to the extent required by law or legal process or permitted by Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or (iii) cooperating, participating or assisting in any government or regulatory entity investigation or proceeding.

5. Employee represents and warrants that Employee has not filed or commenced any complaints, claims, actions or proceedings of any kind against any Releasee with any Federal, state or local court or any administrative, regulatory or arbitration agency or body. Employee hereby waives any right to, and agrees not to, seek reinstatement or employment of any kind with any Releasee and, without waiver by any Releasee of the foregoing, the existence of this Release shall be a valid, nondiscriminatory basis for rejecting any such application or, in the event Employee obtains such employment, for terminating such employment. This Release and the Separation Benefit are not intended to be, shall not be construed as and are not, an admission or concession by any Releasee of any wrongdoing or illegal or actionable acts or omissions.

6. (a) Employee hereby represents and agrees that Employee shall keep confidential and not disclose orally or in writing, to any person, except as may be required by law, any and all information concerning the existence or terms of this Release and the amount of any payments made hereunder. Employee further agrees that, except as shall be required by law, Employee shall keep confidential and not disclose orally or in writing, directly or indirectly, to any person (except Employee’s immediate family, attorneys and accountant), any and all information concerning any facts, claims or assertions relating or referring to any experiences of Employee or treatment Employee received by or on behalf of any Releasee through the date of this Release.

(b) If Employee is requested or required (by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any information covered by Section 6(a), Employee shall promptly notify the Company of such request or requirement so that the Company may seek to avoid or minimize the required disclosure and/or to obtain an appropriate protective order or other appropriate relief to ensure that any information so disclosed is maintained in confidence to the maximum extent possible by the agency or other person receiving the disclosure, or, in the discretion of the Company, to waive compliance with the provisions of this Release. Employee shall use reasonable efforts, in cooperation with the Company or otherwise, to avoid or minimize the required disclosure and/or to obtain such protective order or other relief. If, in the absence of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, Employee is compelled to disclose such information or else stand liable for contempt or suffer other sanction, censure or penalty, Employee shall disclose only so much of such information to the party compelling disclosure as he believes in good faith on the basis of advice of counsel is required by law, and Employee shall give the Company prior notice of such information he believes he is required to disclose.

7. (a) Employee shall not make, either directly or by or through another person, any oral or written negative, disparaging or adverse statements or representations of or concerning any Releasee.

 

A-2


(b) Without limitation to the survival of any other terms of the Employment Agreement subsequent to the end of Employee’s employment, the expiration or termination of the Employment Agreement, and/or the execution and effectiveness of this Release, Employee and the Company expressly acknowledge that the terms of Sections 4 and 5 of the Employment Agreement survive and shall be in full force and effect as provided in the Employment Agreement.

8. The covenants, representations and acknowledgments made by Employee in this Release shall continue to have full force and effect after the execution and effectiveness of this Release and the delivery of the Separation Benefit, and this Release shall inure to the benefit of each Releasee, and the successors and assigns of each of them, to the extent necessary to preserve the intended benefits of such provisions. If any section of this Release is determined to be void, voidable or unenforceable, it shall have no effect on the remainder of this Release, which shall remain in full force and effect, and the provisions so held invalid or unenforceable shall be deemed modified as to give such provisions the maximum effect permitted by applicable law. Without limitation to Section 3.8 of the Employment Agreement, the Company shall be excused and released from any obligation to make payment of the Separation Benefit, and Employee shall be obligated to return to the Company the Separation Benefit, in the event that Employee is found to have (a) made a material misstatement in any term, condition, covenant, representation or acknowledgment in this Release, or (b) Employee is found to have committed or commits a material breach of any term, condition or covenant in this Release.

9. This Release and the Employment Agreement constitute the sole and complete agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth therein and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements, oral or written, between Employee and the Company with respect to the subject matter thereof. This Release may not be amended or modified except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such modification or amendment is sought. Either party may, by an instrument in writing, waive compliance by the other party with any term or provision of this Release to be performed or complied with by such other party.

10. With respect to any claims or disputes under or in connection with this Release or any claims released under Section 3 of this Release, Employee and the Company hereby acknowledge and agree that Sections 6.7 and 6.9 of the Employment Agreement shall govern. Employee acknowledges that a breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Release may give rise to losses or damages for which the Company cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in an action at law, and that such violation may result in irreparable and continuing harm to the Company. Accordingly, Employee agrees that, in addition to any other remedy that the Company may have at law or in equity, the Company shall be entitled to seek equitable relief, including, without limitation, injunction and specific performance and Employee hereby waives any requirements for security or posting of any bond in connection with such relief. No specification in this Release of any particular remedy shall be construed as a waiver or prohibition of any other remedies (including claims for damages) in the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Release.

11. Employee agrees and acknowledges that (a) Employee has had an adequate opportunity to review this Release and all of its terms, (b) Employee understands all of the terms of this Release, which are fair, reasonable and are not the result of any fraud, duress, coercion, pressure or undue influence exercised by or on behalf of any Releasee and (c) Employee has agreed to and/or entered into this Release and all of the terms hereof, knowingly, freely and voluntarily.

12. By executing this Release, Releasor acknowledges that (a) Employee has been advised by the Company to consult with an attorney before executing this Release; (b) Employee was provided adequate time (i.e., at least 21 days) to review this Release and to consider whether to sign this Release and (c) Employee has been advised that Employee has 7 days following execution to revoke this Release (“Revocation Period”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Employment Agreement, this Release shall not be effective or enforceable, and the Separation Benefit is not payable and shall not be delivered or paid by the Company, until the Revocation Period has expired and provided that Employee has not revoked this Release. Employee agrees that any revocation shall be made in writing and delivered to             , [Vice President, Human Resources, Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.], 120 Mountain View Boulevard, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920. Employee acknowledges that revocation of this Release shall result in the Company’s not having an obligation to pay the Separation Benefit.

 

Signature:

 

Date:

 

[Name]

 

A-3

Exhibit 10.16

RETENTION BONUS AGREEMENT

February 7, 2014

Barry Brover

The Company has approved a one-time retention bonus to you in the amount of $679,995 (your “ Retention Bonus ”). Your Retention Bonus will vest with respect to 50% of the amount if you are continuously employed by the Company through February 7, 2016 (the Initial Vesting Date ”) and with respect to the remaining 50% of the amount if you are continuously employed by the Company through February 7, 2017 (the “ Final Vesting Date ”). In the event that you voluntarily terminate your employment or the Company terminates your employment for “Cause” (as defined below), you will not receive the then-unvested portion of your Retention Bonus. If vested, payment of the applicable portion of your Retention Bonus will be made by the Company in cash, less applicable taxes and other withholdings, within 30 days after the Initial or Final Vesting Date, as appropriate. Taxes on the award shall remain your sole responsibility.

In the event that the Company involuntarily terminates your employment without “Cause,” or if your employment terminates due to death or “Permanent and Total Disability” (as defined below), prior to the Initial Vesting Date, 50% of your Retention Bonus will vest pro rata based on the number of whole months employed since the date of this letter agreement divided by 24 months. In the event that the Company involuntarily terminates your employment without “Cause,” or if your employment terminates due to death or “Permanent and Total Disability,” following the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the Final Vesting Date, the remaining unvested 50% portion of your Retention Bonus will vest pro rata based on the number of whole months employed following the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the Final Vesting Date divided by 12 months. An amount of your Retention Bonus equal to 50% of the original amount will vest upon any sale by the Company of, or distribution to the holders of the stock of the Company (by pro rata distribution or dividend, exchange offer/“split-off” or any comparable means) of, all or substantially all of the operations of either (i) the Company’s Digital segment (and any business or assets selected by the Company’s Board of Directors to be part of such sale or distribution involving the Company’s Digital segment) or (ii) the Company’s Retail segment (and any business or assets selected by the Company’s Board of Directors to be part of such sale or distribution involving the Company’s Retail segment). Payment of the applicable portion of your Retention Bonus will be made by the Company, in cash, less applicable taxes and withholding, within 30 days following the termination of your employment without “Cause” or due to death or “Permanent and Total Disability” or the sale or distribution described in the immediately preceding sentence, as applicable.

For purposes of this agreement, “Cause” means (1) your conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony; (2) your commission of intentional acts of gross misconduct (including, without limitation, theft, fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty) that significantly impair the business of the Company or cause significant damage to its property, reputation or business; (3) your willful refusal to perform, or willful failure to use good faith efforts to perform, material duties that remains uncured after 14 days reasonable written request from the Company for cure; and (4) your willful and material breach of any material provision of any material policy governing the conduct of its employees that remains uncured after 14 days reasonable written request from the Company for cure.


For purposes of this agreement, “Permanent and Total Disability” means you are unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, the permanence and degree of which is supported by medical evidence satisfactory to the Company.

Your Retention Bonus is not a guarantee of continued employment, which will remain “at will”, or a permanent or recurring element of your compensation, nor will it impact any other element of your compensation for which you may otherwise be eligible.

The terms of your Retention Bonus are to be kept strictly confidential, until such time as such terms are made public by the Company in its sole discretion.

This letter agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and will be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule. You, every person claiming under or through you and the Company hereby waive to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law any right to a trial by jury with respect to any litigation directly or indirectly arising out of, under or in connection with this letter agreement.

This letter agreement constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the terms of your Retention Bonus and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements, oral or written, between you and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof. The terms of this arrangement may not be amended or modified except by an instrument in writing signed by both parties hereto. Neither this letter agreement nor any rights or obligations that either party may have by reason of this letter agreement will be assignable by you without the prior written consent of the Company.

Thank you again for your contribution and we look forward to continuing the opportunity to work together for our mutual success.

Sincerely,

 

Barnes & Noble, Inc.
By:   /s/ Michelle Smith
 

 

Name:  Michelle Smith

Title:    VP, Human Resources

Accepted and agreed to:
 
  /s/ Barry Brover
 

 

Barry Brover:
Date: 4/1/2014

Exhibit 10.17

RETENTION BONUS AGREEMENT

February 7, 2014

Patrick Maloney

The Company has approved a one-time retention bonus to you in the amount of $755,550 (your “ Retention Bonus ”). Your Retention Bonus will vest with respect to 50% of the amount if you are continuously employed by the Company through February 7, 2016 (the “ Initial Vesting Date ”) and with respect to the remaining 50% of the amount if you are continuously employed by the Company through February 7, 2017 (the “ Final Vesting Date ”). In the event that you voluntarily terminate your employment or the Company terminates your employment for “Cause” (as defined below), you will not receive the then-unvested portion of your Retention Bonus. If vested, payment of the applicable portion of your Retention Bonus will be made by the Company in cash, less applicable taxes and other withholdings, within 30 days after the Initial or Final Vesting Date, as appropriate. Taxes on the award shall remain your sole responsibility.

In the event that the Company involuntarily terminates your employment without “Cause,” or if your employment terminates due to death or “Permanent and Total Disability” (as defined below), prior to the Initial Vesting Date, 50% of your Retention Bonus will vest pro rata based on the number of whole months employed since the date of this letter agreement divided by 24 months. In the event that the Company involuntarily terminates your employment without “Cause,” or if your employment terminates due to death or “Permanent and Total Disability,” following the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the Final Vesting Date, the remaining unvested 50% portion of your Retention Bonus will vest pro rata based on the number of whole months employed following the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the Final Vesting Date divided by 12 months. An amount of your Retention Bonus equal to 50% of the original amount will vest upon any sale by the Company of, or distribution to the holders of the stock of the Company (by pro rata distribution or dividend, exchange offer/“split-off” or any comparable means) of, all or substantially all of the operations of either (i) the Company’s Digital segment (and any business or assets selected by the Company’s Board of Directors to be part of such sale or distribution involving the Company’s Digital segment) or (ii) the Company’s Retail segment (and any business or assets selected by the Company’s Board of Directors to be part of such sale or distribution involving the Company’s Retail segment). Payment of the applicable portion of your Retention Bonus will be made by the Company, in cash, less applicable taxes and withholding, within 30 days following the termination of your employment without Cause” or due to death or “Permanent and Total Disability” or the sale or distribution described in the immediately preceding sentence, as applicable.

For purposes of this agreement, “Cause” means (1) your conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony; (2) your commission of intentional acts of gross misconduct (including, without limitation, theft, fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty) that significantly impair the business of the Company or cause significant damage to its property, reputation or business; (3) your willful refusal to perform, or willful failure to use good faith efforts to perform, material duties that remains uncured after 14 days reasonable written request from the Company for cure; and (4) your willful and material breach of any material provision of any material policy governing the conduct of its employees that remains uncured after 14 days reasonable written request from the Company for cure.


For purposes of this agreement, Permanent and Total Disability” means you are unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, the permanence and degree of which is supported by medical evidence satisfactory to the Company.

Your Retention Bonus is not a guarantee of continued employment, which will remain “at will”, or a permanent or recurring element of your compensation, nor will it impact any other element of your compensation for which you may otherwise be eligible.

The terms of your Retention Bonus are to be kept strictly confidential, until such time as such terms are made public by the Company in its sole discretion.

This letter agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and will be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule. You, every person claiming under or through you and the Company hereby waive to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law any right to a trial by jury with respect to any litigation directly or indirectly arising out of, under or in connection with this letter agreement.

This letter agreement constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the terms of your Retention Bonus and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements, oral or written, between you and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof. The terms of this arrangement may not be amended or modified except by an instrument in writing signed by both parties hereto. Neither this letter agreement nor any rights or obligations that either party may have by reason of this letter agreement will be assignable by you without the prior written consent of the Company.

Thank you again for your contribution and we look forward to continuing the opportunity to work together for our mutual success.

 

Sincerely,
Barnes & Noble, Inc.
By: /s/ Michelle Smith
Name: Michelle Smith
Title: VP, Human Resources

 

Accepted and agreed to:
/s/ Patrick Maloney
Patrick Maloney:

Date: 2/20/2014

Exhibit 10.18

RETENTION BONUS AGREEMENT

February 7, 2014

Joel Friedman

The Company has approved a one-time retention bonus to you in the amount of $188,888 (your “ Retention Bonus ”). Your Retention Bonus will vest with respect to 50% of the amount if you are continuously employed by the Company through February 7, 2016 (the “ Initial Vesting Date ”) and with respect to the remaining 50% of the amount if you are continuously employed by the Company through February 7, 2017 (the “ Final Vesting Date ”). In the event that you voluntarily terminate your employment or the Company terminates your employment for “Cause” (as defined below), you will not receive the then-unvested portion of your Retention Bonus. If vested, payment of the applicable portion of your Retention Bonus will be made by the Company in cash, less applicable taxes and other withholdings, within 30 days after the Initial or Final Vesting Date, as appropriate. Taxes on the award shall remain your sole responsibility.

In the event that the Company involuntarily terminates your employment without “Cause,” or if your employment terminates due to death or “Permanent and Total Disability” (as defined below), prior to the Initial Vesting Date, 50% of your Retention Bonus will vest pro rata based on the number of whole months employed since the date of this letter agreement divided by 24 months. In the event that the Company involuntarily terminates your employment without “Cause,” or if your employment terminates due to death or “Permanent and Total Disability,” following the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the Final Vesting Date, the remaining unvested 50% portion of your Retention Bonus will vest pro rata based on the number of whole months employed following the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the Final Vesting Date divided by 12 months. An amount of your Retention Bonus equal to 50% of the original amount will vest upon any sale by the Company of, or distribution to the holders of the stock of the Company (by pro rata distribution or dividend, exchange offer/“split-off” or any comparable means) of, all or substantially all of the operations of either (i) the Company’s Digital segment (and any business or assets selected by the Company’s Board of Directors to be part of such sale or distribution involving the Company’s Digital segment) or (ii) the Company’s Retail segment (and any business or assets selected by the Company’s Board of Directors to be part of such sale or distribution involving the Company’s Retail segment). Payment of the applicable portion of your Retention Bonus will be made by the Company, in cash, less applicable taxes and withholding, within 30 days following the termination of your employment without “Cause” or due to death or “Permanent and Total Disability” or the sale or distribution described in the immediately preceding sentence, as applicable.

For purposes of this agreement, “Cause” means (1) your conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony; (2) your commission of intentional acts of gross misconduct (including, without limitation, theft, fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty) that significantly impair the business of the Company or cause significant damage to its property, reputation or business; (3) your willful refusal to perform, or willful failure to use good faith efforts to perform, material duties that remains uncured after 14 days reasonable written request from the Company for cure; and (4) your willful and material breach of any material provision of any material policy governing the conduct of its employees that remains uncured after 14 days reasonable written request from the Company for cure.


For purposes of this agreement, “Permanent and Total Disability” means you are unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, the permanence and degree of which is supported by medical evidence satisfactory to the Company.

Your Retention Bonus is not a guarantee of continued employment, which will remain “at will”, or a permanent or recurring element of your compensation, nor will it impact any other element of your compensation for which you may otherwise be eligible.

The terms of your Retention Bonus are to be kept strictly confidential, until such time as such terms are made public by the Company in its sole discretion.

This letter agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and will be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule. You, every person claiming under or through you and the Company hereby waive to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law any right to a trial by jury with respect to any litigation directly or indirectly arising out of, under or in connection with this letter agreement.

This letter agreement constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the terms of your Retention Bonus and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements, oral or written, between you and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof. The terms of this arrangement may not be amended or modified except by an instrument in writing signed by both parties hereto. Neither this letter agreement nor any rights or obligations that either party may have by reason of this letter agreement will be assignable by you without the prior written consent of the Company.

Thank you again for your contribution and we look forward to continuing the opportunity to work together for our mutual success.

Sincerely,

 

Barnes & Noble, Inc.
By:   /s/ Michelle Smith
 

 

Name:  Michelle Smith

Title:    VP, Human Resources

Accepted and agreed to:
 
  /s/ Joel Friedman
 

 

Joel Friedman:
Date: 2/15/2014

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated June 26, 2015 with respect to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. in Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-202298) and related Prospectus of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, NY

July 13, 2015

Exhibit 99.1

CONSENT OF PERSON NAMED TO BECOME A DIRECTOR

Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-202298) (as amended from time to time, the “ Registration Statement ”) of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (the “ Company ”), the undersigned hereby consents to being named and described as a person who will become a director of the Company in the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto, the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement, as so amended or supplemented, and any related free writing prospectus, and to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

Dated: July 13, 2015 By: /s/ Daniel A. DeMatteo
Name: Daniel A. DeMatteo

Exhibit 99.2

CONSENT OF PERSON NAMED TO BECOME A DIRECTOR

Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-202298) (as amended from time to time, the “ Registration Statement ”) of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (the “ Company ”), the undersigned hereby consents to being named and described as a person who will become a director of the Company in the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto, the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement, as so amended or supplemented, and any related free writing prospectus, and to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

Dated: July 13, 2015 By: /s/ Jerry Sue Thornton
Name: Jerry Sue Thornton

Exhibit 99.3

CONSENT OF PERSON NAMED TO BECOME A DIRECTOR

Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-202298) (as amended from time to time, the “ Registration Statement ”) of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (the “ Company ”), the undersigned hereby consents to being named and described as a person who will become a director of the Company in the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto, the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement, as so amended or supplemented, and any related free writing prospectus, and to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

Dated: July 13, 2015   By:    /s/ David G. Golden
Name: David G. Golden

Exhibit 99.4

CONSENT OF PERSON NAMED TO BECOME A DIRECTOR

Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-202298) (as amended from time to time, the “ Registration Statement ”) of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (the “ Company ”), the undersigned hereby consents to being named and described as a person who will become a director of the Company in the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto, the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement, as so amended or supplemented, and any related free writing prospectus, and to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

Dated: July 13, 2015 By: /s/ John R. Ryan
Name: John R. Ryan

Exhibit 99.5

CONSENT OF PERSON NAMED TO BECOME A DIRECTOR

Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-202298) (as amended from time to time, the “ Registration Statement ”) of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (the “ Company ”), the undersigned hereby consents to being named and described as a person who will become a director of the Company in the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto, the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement, as so amended or supplemented, and any related free writing prospectus, and to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

Dated: July 13, 2015 By: /s/ David A. Wilson
Name: David A. Wilson